diff options
Diffstat (limited to '18251-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 18251-0.txt | 19864 |
1 files changed, 19864 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/18251-0.txt b/18251-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80bd3d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/18251-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19864 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of Latin for Beginners, by Benjamin Leonard D’Ooge + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: Latin for Beginners + +Author: Benjamin Leonard D’Ooge + +Release Date: April 25, 2006 [eBook #18251] +[Most recently updated: June 12, 2022] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +Produced by: Louise Hope, Dave Maddock and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LATIN FOR BEGINNERS *** + + + + + LATIN FOR BEGINNERS + + BY + + BENJAMIN L. D’OOGE, Ph.D. + + Professor in the Michigan State Normal College + + + + + Ginn and Company + Boston · New York · Chicago · London + + + Copyright, 1909, 1911 by Benjamin L. D’Ooge + Entered at Stationers’ Hall + All Rights Reserved + 013.4 + + + + + The Athenæum Press +Ginn and Company · Proprietors · Boston · U.S.A. + + + * * * * * + + + + +CONTENTS + +Lesson Page + + Preface + + TO THE STUDENT--By way of Introduction 1-4 + +PART I. THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN + + ALPHABET, SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS, SYLLABLES, QUANTITY, ACCENT, + HOW TO READ LATIN 5-11 + +PART II. WORDS AND FORMS + + I-VI. FIRST PRINCIPLES--_Subject and Predicate, + Inflection, Number, Nominative Subject, Possessive + Genitive, Agreement of Verb, Direct Object, + Indirect Object, etc._--DIALOGUE 12-24 + + VII-VIII. FIRST OR _Ā_-DECLENSION--_Gender, Agreement of + Adjectives, Word Order_ 25-30 + + IX-X. SECOND OR _O_-DECLENSION--GENERAL RULES FOR + DECLENSION--_Predicate Noun, Apposition_--DIALOGUE 31-35 + + XI. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 36-37 + + XII. NOUNS IN «-ius» AND «-ium»--GERMĀNIA 38-39 + + XIII. SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_)--Nouns in «-er» and + «-ir»--ITALIA--DIALOGUE 39-41 + + XIV. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS 42-43 + + XV. ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH--_Cause, Means, Accompaniment, + Manner_--THE ROMANS PREPARE FOR WAR 44-46 + + XVI. THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 46-47 + + XVII. THE DEMONSTRATIVE «is, ea, id»--DIALOGUE 48-50 + + XVIII. CONJUGATION--Present, Imperfect, and Future of «sum»-- + DIALOGUE 51-53 + + XIX. PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF «amō» AND «moneō» 54-56 + + XX. IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF «amō» AND «moneō»-- + _Meaning of the Imperfect_--NIOBE AND HER CHILDREN 56-57 + + XXI. FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF «amō» AND «moneō»-- + NIOBE AND HER CHILDREN (_Concluded_) 58-59 + + XXII. REVIEW OF VERBS--_The Dative with Adjectives_-- + CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS 59-61 + + XXIII. PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF «regō» AND «audiō»-- + CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS (_Concluded_) 61-63 + + XXIV. IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF «regō» AND «audiō»-- + _The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs_ 63-65 + + XXV. FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF «regō» AND «audiō» 65-66 + + XXVI. VERBS IN «-iō»--Present, Imperfect, and Future Active + Indicative of «capiō»--_The Imperative_ 66-68 + + XXVII. PASSIVE VOICE--Present, Imperfect, and Future + Indicative of «amō» and «moneō»--PERSEUS AND + ANDROMEDA 68-71 + + XXVIII. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE + OF «regō» AND «audiō»--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA + (_Continued_) 72-73 + + XXIX. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE + OF «-iō» VERBS--PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND + IMPERATIVE 73-75 + + XXX. SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS--THE ABLATIVE + DENOTING FROM--_Place from Which, Separation, + Personal Agent_ 75-78 + + XXXI. PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF «sum»-- + DIALOGUE 79-81 + + XXXII. PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR + CONJUGATIONS--_Meanings of the Perfect_--PERSEUS + AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) 81-83 + + XXXIII. PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE-- + PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE 84-85 + + XXXIV. REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA + (_Concluded_) 86-87 + + XXXV. PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE--PERFECT PASSIVE + AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE 88-90 + + XXXVI. REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS--_Prepositions, Yes-or-No + Questions_ 90-93 + + XXXVII. CONJUGATION OF «possum»--_The Infinitive used as in + English_--_Accusative Subject of an Infinitive_-- + THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA 93-96 + + XXXVIII. THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN-- + _Agreement of the Relative_--THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA + (_Concluded_) 97-101 + + XXXIX-XLI. THE THIRD DECLENSION--Consonant Stems 101-106 + + XLII. REVIEW LESSON--TERROR CIMBRICUS 107 + + XLIII. THIRD DECLENSION--_I_-Stems 108-110 + + XLIV. IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION-- + GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION--THE FIRST BRIDGE + OVER THE RHINE 111-112 + + XLV. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION--THE ROMANS + INVADE THE ENEMY’S COUNTRY 113-115 + + XLVI. THE FOURTH OR _U_-DECLENSION 116-117 + + XLVII. EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE--_Place to Which, Place from + Which, Place at or in Which, the Locative_-- + Declension of «domus»--DÆDALUS AND ICARUS 117-121 + + XLVIII. THE FIFTH OR _Ē_-DECLENSION--_Ablative of Time_ + --DÆDALUS AND ICARUS (_Continued_) 121-123 + + XLIX. PRONOUNS--Personal and Reflexive Pronouns--DÆDALUS + AND ICARUS (_Concluded_) 123-126 + + L. THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN «ipse» AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE + «īdem»--HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE 126-127 + + LI. THE DEMONSTRATIVES «hic», «iste», «ille»--A GERMAN + CHIEFTAIN ADDRESSES HIS FOLLOWERS--HOW HORATIUS + HELD THE BRIDGE (_Continued_) 128-130 + + LII. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS--HOW HORATIUS HELD THE + BRIDGE (_Concluded_) 130-132 + + LIII. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 133-135 + + LIV. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES--_Ablative with + Comparatives_ 135-136 + + LV. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Continued_)-- + Declension of «plūs» 137-138 + + LVI. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Concluded_)-- + _Ablative of the Measure of Difference_ 138-139 + + LVII. FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 140-142 + + LVIII. NUMERALS--_Partitive Genitive_ 142-144 + + LIX. NUMERALS (_Continued_)--_Accusative of Extent_-- + CÆSAR IN GAUL 144-146 + + LX. DEPONENT VERBS--_Prepositions with the Accusative_ 146-147 + + +PART III. CONSTRUCTIONS + + LXI. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD--Inflection of the Present-- + _Indicative and Subjunctive Compared_ 148-152 + + LXII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE 152-153 + + LXIII. INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE--_Sequence + of Tenses_ 153-155 + + LXIV. INFLECTION OF THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT + SUBJUNCTIVE--_Substantive Clauses of Purpose_ 156-159 + + LXV. SUBJUNCTIVE OF «possum»--_Verbs of Fearing_ 160-161 + + LXVI. THE PARTICIPLES--Tenses and Declension 161-164 + + LXVII. THE IRREGULAR VERBS «volō», «nōlō», «mālō»-- + _Ablative Absolute_ 164-166 + + LXVIII. THE IRREGULAR VERB «fīō»--_Subjunctive of Result_ 167-168 + + LXIX. SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC--_Predicate + Accusative_ 169-171 + + LXX. CONSTRUCTIONS WITH «cum»--_Ablative of + Specification_ 171-173 + + LXXI. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Gerund and Gerundive_-- + _Predicate Genitive_ 173-177 + + LXXII. THE IRREGULAR VERB «eō»--_Indirect Statements_ 177-180 + + LXXIII. VOCABULARY REVIEW--THE IRREGULAR VERB «ferō»-- + _Dative with Compounds_ 181-183 + + LXXIV. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Subjunctive in Indirect + Questions_ 183-185 + + LXXV. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Dative of Purpose or End for + Which_ 185-186 + + LXXVI. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Genitive and Ablative of + Quality or Description_ 186-188 + + LXXVII. REVIEW OF AGREEMENT--_Review of the Genitive, + Dative, and Accusative_ 189-190 + + LXXVIII. REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE 191-192 + + LXXIX. REVIEW OF THE SYNTAX OF VERBS 192-193 + + +READING MATTER + + INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS 194-195 + + THE LABORS OF HERCULES 196-203 + + P. CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY 204-215 + + +APPENDIXES AND VOCABULARIES + + APPENDIX I. TABLES OF DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS, NUMERALS, + ETC. 226-260 + + APPENDIX II. RULES OF SYNTAX 261-264 + + APPENDIX III. REVIEWS 265-282 + + SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 283-298 + + LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 299-331 + + ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 332-343 + + +INDEX 344-348 + +Display Problems + + + + +PREFACE + +To make the course preparatory to Cæsar at the same time systematic, +thorough, clear, and interesting is the purpose of this series of +lessons. + +The first pages are devoted to a brief discussion of the Latin language, +its history, and its educational value. The body of the book, consisting +of seventy-nine lessons, is divided into three parts. + +Part I is devoted to pronunciation, quantity, accent, and kindred +introductory essentials. + +Part II carries the work through the first sixty lessons, and is devoted +to the study of forms and vocabulary, together with some elementary +constructions, a knowledge of which is necessary for the translation of +the exercises and reading matter. The first few lessons have been made +unusually simple, to meet the wants of pupils not well grounded in +English grammar. + +Part III contains nineteen lessons, and is concerned primarily with the +study of syntax and of subjunctive and irregular verb forms. The last +three of these lessons constitute a review of all the constructions +presented in the book. There is abundant easy reading matter; and, in +order to secure proper concentration of effort upon syntax and +translation, no new vocabularies are introduced, but the vocabularies in +Part II are reviewed. + +It is hoped that the following features will commend themselves to +teachers: + +The forms are presented in their natural sequence, and are given, for +the most part, in the body of the book as well as in a grammatical +appendix. The work on the verb is intensive in character, work in other +directions being reduced to a minimum while this is going on. The forms +of the subjunctive are studied in correlation with the subjunctive +constructions. + +The vocabulary has been selected with the greatest care, using Lodge’s +“Dictionary of Secondary Latin” and Browne’s “Latin Word List” as a +basis. There are about six hundred words, exclusive of proper names, in +the special vocabularies, and these are among the simplest and commonest +words in the language. More than ninety-five per cent of those chosen +are Cæsarian, and of these more than ninety per cent are used in Cæsar +five or more times. The few words not Cæsarian are of such frequent +occurrence in Cicero, Vergil, and other authors as to justify their +appearance here. But teachers desiring to confine word study to Cæsar +can easily do so, as the Cæsarian words are printed in the vocabularies +in distinctive type. Concrete nouns have been preferred to abstract, +root words to compounds and derivatives, even when the latter were of +more frequent occurrence in Cæsar. To assist the memory, related English +words are added in each special vocabulary. To insure more careful +preparation, the special vocabularies have been removed from their +respective lessons and placed by themselves. The general vocabulary +contains about twelve hundred words, and of these above eighty-five per +cent are found in Cæsar. + +The syntax has been limited to those essentials which recent +investigations, such as those of Dr. Lee Byrne and his collaborators, +have shown to belong properly to the work of the first year. The +constructions are presented, as far as possible, from the standpoint of +English, the English usage being given first and the Latin compared or +contrasted with it. Special attention has been given to the +constructions of participles, the gerund and gerundive, and the +infinitive in indirect statements. Constructions having a logical +connection are not separated but are treated together. + +Exercises for translation occur throughout, those for translation into +Latin being, as a rule, only half as long as those for translation into +English. In Part III a few of the commoner idioms in Cæsar are +introduced and the sentences are drawn mainly from that author. From +first to last a consistent effort is made to instill a proper regard for +Latin word order, the first principles of which are laid down early in +the course. + +Selections for reading are unusually abundant and are introduced from +the earliest possible moment. These increase in number and length as the +book progresses, and, for the most part, are made an integral part of +the lessons instead of being massed at the end of the book. This +arrangement insures a more constant and thorough drill in forms and +vocabulary, promotes reading power, and affords a breathing spell +between succeeding subjects. The material is drawn from historical and +mythological sources, and the vocabulary employed includes but few words +not already learned. The book closes with a continued story which +recounts the chief incidents in the life of a Roman boy. The last +chapters record his experiences in Cæsar’s army, and contain much +information that will facilitate the interpretation of the Commentaries. +The early emphasis placed on word order and sentence structure, the +simplicity of the syntax, and the familiarity of the vocabulary, make +the reading selections especially useful for work in sight translation. + +Reviews are called for at frequent intervals, and to facilitate this +branch of the work an Appendix of Reviews has been prepared, covering +both the vocabulary and the grammar. + +The illustrations are numerous, and will, it is hoped, do much to +stimulate interest in the ancient world and to create true and lasting +impressions of Roman life and times. + +A consistent effort has been made to use simple language and clear +explanation throughout. + +As an aid to teachers using this book a “Teacher’s Manual” has been +prepared, which contains, in addition to general suggestions, notes on +each lesson. + +The author wishes to express his gratitude to the numerous teachers who +tested the advance pages in their classes, and, as a result of their +experience, have given much valuable aid by criticism and suggestion. +Particular acknowledgments are due to Miss A. Susan Jones of the Central +High School, Grand Rapids, Michigan; to Miss Clara Allison of the High +School at Hastings, Michigan; and to Miss Helen B. Muir and Mr. Orland +O. Norris, teachers of Latin in this institution. + + BENJAMIN L. D’OOGE + + MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE + + + + +LATIN FOR BEGINNERS + + +TO THE STUDENT--BY WAY OF INTRODUCTION + +«What is Latin?» If you will look at the map of Italy on the opposite +page, you will find near the middle of the peninsula and facing the west +coast a district called Latium,[1] and Rome its capital. The Latin +language, meaning the language of Latium, was spoken by the ancient +Romans and other inhabitants of Latium, and Latin was the name applied +to it after the armies of Rome had carried the knowledge of her language +far beyond its original boundaries. As the English of to-day is not +quite the same as that spoken two or three hundred years ago, so Latin +was not always the same at all times, but changed more or less in the +course of centuries. The sort of Latin you are going to learn was in use +about two thousand years ago. And that period has been selected because +the language was then at its best and the greatest works of Roman +literature were being produced. This period, because of its supreme +excellence, is called the Golden Age of Roman letters. + + [Footnote 1: Pronounce _Lā´shĭ-ŭm_.] + +«The Spread of Latin.» For some centuries after Rome was founded, the +Romans were a feeble and insignificant people, their territory was +limited to Latium, and their existence constantly threatened by warlike +neighbors. But after the third century before Christ, Rome’s power grew +rapidly. She conquered all Italy, then reached out for the lands across +the sea and beyond the Alps, and finally ruled over the whole ancient +world. The empire thus established lasted for more than four hundred +years. The importance of Latin increased with the growth of Roman +power, and what had been a dialect spoken by a single tribe became the +universal language. Gradually the language changed somewhat, developing +differently in different countries. In Italy it has become Italian, in +Spain Spanish, and in France French. All these nations, therefore, are +speaking a modernized form of Latin. + +«The Romans and the Greeks.» In their career of conquest the Romans came +into conflict with the Greeks. The Greeks were inferior to the Romans in +military power, but far superior to them in culture. They excelled in +art, literature, music, science, and philosophy. Of all these pursuits +the Romans were ignorant until contact with Greece revealed to them the +value of education and filled them with the thirst for knowledge. And so +it came about that while Rome conquered Greece by force of arms, Greece +conquered Rome by force of her intellectual superiority and became her +schoolmaster. It was soon the established custom for young Romans to +go to Athens and to other centers of Greek learning to finish their +training, and the knowledge of the Greek language among the educated +classes became universal. At the same time many cultured Greeks--poets, +artists, orators, and philosophers--flocked to Rome, opened schools, and +taught their arts. Indeed, the preëminence of Greek culture became so +great that Rome almost lost her ambition to be original, and her writers +vied with each other in their efforts to reproduce in Latin what was +choicest in Greek literature. As a consequence of all this, the +civilization and national life of Rome became largely Grecian, and to +Greece she owed her literature and her art. + +«Rome and the Modern World.» After conquering the world, Rome impressed +her language, laws, customs of living, and modes of thinking upon the +subject nations, and they became Roman; and the world has remained +largely Roman ever since. Latin continued to live, and the knowledge of +Latin was the only light of learning that burned steadily through the +dark ages that followed the downfall of the Roman Empire. Latin was the +common language of scholars and remained so even down to the days of +Shakespeare. Even yet it is more nearly than any other tongue the +universal language of the learned. The life of to-day is much nearer +the life of ancient Rome than the lapse of centuries would lead one to +suppose. You and I are Romans still in many ways, and if Cæsar and +Cicero should appear among us, we should not find them, except for dress +and language, much unlike men of to-day. + +«Latin and English.» Do you know that more than half of the words in the +English dictionary are Latin, and that you are speaking more or less +Latin every day? How has this come about? In the year 1066 William the +Conqueror invaded England with an army of Normans. The Normans spoke +French--which, you remember, is descended from Latin--and spread their +language to a considerable extent over England, and so Norman-French +played an important part in the formation of English and forms a large +proportion of our vocabulary. Furthermore, great numbers of almost pure +Latin words have been brought into English through the writings of +scholars, and every new scientific discovery is marked by the addition +of new terms of Latin derivation. Hence, while the simpler and commoner +words of our mother tongue are Anglo-Saxon, and Anglo-Saxon forms the +staple of our colloquial language, yet in the realms of literature, and +especially in poetry, words of Latin derivation are very abundant. Also +in the learned professions, as in law, medicine, and engineering, a +knowledge of Latin is necessary for the successful interpretation of +technical and scientific terms. + +«Why study Latin?» The foregoing paragraphs make it clear why Latin +forms so important a part of modern education. We have seen that our +civilization rests upon that of Greece and Rome, and that we must look +to the past if we would understand the present. It is obvious, too, that +the knowledge of Latin not only leads to a more exact and effective use +of our own language, but that it is of vital importance and of great +practical value to any one preparing for a literary or professional +career. To this it may be added that the study of Latin throws a flood +of light upon the structure of language in general and lays an excellent +foundation for all grammatical study. Finally, it has been abundantly +proved that there is no more effective means of strengthening the mind +than by the earnest pursuit of this branch of learning. + +«Review Questions.» Whence does Latin get its name? Where is Latium? +Where is Rome? Was Latin always the same? What sort of Latin are we to +study? Describe the growth of Rome’s power and the spread of Latin. What +can you say of the origin of Italian, French, and Spanish? How did the +ancient Greeks and Romans compare? How did Greece influence Rome? How +did Rome influence the world? In what sense are we Romans still? What +did Latin have to do with the formation of English? What proportion of +English words are of Latin origin, and what kind of words are they? Why +should we study Latin? + + + + +PART I + +THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN + + +THE ALPHABET + +«1.» The Latin alphabet contains the same letters as the English except +that it has no _w_ and no _j_. + +«2.» The vowels, as in English, are _a, e, i, o, u, y_. The other +letters are consonants. + +«3.» _I_ is used both as a vowel and as a consonant. Before a vowel in +the same syllable it has the value of a consonant and is called _I +consonant_. + +Thus in Iū-li-us the first _i_ is a consonant, the second a vowel. + + +SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS[1] + + [Footnote 1: N.B. The sounds of the letters are best learned by + hearing them correctly pronounced. The matter in this section is, + therefore, intended for reference rather than for assignment as a + lesson. As a first step it is suggested that the teacher pronounce + the examples in class, the pupils following.] + +«4.» Latin was not pronounced like English. The Romans at the beginning +of the Christian era pronounced their language substantially as +described below. + +«5.» The vowels have the following sounds: + + VOWELS[2] LATIN EXAMPLES + + ā as in _father_ hāc, stās + ă like the first _a_ in _aha´_, + never as in _hat_ ă´-măt, că-nās + ē as in _they_ tē´-lă, mē´-tă + ĕ as in _met_ tĕ´-nĕt, mĕr´-cēs + ī as in _machine_ sĕr´-tī, prā´-tī + ĭ as in _bit_ sĭ´-tĭs, bĭ´-bī + ō as in _holy_ Rō´-mă, ō´-rĭs + ŏ as in _wholly_, never as in + _hot_ mŏ´-dŏ, bŏ´-nōs + ū as in _rude_, or as _oo_ in + _boot_ ū´-mŏr, tū´-bĕr + ŭ as in _full_, or as _oo_ in + _foot_ ŭt, tū´-tŭs + +NOTE. It is to be observed that there is a decided difference in sound, +except in the case of _a_, between the long and the short vowels. It is +not merely a matter of _quantity_ but also of _quality_. + + [Footnote 2: Long vowels are marked ¯, short ones ˘.] + +«6.» In «diphthongs» (two-vowel sounds) both vowels are heard in a +single syllable. + + DIPHTHONGS LATIN EXAMPLES + + «ae» as _ai_ in _aisle_ tae´-dae + «au» as _ou_ in _out_ gau´-dĕt + «ei» as _ei_ in _eight_ dein´-dĕ + «eu» as _ĕ´o͝o_ (a short _e_ + followed by a short _u_ in + one syllable) seu + «oe» like _oi_ in _toil_ foe´-dŭs + «ui» like _o͝o´ĭ_ (a short _u_ + followed by a short _i_ in one + syllable. Cf. English _we_) cui, huic + +NOTE. Give all the vowels and diphthongs their proper sounds and do not +slur over them in unaccented syllables, as is done in English. + +«7.» «Consonants» are pronounced as in English, except that + + CONSONANTS LATIN EXAMPLES + + «c» is always like _c_ in _cat_, + never as in _cent_ că´-dō, cĭ´-bŭs, cē´-nă + «g» is always like _g_ in _get_, + never as in _gem_ gĕ´-mō, gĭg´-nō + «i consonant» is always like + _y_ in _yes_ iăm, iŏ´-cŭs + «n» before _c, qu_, or _g_ is + like _ng_ in _sing_ (compare + the sound of _n_ in _anchor_) ăn´-cŏ-ră (ang´-ko-ra) + «qu», «gu», and sometimes «su» + before a vowel have the sound + of _qw, gw_, and _sw_. Here + _u_ has the value of consonant + _v_ and is not counted a vowel ĭn´-quĭt, quī, lĭn´-guă, + săn´-guĭs, suā´-dĕ-ō + «s» is like _s_ in _sea_, never + as in _ease_ rŏ´-să, ĭs + «t» is always like _t_ in + _native_, never as in _nation_ ră´-tĭ-ō, nā´-tĭ-ō + «v» is like _w_ in _wine_, never + as in _vine_ «vī´-nŭm», «vĭr» + «x» has the value of two + consonants (_cs_ or _gs_) and + is like _x_ in _extract_, not + as in _exact_ «ĕx´-trā», «ĕx-āc´-tŭs» + «bs» is like _ps_ and «bt» like + _pt_ «ŭrbs», «ŏb-tĭ´-nĕ-ō» + «ch», «ph», and «th» are like + _c_, _p_, _t_ «pŭl´-chĕr», «Phoe´-bē», + «thĕ-ā´-trŭm» + + _a._ In combinations of consonants give each its distinct sound. + Doubled consonants should be pronounced with a slight pause between + the two sounds. Thus pronounce _tt_ as in _rat-trap_, not as in + _rattle_; _pp_ as in _hop-pole_, not as in _upper_. Examples, + «mĭt´-tō», «Ăp´pĭ-ŭs», «bĕl´-lŭm.» + + +SYLLABLES + +«8.» A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs. +Thus «aes-tā´-tĕ» has three syllables, «au-dĭ-ĕn´-dŭs» has four. + + _a._ Two vowels with a consonant between them never make one + syllable, as is so often the case in English. Compare English + _inside_ with Latin īn-sī´-dĕ. + +«9.» Words are divided into syllables as follows: + +1. A single consonant between two vowels goes with the second. Thus +«ă-mā´-bĭ-lĭs», «mĕ-mŏ´-rĭ-ă», «ĭn-tĕ´-rĕ-ā», «ă´-bĕst», +«pĕ-rē´-gĭt».[3] + + [Footnote 3: In writing and printing it is customary to divide + the parts of a compound, as «inter-eā», «ab-est», «sub-āctus», + «per-ēgit», contrary to the correct phonetic rule.] + +2. Combinations of two or more consonants: + + _a._ A consonant followed by _l_ or _r_ goes with the _l_ or _r_. + Thus «pū´-blĭ-cŭs», «ă´-grī». + +EXCEPTION. Prepositional compounds of this nature, as also _ll_ and +_rr_, follow rule _b_. Thus «ăb´-lŭ-ō», «ăb-rŭm´-pō», «ĭl´-lĕ», +«fĕr´-rŭm». + + _b._ In all other combinations of consonants the first consonant + goes with the preceding vowel.[4] Thus «măg´-nŭs», «ĕ-gĕs´-tās», + «vĭc-tō´-rĭ-ă», «hŏs´-pĕs», «ăn´-nŭs», «sŭ-bāc´-tŭs». + + [Footnote 4: The combination nct is divided nc-t, as fūnc-tŭs, + sānc-tŭs.] + +3. The last syllable of a word is called the _ul´-ti-ma_; the one +next to the last, the _pe-nult´_; the one before the penult, the +_an´-te-pe-nult´_. + +«10.» EXERCISE + +Divide the words in the following passage into syllables and pronounce +them, placing the accent as indicated: + +Vā́dĕ ăd fŏrmī́căm, Ō pĭ́gĕr, ĕt cōnsī́dĕrā vĭ́ās ĕ́iŭs ĕt dĭ́scĕ săpĭĕ́ntĭăm: +quae cŭm nōn hắbĕăt dŭ́cĕm nĕc praecĕptṓrĕm nĕc prī́ncĭpĕm, pắrăt ĭn +aestā́tĕ cĭ́bŭm sĭ́bĭ ĕt cŏ́ngrĕgăt ĭn mĕ́ssĕ quŏd cŏ́mĕdăt. + +[[Go to the ant, thou sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise: which, +having no guide, overseer, or ruler, provideth her meat in the summer +and gathereth her food in the harvest.]] + + +QUANTITY + +«11.» The quantity of a vowel or a syllable is the time it takes to +pronounce it. Correct pronunciation and accent depend upon the proper +observance of quantity. + +«12.» «Quantity of Vowels.» Vowels are either long (¯) or short (˘). In +this book the long vowels are marked. Unmarked vowels are to be +considered short. + + 1. A vowel is short before another vowel or _h_; as «pŏ-ē´-ta», + «tră´-hō». + + 2. A vowel is short before _nt_ and _nd_, before final _m_ or _t_, + and, except in words of one syllable, before final _l_ or _r_. Thus + «a´-mănt», «a-măn´-dus», «a-mā´-băm», «a-mā´-băt», «a´-ni-măl», + «a´-mŏr». + + 3. A vowel is long before _nf_, _ns_, _nx_, and _nct_. Thus + «īn´-fe-rō», «re´-gēns», «sān´-xī», «sānc´-tus». + + 4. Diphthongs are always long, and are not marked. + +«13.» «Quantity of Syllables.» Syllables are either long or short, and +their quantity must be carefully distinguished from that of vowels. + + 1. «A syllable is short», + + _a._ If it ends in a short vowel; as «ă´-mō», «pĭ´-grĭ». + +NOTE. In final syllables the short vowel may be followed by a final +consonant. Thus the word «mĕ-mŏ´-rĭ-ăm» contains four short syllables. +In the first three a short vowel ends the syllable, in the last the +short vowel is followed by a final consonant. + + 2. «A syllable is long», + + _a._ If it contains a long vowel or a diphthong, as «cū´-rō», + «poe´-nae», «aes-tā´-te». + + _b._ If it ends in a consonant which is followed by another + consonant, as «cor´-pus», «mag´-nus». + +NOTE. The vowel in a long syllable may be either long or short, and +should be pronounced accordingly. Thus in «ter´-ra», «in´-ter», the +first syllable is long, but the vowel in each case is short and should +be given the short sound. In words like «saxum» the first syllable is +long because _x_ has the value of two consonants (_cs_ or _gs_). + + 3. In determining quantity _h_ is not counted a consonant. + +NOTE. Give about twice as much time to the long syllables as to the +short ones. It takes about as long to pronounce a short vowel plus a +consonant as it does to pronounce a long vowel or a diphthong, and so +these quantities are considered equally long. For example, it takes +about as long to say «cŭr´-rō» as it does «cū´-rō», and so each of these +first syllables is long. Compare «mŏl´-lis» and «mō´-lis», «ā-mĭs´-sī» +and «ā-mi´-sī». + + +ACCENT + +«14.» Words of two syllables are accented on the first, as «mēn´-sa», +«Cae´-sar». + +«15.» Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult if the +penult is long. If the penult is short, accent the antepenult. Thus +«mo-nē´-mus», «re´-gi-tur», «a-gri´-co-la», «a-man´-dus». + +NOTE. Observe that the position of the accent is determined by the +length of the _syllable_ and not by the length of the vowel in the +syllable. (Cf. §13.2, Note.) + +«16.» Certain little words called _enclit´ics_[5] which have no separate +existence, are added to and pronounced with a preceding word. The most +common are «-que», _and_; «-ve», _or_; and «-ne», the question sign. +The syllable before an enclitic takes the accent, regardless of its +quantity. Thus «populus´que», «dea´que», «rēgna´ve», «audit´ne». + + [Footnote 5: Enclitic means _leaning back_, and that is, as you see, + just what these little words do. They cannot stand alone and so they + lean back for support upon the preceding word.] + +HOW TO READ LATIN + +«17.» To read Latin well is not so difficult, if you begin right. +Correct habits of reading should be formed now. Notice the quantities +carefully, especially the quantity of the penult, to insure your getting +the accent on the right syllable. (Cf. §15.) Give every vowel its +proper sound and every syllable its proper length. Then bear in mind +that we should read Latin as we read English, in phrases rather than in +separate words. Group together words that are closely connected in +thought. No good reader halts at the end of each word. + +«18.» Read the stanzas of the following poem by Longfellow, one at a +time, first the English and then the Latin version. The syllables +inclosed in parentheses are to be slurred or omitted to secure +smoothness of meter. + +EXCELSIOR [[HIGHER]]! [6] + + The shades of night were falling fast, + As through an Alpine village passed + A youth, who bore, ’mid snow and ice, + A banner with the strange device, + Excelsior! + + Cadēbant noctis umbrae, dum + Ibat per vīcum Alpicum + Gelū nivequ(e) adolēscēns, + Vēxillum cum signō ferēns, + Excelsior! + + His brow was sad; his eye beneath, + Flashed like a falchion from its sheath, + And like a silver clarion rung + The accents of that unknown tongue, + Excelsior! + + Frōns trīstis, micat oculus + Velut ē vāgīnā gladius; + Sonantque similēs tubae + Accentūs lingu(ae) incognitae, + Excelsior! + + In happy homes he saw the light + Of household fires gleam warm and bright; + Above, the spectral glaciers shone, + And from his lips escaped a groan, + Excelsior! + + In domibus videt clārās + Focōrum lūcēs calidās; + Relucet glaciēs ācris, + Et rumpit gemitūs labrīs, + Excelsior! + + “Try not the Pass!” the old man said; + “Dark lowers the tempest overhead, + The roaring torrent is deep and wide!” + And loud that clarion voice replied, + Excelsior! + + Dīcit senex, “Nē trānseās! + Suprā nigrēscit tempestās; + Lātus et altus est torrēns.” + Clāra vēnit vōx respondēns, + Excelsior! + + At break of day, as heavenward + The pious monks of Saint Bernard + Uttered the oft-repeated prayer, + A voice cried through the startled air, + Excelsior! + + Iam lūcēscēbat, et frātrēs + Sānctī Bernardī vigilēs + Ōrābant precēs solitās, + Cum vōx clāmāvit per aurās, + Excelsior! + + A traveler, by the faithful hound, + Half-buried in the snow was found, + Still grasping in his hand of ice + That banner with the strange device, + Excelsior! + + Sēmi-sepultus viātor + Can(e) ā fīdō reperītur, + Comprēndēns pugnō gelidō + Illud vēxillum cum signō, + Excelsior! + + There in the twilight cold and gray, + Lifeless, but beautiful, he lay, + And from the sky, serene and far, + A voice fell, like a falling star, + Excelsior! + + + Iacet corpus exanimum + Sed lūce frīgidā pulchrum; + Et caelō procul exiēns + Cadit vōx, ut Stella cadēns, + Excelsior! + + [Footnote 6: Translation by C. W. Goodchild in _Praeco Latinus_, + October, 1898.] + + + + +PART II + +WORDS AND FORMS + + +LESSON I + +FIRST PRINCIPLES + +«19.» «Subject and Predicate.» + 1. Latin, like English, expresses thoughts by means of sentences. + A sentence is a combination of words that expresses a thought, and in + its simplest form is the statement of a single fact. Thus, + + _Galba is a farmer_ + «Galba est agricola» + _The sailor fights_ + «Nauta pugnat» + +In each of these sentences there are two parts: + + SUBJECT PREDICATE + _Galba_ _is a farmer_ + «Galba» + _The sailor_ _fights_ + «Nauta» «pugnat» + + 2. The subject is that person, place, or thing about which something + is said, and is therefore a _noun_ or some word which can serve the + same purpose. + + _a._ Pronouns, as their name implies (_pro_, “instead of,” and + _noun_), often take the place of nouns, usually to save repeating + the same noun, as, _Galba is a farmer; «he» is a sturdy fellow_. + + 3. The predicate is that which is said about the subject, and consists + of a verb with or without modifiers. + + _a._ A verb is a word which asserts something (usually an act) + concerning a person, place, or thing. + +«20.» «The Object.» In the two sentences, _The boy hit the ball_ and +_The ball hit the boy_, the same words are used, but the meaning is +different, and depends upon the order of the words. The «doer» of the +act, that about which something is said, is, as we have seen above, the +«subject». «That to which something is done» is the «direct object» of +the verb. _The boy hit the ball_ is therefore analyzed as follows: + + SUBJECT PREDICATE + /-----------\ + _The boy_ _hit the ball_ + (verb) (direct object) + + _a._ A verb whose action passes over to the object directly, as in + the sentence above, is called a «transitive verb». A verb which does + not admit of a direct object is called «intransitive», as, _I walk_, + _he comes_. + +«21.» «The Copula.» The verb _to be_ in its different forms--_are_, +_is_, _was_, etc.--does not tell us anything about the subject; neither +does it govern an object. It simply connects the subject with the word +or words in the predicate that possess a distinct meaning. Hence it is +called the «copula», that is, _the joiner_ or _link_. + +«22.» In the following sentences pronounce the Latin and name the +_nouns, verbs, subjects, objects, predicates, copulas_: + + 1. «America est patria mea» + _America is fatherland my_ + + 2. «Agricola fīliam amat» + _(The) farmer (his) daughter loves_ + + 3. «Fīlia est Iūlia» + _(His) daughter is Julia_ + + 4. «Iūlia et agricola sunt in īnsulā» + _Julia and (the) farmer are on (the) island_ + + 5. «Iūlia aquam portat» + _Julia water carries_ + + 6. «Rosam in comīs habet» + _(A) rose in (her) hair (she) has_ + + 7. «Iūlia est puella pulchra» + _Julia is (a) girl pretty_ + + 8. «Domina fīliam pulchram habet» + _(The) lady (a) daughter beautiful has_ + + _a._ The sentences above show that Latin does not express some words + which are necessary in English. First of all, _Latin has no article + «the» or «a»_; thus _«agricola»_ may mean _the farmer, a farmer_, + or simply _farmer_. Then, too, the personal pronouns, _I, you, he, + she_, etc., and the possessive pronouns, _my, your, his, her_, etc., + are not expressed if the meaning of the sentence is clear without + them. + + +LESSON II + +FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) + +«23.» «Inflection.» Words may change their forms to indicate some change +in sense or use, as, _is, are_; _was, were; who, whose, whom; farmer, +farmer’s; woman, women_. This is called «inflection». The inflection of +a noun, adjective, or pronoun is called its «declension», that of a verb +its «conjugation». + +«24.» «Number.» Latin, like English, has two numbers, singular and +plural. In English we usually form the plural by adding _-s_ or _-es_ to +the singular. So Latin changes the singular to the plural by changing +the ending of the word. Compare + + «Naut-a pugnat» + _The sailor fights_ + «Naut-ae pugnant» + _The sailors fight_ + +«25.» RULE. _Nouns that end in «-a» in the singular end in «-ae» in the +plural_. + +«26.» Learn the following nouns so that you can give the English for the +Latin or the Latin for the English. Write the plural of each. + + «agri´cola», _farmer_ (agriculture)[1] + «aqua», _water_ (aquarium) + «causa», _cause, reason_ + «do´mina», _lady of the house, mistress_ (dominate) + «filia», _daughter_ (filial) + «fortū´na», _fortune_ + «fuga», _flight_ (fugitive) + «iniū´ria», _wrong, injury_ + «lūna», _moon_ (lunar) + «nauta», _sailor_ (nautical) + «puel´la», _girl_ + «silva», forest (silvan) + «terra», _land_ (terrace) + + [Footnote 1: The words in parentheses are English words related to + the Latin. When the words are practically identical, as «causa», + _cause_, no comparison is needed.] + +«27.» Compare again the sentences + + «Nauta pugna-t» + _The sailor fights_ + «Nautae pugna-nt» + _The sailors fight_ + +In the first sentence the verb «pugna-t» is in the third person +singular, in the second sentence «pugna-nt» is in the third person +plural. + +«28.» RULE. «Agreement of Verb.» _A finite verb must always be in the +same person and number as its subject._ + +«29.» RULE. _In the conjugation of the Latin verb the third person +singular active ends in «-t», the third person plural in «-nt». The +endings which show the person and number of the verb are called +«personal endings»._ + +«30.» Learn the following verbs and write the plural of each. The +personal pronouns _he_, _she_, _it_, etc., which are necessary in the +inflection of the English verb, are not needed in the Latin, because the +personal endings take their place. Of course, if the verb’s subject is +expressed we do not translate the personal ending by a pronoun; thus +«nauta pugnat» is translated _the sailor fights_, not _the sailor he +fights_. + + «ama-t» _he (she, it) loves, is loving, does love_ (amity, amiable) + «labō´ra-t» “ “ “ _labors, is laboring, does labor_ + «nūntia-t»[2] “ “ “ _announces, is announcing, does announce_ + «porta-t» “ “ “ _carries, is carrying, does carry_ (porter) + «pugna-t» “ “ “ _fights, is fighting, does fight_ (pugnacious) + + [Footnote 2: The _u_ in «nūntiō» is long by exception. + (Cf. §12.2.)] + +«31.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. The daughter loves, the daughters love. 2. The sailor is carrying, +the sailors carry. 3. The farmer does labor, the farmers labor. 4. The +girl is announcing, the girls do announce. 5. The ladies are carrying, +the lady carries. + +II. 1. Nauta pugnat, nautae pugnant. 2. Puella amat, puellae amant. +3. Agricola portat, agricolae portant. 4. Fīlia labōrat, fīliae +labōrant. 5. Nauta nūntiat, nautae nūntiant. 6. Dominae amant, domina +amat. + + [Illustration: DOMINA] + + +LESSON III + +FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) + +«32.» «Declension of Nouns.» We learned above (§§19, 20) the difference +between the subject and object, and that in English they may be +distinguished by the order of the words. Sometimes, however, the order +is such that we are left in doubt. For example, the sentence _The lady +her daughter loves_ might mean either that the lady loves her daughter, +or that the daughter loves the lady. + + 1. If the sentence were in Latin, no doubt could arise, because the + subject and the object are distinguished, not by the order of the + words, but by the endings of the words themselves. Compare the + following sentences: + + «Domina fīliam amat» + «Fīliam domina amat» + «Amat fīliam domina» + «Domina amat fīliam» + _The lady loves her daughter_ + + «Fīlia dominam amat» + «Dominam fīlia amat» + «Amat dominam fīlia» + «Fīlia amat dominam» + _The daughter loves the lady_ + + _a._ Observe that in each case the subject of the sentence ends in + «-a» and the object in «-am». The _form_ of the noun shows how it is + used in the sentence, and the order of the words has no effect on + the essential meaning. + + 2. As stated above (§23), this change of ending is called + «declension», and each different ending produces what is called a + «case». When we decline a noun, we give all its different cases, or + changes of endings. In English we have three cases,--nominative, + possessive, and objective; but, in nouns, the nominative and objective + have the same form, and only the possessive case shows a change of + ending, by adding _’s_ or the apostrophe. The interrogative pronoun, + however, has the fuller declension, _who?_ _whose?_ _whom?_ + +«33.» The following table shows a comparison between English and Latin +declension forms, and should be thoroughly memorized: + + ENGLISH CASES LATIN CASES + +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ + | | Declension | Name of case | Declension of | Name of case | + | | of _who?_ | and use | «domina» | and use | + | | | | and translation | | + +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ + | | Who? | Nominative-- | «do´min-a» | Nominative-- | + | S | | case of the | _the lady_ | case of the | + | I | | subject | | subject | + | N | | | | | + | G | Whose? | Possessive-- | «domin-ae» | Genitive-- | + | U | | case of the | _the lady’s_ | case of the | + | L | | possessor | _of the lady_ | possessor | + | A | | | | | + | R | Whom? | Objective-- | «domin-am» | Accusative-- | + | | | case of the | _the lady_ | case of the | + | | | object | | direct object | + +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ + | | Who? | Nominative-- | «domin-ae» | Nominative-- | + | | | case of the | _the ladies_ | case of the | + | P | | subject | | subject | + | L | | | | | + | U | Whose? | Possessive-- | «domin-ā´rum» | Genitive-- | + | R | | case of the | _the ladies’_ | case of the | + | A | | possessor | _of the ladies_ | possessor | + | L | | | | | + | | Whom? | Objective-- | «domin-ās» | Accusative-- | + | | | case of the | _the ladies_ | case of the | + | | | object | | direct object | + +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ + +When the nominative singular of a noun ends in «-a», observe that + + _a._ The nominative plural ends in «-ae». + + _b._ The genitive singular ends in «-ae» and the genitive plural in + «-ārum». + + _c._ The accusative singular ends in «-am» and the accusative plural + in «-ās». + + _d._ The genitive singular and the nominative plural have the same + ending. + +«34.» EXERCISE + +Pronounce the following words and give their general meaning. Then give +the number and case, and the use of each form. Where the same form +stands for more than one case, give all the possible cases and uses. + +1. Silva, silvās, silvam. 2. Fugam, fugae, fuga. 3. Terrārum, +terrae, terrās. 4. Aquās, causam, lūnās. 5. Fīliae, fortūnae, lūnae. +6. Iniūriās, agricolārum, aquārum. 7. Iniūriārum, agricolae, puellās. +8. Nautam, agricolās, nautās. 9. Agricolam, puellam, silvārum. + + +LESSON IV + +FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + [See Transcriber’s Note at beginning of text.] + + NOUNS + «dea», _goddess_ (deity) + Diā´na, _Diana_ + «fera», _a wild beast_ (fierce) + Lātō´na, _Latona_ + «sagit´ta», _arrow_ + + VERBS + «est», _he (she, it) is_; «sunt», _they are_ + «necat», _he (she, it) kills, is killing, does kill_ + + CONJUNCTION[A] + «et», _and_ + + PRONOUNS + «quis», interrog. pronoun, nom. sing., _who?_ + «cuius» (pronounced _co͝oi´yo͝os_, two syllables), interrog. pronoun, + gen. sing., _whose?_ + + [Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts + of sentences, or sentences.] + +«35.» We learned from the table (§33) that the Latin nominative, +genitive, and accusative correspond, in general, to the nominative, +possessive, and objective in English, and that they are used in the same +way. This will be made even clearer by the following sentence: + + «Fīlia agricolae nautam amat», + _the farmer’s daughter_ (or _the daughter of the farmer_) + _loves the sailor_ + +What is the subject? the direct object? What case is used for the +subject? for the direct object? What word denotes the possessor? In what +case is it? + +«36.» RULE. «Nominative Subject.» _The subject of a finite verb is in +the Nominative and answers the question Who? or What?_ + +«37.» RULE. «Accusative Object.» _The direct object of a transitive verb +is in the Accusative and answers the question Whom? or What?_ + +«38.» RULE. «Genitive of the Possessor.» _The word denoting the owner or +possessor of something is in the Genitive and answers the question +Whose?_ + + [Illustration: DIANA SAGITTAS PORTAT ET FERAS NECAT] + +«39.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283. + +I. 1. Diāna est dea. 2. Lātōna est dea. 3. Diāna et Lātōna sunt deae. +4. Diāna est dea lūnae. 5. Diāna est fīlia Lātōnae. 6. Lātōna Diānam +amat. 7. Diāna est dea silvārum. 8. Diāna silvam amat. 9. Diāna sagittās +portat. 10. Diāna ferās silvae necat. 11. Ferae terrārum pugnant. + +For the order of words imitate the Latin above. + +II. 1. The daughter of Latona does love the forests. 2. Latona’s +daughter carries arrows. 3. The farmers’ daughters do labor. 4. The +farmer’s daughter loves the waters of the forest. 5. The sailor is +announcing the girls’ flight. 6. The girls announce the sailors’ wrongs. +7. The farmer’s daughter labors. 8. Diana’s arrows are killing the wild +beasts of the land. + +«40.» CONVERSATION + +Translate the questions and answer them in Latin. The answers may be +found in the exercises preceding. + + 1. Quis est Diāna? + 2. Cuius fīlia est Diāna? + 3. Quis Diānam amat? + 4. Quis silvam amat? + 5. Quis sagittās portat? + 6. Cuius fīliae labōrant? + + +LESSON V + +FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «corō´na», _wreath, garland, crown_ + fā´bula, _story_ (fable) + «pecū´nia», _money_ (pecuniary) + «pugna», _battle_ (pugnacious) + «victō´ria», _victory_ + + VERBS + «dat», _he (she, it) gives_ + nārrat, _he (she, it) tells_ (narrate) + + CONJUNCTION[A] + «quia» or «quod», _because_ + + «cui» (pronounced _co͝oi_, one syllable), interrog. pronoun, dat. + sing., _to whom?_ _for whom?_ + + [Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts + of sentences, or sentences.] + +«41.» «The Dative Case.» In addition to the relationships between words +expressed by the nominative, genitive (possessive), and accusative +(objective) cases, there are other relationships, to express which in +English we use such words as _from_, _with_, _by_, _to_, _for_, _in_, +_at_.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Words like _to_, _for_, _by_, _from_, _in_, etc., which + define the relationship between words, are called «prepositions».] + +Latin, too, makes frequent use of such prepositions; but often it +expresses these relations without them by means of case forms which +English does not possess. One of the cases found in the Latin declension +and lacking in English is called the _dative_. + +«42.» When the nominative singular ends in «-a», the dative singular +ends in «-ae» and the dative plural in «-īs». + +NOTE. Observe that the _genitive singular_, the _dative singular_, and +the _nominative plural_ all have the same ending, «-ae»; but the uses of +the three cases are entirely different. The general meaning of the +sentence usually makes clear which case is intended. + + _a._ Form the dative singular and plural of the following nouns: + «fuga», «causa», «fortūna», «terra», «aqua», «puella», «agricola», + «nauta», «domina». + +«43.» «The Dative Relation.» The dative case is used to express the +relations conveyed in English by the prepositions _to_, _towards_, +_for_. + +These prepositions are often used in English in expressions of motion, +such as _She went to town_, _He ran towards the horse_, _Columbus sailed +for America_. In such cases the dative is not used in Latin, as _motion +through space_ is foreign to the dative relation. But the dative is used +to denote that _to_ or _towards which_ a benefit, injury, purpose, +feeling, or quality is directed, or that _for which_ something serves or +exists. + + _a._ What dative relations do you discover in the following? + +The teacher gave a prize to John because he replied so promptly to all +her questions--a good example for the rest of us. It is a pleasure to us +to hear him recite. Latin is easy for him, but it is very hard for me. +Some are fitted for one thing and others for another. + +«44.» «The Indirect Object.» Examine the sentence + + «Nauta fugam nūntiat», + _the sailor announces the flight_ + +Here the verb, «nūntiat», governs the direct object, «fugam», in the +accusative case. If, however, we wish to mention the persons «to whom» +the sailor announces the flight, as, _The sailor announces the flight +«to the farmers»_, the verb will have two objects: + + 1. Its direct object, _flight_ («fugam») + 2. Its indirect object, _farmers_ + +According to the preceding section, _to the farmers_ is a relation +covered by the dative case, and we are prepared for the following rule: + +«45.» RULE. «Dative Indirect Object.» _The indirect object of a verb is +in the Dative._ + + _a._ The indirect object usually stands before the direct object. + +«46.» We may now complete the translation of the sentence _The sailor +announces the flight to the farmers_, and we have + + «Nauta agricolīs fugam nūntiat» + +«47.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283. + +_Point out the direct and indirect objects and the genitive of the +possessor._ + +I. 1. Quis nautīs pecūniam dat? 2. Fīliae agricolae nautīs pecūniam +dant. 3. Quis fortūnam pugnae nūntiat? 4. Galba agricolīs fortunam +pugnae nūntiat. 5. Cui domina fābulam nārrat? 6. Fīliae agricolae domina +fābulam nārrat. 7. Quis Diānae corōnam dat? 8. Puella Diānae corōnam dat +quia Diānam amat. 9. Dea lūnae sagittās portat et ferās silvārum necat. +10. Cuius victōriam Galba nūntiat? 11. Nautae victōriam Galba nūntiat. + +Imitate the word order of the preceding exercise. + +II. 1. To whom do the girls give a wreath? 2. The girls give a wreath to +Julia, because Julia loves wreaths. 3. The sailors tell the ladies[2] a +story, because the ladies love stories. 4. The farmer gives his +(§22.a) daughter water. 5. Galba announces the cause of the battle +to the sailor. 6. The goddess of the moon loves the waters of the +forest. 7. Whose wreath is Latona carrying? Diana’s. + + [Footnote 2: Observe that in English the indirect object often + stands without a preposition _to_ to mark it, especially when it + precedes the direct object.] + + +LESSON VI + +FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + ADJECTIVES + «bona», _good_ + «grāta», _pleasing_ + «magna», _large, great_ + «mala», _bad, wicked_ + «parva», _small, little_ + «pulchra», _beautiful, pretty_ + «sōla», _alone_ + + NOUNS + ancil´la, _maidservant_ + Iūlia, _Julia_ + + ADVERBS[A] + «cūr», _why_ + «nōn», _not_ + + PRONOUNS + «mea», _my_; «tua», _thy, your_ (possesives) + «quid», interrog. pronoun, nom. and acc. sing., _what?_ + + «-ne», the question sign, an enclitic (§16) added to the first word, + which, in a question, is usually the verb, as «amat», _he loves_, + but «amat´ne»? _does he love?_ «est», _he is_; «estne»? _is he?_ + Of course «-ne» is not used when the sentence contains «quis», + «cūr», or some other interrogative word. + + [Footnote A: An _adverb_ is a word used to modify a verb, an + adjective, or another adverb; as, She sings _sweetly_; she is + _very_ talented; she began to sing _very early_.] + +«48.» «The Ablative Case.» Another case, lacking in English but found in +the fuller Latin declension, is the _ab´la-tive._ + +«49.» When the nominative singular ends in «-a», the ablative singular +ends in «-ā» and the ablative plural in «-īs». + + _a._ Observe that the final -ă of the nominative is short, while the + final -ā of the ablative is long, as, + + _Nom._ fīliă + _Abl._ fīliā + + _b._ Observe that the ablative plural is like the dative plural. + + _c._ Form the ablative singular and plural of the following nouns: + «fuga», «causa», «fortūna», «terra», «aqua», «puella», «agricola», + «nauta», «domina». + +«50.» «The Ablative Relation.» The ablative case is used to express the +relations conveyed in English by the prepositions _from_, _with_, _by_, +_at_, _in_. It denotes + + 1. That from which something is separated, from which it starts, or of + which it is deprived--generally translated by _from_. + + 2. That with which something is associated or by means of which it is + done--translated by _with_ or _by_. + + 3. The place where or the time when something happens--translated by + _in_ or _at_. + + _a._ What ablative relations do you discover in the following? + + In our class there are twenty boys and girls. Daily at eight + o’clock they come from home with their books, and while they are + at school they read with ease the books written by the Romans. + By patience and perseverance all things in this world can be + overcome. + +«51.» «Prepositions.» While, as stated above (§41), many relations +expressed in English by prepositions are in Latin expressed by case +forms, still prepositions are of frequent occurrence, but only with the +accusative or ablative. + +«52.» RULE. «Object of a Preposition.» _A noun governed by a preposition +must be in the Accusative or Ablative case._ + +«53.» Prepositions denoting the ablative relations _from, with, in, on_, +are naturally followed by the ablative case. Among these are + + «ā»[1] or «ab», _from, away from_ + «dē», _from, down from_ + «ē»[1] or «ex», _from, out from, out of_ + «cum», _with_ + «in», _in, on_ + + [Footnote 1: «ā» and «ē» are used only before words beginning with + a consonant; «ab» and «ex» are used before either vowels or + consonants.] + + 1. _Translate into Latin, using prepositions._ In the water, on the + land, down from the forest, with the fortune, out of the forests, from + the victory, out of the waters, with the sailors, down from the moon. + +«54.» «Adjectives.» Examine the sentence + + «Puella parva bonam deam amat», + _the little girl loves the good goddess_ + +In this sentence «parva» (_little_) and «bonam» (_good_) are not nouns, +but are descriptive words expressing quality. Such words are called +_adjectives_,[2] and they are said to belong to the noun which they +describe. + + [Footnote 2: _Pick out the adjectives in the following:_ “When I + was a little boy, I remember that one cold winter’s morning I was + accosted by a smiling man with an ax on his shoulder. ‘My pretty + boy,’ said he, ‘has your father a grindstone?’ ‘Yes, sir,’ said I. + ‘You are a fine little fellow,’ said he. ‘Will you let me grind my + ax on it?’”] + +You can tell by its ending to which noun an adjective belongs. The +ending of «parva» shows that it belongs to «puella», and the ending of +«bonam» that it belongs to «deam». Words that belong together are said +to agree, and the belonging-together is called _agreement_. Observe that +_the adjective and its noun agree in number and case_. + +«55.» Examine the sentences + + «Puella est parva», + _the girl is little_ + «Puella parva bonam deam amat», + _the little girl loves the good goddess_ + +In the first sentence the adjective «parva» is separated from its noun +by the verb and stands in the predicate. It is therefore called a +_predicate adjective_. In the second sentence the adjectives «parva» and +«bonam» are closely attached to the nouns «puella» and «deam» +respectively, and are called _attributive adjectives._ + + _a._ Pick out the attributive and the predicate adjectives in the + following: + +Do you think Latin is hard? Hard studies make strong brains. Lazy +students dislike hard studies. We are not lazy. + +«56.» DIALOGUE + +JULIA AND GALBA + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283. + + I. Quis, Galba, est Diāna? + G. Diāna, Iūlia, est pulchra dea lūnae et silvārum. + I. Cuius fīlia, Galba, est Diāna? + G. Lātōnae fīlia, Iūlia, est Diāna. + I. Quid Diāna portat? + G. Sagittās Diāna portat. + I. Cūr Diāna sagittās portat? + G. Diāna sagittās portat, Iūlia, quod malās ferās silvae magnae necat. + I. Amatne Lātōna fīliam? + G. Amat, et fīlia Lātōnam amat. + I. Quid fīlia tua parva portat? + G. Corōnās pulchrās fīlia mea parva portat. + I. Cui fīlia tua corōnās pulchrās dat? + G. Diānae corōnās dat. + I. Quis est cum fīliā tuā? Estne sōla? + G. Sōla nōn est; fīlia mea parva est cum ancillā meā. + + _a._ When a person is called or addressed, the case used is called + the _voc´ative_ (Latin _vocāre_, “to call”). _In form the vocative + is regularly like the nominative_. In English the name of the person + addressed usually stands first in the sentence. _The Latin vocative + rarely stands first_. Point out five examples of the vocative in + this dialogue. + + _b._ Observe that questions answered by _yes_ or _no_ in English + are answered in Latin by repeating the verb. Thus, if you wished to + answer in Latin the question _Is the sailor fighting?_ «Pugnatne + nauta?» you would say «Pugnat», _he is fighting_, or «Nōn pugnat», + _he is not fighting._ + + +LESSON VII + +THE FIRST OR _Ā_-DECLENSION + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «casa, -ae», f., _cottage_ + cēna, -ae, f., _dinner_ + «gallī´na, -ae», f., _hen, chicken_ + «īn´sula, ae», f., _island_ (pen-insula) + + ADVERBS + «de-in´de», _then, in the next place_ + «ubi», _where_ + + PREPOSITION + «ad», _to_, with acc. to express motion toward + + PRONOUN + «quem», interrog. pronoun, acc. sing., _whom?_ + + VERBS + ha´bitat, _he (she, it) lives, is living, does live_ (inhabit) + «laudat», _he (she, it) praises, is praising, does praise_ (laud) + «parat», _he (she, it) prepares, is preparing, does prepare_ + «vocat», _he (she, it) calls, is calling, does call; invites, + is inviting, does invite_ (vocation) + +«57.» In the preceding lessons we have now gone over all the cases, +singular and plural, of nouns whose nominative singular ends in «-a». +All Latin nouns whose nominative singular ends in «-a» belong to the +First Declension. It is also called the _Ā_-Declension because of the +prominent part which the vowel «a» plays in the formation of the cases. +We have also learned what relations are expressed by each case. These +results are summarized in the following table: + ++--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ +| CASE | NOUN | TRANSLATION | USE AND GENERAL MEANING | +| | | | OF EACH CASE | ++--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ +| | | SINGULAR | | ++--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ +| _Nom._ | do´min-a | _the lady_ | The subject | +| | | | | +| _Gen._ | domin-ae | _of the lady_, | The possessor | +| | | or _the lady’s_ | of something | +| | | | | +| _Dat._ | domin-ae | _to_ or _for | Expressing the relation | +| | | the lady_ | _to_ or _for_, | +| | | | especially the | +| | | | indirect object | +| | | | | +| _Acc._ | domin-am | _the lady_ | The direct object | +| | | | | +| _Abl._ | domin-ā | _from, with, by, | Separation (_from_), | +| | | in, the lady_ | association or means | +| | | | (_with, by_), place | +| | | | where or time when | +| | | | (_in, at_) | ++--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ +| | | PLURAL | | ++--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ +| _Nom._ | domin-ae | _the ladies_ | | +| | | | | +| _Gen._ | domin-ā´rum | _of the ladies_, | | +| | | or _the ladies’_ | | +| | | | | +| _Dat._ | domin-īs | _to_ or _for | The same as | +| | | the ladies_ | the singular | +| | | | | +| _Acc._ | domin-ās | _the ladies_ | | +| | | | | +| _Abl._ | domin-īs | _from, with, by_, | | +| | | _in, the ladies_ | | ++--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ + +«58.» «The Base.» That part of a word which remains unchanged in +inflection and to which the terminations are added is called the «base». + +Thus, in the declension above, «domin-» is the base and «-a» is the +termination of the nominative singular. + +«59.» Write the declension of the following nouns, separating the base +from the termination by a hyphen. Also give them orally. + + «pugna», «terra», «lūna», «ancil´la», «corō´na», «īn´sula», «silva» + +«60.» «Gender.» In English, names of living beings are either masculine +or feminine, and names of things without life are neuter. This is called +«natural gender». Yet in English there are some names of things to which +we refer as if they were feminine; as, “Have you seen my yacht? _She_ is +a beauty.” And there are some names of living beings to which we refer +as if they were neuter; as, “Is the baby here? No, the nurse has taken +_it_ home.” Some words, then, have a gender quite apart from sex or real +gender, and this is called «grammatical gender». + +Latin, like English, has three genders. Names of males are usually +masculine and of females feminine, but _names of things have grammatical +gender and may be either masculine, feminine, or neuter_. Thus we have +in Latin the three words, «lapis», _a stone_; «rūpēs», _a cliff_; and +«saxum», _a rock_. «Lapis» is _masculine_, «rūpēs» _feminine_, and +«saxum» _neuter_. The gender can usually be determined by the ending of +the word, and _must always be learned_, for without knowing the gender +it is impossible to write correct Latin. + +«61.» «Gender of First-Declension Nouns.» Nouns of the first declension +are feminine unless they denote males. Thus «silva» is feminine, but +«nauta», _sailor_, and «agricola», _farmer_, are masculine. + +«62.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 284. + +I. 1. Agricola cum fīliā in casā habitat. 2. Bona fīlia agricolae cēnam +parat. 3. Cēna est grāta agricolae[1] et agricola bonam fīliam laudat. +4. Deinde fīlia agricolae gallīnās ad cēnam vocat. 5. Gallīnae fīliam +agricolae amant. 6. Malae fīliae bonās cēnās nōn parant. 7. Fīlia +agricolae est grāta dominae. 8. Domina in īnsulā magnā habitat. +9. Domina bonae puellae parvae pecūniam dat. + +II. 1. Where does the farmer live? 2. The farmer lives in the small +cottage. 3. Who lives with the farmer? 4. (His) little daughter lives +with the farmer. 5. (His) daughter is getting («parat») a good dinner +for the farmer. 6. The farmer praises the good dinner. 7. The daughter’s +good dinner is pleasing to the farmer. + + [Footnote 1: Note that the relation expressed by the dative case + covers that _to which a feeling is directed._ (Cf. §43.)] + + [Illustration] + +What Latin words are suggested by this picture? + +«63.» CONVERSATION + +Answer the questions in Latin. + + 1. Quis cum agricolā in casā habitat? + 2. Quid bona fīlia agricolae parat? + 3. Quem agricola laudat? + 4. Vocatne fīlia agricolae gallīnās ad cēnam? + 5. Cuius fīlia est grāta dominae? + 6. Cui domina pecūniam dat? + + +LESSON VIII + +FIRST DECLENSION (_Continued_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «Italia, -ae», f., _Italy_ + Sicilia, -ae, f., _Sicily_ + «tuba, -ae», f., _trumpet_ (tube) + «via, -ae», f., _way, road, street_ (viaduct) + + ADJECTIVES + «alta», _high, deep_ (altitude) + «clāra», _clear, bright; famous_ + «lāta», _wide_ (latitude) + «longa», _long_ (longitude) + «nova», _new_ (novelty) + +«64.» We have for some time now been using adjectives and nouns together +and you have noticed an agreement between them in _case_ and in _number_ +(§54). They agree also in _gender_. In the phrase «silva magna», we +have a feminine adjective in «-a» agreeing with a feminine noun in «-a». + +«65.» RULE. «Agreement of Adjectives.» _Adjectives agree with their +nouns in gender, number, and case._ + +«66.» Feminine adjectives in «-a» are declined like feminine nouns in +«-a», and you should learn to decline them together as follows: + + NOUN ADJECTIVE + «domina» (base «domin-»), «bona» (base «bon-»), + f., _lady_ _good_ + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ do´mina bona -a + _Gen._ dominae bonae -ae + _Dat._ dominae bonae -ae + _Acc._ dominam bonam -am + _Abl._ dominā bonā -ā + + PLURAL + _Nom._ dominae bonae -ae + _Gen._ dominā´rum bonā´rum -ārum + _Dat._ dominīs bonīs -īs + _Acc._ dominās bonās -ās + _Abl._ dominīs bonīs -īs + + _a._ In the same way decline together «puella mala», _the bad girl_; + «ancil´la parva», _the little maid_; «fortū´na magna», _great + fortune._ + +«67.» The words «dea», _goddess_, and «fīlia», _daughter_, take the +ending «-ābus» instead of «-īs» in the _dative and ablative plural._ +Note the _dative and ablative plural_ in the following declension: + + «dea bona» (bases «de-» «bon-») + + SINGULAR PLURAL + _Nom._ dea bona deae bonae + _Gen._ deae bonae deā´rum bonā´rum + _Dat._ deae bonae deā´bus bonīs + _Acc._ deam bonam deās bonās + _Abl._ deā bonā dea´bus bonīs + + _a._ In the same way decline together «fīlīa parva». + +«68.» «Latin Word Order.» The order of words in English and in Latin +sentences is not the same. + +In English we arrange words in a fairly fixed order. Thus, in the +sentence _My daughter is getting dinner for the farmers_, we cannot +alter the order of the words without spoiling the sentence. We can, +however, throw emphasis on different words by speaking them with more +force. Try the effect of reading the sentence by putting special force +on _my, daughter, dinner, farmers_. + +In Latin, where the office of the word in the sentence is shown by its +_ending_ (cf. §32.1), and not by its _position_, the order of words is +more free, and position is used to secure the same effect that in +English is secured by emphasis of voice. To a limited extent we can +alter the order of words in English, too, for the same purpose. Compare +the sentences + + _I saw a game of football at Chicago last November_ (normal order) + _«Last November» I saw a game of football at Chicago_ + _At Chicago, last November, I saw a game of «football»_ + + 1. In a Latin sentence the most emphatic place is the _first_; next in + importance is the _last_; the weakest point is the _middle_. Generally + the _subject_ is the most important word, and is placed _first_; + usually the _verb_ is the next in importance, and is placed _last_. + The other words of the sentence stand between these two in the order + of their importance. Hence the normal order of words--that is, where + no unusual emphasis is expressed--is as follows: + + _subject_--_modifiers of the subject_--_indirect object_-- + _direct object_--_adverb_--_verb_ + + Changes from the normal order are frequent, and are due to the desire + for throwing emphasis upon some word or phrase. _Notice the order of + the Latin words when you are translating, and imitate it when you are + turning English into Latin._ + + 2. Possessive pronouns and modifying genitives normally stand after + their nouns. When placed before their nouns they are emphatic, as + + «fīlia mea», _my daughter_; + «mea fīlia», _«my» daughter_; + «casa Galbae», _Galba’s cottage_; + «Galbae casa», _«Galba’s» cottage_. + + Notice the variety of emphasis produced by writing the following + sentence in different ways: + + «Fīlia mea agricolīs cēnam parat» (normal order) + «Mea fīlia agricolīs parat cēnam» («mea» and «cēnam» emphatic) + «Agricolīs fīlia mea cēnam parat» («agricolīs» emphatic) + + 3. An adjective placed before its noun is more emphatic than when it + follows. When great emphasis is desired, the adjective is separated + from its noun by other words. + + «Fīlia mea casam parvam nōn amat» («parvam» not emphatic) + «Fīlia mea parvam casam nōn amat» («parvam» more emphatic) + «Parvam fīlia mea casam nōn amat» («parvam» very emphatic) + + 4. Interrogative words usually stand first, the same as in English. + + 5. The copula (as «est», «sunt») is of so little importance that it + frequently does not stand last, but may be placed wherever it sounds + well. + +«69.» EXERCISE + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 284. + +_Note the order of the words in these sentences and pick out those that +are emphatic._ + +1. Longae nōn sunt tuae viae. 2. Suntne tubae novae in meā casā? Nōn +sunt. 3. Quis lātā in silvā habitat? Diāna, lūnae clārae pulchra dea, +lātā in silvā habitat. 4. Nautae altās et lātās amant aquās. 5. Quid +ancilla tua portat? Ancilla mea tubam novam portat. 6. Ubi sunt Lesbia +et Iūlia? In tuā casa est Lesbia et Iūlia est in meā. 7. Estne Italia +lāta terra? Longa est Italia, nōn lāta. 8. Cui Galba agricola fābulam +novam nārrat? Fīliābus dominae clārae fābulam novam nārrat. 9. Clāra +est īnsula Sicilia. 10. Quem laudat Lātōna? Lātōna laudat fīliam. + + * * * * * + + «First Review of Vocabulary and Grammar, §§502-505» + + * * * * * + +LESSON IX + +THE SECOND OR _O_-DECLENSION + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «bellum, -ī», n., _war_ (re-bel) + «cōnstantia, -ae», f., _firmness, constancy, steadiness_ + dominus, -ī, m., _master, lord_ (dominate) + «equus, -ī», m., _horse_ (equine) + «frūmentum, -ī», n., _grain_ + «lēgātus, -ī», m., _lieutenant, ambassador_ (legate) + «Mārcus, -ī», m., _Marcus, Mark_ + «mūrus, -ī», m., _wall_ (mural) + «oppidānus, -ī», m., _townsman_ + «oppidum, -ī», n., _town_ + «pīlum, -ī», n., _spear_ (pile driver) + «servus, -ī», m., _slave, servant_ + Sextus, -ī, m., _Sextus_ + + VERBS + «cūrat», _he (she, it) cares for_, with acc. + «properat», _he (she, it) hastens_ + +«70.» Latin nouns are divided into five declensions. + +The declension to which a noun belongs is shown by the ending of +the genitive singular. This should always be learned along with the +nominative and the gender. + +«71.» The nominative singular of nouns of the Second or _O_-Declension +ends in «-us», «-er», «-ir», or «-um». The genitive singular ends in +«-ī». + +«72.» «Gender.» Nouns in «-um» are neuter. The others are regularly +masculine. + +«73.» «Declension of nouns in -_us_ and -_um_.» Masculines in «-us» and +neuters in «-um» are declined as follows: + + «dominus» (base «domin-»), «pīlum» (base «pīl-»), + m., _master_ n., _spear_ + + TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS + SINGULAR + _Nom._ do´minus[1] -us pīlum -um + _Gen._ dominī -ī pīlī -ī + _Dat._ dominō -ō pīlō -ō + _Acc._ dominum -um pīlum -um + _Abl._ dominō -ō pīlō -ō + _Voc._ domine -e pīlum -um + + PLURAL + _Nom._ dominī -ī pīla -a + _Gen._ dominō´rum -ōrum pīlō´rum -ōrum + _Dat._ dominīs -īs pīlīs -īs + _Acc._ dominōs -ōs pīla -a + _Abl._ dominīs -īs pīlīs -īs + + [Footnote 1: Compare the declension of «domina» and of «dominus».] + + _a._ Observe that the masculines and the neuters have the same + terminations excepting in the nominative singular and the nominative + and accusative plural. + + _b._ The vocative singular of words of the second declension in + «-us» ends in «-ĕ», as «domine», _O master_; «serve», _O slave_. + This is the most important exception to the rule in §56.a. + +«74.» Write side by side the declension of «domina», «dominus», and +«pīlum». A comparison of the forms will lead to the following rules, +which are of great importance because they apply to all five +declensions: + + _a._ The vocative, with a single exception (see §73.b), is like + the nominative. That is, the vocative singular is like the + nominative singular, and the vocative plural is like the nominative + plural. + + _b._ The nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuter nouns are + alike, and in the plural end in «-a». + + _c._ The accusative singular of masculines and feminines ends in + «-m» and the accusative plural in «-s». + + _d._ The dative and ablative plural are always alike. + + _e._ Final «-i» and «-o» are always _long_; final «-a» is _short_, + except in the ablative singular of the first declension. + +«75.» Observe the sentences + + «Lesbia est bona», + _Lesbia is good_ + «Lesbia est ancilla», + _Lesbia is a maidservant_ + +We have learned (§55) that «bona», when used, as here, in the predicate +to describe the subject, is called a _predicate adjective_. Similarly a +_noun_, as «ancilla», used in the _predicate_ to define the subject is +called a «predicate noun». + +«76.» RULE. «Predicate Noun.» _A predicate noun agrees in case with the +subject of the verb._ + + [Illustration: PILA] + +«77.» DIALOGUE + +GALBA AND MARCUS + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285. + + G. Quis, Mārce, est lēgātus cum pīlō et tubā? + M. Lēgātus, Galba, est Sextus. + G. Ubi Sextus habitat?[2] + M. In oppidō Sextus cum fīliābus habitat. + G. Amantne oppidānī Sextum? + M. Amant oppidānī Sextum et laudant, quod magnā cum cōnstantiā pugnat. + G. Ubi, Mārce, est ancilla tua? Cūr nōn cēnam parat? + M. Ancilla mea, Galba, equō lēgātī aquam et frūmentum dat. + G. Cūr nōn servus Sextī equum dominī cūrat? + M. Sextus et servus ad mūrum oppidī properant. Oppidānī bellum + parant.[3] + + [Footnote 2: «habitat» is here translated _does live_. Note the + _three_ possible translations of the Latin present tense: + «habitat» + _he lives_ + _he is living_ + _he does live_ + Always choose the translation which makes the best sense.] + + [Footnote 3: Observe that the verb «parō» means not only + _to prepare_ but also _to prepare for_, and governs the + accusative case.] + + [Illustration: LEGATUS CUM PILO ET TUBA] + +«78.» CONVERSATION + +Translate the questions and answer them in Latin. + + 1. Ubi fīliae Sextī habitant? + 2. Quem oppidānī amant et laudant? + 3. Quid ancilla equō lēgātī dat? + 4. Cuius equum ancilla cūrat? + 5. Quis ad mūrum cum Sextō properat? + 6. Quid oppidānī parant? + + +LESSON X + +SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «amīcus, -ī», m., _friend_ (amicable) + «Germānia, -ae», f., _Germany_ + «patria, -ae», f., _fatherland_ + «populus, -ī», m., _people_ + «Rhēnus, -ī», m., _the Rhine_ + «vīcus, -ī», m., _village_ + +«79.» We have been freely using feminine adjectives, like «bona», in +agreement with feminine nouns of the first declension and declined like +them. _Masculine_ adjectives of this class are declined like «dominus», +and _neuters_ like pīlum. The adjective and noun, masculine and neuter, +are therefore declined as follows: + + MASCULINE NOUN AND ADJECTIVE NEUTER NOUN AND ADJECTIVE + «dominus bonus», _the good master_ «pīlum bonum», _the good spear_ + BASES domin- bon- BASES pīl- bon- + + TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS + SINGULAR + _Nom._ do´minus bonus -us pīlum bonum -um + _Gen._ dominī bonī -ī pīlī bonī -ī + _Dat._ dominō bonō -ō pīlō bonō -ō + _Acc._ dominum bonum -um pīlum bonum -um + _Abl._ dominō bonō -ō pīlō bonō -ō + _Voc._ domine bone -e pīlum bonum -um + + PLURAL + _Nom._ dominī bonī -ī īla bona -a + _Gen._ dominō´rum bonō´rum -ōrum īlō´rum bonō´rum -ōrum + _Dat._ dominīs bonīs -is īlīs bonīs -īs + _Acc._ dominōs bonōs -ōs īla bona -a + _Abl._ dominīs bonīs -īs īlīs bonīs -īs + +Decline together «bellum longum», «equus parvus», «servus malus», +«mūrus altus», «frūmentum novum». + +«80.» Observe the sentences + + «Lesbia ancilla est bona», + _Lesbia, the maidservant, is good_ + «Fīlia Lesbiae ancillae est bona», + _the daughter of Lesbia, the maidservant, is good_ + «Servus Lesbiam ancillam amat», + _the slave loves Lesbia, the maidservant_ + +In these sentences «ancilla», «ancillae», and «ancillam» denote the +class of persons to which _Lesbia_ belongs and explain who she is. Nouns +so related that the second is only another name for the first and +explains it are said to be in apposition, and are always in the same +case. + +«81.» RULE. «Apposition.» _An appositive agrees in case with the noun +which it explains._ + +«82.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285. + +I. 1. Patria servī bonī, vīcus servōrum bonōrum, bone popule. 2. Populus +oppidī magnī, in oppidō magnō, in oppidīs magnīs. 3. Cum pīlīs longīs, +ad pīla longa, ad mūrōs lātōs. 4. Lēgāte male, amīcī legātī malī, cēna +grāta dominō bonō. 5. Frūmentum equōrum parvōrum, domine bone, ad +lēgātōs clārōs. 6. Rhēnus est in Germāniā, patriā meā. 7. Sextus lēgātus +pīlum longum portat. 8. Oppidānī bonī Sextō lēgātō clārā pecūniam dant. +9. Malī servī equum bonum Mārcī dominī necant. 10. Galba agricola et +Iūlia fīlia bona labōrant. 11. Mārcus nauta in īnsulā Siciliā habitat. + +II. 1. Wicked slave, who is your friend? Why does he not praise Galba, +your master? 2. My friend is from («ex») a village of Germany, my +fatherland. 3. My friend does not love the people of Italy. 4. Who is +caring for[1] the good horse of Galba, the farmer? 5. Mark, where is +Lesbia, the maidservant? 6. She is hastening[1] to the little cottage[2] +of Julia, the farmer’s daughter. + + [Footnote 1: See footnote 1, p. 33. Remember that «cūrat» is + transitive and governs a direct object.] + + [Footnote 2: Not the dative. (Cf. §43.)] + + +LESSON XI + +ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «arma, armōrum», n., plur., _arms_, especially defensive weapons + «fāma, -ae», f., _rumor; reputation, fame_ + «galea, -ae», f., _helmet_ + «praeda, -ae», f., _booty, spoils_ (predatory) + «tēlum, -ī», n., _weapon of offense, spear_ + + ADJECTIVES + «dūrus, -a, -um», _hard, rough; unfeeling, cruel; severe, toilsome_ + (durable) + «Rōmānus, -a, -um», _Roman_. As a noun, «Rōmānus, -ī», m., _a Roman_ + +«83.» Adjectives of the first and second declensions are declined in the +three genders as follows: + + MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER + SINGULAR + _Nom._ bonus bona bonum + _Gen._ bonī bonae bonī + _Dat._ bonō bonae bonō + _Acc._ bonum bonam bonum + _Abl._ bonō bonā bonō + _Voc._ bone bona bonum + + PLURAL + _Nom._ bonī bonae bona + _Gen._ bonōrum bonārum bonōrum + _Dat._ bonīs bonīs bonīs + _Acc._ bonōs bonās bona + _Abl._ bonīs bonīs bonīs + + _a._ Write the declension and give it orally _across the page_, thus + giving the three genders for each case. + + _b._ Decline «grātus, -a, -um»; «malus, -a, -um»; «altus, -a, -um»; + «parvus, -a, -um». + +«84.» Thus far the adjectives have had the same terminations as the +nouns. However, the agreement between the adjective and its noun does +_not_ mean that they must have the same termination. If the adjective +and the noun belong to different declensions, the terminations will, in +many cases, not be the same. For example, «nauta», _sailor_, is +masculine and belongs to the first declension. The masculine form of the +adjective «bonus» is of the second declension. Consequently, _a good +sailor_ is «nauta bonus». So, _the wicked farmer_ is «agricola malus». +Learn the following declensions: + +«85.» «nauta bonus» (bases naut- bon-), m., _the good sailor_ + + SINGULAR + _Nom._ nauta bonus + _Gen._ nautae bonī + _Dat._ nautae bonō + _Acc._ nautam bonum + _Abl._ nautā bonō + _Voc._ nauta bone + + PLURAL + _Nom._ nautae bonī + _Gen._ nautārum bonōrum + _Dat._ nautīs bonīs + _Acc._ nautās bonōs + _Abl._ nautīs bonīs + _Voc._ nautae bonī + +«86.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285. + +I. 1. Est[1] in vīcō nauta bonus. 2. Sextus est amīcus nautae bonī. +3. Sextus nautae bonō galeam dat. 4. Populus Rōmānus nautam bonum +laudat. 5. Sextus cum nautā bonō praedam portat. 6. Ubi, nauta bone, +sunt arma et tēla lēgātī Rōmānī? 7. Nautae bonī ad bellum properant. +8. Fāma nautārum bonōrum est clāra. 9. Pugnae sunt grātae nautīs bonīs. +10. Oppidānī nautās bonōs cūrant. 11. Cūr, nautae bonī, malī agricolae +ad Rhēnum properant? 12. Malī agricolae cum bonīs nautīs pugnant. + +II. 1. The wicked farmer is hastening to the village with (his) booty. +2. The reputation of the wicked farmer is not good. 3. Why does Galba’s +daughter give arms and weapons to the wicked farmer? 4. Lesbia invites +the good sailor to dinner. 5. Why is Lesbia with the good sailor +hastening from the cottage? 6. Sextus, where is my helmet? 7. The good +sailors are hastening to the toilsome battle. 8. The horses of the +wicked farmers are small. 9. The Roman people give money to the good +sailors. 10. Friends care for the good sailors. 11. Whose friends are +fighting with the wicked farmers? + + [Footnote 1: «Est», beginning a declarative sentence, _there is._] + + [Illustration: GALEAE] + + +LESSON XII + +NOUNS IN _-IUS_ AND _-IUM_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «fīlius, fīlī», m., _son_ (filial) + fluvius, fluvī, m., _river_ (fluent) + «gladius, gladī», m., _sword_ (gladiator) + «praesidium, praesi´dī», n., _garrison, guard, protection_ + «proelium, proelī», n., _battle_ + + ADJECTIVES + «fīnitimus, -a, -um», _bordering upon, neighboring, near to_. + As a noun, «fīnitimī, -ōrum», m., plur., _neighbors_ + «Germānus, -a, -um», _German_. As a noun, «Germānus, -ī», m., + _a German_ + «multus, -a, -um», _much_; plur., _many_ + + ADVERB + «saepe», _often_ + +«87.» Nouns of the second declension in «-ius» and «-ium» end in «-ī» in +the genitive singular, _not_ in «-iī», and the accent rests on the +penult; as, «fīlī» from «fīlius» (_son_), «praesi´dī» from «praesi´dium» +(_garrison_). + +«88.» Proper names of persons in «-ius», and «fīlius», end in «-ī» in +the vocative singular, _not_ in «-ĕ», and the accent rests on the +penult; as, «Vergi´lī», _O Vergil_; «fīlī», _O son._ + + _a._ Observe that in these words the vocative and the genitive are + alike. + +«89.» «praesidium» (base praesidi-), «fīlius» (base fīli-), + n., _garrison_ m., _son_ + + SINGULAR + _Nom._ praesidium fīlius + _Gen._ praesi´dī fīlī + _Dat._ praesidiō fīliō + _Acc._ praesidium fīlium + _Abl._ praesidiō fīliō + _Voc._ praesidium fīlī + +The plural is regular. Note that the «-i-» of the base is lost only in +the genitive singular, and in the vocative of words like «fīlius». + +Decline together «praesidium parvum»; «fīlius bonus»; «fluvius longus», +_the long river_; «proelium clārum», _the famous battle._ + +«90.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285. + +I. 1. Frūmentum bonae terrae, gladī malī, bellī longī. 2. Cōnstantia +magna, praesidia magna, clāre Vergi´lī. 3. Male serve, Ō clārum oppidum, +male fīlī, fīliī malī, fīlī malī. 4. Fluvī longī, fluviī longī, +fluviōrum longōrum, fāma praesi´dī magnī. 5. Cum gladiīs parvīs, cum +deābus clārīs, ad nautās clārōs. 6. Multōrum proeliōrum, praedae magnae, +ad proelia dūra. + +GERMĀNIA + +II. Germānia, patria Germānōrum, est clāra terra. In Germāniā sunt +fluviī multī. Rhēnus magnus et lātus fluvius Germāniae est. In silvīs +lātīs Germāniae sunt ferae multae. Multi Germāni in oppidīs magnis et +in vīcīs parvīs habitant et multī sunt agricolae bonī. Bella Germānōrum +sunt magna et clāra. Populus Germāniae bellum et proelia amat et saepe +cum finitimīs pugnat. Fluvius Rhēnus est fīnitimus oppidīs[1] multīs et +clārīs. + + [Footnote 1: Dative with «fīnitimus». (See §43.)] + + +LESSON XIII + +SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «ager, agrī», m., _field_ (acre) + «cōpia, -ae», f., _plenty, abundance_ (copious); plur., _troops, + forces_ + «Cornēlius, Cornē´lī», m., _Cornelius_ + «lōrī´ca, -ae», f., _coat of mail, corselet_ + «praemium, praemī», n., _reward, prize_ (premium) + «puer, puerī», m., _boy_ (puerile) + «Rōma, -ae», f., _Rome_ + «scūtum, -ī», n., _shield_ (escutcheon) + «vir, virī», m., _man, hero_ (virile) + + ADJECTIVES + «legiōnārius, -a, -um»,[A] _legionary, belonging to the legion_. + As a noun, «legiōnāriī, -ōrum», m., plur., _legionary soldiers_ + «līber, lībera, līberum», _free_ (liberty) As a noun. «līberī, -ōrum», + m., plur., _children_ (lit. _the freeborn_) + «pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum», _pretty, beautiful_ + + PREPOSITION + «apud», _among_, with acc. + + CONJUNCTION + «sed», _but_ + + [Footnote A: The genitive singular masculine of adjectives in «-ius» + ends in «-iī» and the vocative in «-ie»; not in «-ī», as in nouns.] + +«91.» «Declension of Nouns in _-er_ and _-ir_.» In early Latin all the +masculine nouns of the second declension ended in «-os». This «-os» +later became «-us» in words like «servus», and was dropped entirely in +words with bases ending in «-r», like «puer», _boy_; «ager», _field_; +and «vir», _man_. These words are therefore declined as follows: + +«92.» «puer», m., _boy_ «ager», m., _field_ «vir», m., _man_ + BASE «puer-» BASE «agr-» BASE «vir-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ puer ager vir ---- + _Gen._ puerī agrī virī -ī + _Dat._ puerō agrō virō -ō + _Acc._ puerum agrum virum -um + _Abl._ puerō agrō virō -ō + + PLURAL + _Nom._ puerī agrī virī -ī + _Gen._ puerōrum agrōrum virōrum -ōrum + _Dat._ puerīs agrīs virīs -īs + _Acc._ puerōs agrōs virōs -ōs + _Abl._ puerīs agrīs virīs -īs + + _a._ The vocative case of these words is like the nominative, + following the general rule (§74.a). + + _b._ The declension differs from that of «servus» only in the + nominative and vocative singular. + + _c._ Note that in «puer» the «e» remains all the way through, while + in «ager» it is present only in the nominative. In «puer» the «e» + belongs to the base, but in «ager» (base «agr-») it does not, and + was inserted in the nominative to make it easier to pronounce. Most + words in «-er» are declined like «ager». _The genitive shows whether + you are to follow_ «puer» _or_ «ager». + +«93.» Masculine adjectives in «-er» of the second declension are +declined like nouns in «-er». A few of them are declined like «puer», +but most of them like «ager». The feminine and neuter nominatives show +which form to follow, thus, + + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + līber lībera līberum (_free_) + is like «puer» + pulcher pulchra pulchrum (_pretty_) + is like «ager» + +For the full declension in the three genders, see §469._b._ _c._ + +«94.» Decline together the words «vir līber», «terra lībera», «frūmentum +līberum», «puer pulcher», «puella pulchra», «oppidum pulchrum» + +«95.» ITALIA[1] + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286. + +Magna est Italiae fāma, patriae Rōmānōrum, et clāra est Rōma, domina +orbis terrārum.[2] Tiberim,[3] fluvium Rōmānum, quis nōn laudat et +pulchrōs fluviō fīnitimōs agrōs? Altōs mūrōs, longa et dūra bella, +clārās victōriās quis nōn laudat? Pulchra est terra Italia. Agrī bonī +agricolīs praemia dant magna, et equī agricolārum cōpiam frūmentī ad +oppida et vīcōs portant. In agrīs populī Rōmānī labōrant multī servī. +Viae Italiae sunt longae et lātae. Fīnitima Italiae est īnsula Sicilia. + + [Footnote 1: In this selection note especially the emphasis as shown + by the order of the words.] + + [Footnote 2: «orbis terrārum», _of the world_.] + + [Footnote 3: «Tiberim», _the Tiber_, accusative case.] + +«96.» DIALOGUE + +MARCUS AND CORNELIUS + + C. Ubi est, Mārce, fīlius tuus? Estne in pulchrā terrā Italiā? + M. Nōn est, Cornēlī, in Italiā. Ad fluvium Rhēnum properat cum cōpiīs + Rōmānīs quia est[4] fāma Novī bellī cum Germānīs. Līber Germāniae + populus Rōmānōs Nōn amat. + C. Estne fīlius tuus copiārum Rōmānārum lēgātus? + M. Lēgātus nōn est, sed est apud legiōnāriōs. + C. Quae[5] arma portat[6]? + M. Scūtum magnum et lōrīcam dūram et galeam pulchram portat. + C. Quae tēla portat? + M. Gladium et pīlum longum portat. + C. Amatne lēgātus fīlium tuum? + M. Amat, et saepe fīliō meō praemia pulchra et praedam multam dat. + C. Ubi est terra Germānōrum? + M. Terra Germānōrum, Cornēlī est fīnitima Rhēnō, fluviō magnō et altō. + + [Footnote 4: «est», before its subject, _there is_; so «sunt», + _there are._] + + [Footnote 5: «Quae», _what kind of_, an interrogative adjective + pronoun.] + + [Footnote 6: What are the three possible translations of the present + tense?] + + [Illustration: LEGIONARIUS] + + +LESSON XIV + +THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «auxilium, auxi´lī», n., _help, aid_ (auxiliary) + «castrum, -ī», n., _fort_ (castle); plur., _camp_ (lit. _forts_) + «cibus, -ī», m., _food_ + «cōnsilium, cōnsi´lī», n., _plan_ (counsel) + «dīligentia, -ae», f.. _diligence, industry_ + magister, magistrī, m., _master, teacher_[A] + + ADJECTIVES + «aeger, aegra, aegrum», _sick_ + «crēber, crēbra, crēbrum», _frequent_ + «miser, misera, miserum», _wretched, unfortunate_ (miser) + + [Footnote A: Observe that «dominus», as distinguished from + «magister», means _master_ in the sense of _owner_.] + +«97.» Observe the sentences + + _This is my shield_ + _This shield is mine_ + +In the first sentence _my_ is a possessive adjective; in the second +_mine_ is a possessive pronoun, for it takes the place of a noun, _this +shield is mine_ being equivalent to _this shield is my shield_. +Similarly, in Latin the possessives are sometimes _adjectives_ and +sometimes _pronouns_. + +«98.» The possessives _my, mine, your, yours_, etc. are declined like +adjectives of the first and second declensions. + + SINGULAR + _1st Pers._ meus, mea, meum _my, mine_ + _2d Pers._ tuus, tua, tuum _your, yours_ + _3d Pers._ suus, sua, suum _his (own), her (own), + its (own)_ + PLURAL + _1st Pers._ noster, nostra, nostrum _our, ours_ + _2d Pers._ vester, vestra, vestrum _your, yours_ + _3d Pers._ suus, sua, suum _their (own), theirs_ + +NOTE. «Meus» has the irregular vocative singular masculine «mī», as +«mī fīlī», _O my son_. + + _a._ The possessives agree with the name of the _thing possessed_ in + gender, number, and case. Compare the English and Latin in + + _Sextus is calling «his» boy_ «Sextus» } «suum puerum vocat» + _Julia is calling «her» boy_ «Iūlia» } + + Observe that «suum» agrees with «puerum», and is unaffected by the + gender of Sextus or Julia. + + _b._ When _your, yours_, refers to _one_ person, use «tuus»; when to + _more than one_, «vester»; as, + + _Lesbia, your wreaths are pretty_ + «Corōnae tuae, Lesbia, sunt pulchrae» + _Girls, your wreaths are pretty_ + «Corōnae vestrae, puellae, sunt pulchrae» + + _c._ «Suus» is a _reflexive_ possessive, that is, it usually stands + in the predicate and regularly refers back to the _subject_. Thus, + «Vir suōs servōs vocat» means _The man calls his (own) slaves._ Here + _his_ («suōs») refers to _man_ («vir»), and could not refer to any + one else. + + _d._ Possessives are used much less frequently than in English, + being omitted whenever the meaning is clear without them. (Cf. + §22.a.) This is especially true of «suus, -a, -um», which, when + inserted, is more or less emphatic, like our _his own, her own_, + etc. + +«99.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286. + +I. 1. Mārcus amīcō Sextō cōnsilium suum nūntiat 2. Est cōpia frūmentī in +agrīs nostrīs. 3. Amīcī meī bonam cēnam ancillae vestrae laudant 4. Tua +lōrīca, mī fīlī, est dūra. 5. Scūta nostra et tēla, mī amīce, in castrls +Rōmānīs sunt. 6. Suntne virī patriae tuae līberī? Sunt. 7. Ubi, Cornēlī, +est tua galea pulchra? 8. Mea galea, Sexte, est in casā meā. 9. Pīlum +longum est tuum, sed gladius est meus. 10. Iūlia gallīnās suās pulchrās +amat et gallīnae dominam suam amant. 11. Nostra castra sunt vestra. +12. Est cōpia praedae in castrīs vestrīs. 13. Amīcī tuī miserīs et +aegrīs cibum et pecūniam saepe dant. + +II. 1. Our teacher praises Mark’s industry. 2. My son Sextus is carrying +his booty to the Roman camp.[1] 3. Your good girls are giving aid to the +sick and wretched.[2] 4. There are [3] frequent battles in our villages. +5. My son, where is the lieutenant’s food? 6. The camp is mine, but the +weapons are yours. + + [Footnote 1: Not the dative. Why?] + + [Footnote 2: Here the adjectives _sick_ and _wretched_ are used like + nouns.] + + [Footnote 3: Where should «sunt» stand? Cf. I. 2 above.] + + [Illustration: AGRICOLA ARAT] + + +LESSON XV + +THE ABLATIVE DENOTING _WITH_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «carrus, -ī», m., _cart, wagon_ + «inopia, -ae», f., _want, lack;_ the opposite of «cōpia» + «studium, studī», n., _zeal, eagerness_ (study) + + ADJECTIVES + «armātus, -a, -um», _armed_ + «īnfīrmus, -a, -um», _week, feeble_ (infirm) + vali´dus, -a, -um, _strong, sturdy_ + + VERB + «mātūrat», _he (she, it) hastens._ Cf. properat + + ADVERB + «iam», _already, now_ + + «-que», conjunction, _and_; an enclitic (cf. §16) and always added + to the _second_ of two words to be connected, as «arma tēla´que», + _arms and weapons_. + +«100.» Of the various relations denoted by the ablative case (§50) +there is none more important than that expressed in English by the +preposition _with_. This little word is not so simple as it looks. +It does not always convey the same meaning, nor is it always to be +translated by «cum». This will become clear from the following +sentences: + + _a._ Mark is feeble _with_ (_for_ or _because of_) want of food + _b._ Diana kills the beasts _with_ (or _by_) her arrows + _c._ Julia is _with_ Sextus + _d._ The men fight _with_ great steadiness + + _a._ In sentence _a_, _with want_ (_of food_) gives the cause of + Mark’s feebleness. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative + without a preposition, and the construction is called the «ablative + of cause»: + + «Mārcus est īnfīrmus inopiā cibī» + + _b._ In sentence _b_, _with_ (or _by_) _her arrows_ tells «by means + of what» Diana kills the beasts. This idea is expressed in Latin by + the ablative without a preposition, and the construction is called + the «ablative of means»: + + «Diāna sagittīs suīs ferās necat» + + _c._ In sentence _c_ we are told that Julia is not alone, but «in + company with» Sextus. This idea is expressed in Latin by the + ablative with the preposition «cum», and the construction is called + the «ablative of accompaniment»: + + «Iūlia est cum Sextō» + + _d._ In sentence _d_ we are told how the men fight. The idea is one + of «manner». This is expressed in Latin by the ablative with «cum», + unless there is a modifying adjective present, in which case «cum» + may be omitted. This construction is called the «ablative of + manner»: + + «Virī (cum) cōnstantiā magnā pugnant» + +«101.» You are now able to form four important rules for the ablative +denoting _with_: + +«102.» RULE. «Ablative of Cause.» _Cause is denoted by the ablative +without a preposition. This answers the question Because of what?_ + +«103.» RULE. «Ablative of Means.» _Means is denoted by the ablative +without a preposition. This answers the question By means of what? +With what?_ + +N.B. «Cum» must never be used with the ablative expressing cause or +means. + +«104.» RULE. «Ablative of Accompaniment.» _Accompaniment is denoted by +the ablative with «cum». This answers the question With whom?_ + +«105.» RULE. «Ablative of Manner.» _The ablative with «cum» is used to +denote the manner of an action. «Cum» may be omitted, if an adjective is +used with the ablative. This answers the question How? In what manner?_ + +«106.» What uses of the ablative do you discover in the following +passage, and what question does each answer? + +The soldiers marched to the fort with great speed and broke down the +gate with blows of their muskets. The inhabitants, terrified by the din, +attempted to cross the river with their wives and children, but the +stream was swollen with (_or_ by) the rain. Because of this many were +swept away by the waters and only a few, almost overcome with fatigue, +with great difficulty succeeded in gaining the farther shore. + +«107.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286. + +I. _The Romans prepare for War._ Rōmānī, clārus Italiae populus, bellum +parant. Ex agrīs suīs, vicīs, oppidīsque magnō studiō virī validī ad +arma properant. Iam lēgatī cum legiōnariīs ex Italiā ad Rhēnum, fluvium +Germāniae altum et lātum, properant, et servī equīs et carrīs cibum +frūmentumque ad castra Rōmāna portant. Inopiā bonōrum tēlōrum īnfirmī +sunt Germānī, sed Rōmānī armāti galeīs, lōrīcīs, scūtīs, gladiīs, +pīlīsque sunt validī. + +II. 1. The sturdy farmers of Italy labor in the fields with great +diligence. 2. Sextus, the lieutenant, and (his) son Mark are fighting +with the Germans. 3. The Roman legionaries are armed with long spears. +4. Where is Lesbia, your maid, Sextus? Lesbia is with my friends in +Galba’s cottage. 5. Many are sick because of bad water and for lack of +food. 6. The Germans, with (their) sons and daughters, are hastening +with horses and wagons. + + +LESSON XVI + +THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES + +«108.» There are nine irregular adjectives of the first and second +declensions which have a peculiar termination in the genitive and +dative singular of all genders: + + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Gen._ -īus -īus -īus + _Dat._ -ī -ī -ī + +Otherwise they are declined like «bonus, -a, -um». Learn the list and +the meaning of each: + + «alius, alia, aliud», _other, another_ (of several) + «alter, altera, alterum», _the one, the other_ (of two) + «ūnus, -a, -um», _one, alone_; (in the plural) _only_ + «ūllus, -a, -um», _any_ + «nūllus, -a, -um», _none, no_ + «sōlus, -a, -um», _alone_ + «tōtus, -a, -um», _all, whole, entire_ + «uter, utra, utrum», _which?_ (of two) + «neuter, neutra, neutrum», _neither_ (of two) + +«109.» PARADIGMS + + SINGULAR + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ nūllus nūlla nūllum + _Gen._ nūllī´us nūllī´us nūllī´us + _Dat._ nūllī nūllī nūllī + _Acc._ nūllum nūllam nūllum + _Abl._ nūllō nūllā nūllō + + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ alius alia aliud + _Gen._ alī´us alī´us alī´us + _Dat._ aliī aliī aliī + _Acc._ alium aliam aliud + _Abl._ aliō aliā aliō + + THE PLURAL IS REGULAR + + _a._ Note the peculiar neuter singular ending in «-d» of «alius». + The genitive «alīus» is rare. Instead of it use «alterīus», the + genitive of «alter». + + _b._ These peculiar case endings are found also in the declension of + pronouns (see §114). For this reason these adjectives are sometimes + called the «pronominal adjectives». + +«110.» Learn the following idioms: + + «alter, -era, -erum» ... «alter, -era, -erum», _the one ... the other_ + (of two) + «alius, -a, -ud» ... «alius, -a, -ud», _one ... another _ (of any + number) + «aliī, -ae, -a» ... «aliī, -ae, -a», _some ... others_ + +EXAMPLES + + 1. «Alterum oppidum est magnum, alterum parvum», _the one town is + large, the other small_ (of two towns). + + 2. «Aliud oppidum est validum, aliud īnfīrmum», _one town is strong, + another weak_ (of towns in general). + + 3. «Aliī gladiōs, aliī scūta portant», _some carry swords, others + shields._ + +«111.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. In utrā casā est Iūlia? Iūlia est in neutrā casā. 2. Nūllī malō +puerō praemium dat magister. 3. Alter puer est nauta, alter agricola. +4. Aliī virī aquam, aliī terram amant. 5. Galba ūnus (_or_ sōlus) cum +studiō labōrat. 6. Estne ūllus carrus in agrō meō? 7. Lesbia est ancilla +alterīus dominī, Tullia alterīus. 8. Lesbia sōla cēnam parat. 9. Cēna +nūllīus alterīus ancillae est bona. 10. Lesbia nūllī aliī virō cēnam +dat. + +NOTE. The pronominal adjectives, as you observe, regularly stand before +and not after their nouns. + +II. 1. The men of all Germany are preparing for war. 2. Some towns are +great and others are small. 3. One boy likes chickens, another horses. +4. Already the booty of one town is in our fort. 5. Our whole village is +suffering for (i.e. _weak because of_) lack of food. 6. The people are +already hastening to the other town. 7. Among the Romans (there) is no +lack of grain. + + +LESSON XVII + +THE DEMONSTRATIVE _IS, EA, ID_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «agrī cultūra, -ae», f., _agriculture_ + «Gallia, -ae», f., _Gaul_ + «domicilīum, domīci´lī», n., _dwelling place_ (domicile), _abode_ + «Gallus, -i», m., _a Gaul_ + «lacrima, -ae», f., _tear_ + «fēmina, -ae», f., _woman_ (female) + «numerus, -ī», m., _number_ (numeral) + + ADJECTIVE + «mātūrus, -a, -um», _ripe, mature_ + + ADVERB + quō, _whither_ + + VERBS + arat, _he (she, it) plows_ (arable) + «dēsīderat», _he (she, it) misses, longs for_ (desire), with acc. + + CONJUNCTION + «an», _or_, introducing the second half of a double question, as + _Is he a Roman or a Gaul_, «Estne Romanus an Gallus?» + +«112.» A demonstrative is a word that points out an object definitely, +as _this, that, these, those_. Sometimes these words are pronouns, as, +_Do you hear these?_ and sometimes adjectives, as, _Do you hear these +men?_ In the former case they are called «demonstrative pronouns», in +the latter «demonstrative adjectives». + +«113.» Demonstratives are similarly used in Latin both as _pronouns_ and +as _adjectives_. The one used most is + + «is», masculine; «ea», feminine; «id», neuter + SINGULAR: _this, that_; PLURAL: _these, those_ + +«114.» «Is» is declined as follows. Compare its declension with that of +«alius», §109. + + BASE «e-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ is ea id eī eae ea + (_or_ iī) + _Gen._ eius eius eius eōrum eārum eōrum + _Dat._ eī eī eī eīs eīs eīs + (_or_ iīs iīs iīs) + _Acc._ eum eam id eōs eās ea + _Abl._ eō eā eō eīs eīs eīs + (_or_ iīs iīs iīs) + +Note that the base «e-» changes to «i-» in a few cases. The genitive +singular «eius» is pronounced _eh´yus_. In the plural the forms with two +«i»’s are preferred and the two «i»’s are pronounced as one. Hence, +pronounce «iī» as «ī» and «iīs» as «īs». + +«115.» Besides being used as demonstrative pronouns and adjectives the +Latin demonstratives are regularly used for the personal pronoun _he, +she, it_. As a personal pronoun, then, «is» would have the following +meanings: + + SINGULAR + _Nom._ «is», _he_; «ea», _she_; «id», _it_ + _Gen._ «eius», _of him_ or _his_; + «eius», _of her, her_, or _hers_; + «eius», _of it_ or _its_ + _Dat._ «eī», _to_ or _for him_; + «eī», _to_ or _for her_; + «eī», _to_ or _for it_ + _Acc._ «eum», _him_; «eam», _her_; «id», _it_ + _Abl._ «eō», _with, from_, etc., _him_; + «eā», _with, from_, etc., _her_; + «eō», _with, from_, etc., _it_ + + PLURAL + _Nom._ «eī» or «iī», «eae», «ea», _they_ + _Gen._ «eōrum», «eārum», «eōrum», _of them, their_ + _Dat._ «eīs» or «iīs», «eīs» or «iīs», «eīs» or «iīs», + _to_ or _for them_ + _Acc._ «eōs, eās, ea», _them_ + _Abl._ «eīs» or «iīs», «eīs» or «iīs», «eīs» or «iīs», + _with, from_, etc., _them_ + +«116.» «Comparison between _suus_ and _is_.» We learned above (§98.c) +that «suus» is a _reflexive_ possessive. When _his, her_ (poss.), _its, +their_, do not refer to the subject of the sentence, we express _his, +her, its_ by «eius», the genitive singular of «is», «ea», «id»; and +_their_ by the genitive plural, using «eōrum» to refer to a masculine +or neuter antecedent noun and «eārum» to refer to a feminine one. + +EXAMPLES + + _Galba calls his_ (own) _son_, + «Galba suum fīlium vocat» + _Galba calls his son_ (not his own, but another’s), + «Galba eius fīlium vocat» + _Julia calls her_ (own) _children_, + «Iūlia suōs līberōs vocat» + _Julia calls her children_ (not her own, but another’s), + «Iūlia eius līberōs vocat» + _The men praise their_ (own) _boys_, + «virī suōs puerōs laudant» + _The men praise their boys_ (not their own, but others’), + «virī eōrum puerōs laudant» + +«117.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287. + +1. He praises her, him, it, them. 2. This cart, that report, these +teachers, those women, that abode, these abodes. 3. That strong +garrison, among those weak and sick women, that want of firmness, +those frequent plans. + +4. The other woman is calling her chickens (_her own_). 5. Another woman +is calling her chickens (_not her own_). 6. The Gaul praises his arms +(_his own_). 7. The Gaul praises his arms (_not his own_). 8. This +farmer often plows their fields. 9. Those wretched slaves long for their +master (_their own_). 10. Those wretched slaves long for their master +(_not their own_). 11. Free men love their own fatherland. 12. They +love its villages and towns. + +«118.» DIALOGUE[1] + +CORNELIUS AND MARCUS + + M. Quis est vir, Cornēlī, cum puerō parvō? Estne Rōmānus et līber? + C. Rōmānus nōn est, Mārce. Is vir est servus et eius domicilium est in + silvīs Galliae. + M. Estne puer fīlius eius servī an alterīus? + C. Neutrīus fīlius est puer. Is est fīlius lēgātī Sextī. + M. Quō puer cum eō servō properat? + C. Is cum servō properat ad lātōs Sextī agrōs.[2] Tōtum frūmentum est + iam mātūrum et magnus servōrum numerus in Italiae[3] agrīs labōrat. + M. Agricolaene sunt Gallī et patriae suae agrōs arant? + C. Nōn agricolae sunt. Bellum amant Gallī, nōn agrī cultūram. Apud eōs + virī pugnant et fēminae auxiliō līberōrum agrōs arant parantque + cibum. + M. Magister noster puerīs puellīsque grātās Gallōrum fābulās saepe + nārrat et laudat eōs saepe. + C. Mala est fortūna eōrum et saepe miserī servī multīs cum lacrimīs + patriam suam dēsīderant. + + [Footnote 1: There are a number of departures from the normal order + in this dialogue. Find them, and give the reason.] + + [Footnote 2: When a noun is modified by both a genitive and an + adjective, a favorite order of words is _adjective, genitive, + noun_.] + + [Footnote 3: A modifying genitive often stands between a preposition + and its object.] + + * * * * * + + «Second Review, Lessons IX-XVII, §§506-509» + + * * * * * + +LESSON XVIII + +«CONJUGATION» +THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES OF «SUM» + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + lūdus, -ī, m.,_school_ + «socius, socī», m., _companion, ally_ (social) + + ADJECTIVES + «īrātus, -a, -um», _angry, furious_ (irate) + «laetus, -a, -um», _happy, glad_ (social) + + ADVERBS + hodiē, _to-day_ + «ibi», _there, in that place_ + mox, _presently, soon_, of the immediate future + «nunc», _now, the present moment_ + «nūper», _lately, recently_, of the immediate past + +«119.» The inflection of a verb is called its _conjugation_ (cf. §23). +In English the verb has but few changes in form, the different meanings +being expressed by the use of personal pronouns and auxiliaries, as, +_I am carried, we have carried, they shall have carried_, etc. In Latin, +on the other hand, instead of using personal pronouns and auxiliary +verbs, the form changes with the meaning. In this way the Romans +expressed differences in _tense, mood, voice, person_, and _number_. + +«120.» «The Tenses.» The different forms of a verb referring to +different times are called its _tenses_. The chief distinctions of +time are present, past, and future: + + 1. «The present», that is, _what is happening now_, or + _what usually happens_, is expressed by + THE PRESENT TENSE + + 2. «The past», that is, _what was happening, used to happen, + happened, has happened_, or _had happened_, is expressed by + THE IMPERFECT, PERFECT, AND PLUPERFECT TENSES + + 3. «The future», that is, _what is going to happen_, is expressed by + THE FUTURE AND FUTURE PERFECT TENSES + +«121.» «The Moods.» Verbs have inflection of _mood_ to indicate the +manner in which they express action. The moods of the Latin verb are the +_indicative, subjunctive, imperative_, and _infinitive_. + + _a._ A verb is in the _indicative_ mood when it makes a statement or + asks a question about something assumed as a fact. All the verbs we + have used thus far are in the present indicative. + +«122.» «The Persons.» There are three persons, as in English. The first +person is the person speaking (_I sing_); the second person the person +spoken to (_you sing_); the third person the person spoken of (_he +sings_). Instead of using personal pronouns for the different persons in +the two numbers, singular and plural, the Latin verb uses the personal +endings (cf. §22 _a_; 29). We have already learned that «-t» is the +ending of the third person singular in the active voice and «-nt» of the +third person plural. The complete list of personal endings of the active +voice is as follows: + + SINGULAR PLURAL + _1st Pers._ _I_ -m or -ō _we_ -mus + _2d Pers._ _thou_ or _you_ -s _you_ -tis + _3d Pers._ _he, she, it_ -t _they_ -nt + +«123.» Most verbs form their moods and tenses after a regular plan and +are called _regular_ verbs. Verbs that depart from this plan are called +_irregular_. The verb _to be_ is irregular in Latin as in English. The +present, imperfect, and future tenses of the indicative are inflected as +follows: + + PRESENT INDICATIVE + SINGULAR PLURAL + _1st Pers._ su-m, _I am_ su-mus, _we are_ + _2d Pers._ e-s, _you[1] are_ es-tis, _you[1] are_ + _3d Pers._ es-t, _he, she_, or _it is_ su-nt, _they are_ + + IMPERFECT INDICATIVE + SINGULAR PLURAL + _1st Pers._ er-a-m, _I was_ er-ā´-mus, _we were_ + _2d Pers._ er-ā-s, _you were_ er-ā´-tis, _you were_ + _3d Pers._ er-a-t, _he, she_, or _it was_ er-a-nt, _they were_ + + FUTURE INDICATIVE + SINGULAR PLURAL + _1st Pers._ er-ō, _I shall be_ er´-i-mus, _we shall be_ + _2d Pers._ er-i-s, _you will be_ er´-i-tis, _you will be_ + _3d Pers._ er-i-t, _he will be_ er-u-nt, _they will be_ + + _a._ Be careful about vowel quantity and accent in these forms, and + consult §§12.2; 14; 15. + + [Footnote 1: Observe that in English _you are_, _you were_, etc. may + be either singular or plural. In Latin the singular and plural forms + are never the same.] + +«124.» DIALOGUE + +THE BOYS SEXTUS AND MARCUS + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287. + + S. Ubi es, Mārce? Ubi est Quīntus? Ubi estis, amīcī? + M. Cum Quīntō, Sexte, in silvā sum. Nōn sōlī sumus; sunt in silvā + multī aliī puerī. + S. Nunc laetus es, sed nūper nōn laetus erās. Cūr miser erās? + M. Miser eram quia amīcī meī erant in aliō vicō et eram sōlus. Nunc + sum apud sociōs meōs. Nunc laetī sumus et erimus. + S. Erātisne in lūdo hodiē? + M. Hodiē nōn erāmus in lūdō, quod magister erat aeger. + S. Eritisne mox in lūdō? + M. Amīcī meī ibi erunt, sed ego (_I_) nōn erō. + S. Cūr nōn ibi eris? Magister, saepe irātus, inopiam tuam studī + dīligentiaeque nōn laudat. + M. Nūper aeger eram et nunc īnfīrmus sum. + +«125.» EXERCISE + +1. You are, you were, you will be, (_sing. and plur._). 2. I am, I was, +I shall be. 3. He is, he was, he will be. 4. We are, we were, we shall +be. 5. They are, they were, they will be. + +6. Why were you not in school to-day? I was sick. 7. Lately he was a +sailor, now he is a farmer, soon he will be a teacher. 8. To-day I am +happy, but lately I was wretched. 9. The teachers were happy because of +the boys’ industry. + + [Illustration: PUERI ROMANI IN LUDO] + + +LESSON XIX + +THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS +PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMŌ_ AND _MONEŌ_ + +«126.» There are four conjugations of the regular verbs. These +conjugations are distinguished from each other by the final vowel of the +present conjugation-stem.[1] This vowel is called the _distinguishing +vowel_, and is best seen in the present infinitive. + + [Footnote 1: The _stem_ is the body of a word to which the + terminations are attached. It is often identical with the base (cf. + §58). If, however, the stem ends in a vowel, the latter does not + appear in the base, but is variously combined with the inflectional + terminations. This point is further explained in §230.] + +Below is given the _present infinitive_ of a verb of each conjugation, +the _present stem_, and the _distinguishing vowel._ + + DISTINGUISHING + CONJUGATION PRES. INFIN. PRES. STEM VOWEL + I. «amā´re», _to love_ «amā-» «ā» + II. «monē´re», _to advise_ «monē-» «ē» + III. «re´gĕre», _to rule_ «regĕ-» «ĕ» + IV. «audī´re», _to hear_ «audi-» «ī» + + _a._ Note that the present stem of each conjugation is found by + dropping «-re», the ending of the present infinitive. + +NOTE. The present infinitive of «sum» is «esse», and «es-» is the +present stem. + +«127.» From the present stem are formed the _present_, _imperfect_, and +_future_ tenses. + +«128.» The inflection of the Present Active Indicative of the first and +of the second conjugation is as follows: + + «a´mō, amā´re» (_love_) «mo´neō, monē´re» (_advise_) + PRES. STEM «amā-» PRES. STEM «monē-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL PERSONAL ENDINGS + 1. a´mō, _I love_ mo´neō, _I advise_ -ō + 2. a´mās, _you love_ mo´nēs, _you advise_ -s + 3. a´mat, _he (she, it) loves_ mo´net, _he (she, it) advises_ -t + + 1. amā´mus, _we love_ monē´mus, _we advise_ -mus + 2. amā´tis, _you love_ monē´tis, _you advise_ -tis + 3. a´mant, _they love_ mo´nent, _they advise_ -nt + + 1. The present tense is inflected by adding the personal endings to + the present stem, and its first person uses «-o» and not «-m». The + form «amō» is for «amā-ō», the two vowels «ā-ō» contracting to «ō». In + «moneō» there is no contraction. _Nearly all regular verbs ending in + «-eo» belong to the second conjugation._ + + 2. Note that the long final vowel of the stem is shortened before + another vowel («monē-ō» = «mo´nĕō»), and before final «-t» («amăt», + «monĕt») and «-nt» («amănt», «monĕnt»). Compare §12.2. + +«129.» Like «amō» and «moneō» inflect the present active indicative of +the following verbs[2]: + + [Footnote 2: The only new verbs in this list are the five of the + second conjugation which are starred. Learn their meanings.] + + INDICATIVE PRESENT INFINITIVE PRESENT + a´rō, _I plow_ arā´re, _to plow_ + cū´rō, _I care for_ cūrā´re, _to care for_ + *dē´leō, _I destroy_ dēlē´re, _to destroy_ + dēsī´derō, _I long for_ dēsīderā´re, _to long for_ + dō,[3] _I give_ da´re, _to give_ + *ha´beō, _I have_ habē´re, _to have_ + ha´bitō, _I live, I dwell_ habitā´re, _to live, to dwell_ + *iu´beō, _I order_ iubē´re, _to order_ + labō´rō, _I labor_ labōrā´re, _to labor_ + lau´dō, _I praise_ laudā´re, _to praise_ + mātū´rō, _I hasten_ mātūrā´re, _to hasten_ + *mo´veō, _I move_ movē´re, _to move_ + nār´rō, _I tell_ nārrā´re, _to tell_ + ne´cō, _I kill_ necā´re, _to kill_ + nūn´tiō, _I announce_ nūntiā´re, _to announce_ + pa´rō, _I prepare_ parā´re, _to prepare_ + por´tō, _I carry_ portā´re, _to carry_ + pro´perō, _I hasten_ properā´re, _to hasten_ + pug´nō, _I fight_ pugnā´re, _to fight_ + *vi´deō, _I see_ vidē´re, _to see_ + vo´cō, _I call_ vocā´re, _to call_ + + [Footnote 3: Observe that in «dō, dăre», the «a» is _short_, and + that the present stem is «dă-» and not «dā-». The only forms of «dō» + that have a long are «dās» (pres. indic.), «dā» (pres. imv.), and + «dāns» (pres. part.).] + +«130.» «The Translation of the Present.» In English there are three ways +of expressing present action. We may say, for example, _I live, I am +living_, or _I do live_. In Latin the one expression «habitō» covers all +three of these expressions. + +«131.» EXERCISES + +Give the _voice_, _mood_, _tense_, _person_, and _number_ of each form. + +I. 1. Vocāmus, properātis, iubent. 2. Movētis, laudās, vidēs. +3. Dēlētis, habētis, dant. 4. Mātūrās, dēsīderat, vidēmus. 5. Iubet, +movent, necat. 6. Nārrāmus, movēs, vident. 7. Labōrātis, properant, +portās, parant. 8. Dēlet, habētis, iubēmus, dās. + +N.B. Observe that the personal ending is of prime importance in +translating a Latin verb form. Give that your first attention. + +II. 1. We plow, we are plowing, we do plow. 2. They care for, they are +caring for, they do care for. 3. You give, you are having, you do have +(_sing_.). 4. We destroy, I do long for, they are living. 5. He calls, +they see, we are telling. 6. We do fight, we order, he is moving, he +prepares. 7. They are laboring, we kill, you announce. + + +LESSON XX + +IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMŌ_ AND _MONEŌ_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «fōrma, -ae», f., _form, beauty_ + «regīna, -ae», f., _queen_ (regal) + «poena, -ae», f., _punishment, penalty_ + superbia, -ae, f., _pride, haughtiness_ + «potentia, -ae», f., _power_ (potent) + «trīstītīa, -ae», f., _sadness, sorrow_ + + ADJECTIVES + «septem», indeclinable, _seven_ + «superbus, -a, -um», _proud, haughty_ (superb) + + CONJUNCTIONS + «nōn sōlum ... sed etiam», _not only ... but also_ + +«132.» «Tense Signs.» Instead of using auxiliary verbs to express +differences in tense, like _was_, _shall_, _will_, etc., Latin adds to +the verb stem certain elements that have the force of auxiliary verbs. +These are called _tense signs_. + +«133.» «Formation and Inflection of the Imperfect.» The tense sign of +the imperfect is «-bā-», which is added to the present stem. The +imperfect consists, therefore, of three parts: + + PRESENT STEM TENSE SIGN PERSONAL ENDING + «amā-» «ba-» «m» + _loving_ _was_ _I_ + +The inflection is as follows: + + CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II + PERSONAL + SINGULAR ENDINGS + 1. amā´bam, _I was loving_ monē´bam, _I was advising_ -m + 2. amā´bās, _you were loving_ monē´bās, _you were advising_ -s + 3. amā´bat, _he was loving_ monē´bat, _he was advising_ -t + + PLURAL + 1. amābā´mus, _we were loving_ monēbā´mus, _we were advising_ -mus + 2. amābā´tis, _you were loving_ monēbā´tis, _you were advising_ -tis + 3. amā´bant, _they were loving_ monē´bant, _they wereadvising_ -nt + + _a._ Note that the «ā» of the tense sign «-bā-» is shortened before + «-nt», and before «m» and «t» when final. (Cf. §12.2.) + +In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in §129. + +«134.» «Meaning of the Imperfect.» The Latin imperfect describes an +act as _going on_ or _progressing in past time_, like the English +past-progressive tense (as, _I was walking_). It is the regular tense +used to describe a past situation or condition of affairs. + +«135.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Vidēbāmus, dēsīderābat, mātūrābās. 2. Dabant, vocābātis, +dēlēbāmus. 3. Pugnant, laudābās, movēbātis. 4. Iubēbant, properābātis, +portābāmus. 5. Dabās, nārrābant, labōrābātis. 6. Vidēbant, movēbās, +nūntiābāmus. 7. Necābat, movēbam, habēbat, parābātis. + +II. 1. You were having (_sing. and plur._), we were killing, they were +laboring. 2. He was moving, we were ordering, we were fighting. 3. We +were telling, they were seeing, he was calling. 4. They were living, +I was longing for, we were destroying. 5. You were giving, you were +moving, you were announcing, (_sing. and plur._). 6. They were caring +for, he was plowing, we were praising. + +«136.» NI´OBE AND HER CHILDREN + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287. + +Niobē, rēgina Thēbānōrum, erat pulchra fēmina sed superba. Erat superba +nōn sōlum fōrmā[1] suā marītīque potentiā[1] sed etiam magnō līberōrum +numerō.[1] Nam habēbat[2] septem fīliōs et septem fīliās. Sed ea +superbia erat rēgīnae[3] causa magnae trīstitiae et līberīs[3] causa +dūrae poenae. + +NOTE. The words «Niobē», «Thēbānōrum», and «marītī» will be found in the +general vocabulary. Translate the selection without looking up any other +words. + + [Footnote 1: Ablative of cause.] + + [Footnote 2: Translate _had_; it denotes a past situation. (See + §134.)] + + [Footnote 3: Dative, cf. §43.] + + +LESSON XXI + +FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMŌ_ AND _MONEŌ_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + sacrum, -ī, n., _sacrifice, offering, rite_ + «verbum, -ī», n., _word_ (verb) + + VERBS + sedeō, -ēre, _sit_ (sediment) + volō, -āre, _fly_ (volatile) + + ADJECTIVES + «interfectus, -a, -um», _slain_ + «molestus, -a, -um», _troublesome, annoying_ (molest) + «perpetuus, -a, -um», _perpetual, continuous_ + + «ego», personal pronoun, _I_ (egotism). Always emphatic in the + nominative. + +«137.» The tense sign of the Future Indicative in the first and second +conjugations is «-bi-». This is joined to the present stem of the verb +and followed by the personal ending, as follows: + + PRESENT STEM TENSE SIGN PERSONAL ENDING + «amā-» «bi-» «s» + _love_ _will_ _you_ + +«138.» The Future Active Indicative is inflected as follows. + + CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II + SINGULAR + 1. amā´bō, _I shall love_ monē´bō, _I shall advise_ + 2. amā´bis, _you will love_ monē´bis, _you will advise_ + 3. amā´bit, _he will love_ monē´bit, _he will advise_ + + PLURAL + 1. amā´bimus, _we shall love_ monē´bimus, _we shall advise_ + 2. amā´bitis _you will love_ monē´bitis, _you will advise_ + 3. amā´bunt, _they will love_ monē´bunt, _they will advise_ + + _a._ The personal endings are as in the present. The ending «-bō» + in the first person singular is contracted from «-bi-ō». The «-bi-» + appears as «-bu-» in the third person plural. Note that the + inflection is like that of «erō», the future of «sum». _Pay especial + attention to the accent._ + +In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in §129. + +«139.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Movēbitis, laudābis, arābō. 2. Dēlēbitis, vocābitis, dabunt. +3. Mātūrābis, dēsīderābit, vidēbimus. 4. Habēbit, movēbunt, necābit. +5. Nārrābimus, monēbis, vidēbunt. 6. Labōrābitis, cūrābunt, dabis. +7. Habitābimus, properābitis, iubēbunt, parābit. 8. Nūntiābō, +portābimus, iubēbō. + +II. 1. We shall announce, we shall see, I shall hasten. 2. I shall +carry, he will plow, they will care for. 3. You will announce, you will +move, you will give, (_sing. and plur._). 4. We shall fight, we shall +destroy, I shall long for. 5. He will call, they will see, you will tell +(_plur._). 6. They will dwell, we shall order, he will praise. 7. They +will labor, we shall kill, you will have (_sing. and plur._), he will +destroy. + +«140.» NI´OBE AND HER CHILDREN (_Concluded_) + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288. + +Apollō et Diāna erant līberī Lātōnae. Iīs Thēbānī sacra crēbra +parābant.[1] Oppidānī amābant Lātōnam et līberōs eius. Id superbae +rēgīnae erat molestum. “Cūr,” inquit, “Lātōnae et līberīs sacra parātis? +Duōs līberōs habet Lātōna; quattuordecim habeō ego. Ubi sunt mea sacra?” +Lātōna iīs verbīs[2] īrāta līberōs suōs vocat. Ad eam volant Apollō +Diānaque et sagittīs[3] suīs miserōs līberōs rēgīnae superbae dēlent. +Niobē, nūper laeta, nunc misera, sedet apud līberōs interfectōs et cum +perpetuīs lacrimīs[4] eōs dēsīderat. + +NOTE. Consult the general vocabulary for «Apollō», «inquit», «duōs», and +«quattuordecim». Try to remember the meaning of all the other words. + + [Footnote 1: Observe the force of the imperfect here, _used to + prepare_, _were in the habit of preparing_; so «amābant» denotes a + past situation of affairs. (See §134.)] + + [Footnote 2: Ablative of cause.] + + [Footnote 3: Ablative of means.] + + [Footnote 4: This may be either manner or accompaniment. It is often + impossible to draw a sharp line between means, manner, and + accompaniment. The Romans themselves drew no sharp distinction. It + was enough for them if the general idea demanded the ablative case.] + + +LESSON XXII + +REVIEW OF VERBS · THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «disciplīna, -ae», f., _training, culture, discipline_ + «Gāius, Gāī», m., _Caius_, a Roman first name + «ōrnāmentum, -ī», n., _ornament, jewel_ + Tiberius, Tibe´rī, m., _Tiberius_, a Roman first name + + VERB + «doceō, -ēre», _teach_ (doctrine) + + ADVERB + «maximē», _most of all, especially_ + + ADJECTIVE + «antīquus, -qua, -quum», _old, ancient_ (antique) + +«141.» Review the present, imperfect, and future active indicative, both +orally and in writing, of «sum» and the verbs in §129. + +«142.» We learned in §43 for what sort of expressions we may expect the +dative, and in §44 that one of its commonest uses is with _verbs_ to +express the indirect object. It is also very common with _adjectives_ +to express the object toward which the quality denoted by the adjective +is directed. We have already had a number of cases where «grātus», +_agreeable to_, was so followed by a dative; and in the last lesson we +had «molestus», _annoying to_, followed by that case. The usage may be +more explicitly stated by the following rule: + +«143.» RULE. «Dative with Adjectives.» _The dative is used with +adjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality is +directed. Such are, especially, those meaning «near», also «fit», +«friendly», «pleasing», «like», and their opposites._ + +«144.» Among such adjectives memorize the following: + + «idōneus, -a, -um», _fit, suitable_ (for) + «amīcus, -a, -um», _friendly_ (to) + «inimīcus, -a, -um», _hostile_ (to) + «grātus, -a, -um», _pleasing_ (to), _agreeable_ (to) + «molestus, -a, -um», _annoying_ (to), _troublesome_ (to) + «fīnitimus, -a, -um», _neighboring_ (to) + «proximus, -a, -um», _nearest, next_ (to) + +«145.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Rōmānī terram idōneam agrī cultūrae habent. 2. Gallī cōpiīs +Rōmānīs inimīcī erant. 3. Cui dea Lātōna amīca non erat? 4. Dea Lātōna +superbae rēgīnae amīca nōn erat. 5. Cibus noster, Mārce, erit armātīs +virīs grātus. 6. Quid erat molestum populīs Italiae? 7. Bella longa cum +Gallīs erant molesta populīs Italiae. 8. Agrī Germānōrum fluviō Rhēnō +fīnitimī erant. 9. Rōmānī ad silvam oppidō proximam castra movēbant. +10. Nōn sōlum fōrma sed etiam superbia rēgīnae erat magna. 11. Mox +rēgīna pulchra erit aegra trīstitiā. 12. Cūr erat Niobē, rēgīna +Thēbānōrum, laeta? Laeta erat Niobē multīs fīliīs et fīliābus. + +II. 1. The sacrifices of the people will be annoying to the haughty +queen. 2. The sacrifices were pleasing not only to Latona but also to +Diana. 3. Diana will destroy those hostile to Latona. 4. The punishment +of the haughty queen was pleasing to the goddess Diana. 5. The Romans +will move their forces to a large field[1] suitable for a camp. 6. Some +of the allies were friendly to the Romans, others to the Gauls. + + [Footnote 1: Why not the dative?] + +«146.» CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288. + +Apud antīquās dominās, Cornēlia, Āfricānī fīlia, erat[2] maximē clāra. +Fīliī eius erant Tiberius Gracchus et Gāius Gracchus. Iī puerī cum +Cornēliā in oppidō Rōmā, clārō Italiae oppidō, habitābant. Ibi eōs +cūrābat Cornēlia et ibi magnō cum studiō eōs docēbat. Bona fēmina erat +Cornēlia et bonam disciplīnam maximē amābat. + +NOTE. Can you translate the paragraph above? There are no new words. + + [Footnote 2: Observe that all the imperfects denote continued or + progressive action, or describe a state of affairs. (Cf. §134.)] + + +LESSON XXIII + +PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGŌ_ AND _AUDIŌ_ + +«147.» As we learned in §126, the present stem of the third conjugation +ends in «-ĕ», and of the fourth in «-ī». The inflection of the Present +Indicative is as follows: + + CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV + «re´gō, re´gere» (_rule_) «au´diō, audī´re» (_hear_) + PRES. STEM «regĕ-» PRES. STEM «audī-» + + SINGULAR + 1. re´gō, _I rule_ au´diō, _I hear_ + 2. re´gis, _you rule_ au´dīs, _you hear_ + 3. re´git, _he (she, it) rules_ au´dit, _he (she, it) hears_ + + PLURAL + 1. re´gimus, _we rule_ audī´mus, _we hear_ + 2. re´gitis, _you rule_ audī´tis, _you hear_ + 3. re´gunt, _they rule_ au´diunt, _they hear_ + + 1. The personal endings are the same as before. + + 2. The final short «-e-» of the stem «regĕ-» combines with the «-ō» in + the first person, becomes «-u-» in the third person plural, and + becomes «-ĭ-» elsewhere. The inflection is like that of «erō», the + future of «sum». + + 3. In «audiō» the personal endings are added regularly to the stem + «audī-». In the third person plural «-u-» is inserted between the stem + and the personal ending, as «audi-u-nt». Note that the long vowel of + the stem is shortened before final «-t» just as in «amō» and «moneō». + (Cf. §12.2.) + +Note that «-i-» is always short in the third conjugation and long in +the fourth, excepting where long vowels are regularly shortened. (Cf. +§12.1, 2.) + +«148.» Like «regō» and «audiō» inflect the present active indicative of +the following verbs: + + INDICATIVE PRESENT INFINITIVE PRESENT + + agō, _I drive_ agere, _to drive_ + dīcō, _I say_ dīcere, _to say_ + dūcō, _I lead_ dūcere, _to lead_ + mittō, _I send_ mittere, _to send_ + mūniō, _I fortify_ mūnīre, _to fortify_ + reperiō, _I find_ reperīre, _to find_ + veniō, _I come_ venīre, _to come_ + +«149.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Quis agit? Cūr venit? Quem mittit? Quem dūcis? 2. Quid mittunt? Ad +quem veniunt? Cuius castra mūniunt? 3. Quem agunt? Venīmus. Quid puer +reperit? 4. Quem mittimus? Cuius equum dūcitis? Quid dīcunt? 5. Mūnīmus, +venītis, dīcit. 6. Agimus, reperītis, mūnīs. 7. Reperis, ducitis, dīcis. +8. Agitis, audimus, regimus. + +II. 1. What do they find? Whom do they hear? Why does he come? 2. Whose +camp are we fortifying? To whom does he say? What are we saying? 3. I am +driving, you are leading, they are hearing. 4. You send, he says, you +fortify (_sing. and plur._). 5. I am coming, we find, they send. 6. They +lead, you drive, he does fortify. 7. You lead, you find, you rule, (_all +plur._). + +«150.» CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS (_Concluded_) + +Proximum domicīliō Cornēliae erat pulchrae Campānae domicilium. Campāna +erat superba nōn sōlum fōrmā suā sed maximē ōrnāmentīs suīs. Ea[1] +laudābat semper. “Habēsne tū ūlla ornāmenta, Cornēlia?” inquit. “Ubi +sunt tua ōrnāmenta?” Deinde Cornēlia fīliōs suōs Tiberium et Gāium +vocat. “Puerī meī,” inquit, “sunt mea ōrnāmenta. Nam bonī līberī sunt +semper bonae fēminae ōrnāmenta maximē clāra.” + +NOTE. The only new words here are «Campāna», «semper», and «tū». + + [Footnote 1: «Ea», accusative plural neuter.] + + [Illustration: “PUERI MEI SUNT MEA ORNAMENTA”] + + +LESSON XXIV + +IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGŌ_ AND _AUDIŌ_ +THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL INTRANSITIVE VERBS + +«151.» PARADIGMS + + CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV + SINGULAR + 1. regē´bam, _I was ruling_ audiē´bam, _I was hearing_ + 2. regē´bās, _you were riding_ audiē´bās, _you were hearing_ + 3. regē´bat, _he was ruling_ audiē´bat, _he was hearing_ + + PLURAL + 1. regēbā´mus, _we were ruling_ audiēbā´mus, _we were hearing_ + 2. regēbā´tis, _you were ruling_ audiēbā´tis, _you were hearing_ + 3. regē´bant, _they were ruling_ audiē´bant, _they were hearing_ + + 1. The tense sign is «-bā-», as in the first two conjugations. + + 2. Observe that the final «-ĕ-» of the stem is lengthened before the + tense sign «-bā-». This makes the imperfect of the third conjugation + just like the imperfect of the second (cf. «monēbam» and «regēbam»). + + 3. In the fourth conjugation «-ē-» is inserted between the stem and + the tense sign «-bā-» («audi-ē-ba-m»). + + 4. In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in §148. + +«152.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Agēbat, veniēbat, mittēbat, dūcēbant. 2. Agēbant, mittēbant, +dūcēbas, mūniēbant. 3. Mittēbāmus, dūcēbātis, dīcēbant. 4. Mūniēbāmus, +veniēbātis, dīcēbās. 5. Mittēbās, veniēbāmus, reperiēbat. 6. Reperiēbās, +veniēbās, audiēbātis. 7. Agēbāmus, reperiēbātis, mūniēbat. 8. Agēbātis, +dīcēbam, mūniēbam. + +II. 1. They were leading, you were driving (_sing. and plur._), he was +fortifying. 2. They were sending, we were finding, I was coming. 3. You +were sending, you were fortifying, (_sing. and plur._), he was saying. +4. They were hearing, you were leading (_sing. and plur._), I was +driving. 5. We were saying, he was sending, I was fortifying. 6. They +were coming, he was hearing, I was finding. 7. You were ruling (_sing. +and plur._), we were coming, they were ruling. + +«153.» «The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs.» We learned above +(§20.a) that a verb which does not admit of a direct object is called +an _intransitive_ verb. Many such verbs, however, are of such meaning +that they can govern an indirect object, which will, of course, be in +the dative case (§45). Learn the following list of intransitive verbs +with their meanings. In each case the dative indirect object is the +person or thing to which a benefit, injury, or feeling is directed. +(Cf. §43.) + + «crēdō, crēdere», _believe_ (give belief to) + «faveō, favēre», _favor_ (show favor to) + «noceō, nocēre», _injure_ (do harm to) + «pāreō, pārēre», _obey_ (give obedience to) + «persuādeō, persuādēre», _persuade_ (offer persuasion to) + «resistō, resistere», _resist_ (offer resistance to) + «studeō, studēre», _be eager for_ (give attention to) + +«154.» RULE. «Dative with Intransitive Verbs.» _The dative of the +indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs «crēdō», «faveō», +«noceō», «pāreō», «persuādeō», «resistō», «studeō», and others of like +meaning._ + +«155.» EXERCISE + +1. Crēdisne verbīs sociōrum? Multī verbīs eōrum nōn crēdunt. 2. Meī +fīnitimī cōnsiliō tuō nōn favēbunt, quod bellō student. 3. Tiberius et +Gāius disciplīnae dūrae nōn resistēbant et Cornēliae pārēbant. 4. Dea +erat inimīca septem fīliābus rēgīnae. 5. Dūra poena et perpetua +trīstitia rēgīnae nōn persuādēbunt. 6. Nūper ea resistēbat et nunc +resistit potentiae Lātōnae. 7. Mox sagittae volābunt et līberīs miserīs +nocēbunt. + + +LESSON XXV + +FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGŌ_ AND _AUDIŌ_ + +«156.» In the future tense of the third and fourth conjugations we meet +with a new tense sign. Instead of using «-bi-», as in the first and +second conjugations, we use «-ā-»[1] in the first person singular and +«-ē-» in the rest of the tense. In the third conjugation the final «-ĕ-» +of the stem is dropped before this tense sign; in the fourth conjugation +the final «-ī-» of the stem is retained.[2] + + [Footnote 1: The «-ā-» is shortened before «-m» final, and «-ē-» + before «-t» final and before «-nt». (Cf. §12.2.)] + + [Footnote 2: The «-ī-» is, of course, shortened, being before + another vowel. (Cf. §12.1.)] + +«157.» PARADIGMS + + CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV + SINGULAR + 1. re´gam, _I shall rule_ au´diam, _I shall hear_ + 2. re´gēs, _you will rule_ au´diēs, _you will hear_ + 3. re´get, _he will rule_ au´diet, _he will hear_ + + PLURAL + 1. regē´mus, _we shall rule_ audiē´mus, _we shall hear_ + 2. regē´tis, _you will rule_ audiē´tis, _you will hear_ + 3. re´gent, _they will rule_ au´dient, _they will hear_ + + 1. Observe that the future of the third conjugation is like the + present of the second, excepting in the first person singular. + + 2. In the same manner inflect the verbs given in §148. + +«158.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Dīcet, dūcētis, mūniēmus. 2. Dīcent, dīcētis, mittēmus. +3. Mūnient, venient, mittent, agent. 4. Dūcet, mittēs, veniet, aget. +5. Mūniet, reperiētis, agēmus. 6. Mittam, veniēmus, regent. 7. Audiētis, +veniēs, reperiēs. 8. Reperiet, agam, dūcēmus, mittet. 9. Vidēbitis, +sedēbō, vocābimus. + +II. 1. I shall find, he will hear, they will come. 2. I shall fortify, +he will send, we shall say. 3. I shall drive, you will lead, they will +hear. 4. You will send, you will fortify, (_sing. and plur._), he will +say. 5. I shall come, we shall find, they will send. + +6. Who[3] will believe the story? I[4] shall believe the story. 7. Whose +friends do you favor? We favor our friends. 8. Who will resist our +weapons? Sextus will resist your weapons. 9. Who will persuade him? +They will persuade him. 10. Why were you injuring my horse? I was not +injuring your horse. 11. Whom does a good slave obey? A good slave obeys +his master. 12. Our men were eager for another battle. + + [Footnote 3: Remember that «quis», _who_, is singular in number.] + + [Footnote 4: Express by «ego», because it is emphatic.] + + +LESSON XXVI + +VERBS IN _-IŌ_ OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION · THE IMPERATIVE MOOD + +«159.» There are a few common verbs ending in «-iō» which do not belong +to the fourth conjugation, as you might infer, but to the third. The +fact that they belong to the third conjugation is shown by the ending of +the infinitive. (Cf. §126.) Compare + + «audiō, audī´re» (_hear_), fourth conjugation + «capiō, ca´pere» (_take_), third conjugation + +«160.» The present, imperfect, and future active indicative of «capiō» +are inflected as follows: + + «capiō, capere», _take_ + PRES. STEM «cape-» + + PRESENT IMPERFECT FUTURE + SINGULAR + 1. ca´piō capiē´bam ca´piam + 2. ca´pis capiē´bās ca´piēs + 3. ca´pit capiē´bat ca´piet + + PLURAL + 1. ca´pimus capiēbā´mus capiē´mus + 2. ca´pitis capiēbā´tis capiē´tis + 3. ca´piunt capiē´bant ca´pient + + 1. Observe that «capiō» and the other «-iō» verbs follow the fourth + conjugation wherever in the fourth conjugation _two vowels occur in + succession._ (Cf. capiō, audiō; capiunt, audiunt; and all the + imperfect and future.) All other forms are like the third conjugation. + (Cf. capis, regis; capit, regit; etc.) + + 2. Like «capiō», inflect + + «faciō, facere», _make, do_ + «fugiō, fugere», _flee_ + «iaciō, iacere», _hurl_ + «rapiō, rapere», _seize_ + +«161.» «The Imperative Mood.» The imperative mood expresses a command; +as, _come!_ _send!_ The present tense of the imperative is used only in +the second person, singular and plural. _The singular in the active +voice is regularly the same in form as the present stem. The plural is +formed by adding «-te» to the singular._ + + CONJUGATION SINGULAR PLURAL + I. amā, _love thou_ amā´te, _love ye_ + II. monē, _advise thou_ monē´te, _advise ye_ + III. (_a_) rege, _rule thou_ re´gite, _rule ye_ + (_b_) cape, _take thou_ ca´pite, _take ye_ + IV. audī, _hear thou_ audī´te, _hear ye_ + sum (irregular) es, _be thou_ este, _be ye_ + + 1. In the third conjugation the final -ĕ- of the stem becomes -ĭ- in + the plural. + + 2. The verbs «dīcō», _say_; «dūcō», _lead_; and «faciō», _make_, have + the irregular forms «dīc», «dūc», and «fac» in the singular. + + 3. Give the present active imperative, singular and plural, of + «veniō», «dūcō», «vocō», «doceō», «laudō», «dīcō», «sedeō», «agō», + «faciō», «mūniō», «mittō», «rapiō». + +«162.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Fugient, faciunt, iaciēbat. 2. Dēlē, nūntiāte, fugiunt. 3. Venīte, +dīc, faciētis. 4. Dūcite, iaciam, fugiēbant. 5. Fac, iaciēbāmus, +fugimus, rapite. 6. Sedēte, reperī, docēte. 7. Fugiēmus, iacient, +rapiēs. 8. Reperient, rapiēbātis, nocent. 9. Favēte, resistē, pārēbitis. + +10. Volā ad multās terrās et dā auxilium. 11. Ego tēla mea capiam et +multās ferās dēlēbō. 12. Quis fābulae tuae crēdet? 13. Este bonī, puerī, +et audīte verba grāta magistrī. + +II. 1. The goddess will seize her arms and will hurl her weapons. +2. With her weapons she will destroy many beasts. 3. She will give aid +to the weak.[1] 4. She will fly to many lands and the beasts will flee. +5. Romans, tell[2] the famous story to your children. + + [Footnote 1: Plural. An adjective used as a noun. (Cf. + §99.II.3.)] + + [Footnote 2: Imperative. The imperative generally stands first, as + in English.] + + * * * * * + + «Third Review, Lessons XVIII-XXVI, §§510-512» + + * * * * * + +LESSON XXVII + +THE PASSIVE VOICE +PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF _AMŌ_ AND _MONEŌ_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «āla, -ae», f., _wing_ + «deus, -ī», m., _god_ (deity)[A] + «monstrum, -ī», n., _omen, prodigy; monster_ + ōrāculum, -ī, n., _oracle_ + + VERB + «vāstō, -āre», _lay waste, devastate_ + + ADJECTIVES + «commōtus, -a, -um», _moved, excited_ + «maximus, -a, -um», _greatest_ (maximum) + «saevus, -a, -um», _fierce, savage_ + + ADVERBS + «ita», _thus, in this way, as follows_ + «tum», _then, at that time_ + + [Footnote A: For the declension of «deus», see §468] + +«163.» «The Voices.» Thus far the verb forms have been in the _active +voice_; that is, they have represented the subject as _performing_ an +action; as, + + The lion ---> _killed_ ---> the hunter + +A verb is said to be in the _passive voice_ when it represents its +subject as _receiving_ an action; as, + + The lion <--- _was killed_ <--- by the hunter + +Note the direction of the arrows. + +«164.» «Passive Personal Endings.» In the passive voice we use a +different set of personal endings. They are as follows: + + SINGULAR PLURAL + 1. -r, _I_ 1. -mur, _we_ + 2. -ris, -re, _you_ 2. -minī, _you_ + 3. -tur, _he, she, it_ 3. -ntur, _they_ + + _a._ Observe that the letter «-r» appears somewhere in all but one + of the endings. This is sometimes called the _passive sign_. + +«165.» PARADIGMS + + «amō, amāre» «monēo, monēre» + PRES. STEM «amā-» PRES. STEM «monē-» + + PRESENT INDICATIVE PERSONAL + ENDINGS + SINGULAR + a´mor, _I am loved_ mo´neor, _I am advised_ -or[1] + amā´ris or amā´re, monē´ris or monē´re. -ris or -re + _you are loved_ _you are advised_ + amā´tur, _he is loved_ monē´tur, _he is advised_ -tur + + PLURAL + amā´mur, _we are loved_ monē´mur, _we are advised_ -mur + amā´minī, _you are loved_ monē´minī, _you are advised_ -mini + aman´tur, _they are loved_ monen´tur, _they are advised_ -ntur + + [Footnote 1: In the present the personal ending of the first person + singular is «-or».] + + IMPERFECT INDICATIVE (TENSE SIGN «-bā-») + + SINGULAR + amā´bar, monē´bar, -r + _I was being loved_ _I was being advised_ + amābā´ris or amābā´re, monēbā´ris or monēbā´re -ris or -re + _you were being loved_ _you were being advised_ + amābā´tur, monēbā´tur, -tur + _he was being loved_ _he was being advised_ + + PLURAL + amābā´mur, monēbā´mur, -mur + _we were being loved_ _we were being advised_ + amābā´minī, monēbā´minī, -minī + _you were being loved_ _you were being advised_ + amāban´tur, monēban´tur, -ntur + _they were being loved_ _they were being advised_ + + FUTURE (TENSE SIGN «-bi-») + + SINGULAR + amā´bor, monē´bor, -r + _I shall be loved_ _I shall be advised_ + amā´beris, _or_ amā´bere monē´beris _or_ monē´bere, -ris or -re + _you will be loved_ _you will be advised_ + amā´bitur, monē´bitur, -tur + _he will be loved_ _he will be advised_ + + PLURAL + amā´bimur, monē´bimur, -mur + _we shall be loved_ _we shall be advised_ + amābi´minī, monēbi´minī, -minī + _you will be loved_ _you will be advised_ + amābun´tur, monēbun´tur, -ntur + _they will be loved_ _they will be advised_ + + 1. The tense sign and the personal endings are added as in the active. + + 2. In the future the tense sign «-bi-» appears as «-bo-» in the first + person, «-be-» in the second, singular number, and as «-bu-» in the + third person plural. + + 3. Inflect «laudō», «necō», «portō», «moveō», «dēleō», «iubeō», in the + present, imperfect, and future indicative, active and passive. + +«166.» Intransitive verbs, such as «mātūrō», _I hasten_; «habitō», _I +dwell_, do not have a passive voice with a personal subject. + +«167.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Laudāris _or_ laudāre, laudās, datur, dat. 2. Dabitur, dabit, +vidēminī, vidētis. 3. Vocābat, vocābātur, dēlēbitis, dēlēbiminī. +4. Parābātur, parābat, cūrās, cūrāris _or_ cūrāre. 5. Portābantur, +portābant, vidēbimur, vidēbimus. 6. Iubēris _or_ iubēre, iubēs, +laudābāris _or_ laudābāre, laudābās. 7. Movēberis or movēbere, movēbis, +dabantur, dabant. 8. Dēlentur, dēlent, parābāmur, parābāmus. + +II. 1. We prepare, we are prepared, I shall be called, I shall call, you +were carrying, you were being carried. 2. I see, I am seen, it was being +announced, he was announcing, they will order, they will be ordered. +3. You will be killed, you will kill, you move, you are moved, we are +praising, we are being praised. 4. I am called, I call, you will have, +you are cared for. 5. They are seen, they see, we were teaching, we were +being taught, they will move, they will be moved. + + [Illustration: PERSEUS ANDROMEDAM SERVAT] + +«168.» PER´SEUS AND ANDROM´EDA + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288. + +Perseus fīlius erat Iovis,[2] maximī[3] deōrum. Dē eō multās fabulās +nārrant poētae. Eī favent deī, eī magica arma et ālās dant. Eīs tēlīs +armātus et ālīs frētus ad multās terrās volābat et mōnstra saeva dēlēbat +et miserīs īnfīrmīsque auxilium dabat. + +Aethiopia est terra Āfricae. Eam terram Cēpheus[4] regēbat. Eī[5] +Neptūnus, maximus aquārum deus, erat īrātus et mittit[6] mōnstrum saevum +ad Aethiopiam. Ibi mōnstrum nōn sōlum lātīs pulchrīsque Aethiopiae agrīs +nocēbat sed etiam domicilia agricolārum dēlēbat, et multōs virōs, +fēminās, līberōsque necābat. Populus ex agrīs fugiēbat et oppida mūrīs +validīs mūniēbat. Tum Cēpheus magnā trīstitiā commōtus ad Iovis ōrāculum +properat et ita dīcit: “Amīcī meī necantur; agrī meī vāstantur. Audī +verba mea, Iuppiter. Dā miserīs auxilium. Age mōnstrum saevum ex +patriā.” + + [Footnote 2: «Iovis», the genitive of «Iuppiter».] + + [Footnote 3: Used substantively, _the greatest_. So below, l. 4, + «miserīs» and «īnfīrmīs» are used substantively.] + + [Footnote 4: Pronounce in two syllables, _Ce´pheus_.] + + [Footnote 5: «Eī», _at him_, dative with «īrātus».] + + [Footnote 6: The present is often used, as in English, in speaking + of a past action, in order to make the story more vivid and + exciting.] + + +LESSON XXVIII + +PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF _REGŌ_ AND _AUDIŌ_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + VERBS + «respondeō, -ēre», _respond, reply_ + «servō, -āre», _save, preserve_ + + ADJECTIVE + «cārus, -a, -um», _dear_ (cherish) + + CONJUNCTION + «autem», _but, moreover, now_. Usually stands second, never first + + NOUN + «vīta, -ae», f., _life_ (vital) + +«169.» Review the present, imperfect, and future indicative active of +«regō» and «audiō», and learn the passive of the same tenses (§§490, +491). + + _a._ Observe that the tense signs of the imperfect and future are + the same as in the active voice, and that the passive personal + endings (§164) are added instead of the active ones. + + _b._ Note the slight irregularity in the second person singular + present of the third conjugation. There the final «-e-» of the stem + is not changed to «-i-», as it is in the active. We therefore have + «re´geris» or «re´gere», _not_ «re´giris», «re´gire». + + _c._ Inflect «agō», «dīcō», «dūcō», «mūniō», «reperiō», in the + present, imperfect, and future indicative, active and passive. + +«170.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Agēbat, agēbātur, mittēbat, mittēbātur, dūcēbat. 2. Agunt, +aguntur, mittuntur, mittunt, mūniunt. 3. Mittor, mittar, mittam, dūcēre, +dūcere. 4. Dīcēmur, dīcimus, dīcēmus, dīcimur, mūniēbaminī. 5. Dūcitur, +dūciminī, reperīmur, reperiar, agitur. 6. Agēbāmus, agēbāmur, reperīris, +reperiēminī. 7. Mūnīminī, veniēbam, dūcēbar, dīcētur. 8. Mittiminī, +mittitis, mittēris, mitteris, agēbāminī. 9. Dīcitur, dīcit, mūniuntur, +reperient, audientur. + +II. 1. I was being driven, I was driving, we were leading, we were being +led, he says, it is said. 2. I shall send, I shall be sent, you will +find, you will be found, they lead, they are led. 3. I am found, we are +led, they are driven, you were being led (_sing. and plur._). 4. We +shall drive, we shall be driven, he leads, he is being led, they will +come, they will be fortified. 5. They were ruling, they were being +ruled, you will send, you will be sent, you are sent, (_sing. and +plur._). 6. He was being led, he will come, you are said (_sing. and +plur._). + +«171.» PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288. + +Tum ōrāculum ita respondet: “Mala est fortūna tua. Neptūnus, magnus +aquārum deus, terrae Aethiopiae inimīcus, eās poenās mittit. Sed parā +īrātō deō sacrum idōneum et mōnstrum saevum ex patriā tuā agētur. +Andromeda fīlia tua est mōnstrō grāta. Dā eam mōnstrō. Servā cāram +patriam et vītam populī tuī.” Andromeda autem erat puella pulchra. Eam +amābat Cēpheus maximē. + + +LESSON XXIX + +PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF _-IŌ_ VERBS +PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE + + [Special Vocabulary] + + VERB + «superō, -āre», _conquer, overcome_ (insuperable) + + NOUNS + «cūra, -ae», f., _care, trouble_ + «locus, -ī», m., _place, spot_ (location). «Locus» is neuter in the + plural and is declined «loca, -ōrum», etc. + «perīculum, -ī», n., _danger, peril_ + + ADVERBS + «semper», _always_ + «tamen», _yet, nevertheless_ + + PREPOSITIONS + «dē», with abl., _down from; concerning_ + «per», with acc., _through_ + + CONJUNCTION + «si», _if_ + +«172.» Review the active voice of «capiō», present, imperfect, and +future, and learn the passive of the same tenses (§492). + + _a._ The present forms «capior» and «capiuntur» are like «audior, + audiuntur», and the rest of the tense is like «regor». + + _b._ In like manner inflect the passive of «iaciō» and «rapiō». + +«173.» «The Infinitive.» The infinitive mood gives the general meaning +of the verb without person or number; as, «amāre», _to love_. Infinitive +means _unlimited_. The forms of the other moods, being limited by person +and number, are called the _finite_, or limited, verb forms. + +«174.» The forms of the Present Infinitive, active and passive, are as +follows: + + CONJ. PRES. PRES. INFINITIVE PRES. INFINITIVE + STEM ACTIVE PASSIVE + + I. «amā-» amā´re, amā´rī, + _to love_ _to be loved_ + II. «monē-» monē´re, monē´rī, + _to advise_ _to be advised_ + III. «rege-» re´gere, re´gī, + _to rule_ _to be ruled_ + «cape-» ca´pere ca´pī, + _to take_ _to be taken_ + IV. «audī-» audī´re, audīrī, + _to hear_ _to be heard_ + + 1. Observe that to form the present active infinitive we add «-re» to + the present stem. + + _a._ The present infinitive of «sum» is «esse». There is no passive. + + 2. Observe that the present passive infinitive is formed from the + active by changing final «-e» to «-ī», except in the third + conjugation, which changes final «-ere» to «-ī». + + 3. Give the active and passive present infinitives of «doceō», + «sedeō», «volō», «cūrō», «mittō», «dūcō», «mūniō», «reperiō», «iaciō», + «rapiō.» + +«175.» The forms of the Present Imperative, active and passive, are as +follows: + + ACTIVE[1] PASSIVE + CONJ. SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL + I. «a´mā» amā´te amā´re, amā´minī, + _be thou loved_ _be ye loved_ + II. «mo´nē» monē´te monē´re, monē´minī, + _be thou advised_ _be ye advised_ + III. «re´ge» re´gite re´gere, regi´minī, + _be thou ruled _ _be ye ruled_ + «ca´pe» ca´pite ca´pere, capi´minī, + _be thou taken_ _be ye taken_ + IV. «au´dī» audī´te audī´re, audī´minī, + _be thou heard_ _be ye heard_ + + 1. Observe that the second person singular of the present passive + imperative is like the present active infinitive, and that both + singular and plural are like the second person singular[2] and plural, + respectively, of the present passive indicative. + + 2. Give the present imperative, both active and passive, of the verbs + in §174.3. + + [Footnote 1: For the sake of comparison the active is repeated from + §161.] + + [Footnote 2: That is, using the personal ending «-re». A form like + «amāre» may be either _indicative_, _infinitive_, or _imperative_.] + +«176.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289. + +I. 1. Tum Perseus ālīs ad terrās multās volabit. 2. Mōnstrum saevum per +aquās properat et mox agrōs nostrōs vāstābit. 3. Sī autem Cēpheus ad +ōrāculum properābit, ōrāculum ita respondēbit. 4. Quis tēlīs Perseī +superābitur? Multa mōnstra tēlīs eius superābuntur. 5. Cum cūrīs magnīs +et lacrimīs multīs agricolae ex domiciliīs cārīs aguntur. 6. Multa loca +vāstābantur et multa oppida dēlēbantur. 7. Mōnstrum est validum, tamen +superābitur. 8. Crēdēsne semper verbīs ōrāculī? Ego iīs non semper +crēdam. 9. Pārēbitne Cēpheus ōrāculō? Verba ōrāculī eī persuādēbunt. +10. Si nōn fugiēmus, oppidum capiētur et oppidānī necābuntur. 11. Vocāte +puerōs et nārrāte fābulam clāram dē mōnstrō saevō. + +II. 1. Fly thou, to be cared for, be ye sent, lead thou. 2. To lead, to +be led, be ye seized, fortify thou. 3. To be hurled, to fly, send thou, +to be found. 4. To be sent, be ye led, to hurl, to be taken. 5. Find +thou, hear ye, be ye ruled, to be fortified. + + +LESSON XXX + +SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS · THE ABLATIVE DENOTING _FROM_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + VERBS + «absum, abesse», irreg., _be away, be absent, be distant_, with + separative abl. + «adpropinquō, -āre», _draw near, approach_ (propinquity), with + dative[A] + «contineō, -ēre», _hold together, hem in, keep_ (contain) + «discēdō, -ere», _depart, go away, leave_, with separative abl. + «egeō, -ēre», _lack, need, be without_, with separative abl. + «interficiō, -ere», _kill_ + «prohibeō, -ēre», _restrain, keep from_ (prohibit) + «vulnerō, -āre», _wound_ (vulnerable) + + NOUNS + «prōvincia, -ae», f., _province_ + «vīnum, -ī», n., _wine_ + + ADJECTIVE + «dēfessus, -a, -um», _weary, worn out_ + + ADVERB + «longē», _far, by far, far away_ + + [Footnote A: This verb governs the dative because the idea of + _nearness to_ is stronger than that of _motion to_. If the latter + idea were the stronger, the word would be used with «ad» and the + accusative.] + +«177.» You should learn to give rapidly synopses of the verbs you have +had, as follows:[1] + + CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II + INDICATIVE + ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE + _Pres._ a´mō a´mor mo´neō mo´neor + _Imperf._ amā´bam amā´bar monē´bam monē´bar + _Fut._ amā´bo amā´bor monē´bo monē´bor + + [Footnote 1: Synopses should be given not only in the first person, + but in other persons as well, particularly in the third singular and + plural.] + + CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II + IMPERATIVE + ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE + _Pres._ a´mā amā´re mo´nē monē´re + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ amā´re amā´rī monē´re monē´rī + + CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION III («-iō» verbs) + INDICATIVE + ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE + _Pres._ re´gō re´gor ca´piō ca´pior + _Imperf._ regē´bam regē´bar capiē´bam capiē´bar + _Fut._ re´gam re´gar ca´piam ca´piar + + IMPERATIVE + _Pres._ re´ge re´gere ca´pe ca´pere + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ re´gere re´gī ca´pere ca´pī + + CONJUGATION IV + INDICATIVE + ACTIVE PASSIVE + _Pres._ au´diō au´dior + _Imperf._ audiē´bam audiē´bar + _Fut._ au´diam au´diar + + IMPERATIVE + _Pres._ au´dī audī´re + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ audī´re audī´rī + + 1. Give the synopsis of «rapiō», «mūniō», «reperiō», «doceō», «videō», + «dīcō», «agō», «laudō», «portō», and vary the person and number. + +«178.» We learned in §50 that one of the three relations covered by the +ablative case is expressed in English by the preposition _from._ This is +sometimes called the _separative ablative_, and it has a number of +special uses. You have already grown familiar with the first mentioned +below. + +«179.» RULE. «Ablative of the Place From.» _The place from which is +expressed by the ablative with the prepositions «ā» or «ab», «dē», «ē» +or «ex»._ + + «Agricolae ex agrīs veniunt», _the farmers come from the fields_ + + _a._ «ā» or «ab» denotes _from near_ a place; «ē» or «ex», _out + from_ it; and «dē», _down from_ it. This may be represented + graphically as follows: + + _________ + | | + «ā» or «ab» | | «ē» or «ex» + /_____________| ___________________\ + \ | Place | / + |_________| + | + | «dē» + | + V + +«180.» RULE. «Ablative of Separation.» _Words expressing separation or +deprivation require an ablative to complete their meaning._ + + _a._ If the separation is _actual_ and _literal_ of one material + thing from another, the preposition «ā» or «ab», «ē» or «ex», or + «dē» is generally used. If no actual motion takes place of one thing + from another, no preposition is necessary. + + (a) «Perseus terram ā mōnstrīs līberat» + _Perseus frees the land from monsters_ + (literal separation--actual motion is expressed) + (b) «Perseus terram trīstitiā līberat» + _Perseus frees the land from sorrow_ + (figurative separation--no actual motion is expressed) + +«181.» RULE. «Ablative of the Personal Agent.» _The word expressing the +person from whom an action starts, when not the subject, is put in the +ablative with the preposition «ā» or «ab.»_ + + _a._ In this construction the English translation of «ā», «ab» is + _by_ rather than _from_. This ablative is regularly used with + passive verbs to indicate the _person by whom_ the act was + performed. + + «Mōnstrum ā Perseō necātur», _the monster is being slain by_ + (lit. _from_) _Perseus_ + + _b._ Note that the active form of the above sentence would be + «Perseus monstrum necat», _Perseus is slaying the monster_. In the + passive the _object_ of the active verb becomes the _subject_, and + the _subject_ of the active verb becomes the _ablative of the + personal agent_, with «ā» or «ab». + + _c._ Distinguish carefully between the ablative of means and the + ablative of the personal agent. Both are often translated into + English by the preposition _by_. (Cf. §100. _b._) _Means is a + «thing»; the agent or actor is a «person»_. The ablative of means + has no preposition. The ablative of the personal agent has «ā» or + «ab». Compare + + «Fera sagittā necātur», _the wild beast is killed by an arrow_ + «Fera ā Diānā necātur», _the wild beast is killed by Diana_ + + «Sagittā», in the first sentence, is the ablative of means; «ā + Diānā», in the second, is the ablative of the personal agent. + +«182.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289. + +I. 1. Viri inopiā cibī dēfessī ab eō locō discēdent. 2. Germānī castrīs +Rōmānīs adpropinquābant, tamen lēgātus cōpiās ā proeliō continēbat. +3. Multa Gallōrum oppida ab Rōmanīs capientur. 4. Tum Rōmānī tōtum +populum eōrum oppidōrum gladiīs pīlīsque interficient. 5. Oppidānī +Rōmānīs resistent, sed defessī longō proelīo fugient. 6. Multī ex +Galliā fugiēbant et in Germānōrum vicīs habitābant. 7. Miserī nautae +vulnerantur ab inimīcīs[2] saevīs et cibō egent. 8. Discēdite et +date virīs frūmentum et cōpiam vīnī. 9. Cōpiae nostrae ā proeliō +continēbantur ab Sextō lēgatō. 10. Id oppidum ab prōvinciā Rōmānā longē +aberat. + +II. 1. The weary sailors were approaching a place dear to the goddess +Diana. 2. They were without food and without wine. 3. Then Galba and +seven other men are sent to the ancient island by Sextus. 4. Already +they are not far away from the land, and they see armed men on a high +place. 5. They are kept from the land by the men with spears and arrows. +6. The men kept hurling their weapons down from the high place with +great eagerness. + + [Footnote 2: «inimīcīs», here used as a noun. See vocabulary.] + + +LESSON XXXI + +PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF _SUM_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + aurum, -ī, n., _gold_ (oriole) + «mora, -ae», f., _delay_ + «nāvigium, nāvi´gī», n., _boat, ship_ + «ventus, -ī», m., _wind_ (ventilate) + + VERB + «nāvigō, -āre», _sail_ (navigate) + + ADJECTIVES + attentus, -a, -um, _attentive, careful_ + «dubius, -a, -um», _doubtful_ (dubious) + perfidus, -a, -um, _faithless, treacherous_ (perfidy) + + ADVERB + «anteā», _before, previously_ + + PREPOSITION + «sine», with abl., _without_ + +«183.» «Principal Parts.» There are certain parts of the verb that are +of so much consequence in tense formation that we call them the +_principal parts._ + +The principal parts of the Latin verb are the present, the past, and the +past participle; as _go, went, gone_; _see, saw, seen_, etc. + +The principal parts of the Latin verb are the _first person singular of +the present indicative_, the _present infinitive_, the _first person +singular of the perfect indicative_, and _the perfect passive +participle._ + +«184.» «Conjugation Stems.» From the principal parts we get three +conjugation stems, from which are formed the entire conjugation. We +have already learned about the «present stem», which is found from the +present infinitive (cf. §126.a). The other two stems are the «perfect +stem» and the «participial stem». + +«185.» «The Perfect Stem.» The perfect stem of the verb is formed in +various ways, but may always be _found by dropping «-ī» from the first +person singular of the perfect_, the third of the principal parts. From +the perfect stem are formed the following tenses: + + THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE + THE PLUPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE (ENGLISH PAST PERFECT) + THE FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE + +All these tenses express completed action in present, past, or future +time respectively. + +«186.» «The Endings of the Perfect.» The perfect active indicative is +inflected by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem. +These endings are different from those found in any other tense, and are +as follows: + + SINGULAR PLURAL + 1. -ī, _I_ 1. -imus, _we_ + 2. -istī, _you_ 2. -istis, _you_ + 3. -it, _he, she, it_ 3. -ērunt or -ēre, _they_ + +«187.» Inflection of «sum» in the perfect, pluperfect, and future +perfect indicative: + + PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. + PRIN. PARTS sum esse fuī + + PERFECT STEM fu- + + PERFECT + SINGULAR PLURAL + fu´ī, _I have been, I was_ fu´imus, _we have been, we were_ + fuis´tī, fuis´tis, _you have been, you were_ + _you have been, you were_ + fu´it, _he has been, he was_ fuē´runt _or_ fuē´re, + _they have been, they were_ + + PLUPERFECT (TENSE SIGN «-erā-») + fu´eram, _I had been_ fuerā´mus, _we had been_ + fu´erās, _you had been_ fuerā´tis, _you had been_ + fu´erat, _he had been_ fu´erant, _they had been_ + + FUTURE PERFECT (TENSE SIGN «-eri-») + fu´erō, _I shall have been_ fue´rimus, _we shall have been_ + fu´eris, _you will have been_ fue´ritis, _you will have been_ + fu´erit, _he will have been_ fu´erint, _they will have been_ + + 1. Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. + + 2. Observe that the pluperfect may be formed by adding «eram», the + imperfect of «sum», to the perfect stem. The tense sign is «-erā-». + + 3. Observe that the future perfect may be formed by adding «erō», the + future of «sum», to the perfect stem. But the third person plural ends + in «-erint», not in «-erunt». The tense sign is «-eri-». + + 4. All active perfects, pluperfects, and future perfects are formed on + the perfect stem and inflected in the same way. + +«188.» DIALOGUE + +THE BOYS TITUS, MARCUS, AND QUINTUS + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289. + + M. Ubi fuistis, Tite et Quīnte? + T. Ego in meō lūdō fuī et Quīntus in suō lūdō fuit. Bonī puerī fuimus. + Fuitne Sextus in vīcō hodiē? + M. Fuit. Nūper per agrōs proximōs fluviō properābat. Ibi is et + Cornēlius habent nāvigium. + T. _Nāvigium_ dīcis? Aliī[1] nārrā eam fābulam! + M. Vērō (_Yes, truly_), pulchrum et novum nāvigium! + Q. Cuius pecūniā[2] Sextus et Cornēlius id nāvigium parant? Quis iīs + pecūniam dat? + M. Amīcī Cornēlī multum habent aurum et puer pecūniā nōn eget. + T. Quō puerī nāvigābunt? Nāvigābuntne longē ā terrā? + M. Dubia sunt cōnsilia eōrum. Sed hodiē, crēdō, sī ventus erit + idōneus, ad maximam īnsulam nāvigābunt. Iam anteā ibi fuērunt. + Tum autem ventus erat perfidus et puerī magnō in perīculō erant. + Q. Aqua ventō commōta est inimīca nautīs semper, et saepe perfidus + ventus nāvigia rapit, agit, dēletque. Iī puerī, sī nōn fuerint + maximē attentī, īrātā aquā et validō ventō superābuntur et ita + interficientur. + + [Footnote 1: Dative case. (Cf. §109.)] + + [Footnote 2: Ablative of means.] + +«189.» EXERCISE + +1. Where had the boys been before? They had been in school. 2. Where had +Sextus been? He had been in a field next to the river. 3. Who has been +with Sextus to-day? Cornelius has been with him. 4. Who says so? Marcus. +5. If the wind has been suitable, the boys have been in the boat. +6. Soon we shall sail with the boys. 7. There[3] will be no danger, +if we are (shall have been) careful.[4] + + [Footnote 3: The expletive _there_ is not expressed, but the verb + will precede the subject, as in English.] + + [Footnote 4: This predicate adjective must be nominative plural to + agree with _we_.] + + +LESSON XXXII + +THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + NOUNS + «animus, -ī», m., _mind, heart; spirit, feeling_ (animate) + «bracchium, bracchī», n., _forearm, arm_ + «porta, -ae», f., _gate_ (portal) + + ADJECTIVES + «adversus, -a, -um», _opposite; adverse, contrary_ + «plēnus, -a, -um», _full_ (plenty) + + PREPOSITION + «prō», with abl., _before; in behalf of; instead of_ + + ADVERB + «diū», _for a long time, long_ + +«190.» «Meanings of the Perfect.» The perfect tense has two distinct +meanings. The first of these is equivalent to the English present +perfect, or perfect with _have_, and denotes that the action of the verb +is complete at the time of speaking; as, _I have finished my work_. As +this denotes completed action at a definite time, it is called the +«perfect definite». + +The perfect is also used to denote an action that happened _sometime in +the past_; as, _I finished my work._ As no definite time is specified, +this is called the «perfect indefinite». It corresponds to the ordinary +use of the English past tense. + + _a._ Note carefully the difference between the following tenses: + + _I {was finishing } my work_ (imperfect, §134) + {used to finish} + _I finished my work_ (perfect indefinite) + _I have finished my work_ (perfect definite) + +When telling a story the Latin uses the _perfect indefinite_ to mark the +different _forward steps_ of the narrative, and the _imperfect_ to +_describe situations and circumstances_ that attend these steps. If the +following sentences were Latin, what tenses would be used? + + “Last week I went to Boston. I was trying to find an old friend of + mine, but he was out of the city. Yesterday I returned home.” + +«191.» «Inflection of the Perfect.» We learned in §186 that any perfect +is inflected by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem. +The inflection in the four regular conjugations is then as follows: + + CONJ. I «amāvī» _I have loved_, _I loved_ or _did love_ + CONJ. II «monuī» _I have advised_, _I advised_ or _did advise_ + CONJ. III «rēxī» _I have ruled_, _I ruled_ or _did rule_ + «cēpī» _I have taken_, _I took_ or _did take_ + CONJ. IV «audīvī» _I have heard_, _I heard_ or _did hear_ + + PERFECT STEMS + «amāv-» «monu-» «rēx-» «cēp-» «audīv-» + + SINGULAR + 1. amā´vī mo´nuī rē´xī cē´pī audī´vī + 2. amāvis´tī monuis´tī rēxis´tī cēpis´tī audīvis´tī + 3. amā´vit mo´nuit rē´xit cē´pit audī´vit + + PLURAL + 1. amā´vimus monu´imus rē´ximus cē´pimus audī´vimus + 2. amāvis´tis monuis´tis rēxis´tis cēpis´tis audīvis´tis + 3. amāvē´runt monuē´runt rēxē´runt cēpē´runt audīvē´runt + _or_ _or_ _or_ _or_ _or_ + amāvē´re monuē´re rēxē´re cēpē´re audīvē´re + + 1. The first person of the perfect is always given as the third of the + principal parts. From this we get the perfect stem. _This shows the + absolute necessity of learning the principal parts thoroughly._ + + 2. Nearly all perfects of the first conjugation are formed by adding + «-vī» to the present stem. Like «amāvī» inflect «parāvī», «vocāvī», + «cūrāvī», «laudāvī». + + 3. Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. Drill on it. + +«192.» Learn the principal parts and inflect the perfects: + + PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. + dō dăre dedī _give_ + dēleō dēlēre dēlēvī _destroy_ + habeō habēre habuī _have_ + moveō movēre mōvī _move_ + pāreō pārēre pāruī _obey_ + prohibeō prohibēre prohibuī _restrain, keep from_ + videō vidēre vīdī _see_ + dīcō dīcere dīxī _say_ + discēdō discēdere discessī _depart_ + dūcō dūcere dūxī _lead_ + faciō facere fēcī _make, do_ + mittō mittere mīsī _send_ + mūniō mūnīre mūnīvī _fortify_ + veniō venīre vēnī _come_ + +«193.» PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290. + +Cēpheus, adversā fortūnā maximē commōtus, discessit et multīs cum +lacrimīs populō Aethiopiae verba ōrāculī nārrāvit. Fāta Andromedae, +puellae pulchrae, ā tōtō populō dēplōrābantur, tamen nūllum erat +auxilium. Deinde Cēpheus cum plēnō trīstitiae animō cāram suam fīliam +ex oppidī portā ad aquam dūxit et bracchia eius ad saxa dūra revīnxit. +Tum amīcī puellae miserae longē discessērunt et diū mōnstrum saevum +exspectāvērunt. + +Tum forte Perseus, ālīs frētus, super Aethiopiam volābat. Vīdit populum, +Andromedam, lacrimās, et, magnopere attonitus, ad terram dēscendit. Tum +Cēpheus eī tōtās cūrās nārrāvit et ita dīxit: “Pārēbō verbīs ōrāculī, et +prō patriā fīliam meam dabō; sed sī id mōnstrum interficiēs et +Andromedam servābis, tibi (_to you_) eam dabō.” + + +LESSON XXXIII + +PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE +PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE + +«194.» CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV + «amō» «moneō» «regō» «capiō» «audiō» + PERFECT STEMS «amāv-» «monu-» «rēx-» «cēp-» «audīv-» + + + PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE + TENSE SIGN «-erā-» + + SINGULAR + I had loved I had advised I had ruled I had taken I had heard + + 1. amā´veram monu´eram rē´xeram cē´peram audī´veram + 2. amā´verās monu´erās rē´xerās cē´perās audī´verās + 3. amā´verat monu´erat rē´xerat cē´perat audī´verat + + PLURAL + 1. amāverā´mus monuerā´mus rēxerā´mus cēperā´mus audīverā´mus + 2. amāverā´tis monuerā´tis rēxerā´tis cēperā´tis audīverā´tis + 3. amā´verant monu´erant rē´xerant cē´perant audī´verant + + + FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE + TENSE SIGN «-eri-» + + SINGULAR + I shall have I shall have I shall have I shall have I shall have + loved advised ruled taken heard + + 1. amā´verō monu´erō rē´xerō cē´perō audī´verō + 2. amā´veris monu´eris rē´xeris cē´peris audī´veris + 3. amā´verit monu´erit rē´xerit cē´perit audī´verit + + PLURAL + 1. amāve´rimus monue´rimus rēxe´rimus cēpe´rimus audīve´rimus + 2. amāve´ritis monue´ritis rēxe´ritis cēpe´ritis audīve´ritis + 3. amā´verint monu´erint rē´xerint cē´perint audī´verint + + 1. Observe that these are all inflected alike and the rules for + formation given in §187.2-4 hold good here. + + 2. In like manner inflect the pluperfect and future perfect indicative + active of «dō», «portō», «dēleō», «moveō», «habeō», «dīcō», «discēdō», + «faciō», «veniō», «mūniō.» + +«195.» «The Perfect Active Infinitive.» The perfect active infinitive is +formed by adding «-isse» to the perfect stem. + + CONJ PERFECT STEM PERFECT INFINITIVE + I. amāv- amāvis´se, _to have loved_ + II. monu- monuis´se, _to have advised_ + III. (_a_) rēx- rēxis´se, _to have ruled_ + (_b_) cēp- cēpis´se, _to have taken_ + IV. audīv» audīvis´se, _to have heard_ + sum fu- fuis´se, _to have been_ + + 1. In like manner give the perfect infinitive active of «dō», «portō», + «dēleō», «moveō», «habeō», «dīcō», «discēdō», «faciō», «veniō», + «mūniō». + +«196.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Habuistī, mōvērunt, miserant. 2. Vīdit, dīxeris, dūxisse. +3. Mīsistis, pāruērunt, discesserāmus. 4. Mūnīvit, dederam, mīserō. +5. Habuerimus, dēlēvī, pāruit, fuisse. 6. Dederās, mūnīveritis, +vēnerātis, mīsisse. 7. Vēnerās, fēcisse, dederātis, portāveris. + +8. Quem verba ōrāculī mōverant? Populum verba ōrāculī mōverant. +9. Cui Cēpheus verba ōrāculī nārrāverit? Perseō Cēpheus verba ōrāculī +nārrāverit. 10. Amīcī ab Andromedā discesserint. 11. Mōnstrum saevum +domicilia multa dēlēverat. 12. Ubi mōnstrum vīdistis? Id in aquā +vīdimus. 13. Quid mōnstrum faciet? Mōnstrum Andromedam interficiet. + +II. 1. They have obeyed, we have destroyed, I shall have had. 2. We +shall have sent, I had come, they have fortified. 3. I had departed, he +has obeyed, you have sent (_sing. and plur._). 4. To have destroyed, to +have seen, he will have given, they have carried. 5. He had destroyed, +he has moved, you have had (_sing. and plur._). 6. I have given, you had +moved (_sing. and plur._), we had said. 7. You will have made (_sing. +and plur._), they will have led, to have given. + +8. Who had seen the monster? Andromeda had seen it. 9. Why had the men +departed from[1] the towns? They had departed because the monster had +come. 10. Did Cepheus obey[2] the oracle[3]? He did. + + [Footnote 1: «ex». What would «ab» mean?] + + [Footnote 2: _Did ... obey_, perfect tense.] + + [Footnote 3: What case?] + + +LESSON XXXIV + +REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE + + [Special Vocabulary] + + ADVERBS + «celeriter», _quickly_ (celerity) + «dēnique», _finally_ + «graviter», _heavily, severely_ (gravity) + «subitō», _suddenly_ + + VERB + «reportō, -āre, -āvī», _bring back, restore; win, gain_ (report) + +«197.» A review of the tenses of the indicative active shows the +following formation: + + { PRESENT = First of the principal parts + TENSES { IMPERFECT = Present stem + -ba-m + OF THE { FUTURE = Present stem + -bō, Conj. I and II + INDICATIVE { -a-m, Conj. III and IV + { PERFECT = Third of the principal parts + { PLUPERFECT = Perfect stem + -era-m + { FUTURE PERFECT = Perfect stem + -erō + +«198.» The synopsis of the active voice of «amō», as far as we have +learned the conjugation, is as follows: + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «amō, amāre, amāvī» + + PRES. STEM «amā-» + + { _Pres._ amō + INDIC. { _Imperf._ amābam + { _Fut._ amābō + PRES. IMV. amā + PRES. INFIN. amāre + + PERF. STEM «amāv-» + + { _Perf._ amāvī + INDIC. { _Pluperf._ amāveram + { _Fut. perf._ amāverō + PERF. INFIN. amāvisse + + 1. Learn to write in the same form and to give rapidly the principal + parts and synopsis of «parō», «dō», «laudō», «dēleō», «habeō», + «moveō», «pāreō», «videō», «dīcō», «discēdō», «dūcō», «mittō», + «capiō», «muniō», «veniō».[1] + + [Footnote 1: Learn to give synopses rapidly, and not only in the + first person singular but in any person of either number.] + +«199.» Learn the following principal parts:[2] + + PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. + + IRREGULAR VERBS + sum esse fuī _be_ + ab´sum abes´se ā´fuī _be away_ + dō dare dedī _give_ + + CONJUGATION II + contineō continēre continuī _hold in, keep_ + doceō docēre docuī _teach_ + egeō egēre eguī _need_ + faveō favēre fāvī _favor_ + iubeō iubēre iussī _order_ + noceō nocēre nocuī _injure_ + persuādeō persuādēre persuāsī _persuade_ + respondeō respondēre respondī _reply_ + sedeō sedēre sēdī _sit_ + studeō studēre studuī _be eager_ + + CONJUGATION III + agō agere ēgī _drive_ + crēdō crēdere crēdidī _believe_ + fugiō fugere fūgī _flee_ + iaciō iacere iēcī _hurl_ + interficiō interficere interfēcī _kill_ + rapiō rapere rapuī _seize_ + resis´tō resis´tere re´stitī _resist_ + + CONJUGATION IV + repe´riō reperī´re rep´perī _find_ + + [Footnote 2: These are all verbs that you have had before, and the + perfect is the only new form to be learned.] + +«200.» PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Concluded_) + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290. Read the whole story. + +Perseus semper proeliō studēbat[3] et respondit,[3] “Verba tua sunt +maximē grāta,” et laetus arma sua magica parāvit.[3] Subitō mōnstrum +vidētur; celeriter per aquam properat et Andromedae adpropinquat. Eius +amīcī longē absunt et misera puella est sōla. Perseus autem sine morā +super aquam volāvit.[3] Subitō dēscendit[3] et dūrō gladiō saevum +mōnstrum graviter vulnerāvit.[3] Diū pugnātur,[4] diū proelium est +dubium. Dēnique autem Perseus mōnstrum interfēcit[3] et victōriam +reportāvit.[3] Tum ad saxum vēnit[3] et Andromedam līberāvit[3] et eam +ad Cēpheum dūxit.[3] Is, nūper miser, nunc laetus, ita dīxit[3]: “Tuō +auxiliō, mī amīce, cāra fīlia mea est lībera; tua est Andromeda.” Diū +Perseus cum Andromedā ibi habitābat[3] et magnopere ā tōtō populō +amābātur.[3] + + [Footnote 3: See if you can explain the use of the perfects and + imperfects in this passage.] + + [Footnote 4: The verb pugnātur means, literally, _it is fought_; + translate freely, _the battle is fought_, or _the contest rages_. + The verb pugnō in Latin is intransitive, and so does not have a + personal subject in the passive. A verb with an indeterminate + subject, designated in English by _it_, is called impersonal.] + + +LESSON XXXV + +THE PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE +THE PERFECT PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE + +«201.» The fourth and last of the principal parts (§183) is the «perfect +passive participle». _From it we get the participial stem on which are +formed the future active infinitive and all the passive perfects._ + + 1. Learn the following principal parts, which are for the first time + given in full: + + CONJ. PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. PERF. PASS. PART. + I. amō amā´-re amā´v-ī amā´t-us + This is the model for all regular verbs of the first conjugation. + II. mo´neō monē´-re mo´nu-ī mo´nit-us + III. regō re´ge-re rēx-ī rēct-us + ca´piō ca´pe-re cēp-ī capt-us + IV. au´diō audī´-re audī´v-ī audī´t-us + + 2. The base of the participial stem is found by dropping «-us» from + the perfect passive participle. + +«202.» In English the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses +of the indicative passive are made up of forms of the auxiliary verb +_to be_ and the past participle; as, _I have been loved_, _I had been +loved_, _I shall have been loved._ + +Very similarly, in Latin, the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect +passive tenses use respectively the present, imperfect, and future of +«sum» as an auxiliary verb with the perfect passive participle, as + + Perfect passive, «amā´tus sum», _I have been_ or _was loved_ + Pluperfect passive, «amā´tus eram», _I had been loved_ + Future perfect passive, «amā´tus erō», _I shall have been loved_ + + 1. In the same way give the synopsis of the corresponding tenses of + «moneō», «regō», «capiō», and «audiō», and give the English meanings. + +«203.» «Nature of the Participle.» A participle is partly verb and +partly adjective. As a verb it possesses tense and voice. As an +adjective it is declined and agrees with the word it modifies in gender, +number, and case. + +«204.» The perfect passive participle is declined like «bonus, bona, +bonum», and in the compound tenses (§202) it agrees as a predicate +adjective with the subject of the verb. + + EXAMPLES IN SINGULAR + «Vir laudātus est», _the man was praised_, or _has been praised_ + «Puella laudāta est», _the girl was praised_, or _has been praised_ + «Cōnsilium laudātum est», _the plan was praised_, or + _has been praised_ + + EXAMPLES IN PLURAL + «Virī laudātī sunt», _the men were praised_, or _have been praised_ + «Puellae laudātae sunt», _the girls were praised_, or + _have been praised_ + «Cōnsilia laudāta sunt», _the plans were praised_, or + _have been praised_ + + 1. Inflect the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative + passive of «amō», «moneō», «regō», «capiō», and «audiō» (§§488-492). + +«205.» «The perfect passive infinitive» is formed by adding «esse», +the present infinitive of «sum», to the perfect passive participle; as, +amā´t-us (-a, -um) «esse», _to have been loved_; mo´nit-us (-a, +-um) «esse», _to have been advised_. + + 1. Form the perfect passive infinitive of «regō», «capiō», «audiō», + and give the English meanings. + +«206.» The future active infinitive is formed by adding «esse», the +present infinitive of «sum», to the future active participle. This +participle is made by adding «-ūrus, -a, -um» to the base of the +participial stem. Thus the future active infinitive of «amō» is +amat-ū´rus (-a, -um) «esse», _to be about to love_. + + _a._ Note that in forming the three tenses of the active infinitive + we use all three conjugation stems: + + Present, amāre (present stem), _to love_ + Perfect, amāvisse (perfect stem), _to have loved_ + Future, amātūrus esse (participial stem), _to be about to love_ + + 1. Give the three tenses of the active infinitive of «laudō», «moneō», + «regō», «capiō», «audiō», with the English meanings. + +«207.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Fābula Andromedae nārrāta est. 2. Multae fābulae ā magistrō +nārrātae sunt. 3. Ager ab agricolā validō arātus erat. 4. Agrī ab +agricolīs validīs arātī erant. 5. Aurum ā servō perfidō ad domicilium +suum portātum erit. 6. Nostra arma ā lēgātō laudāta sunt. Quis vestra +arma laudāvit? 7. Ab ancillā tuā ad cēnam vocātae sumus. 8. Andromeda +mōnstrō nōn data est, quia mōnstrum ā Perseō necātum erat. + +II. 1. The provinces were laid waste, the field had been laid waste, the +towns will have been laid waste. 2. The oracles were heard, the oracle +was heard, the oracles had been heard. 3. The oracle will have been +heard, the province had been captured, the boats have been captured. +4. The fields were laid waste, the man was advised, the girls will have +been advised. 5. The towns had been ruled, we shall have been captured, +you will have been heard. + + +LESSON XXXVI + +REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS · PREPOSITIONS _YES_-OR-_NO_ QUESTIONS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «dexter, dextra, dextrum», _right_ (dextrous) + «sinister, sinistra, sinistrum», _left_ + «frūstrā», adv., _in vain_ (frustrate) + + «gerō, gerere, gessī, gestus», _bear, carry on; wear_; + «bellum gerere», _to wage war_ + «occupō, occupāre, occupāvī, occupātus», _seize, take possession of_ + (occupy) + «postulō, postulāre, postulāvī, postulātus», _demand_ (ex-postulate) + «recūsō, recūsāre, recūsāvī, recūsātus», _refuse_ + «stō, stāre, stetī, status», _stand_ + «temptō, temptāre, temptāvī, temptātus», _try, tempt, test; attempt_ + «teneō, tenēre, tenuī, ----», _keep, hold_ (tenacious) + + The word «ubi», which we have used so much in the sense of _where_ in + asking a question, has two other uses equally important: + + 1. «ubi» = _when_, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as, + «Ubi mōnstrum audīvērunt, fūgērunt», _when they heard the monster, + they fled_ + + 2. «ubi» = _where_, as a relative conjunction denoting place; as, + «Videō oppidum ubi Galba habitat», _I see the town where Galba + lives_ + + «ubi» is called a _relative conjunction_ because it is equivalent to + a relative pronoun. _When_ in the first sentence is equivalent to + _at the time «at which»;_ and in the second, _where_ is equivalent + to _the place «in which»._ + +«208.» The following list shows the principal parts of all the verbs you +have had excepting those used in the paradigms. The parts you have had +before are given for review, and the perfect participle is the only new +form for you to learn. Sometimes one or more of the principal parts are +lacking, which means that the verb has no forms based on that stem. A +few verbs lack the perfect passive participle but have the future active +participle in «-ūrus», which appears in the principal parts instead. + + IRREGULAR VERBS + + «sum» «esse» «fuī» «futūrus» _be_ + «absum» «abesse» «āfuī» «āfutūrus» _be away_ + «dō»[1] «dare» «dedī» «datus» _give_ + + [Footnote 1: «dō» is best classed with the irregular verbs because + of the short «a» in the present and participial stems.] + + CONJUGATION I + + «portō» «portāre» «portāvī» «portātus» _carry_ + + So for all verbs of this conjugation thus far used. + + CONJUGATION II + + «contineō» «continēre» «continuī» «contentus» _hold in, keep_ + «dēleō» «dēlēre» «dēlēvī» «dēlētus» _destroy_ + «doceō» «docēre» «docuī» «doctus» _teach_ + «egeō» «egēre» «eguī» ---- _lack_ + «faveō» «favēre» «fāvī» «fautūrus» _favor_ + «iubeō» «iubēre» «iussī» «iussus» _order_ + «moveō» «movēre» «mōvī» «mōtus» _move_ + «noceō» «nocēre» «nocuī» «nocitūrus» _injure_ + «pāreō» «pārēre» «pāruī» ---- _obey_ + «persuādeō» «persuādēre» «persuāsī» «persuāsus» _persuade (from)_ + «prohibeō» «prohibēre» «prohibuī» «prohibitus» _restrain, keep_ + «respondeō» «respondēre» «respondī» «respōnsus» _reply_ + «sedeō» «sedēre» «sēdī» «-sessus» _sit_ + «studeō» «studēre» «studuī» ---- _be eager_ + «videō» «vidēre» «vīdī» «vīsus» _see_ + + CONJUGATION III + + «agō» «agere» «ēgī» «āctus» _drive_ + «crēdō» «crēdere» «crēdidī» «crēditus» _believe_ + «dīcō» «dīcere» «dīxī» «dictus» _say_ + «discēdō» «discēdere» «discessī» «discessus» _depart_ + «dūcō» «dūcere» «dūxī» «ductus» _lead_ + «faciō»[2] «facere» «fēcī» «factus» _make_ + «fugiō» «fugere» «fūgī» «fugitūrus» _flee_ + «iaciō» «iacere» «iēcī» «iactus» _hurl_ + «interficiō» «interficere» «interfēcī» «interfectus» _kill_ + «mittō» «mittere» «mīsī» «missus» _send_ + «rapiō» «rapere» «rapuī» «raptus» _seize_ + «resistō» «resistere» «restitī» ---- _resist_ + + CONJUGATION IV + + «mūniō» «mūnīre» «mūnīvī» «mūnītus» _fortify_ + «reperiō» «reperīre» «rep´perī» «repertus» _find_ + «veniō» «venīre» «vēnī» «ventus» _come_ + + [Footnote 2: «faciō» has an irregular passive which will be + presented later.] + +«209.» «Prepositions.» + 1. We learned in §§52, 53 that only the _accusative_ and the + _ablative_ are used with prepositions, and that prepositions + expressing ablative relations govern the ablative case. Those we have + had are here summarized. The table following should be learned. + + «ā» or «ab», _from, by_ + «cum», _with_ + «dē», _down from, concerning_ + «ē» or «ex», _out from, out of_ + «prō», _before, in front of; for, in behalf of_ + «sine», _without_ + + 2. Prepositions not expressing ablative relations must govern the + _accusative_ (§52). Of these we have had the following: + + «ad», _to_; + «apud», _among_; + «per», _through_ + + There are many others which you will meet as we proceed. + + 3. The preposition «in» when meaning _in_ or _on_ governs the + _ablative_; when meaning _to, into, against_ (relations foreign to the + ablative) «in» governs the _accusative_. + +«210.» «_Yes_-or-_No_ Questions.» Questions not introduced by some +interrogative word like _who, why, when_, etc., but expecting the answer +_yes_ or _no_, may take one of three forms: + + 1. _Is he coming?_ (Asking for information. Implying nothing as to + the answer expected.) + 2. _Is he not coming?_ (Expecting the answer _yes_.) + 3. _He isn´t coming, is he?_ (Expecting the answer _no_.) + +These three forms are rendered in Latin as follows: + + 1. «Venitne?» _is he coming?_ + 2. «Nōnne venit?» _is he not coming?_ + 3. «Num venit?» _he isn´t coming, is he?_ + + _a._ «-ne», the question sign, is usually added to the verb, which + then stands first. + + _b._ We learned in §56.b that _yes_-or-_no_ questions are usually + answered by repeating the verb, with or without a negative. Instead + of this, «ita», «vērō», «certē», etc. (_so, truly, certainly_, etc.) + may be used for _yes_, and «nōn», «minimē», etc. for _no_ if the + denial is emphatic, as, _by no means_, _not at all_. + +«211.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290. + +I. 1. Nōnne habēbat Cornēlia ōrnāmenta aurī? Habēbat. 2. Num Sextus +lēgātus scūtum in dextrō bracchiō gerēbat? Nōn in dextrō, sed sinistrō +in bracchiō Sextus scūtum gerēbat. 3. Frūstrā bella multa ab Gallīs +gesta erant. 4. Ubi oppidum ā perfidō Sextō occupātum est, oppidānī +miserī gladiō interfectī sunt. 5. Id oppidum erat plēnum frūmentī. +6. Nōnne Sextus ab oppidānīs frūmentum postulāvit? Vērō, sed iī +recūsāvērunt frūmentum dare. 7. Cūr oppidum ab Sextō dēlētum est? Quia +frūmentum recūsātum est. 8. Ea victōria nōn dubia erat. 9. Oppidānī +erant dēfessī et armīs egēbant. 10. Num fugam temptāvērunt? Minimē. + +II. 1. Where was Julia standing? She was standing where you had ordered. +2. Was Julia wearing any ornaments? She had many ornaments of gold. +3. Did she not attempt flight when she saw the danger? She did. 4. Who +captured her? Galba captured her without delay and held her by the left +arm. 5. She didn´t have the lady’s gold, did she? No, the gold had been +taken by a faithless maid and has been brought back. + + * * * * * + + «Fourth Review, Lessons XXVII-XXXVI, §§513-516» + + * * * * * + +LESSON XXXVII + +CONJUGATION OF _POSSUM_ · THE INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «neque» or «nec», conj., _neither_, _nor_, _and ... not_; + «neque ... neque», _neither ... nor_ + «castellum, -ī», n., _redoubt, fort_ (castle) + «cotīdiē», adv., _daily_ + cessō, cessāre, cessāvī, cessātus, _cease_, with the infin. + + «incipiō, incipere, incēpī, inceptus», _begin_ (incipient), + with the infin. + «oppugnō, oppugnāre, oppugnāvī, oppugnātus», _storm, assail_ + «petō, petere, petivi» or «petiī, petītus», _aim at, assail, storm, + attack; seek, ask_ (petition) + «pōnō, pōnere, posuī, positus», _place, put_ (position); + «castra pōnere», _to pitch camp_ + «possum, posse, potuī, ----», _be able, can_ (potent), with the infin. + «vetō, vetāre, vetuī, vetitus», _forbid_ (veto), vith the infin.; + opposite of «iubeō», _command_ + «vincō, vincere, vīcī, victus», _conquer_ (in-vincible) + «vīvō, vīvere, vīxī, ----», _live, be alive_ (re-vive) + +«212.» Learn the principal parts of «possum», _I am able_, _I can_, and +its inflection in the indicative and infinitive. (Cf. §495.) + + _a._ «Possum», _I can_, is a compound of «potis», _able_, and «sum», + _I am_. + +«213.» «The Infinitive with Subject Accusative.» The _infinitive_ (cf. +§173) is a _verbal noun_. Used as a noun, it has the constructions of a +noun. As a verb it can govern a case and be modified by an adverb. The +uses of the infinitive are much the same in Latin as in English. + + 1. In English certain verbs of _wishing, commanding, forbidding_, and + the like are used with an object clause consisting of a substantive in + the objective case and an infinitive, as, _he commanded the men to + flee_. Such object clauses are called infinitive clauses, and the + substantive is said to be the subject of the infinitive. + + Similarly in Latin, some verbs of _wishing, commanding, forbidding_, + and the like are used with an object clause consisting of an + infinitive with a subject in the accusative case, as, «Is virōs + fugere iussit», _he commanded the men to flee_. + +«214.» RULE. «Subject of the Infinitive.» _The subject of the infinitive +is in the accusative._ + +«215.» «The Complementary Infinitive.» In English a verb is often +followed by an infinitive to complete its meaning, as, _the Romans are +able to conquer the Gauls_. This is called the _complementary_ +infinitive, as the predicate is not _complete_ without the added +infinitive. + +Similarly in Latin, _verbs of incomplete predication_ are completed by +the infinitive. Among such verbs are «possum», _I am able, I can_; +«properō», «mātūrō», _I hasten_; «temptō», _I attempt_; as + + «Rōmānī Gallōs superāre possunt», + _the Romans are able to_ (or _can_) _conquer the Gauls_ + «Bellum gerere mātūrant», + _they hasten to wage war_ + + _a._ A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive + agrees in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main + verb. + + «Malī puerī esse bonī nōn possunt», _bad boys are not able to_ + (or _cannot_) _be good._ + + Observe that «bonī» agrees with «puerī». + +«216.» «The Infinitive used as a Noun.» In English the infinitive is +often used as a pure noun, as the subject of a sentence, or as a +predicate nominative. For example, _To conquer_ (= conquering) _is +pleasing; To see_ (= seeing) _is to believe_ (= believing). The same use +of the infinitive is found in Latin, especially with «est», as + + «Superāre est grātum», _to conquer is pleasing_ + «Vidēre est crēdere», _to see is to believe_ + + _a._ In the construction above, the infinitive often has a subject, + which must then be in the accusative case, as + + «Galbam superāre inimīcōs est grātum multīs», + _for Galba to conquer his enemies is pleasing to many_ + + _b._ An infinitive used as a noun is neuter singular. Thus, in the + sentence «superāre est grātum», the predicate adjective «grātum» is + in the neuter nominative singular to agree with «superāre» the + subject. + +«217.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291. + +I. 1. Magister lūdī līberōs cum dīligentiā labōrāre iussit. 2. Egēre +cibō et vinō est virīs molestum. 3. Virī armātī vetuērunt Gallōs castra +ibi pōnere. 4. Estne lēgātus in castellō an in mūrō? Is est prō portā. +5. Ubi nostrī[1] fugere incēpērunt, lēgātus ab vestrīs[1] captus est. +6. Gallī castellum ibi oppugnāverant ubi praesidium erat īnfīrmum. +7. Aliī pugnāre temptābant, aliī portās petēbant. 8. Fēminae prō +domiciliīs sedēbant neque resistere validīs Gallīs poterant. +9. Bellum est saevum, nec īnfīrmīs nec miserīs favet. 10. Sed virī arma +postulābant et studēbant Gallōs dē mūrīs agere. 11. Id castellum ab +Gallīs occupārī Rōmānīs nōn grātum erit. 12. Gallī ubi ā Rōmānīs victī +sunt, esse līberī[2] cessāvērunt. 13. Diū sine aquā vīvere nōn potestis. + +II. 1. The girl began daily to carry water from the river to the gates. +2. The Gauls had pitched their camp in a place suitable for a battle. +3. For a long time they tried in vain to seize the redoubt. 4. Neither +did they cease to hurl weapons against[3] the walls. 5. But they were +not able to (could not) take the town. + + [Footnote 1: Supply _men_. «nostri», «vestrī», and «suī» are often + used as nouns in this way.] + + [Footnote 2: Not _children_. The Romans used «līberī» either as an + adjective, meaning _free_, or as a noun, meaning _the free_, thereby + signifying their _free-born children_. The word was never applied to + children of slaves.] + + [Footnote 3: «in» with the accusative.] + +«218.» THE FAITHLESS TARPE´IA + +Sabīnī ōlim cum Rōmānīs bellum gerēbant et multās victōriās +reportāverant. Iam agrōs proximōs mūrīs vāstābant, iam oppidō +adpropinquābant. Rōmānī autem in Capitōlium fūgerant et longē perīculō +aberant. Mūrīs validīs et saxīs altīs crēdēbant. Frūstrā Sabīnī tēla +iaciēbant, frūstrā portās dūrās petēbant; castellum occupāre nōn +poterant. Deinde novum cōnsilium cēpērunt.[4] + +Tarpēia erat puella Rōmāna pulchra et superba. Cotīdiē aquam cōpiīs +Rōmānīs in Capitōlium portābat. Eī[5] nōn nocēbant Sabīnī, quod ea sine +armīs erat neque Sabīnī bellum cum fēminīs līberīsque gerēbant. Tarpēia +autem maximē amābat ōrnāmenta aurī. Cotīdiē Sabīnōrum ōrnāmenta vidēbat +et mox ea dēsīderāre incipiēbat. Eī ūnus ex[6] Sabīnīs dīxit, “Dūc +cōpiās Sabīnās intrā portās, Tarpēia, et maxima erunt praemia tua.” + + [Footnote 4: «cōnsilium capere», _to make a plan_. Why is the + _perfect_ tense used here and the imperfect in the preceding + sentences? Explain the use of tenses in the next paragraph.] + + [Footnote 5: Dative with «nocēbant». (Cf. §154.)] + + [Footnote 6: «ex», _out of_, i.e. _from the nuumber of_; best + translated _of_.] + + [Illustration: TARPEIA PUELLA PERFIDA] + + +LESSON XXXVIII + +THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN + +«219.» Sentences are _simple, compound_, or _complex_. + + _a._ A _simple sentence_ is a sentence containing but one statement, + that is, one subject and one predicate: _The Romans approached the + town._ + + _b._ A _compound sentence_ is a sentence containing two or more + independent statements: + _The Romans approached the town_ | and | _the enemy fled._ + +NOTE. An independent statement is one that can stand alone; it does not +depend upon another statement. + + _c._ A _complex sentence_ is a sentence containing one independent + statement and one or more dependent statements: + _When the Romans approached the town | the enemy fled._ + +NOTE. A dependent or subordinate statement is one that depends on or +qualifies another statement; thus _the enemy fled_ is independent, and +_when the Romans approached the town_ is dependent or subordinate. + + _d._ The separate statements in a compound or complex sentence are + called _clauses_. In a complex sentence the independent statement is + called the _main clause_ and the dependent statement the + _subordinate clause._ + +«220.» Examine the complex sentence + + _The Romans killed the men who were taken_ + +Here are two clauses: + + _a._ The main clause, _The Romans killed the men_ + + _b._ The subordinate clause, _who were taken_ + +The word _who_ is a pronoun, for it takes the place of the noun _men_. +It also connects the subordinate clause _who were taken_ with the noun +_men_. Hence the clause is an _adjective clause_. A pronoun that +connects an _adjective clause_ with a substantive is called a _relative +pronoun_, and the substantive for which the relative pronoun stands is +called its _antecedent_. The relative pronouns in English are _who, +whose, whom, which, what, that_. + +«221.» The relative pronoun in Latin is «quī», «quae», «quod», and it is +declined as follows: + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ «quī» «quae» «quod» «quī» «quae» «quae» + _Gen._ «cuius» «cuius» «cuius» «quōrum» «quārum» «quōrum» + _Dat._ «cui» «cui» «cui» «quibus» «quibus» «quibus» + _Acc._ «quem» «quam» «quod» «quōs» «quās» «quae» + _Abl._ «quō» «quā» «quō» «quibus» «quibus» «quibus» + + 1. Review the declension of «is», §114, and note the similarity in + the endings. The forms «quī», «quae», and «quibus» are the only forms + showing new endings. + +NOTE. The genitive «cuius» and the dative «cui» are pronounced +_co͝oi´yo͝os_ (two syllables) and _co͝oi_ (one syllable). + +«222.» «The Relative Pronoun is translated as follows:»[1] + + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ _who, that_ _which, what, that_ + _Gen._ _of whom, whose_ _of which, of what, whose_ + _Dat._ _to_ or _for whom_ _to_ or _for which_, _to_ or _for what_ + _Acc._ _whom, that_ _which, what, that_ + _Abl._ _from_, etc., _whom_ _from_, etc., _which_ or _what_ + + [Footnote 1: This table of meanings need not be memorized. It is + inserted for reference when translating.] + + _a._ We see from the table above that «quī», when it refers to a + person, is translated by some form of _who_ or by _that_; and that + when it refers to anything else it is translated by _which, what_, + or _that_. + +«223.» Note the following sentences: + + _The Romans killed the men who were taken_ + _The Romans killed the woman who was taken_ + «Rōmānī interfēcērunt virōs quī captī sunt» + «Rōmānī interfēcērunt fēminam quae capta est» + +In the first sentence _who_ («quī») refers to the antecedent _men_ +(«virōs»), and is _masculine plural_. In the second, _who_ («quae») +refers to _woman_ («fēminam»), and _feminine singular_. From this we +learn that the relative must agree with its antecedent in _gender_ and +_number_. In neither of the sentences are the antecedents and relatives +in the same case. «Virōs» and «fēminam» are accusatives, and «quī» and +«quae» are nominatives, being the subjects of the subordinate clauses. +Hence + +«224.» RULE. «Agreement of the Relative.» _A relative pronoun must agree +with its antecedent in gender and number; but its case is determined by +the way it is used in its own clause._ + +«225.» «Interrogative Pronouns.» An interrogative pronoun is a pronoun +that asks a question. In English the interrogatives are _who?_ _which?_ +_what?_ In Latin they are «quis?» «quid?» (pronoun) and «quī?» «quae?» +«quod?» (adjective). + +«226.» Examine the sentences + + _a._ _Who is the man?_ «Quis est vir?» + _b._ _What man is leading them?_ «Quī vir eōs dūcit?» + +In _a_, _who_ is an interrogative _pronoun_. In _b_, _what_ is an +interrogative _adjective_. Observe that in Latin «quis», «quid» is the +_pronoun_ and «quī», «quae», «quod» is the _adjective_. + +«227.» 1. The interrogative adjective «quī», «quae», «quod» is declined +just like the relative pronoun. (See §221.) + + 2. The interrogative pronoun «quis», «quid» is declined like «quī», + «quae», «quod» in the plural. In the singular it is declined as + follows: + + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ «quis», _who?_ «quid», _what? which?_ + _Gen._ «cuius», _whose?_ «cuius», _whose?_ + _Dat._ «cui», _to_ or _for whom?_ «cui», _to_ or _for_ + _what_ or _which?_ + _Acc._ «quem», _whom?_ «quid», _what? which?_ + _Abl._ «quō», _from_, etc., _whom?_ «quō», _from_, etc., + _which_ or _what?_ + +NOTE. Observe that the masculine and feminine are alike and that all the +forms are like the corresponding forms of the relative, excepting quis +and quid. + +«228.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Quis est aeger? Servus quem amō est aeger. 2. Cuius scūtum habēs? +Scūtum habeō quod lēgātus ad castellum mīsit. 3. Cui lēgātus suum scūtum +dabit? Fīliō meō scūtum dabit. 4. Ubi Germānī antīquī vīvēbant? In terrā +quae est proxima Rhēnō Germānī vīvēbant. 5. Quibuscum[1] Germānī bellum +gerēbant? Cum Rōmānīs, qui eōs superāre studēbant, Germānī bellum +gerēbant. 6. Quī virī castra pōnunt? Iī sunt virī quōrum armīs Germānī +victī sunt. 7. Quibus tēlīs cōpiae nostrae eguērunt? Gladiīs et telīs +nostrae cōpiae eguērunt. 8. Ā quibus porta sinistra tenēbātur? Ā sociīs +porta sinistra tenēbātur. 9. Quae prōvinciae ā Rōmānīs occupātae sunt? +Multae prōvinciae ā Rōmānīs occupātae sunt. 10. Quibus virīs deī +favēbunt? Bonīs virīs deī favēbunt. + + [Footnote 1: «cum» is added to the ablative of relative, + interrogative, and personal pronouns instead of being placed + before them.] + + [Illustration: GERMANI ANTIQUI] + +II. 1. What victory will you announce? 2. I will announce to the people +the victory which the sailors have won. 3. The men who were pitching +camp were eager for battle. 4. Nevertheless they were soon conquered by +the troops which Sextus had sent. 5. They could not resist our forces, +but fled from that place without delay. + +«229.» THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA (_Concluded_)[2] + +Tarpēia, commōta ōrnamentīs Sabīnōrum pulchrīs, diū resistere nōn potuit +et respondit: “Date mihi[3] ōrnāmenta quae in sinistrīs bracchīs +geritis, et celeriter cōpiās vestrās in Capitōlium dūcam.” Nec Sabīnī +recūsāvērunt, sed per dūrās magnāsque castellī portās properāvērunt +quō[1] Tarpēia dūxit et mox intrā validōs et altōs mūrōs stābant. Tum +sine morā in[2] Tarpēiam scūta graviter iēcērunt; nam scūta quoque in +sinistrīs bracchiīs gerēbant. Ita perfida puella Tarpēia interfecta est; +ita Sabīnī Capitōlium occupāvērunt. + + [Footnote 2: Explain the use of the tenses in this selection.] + + [Footnote 3: _to me._] + + [Footnote 1: quō = _whither_, _to the place where_. Here «quo» is + the relative adverb. We have had it used before as the interrogative + adverb, _whither?_ _to what place?_] + + [Footnote 2: _upon_.] + + +LESSON XXXIX + +THE THIRD DECLENSION · CONSONANT STEMS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «barbarus, -a, -um», _strange, foreign, barbarous_. As a noun, + «barbarī, -ōrum», m., plur., _savages, barbarians_ + «dux, ducis», m., _leader_ (duke). Cf. the verb «dūcō» + «eques, equitis», m., _horseman, cavalryman_ (equestrian) + iūdex, iūdicis, _m., judge_ + «lapis, lapidis», m., _stone_ (lapidary) + «mīles, mīlitis», m., _soldier_ (militia) + «pedes, peditis», m., _foot soldier_ (pedestrian) + «pēs, pedis»,[A] m., _foot_ (pedal) + «prīnceps, prīncipis», m., _chief_ (principal) + «rēx, rēgis», m., _king_ (regal) + «summus, -a, -um», _highest, greatest_ (summit) + «virtūs, virtūtis», f., _manliness, courage_ (virtue) + + [Footnote A: Observe that «e» is _long_ in the nom. sing, and + _short_ in the other cases.] + +«230.» «Bases and Stems.» In learning the first and second declensions +we saw that the different cases were formed by adding the case +terminations to the part of the word that did not change, which we +called the «base». If to the base we add «-ā» in the first declension, +and «-o» in the second, we get what is called the «stem». Thus «porta» +has the base «port-» and the stem «portā-»; «servus» has the base +«serv-» and the stem «servo-». + +These stem vowels, «-ā-» and «-o-», play so important a part in the +formation of the case terminations that these declensions are named from +them respectively the _Ā_- and _O_-Declensions. + +«231.» «Nouns of the Third Declension.» The third declension is called +the Consonant or _I_-Declension, and its nouns are classified according +to the way the _stem_ ends. If the last letter of the stem is a +consonant, the word is said to have a _consonant stem_; if the stem ends +in «-i-», the word is said to have an «i-»_stem_. _In consonant stems +the stem is the same as the base. In_ «i-»_stems the stem is formed by +adding_ «-i-» _to the base._ The presence of the «i» makes a difference +in certain of the cases, so the distinction is a very important one. + +«232.» Consonant stems are divided into two classes: + + I. Stems that add «-s» to the base to form the nominative singular. + II. Stems that add no termination in the nominative singular. + +CLASS I + +«233.» Stems that add «-s» to the base in the nominative singular are +either masculine or feminine and are declined as follows: + + «prīnceps», «mīles», m., «lapis», + m., _chief_ _soldier_ m., _stone_ + BASES OR + STEMS «prīncip-» «mīlit-» «lapid-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + M. AND F. + _Nom._ prīnceps mīles lapis -s + _Gen._ prīn´cipis mīlitis lapidis -is + _Dat._ prīn´cipī mīlitī lapidī -ī + _Acc._ prīn´cipem mīlitem lapidem -em + _Abl._ prīn´cipe mīlite lapide -e + + PLURAL + _Nom._ prīn´cipēs mīlitēs lapidēs -ēs + _Gen._ prīn´cipum mīlitum lapidum -um + _Dat._ prīnci´pibus mīlitibus lapidibus -ibus + _Acc._ prīn´cipēs mīlitēs lapidēs -ēs + _Abl._ prīnci´pibus mīlitibus lapidibus -ibus + + + «rēx», «iūdex», «virtūs», f., + m., _king_ m.,_judge_ _manliness_ + BASES OR + STEMS «rēg-» «iūdic-» «virtūt-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + M. AND F. + _Nom._ rēx iūdex virtūs -s + _Gen._ rēgis iūdicis virtū´tis -is + _Dat._ rēgī iūdicī virtū´tī -ī + _Acc._ rēgem iūdicem virtū´tem -em + _Abl._ rēge iūdice virtū´te -e + + PLURAL + _Nom._ rēgēs iūdicēs virtū´tēs -ēs + _Gen._ rēgum iūdicum virtū´tum -um + _Dat._ rēgibus iūdicibus virtū´tibus -ibus + _Acc._ rēgēs iūdicēs virtū´tēs -ēs + _Abl._ rēgibus iūdicibus virtū´tibus -ibus + + 1. The base or stem is found by dropping «-is» in the genitive + singular. + + 2. Most nouns of two syllables, like «prīnceps» («prīncip-»), «mīles» + («mīlit-»), «iūdex» («iūdic-»), have «i» in the base, but «e» in the + nominative. + + _a._ «lapis» is an exception to this rule. + + 3. Observe the consonant changes of the base or stem in the + nominative: + + _a._ A final «-t» or «-d» is dropped before «-s»; thus «mīles» for + «mīlets», «lapis» for «lapids», «virtūs» for «virtūts». + + _b._ A final «-c» or «-g» unites with «-s» and forms «-x»; thus + «iūdec» + «s» = «iūdex», «rēg» + «s» = «rēx». + + 4. Review §74 and apply the rules to this declension. + + In like manner decline «dux, ducis», m., _leader_; «eques, equitis», + m., _horseman_; «pedes, peditis», m., _foot soldier_; «pēs, pedis», + m.,_foot_. + +«234.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291. + +I. 1. Neque peditēs neque equitēs occupāre castellum Rōmānum poterant. +2. Summā virtūte mūrōs altōs cotīdiē oppugnābant. 3. Pedes mīlitum +lapidibus quī dē mūrō iaciēbantur saepe vulnerābantur. 4. Quod novum +cōnsilium dux cēpit? 5. Is perfidam puellam pulchrīs ōrnāmentīs +temptāvit. 6. Quid puella fēcit? 7. Puella commōta aurō mīlitēs per +portās dūxit. 8. Tamen praemia quae summō studiō petīverat nōn +reportāvit. 9. Apud Rōmānōs antīquōs Tarpēia nōn est laudāta. + +II. 1. What ship is that which I see? That («illud») ship is the +_Victory_. It is sailing now with a favorable wind and will soon +approach Italy. 2. The judges commanded the savages to be seized and to +be killed. 3. The chiefs of the savages suddenly began to flee, but were +quickly captured by the horsemen. 4. The king led the foot soldiers to +the wall from which the townsmen were hurling stones with the greatest +zeal. + + [Illustration: NAVIGIUM] + + +LESSON XL + +THE THIRD DECLENSION · CONSONANT STEMS (_Continued_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «Caesar, -aris», m., _Cæsar_ + «captīvus, -ī», m., _captive, prisoner_ + «cōnsul, -is», m., _consul_ + «frāter, frātris», m., _brother_ (fraternity) + «homō, hominis», m., _man, human being_ + «impedīmentum, -ī», n., _hindrance_ (impediment); plur. + «impedīmenta, -ōrum», _baggage_ + «imperātor, imperātōris», m., _commander in chief, general_ (emperor) + «legiō, legiōnis», f., _legion_ + «māter, mātris», f., _mother_ (maternal) + «ōrdō, ōrdinis», m., _row, rank_ (order) + «pater, patris», m., _father_ (paternal) + «salūs, salūtis», f., _safety_ (salutary) + «soror, sorōris», f., _sister_ (sorority) + +CLASS II + +«235.» Consonant stems that add no termination in the nominative are +declined in the other cases exactly like those that add «-s.» They may +be masculine, feminine, or neuter. + +«236.» PARADIGMS + +MASCULINES AND FEMININES + + «cōnsul», «legiō», f., «ōrdō», «pater», m., + m., _consul_ _legion_ m., _row_ _father_ + BASES OR + STEMS «cōnsul-» «legiōn-» «ōrdin-» «patr-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + M. AND F. + _Nom._ cōnsul legiō ōrdō pater -- + _Gen._ cōnsulis legiōnis ōrdinis patris -is + _Dat._ cōnsulī legiōnī ōrdinī patrī -ī + _Acc._ cōnsulem legiōnem ōrdinem patrem -em + _Abl._ cōnsule legiōne ōrdine patre -e + + PLURAL + _Nom._ cōnsulēs legiōnēs ōrdinēs patrēs -ēs + _Gen._ cōnsulum legiōnum ōrdinum patrum -um + _Dat._ cōnsulibus legiōnibus ōrdinibus patribus -ibus + _Acc._ cōnsulēs legiōnēs ōrdinēs patrēs -ēs + _Abl._ cōnsulibus legiōnibus ōrdinibus patribus -ibus + + 1. With the exception of the nominative, the terminations are exactly + the same as in Class I, and the base or stem is found in the same way. + + 2. Masculines and feminines with bases or stems in -in- and -ōn- drop + -n- and end in -ō in the nominative, as legiō (base or stem legiōn-), + ōrdō (base or stem ōrdin-). + + 3. Bases or stems in -tr- have -ter in the nominative, as pater (base + or stem patr-). + + 4. Note how the genitive singular gives the clue to the whole + declension. _Always learn this with the nominative._ + +«237.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291. + +I. 1. Audīsne tubās, Mārce? Nōn sōlum tubās audiō sed etiam ōrdinēs +militum et carrōs impedīmentōrum plēnōs vidēre possum. 2.Quās legiōnēs +vidēmus? Eae legiōnēs nūper ex Galliā vēnērunt. 3. Quid ibi fēcērunt? +Studēbantne pugnāre an sine virtūte erant? 4.Multa proelia fēcērunt[1] +et magnās victōriās et multōs captīvōs reportāvērunt. 5.Quis est +imperātor eārum legiōnum? Caesar, summus Rōmānōrum imperātor. 6.Quis est +eques quī pulchram corōnam gerit? Is eques est frāter meus. Eī corōna ā +cōnsule data est quia summā virtūte pugnāverat et ā barbarīs patriam +servāverat. + +II. 1. Who has seen my father to-day? 2. I saw him just now («nūper»). +He was hastening to your dwelling with your mother and sister. 3. When +men are far from the fatherland and lack food, they cannot be +restrained[2] from wrong[3]. 4. The safety of the soldiers is dear to +Cæsar, the general. 5. The chiefs were eager to storm a town full of +grain which was held by the consul. 6. The king forbade the baggage of +the captives to be destroyed. + + [Footnote 1: «proelium facere» = _to fight a battle._] + + [Footnote 2: «contineō.» Cf. §180.] + + [Footnote 3: Abl. iniūriā.] + + +LESSON XLI + +THE THIRD DECLENSION · CONSONANT STEMS (_Concluded_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «calamitās, calamitātis», f., _loss, disaster, defeat_ (calamity) + «caput, capitis», n., _head_ (capital) + «flūmen, flūminis», n., _river_ (flume) + «labor, labōris», m., _labor, toil_ + «opus, operis», n., _work, task_ + «ōrātor, ōrātōris», m., _orator_ + «rīpa, -ae», f., _bank_ (of a stream) + «tempus, temporis», n., _time_ (temporal) + «terror, terrōris», m., _terror, fear_ + «victor, victōris», m., _victor_ + + «accipiō, accipere, accēpī, acceptus», _receive, accept_ + «cōnfirmō, cōnfīrmāre, cōnfīrmāvī, cōnfīrmātus», _strengthen, + establish, encourage_ (confirm) + +«238.» Neuter consonant stems add no termination in the nominative and +are declined as follows: + + «flūmen», «tempus», «opus», «caput», + n., _river_ n., _time_ n., _work_ n., _head_ + BASES OR + STEMS «flūmin-» «tempor-» «oper-» «capit-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ flūmen tempus opus caput -- + _Gen._ flūminis temporis operis capitis -is + _Dat._ flūminī temporī operī capitī -ī + _Acc._ flūmen tempus opus caput -- + _Abl._ flūmine tempore opere capite -e + + PLURAL + _Nom._ flūmina tempora opera capita -a + _Gen._ flūminum temporum operum capitum -um + _Dat._ flūminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus + _Acc._ flūmina tempora opera capita -a + _Abl._ flūminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus + + 1. Review §74 and apply the rules to this declension. + + 2. Bases or stems in -in- have -e- instead of -i- in the nominative, + as flūmen, base or stem flūmin-. + + 3. Most bases or stems in -er- and -or- have -us in the nominative, as + opus, base or stem oper-; tempus, base or stem tempor-. + +«239.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292. + +I. 1. Barbarī ubi Rōmam cēpērunt, maxima rēgum opera dēlēvērunt. +2. Rōmānī multās calamitātēs ā barbarīs accēpērunt. 3. Ubi erat summus +terror apud oppidānōs, animī dubiī eōrum ab ōrātōre clarō cōnfīrmāti +sunt. 4. Rōma est in rīpīs fiūminis magnī. 5. Ubi Caesar imperātor +mīlitēs suōs arma capere iussit, iī ā proeliō continērī nōn potuērunt. +6. Ubi proelium factum est, imperātor reperīrī nōn potuit. 7. Imperātor +sagittā in capite vulnerātus erat et stāre nōn poterat. 8. Eum magnō +labōre pedes ex proeliō portāvit. 9. Is bracchiīs suīs imperātōrem +tenuit et eum ex perīculīs summīs servāvit. 10. Virtūte suā bonus mīles +ab imperātōre corōnam accēpit. + +II. 1. The consul placed a crown on the head of the victor. 2. Before +the gates he was received by the townsmen. 3. A famous orator praised +him and said, “By your labors you have saved the fatherland from +disaster.” 4. The words of the orator were pleasing to the victor. +5. To save the fatherland was a great task. + + [Illustration: Corona] + + +LESSON XLII + +REVIEW LESSON + +«240.» Review the paradigms in §§233, 236, 238; and decline all nouns of +the third declension in this selection. + +TERROR CIMBRICUS[1] + +Ōlim Cimbrī et Teutonēs, populī Germāniae, cum fēminīs līberīsque +Italiae adpropinquāverant et cōpiās Rōmānās maximō proeliō vīcerant. Ubi +fuga legiōnum nūntiāta est, summus erat terror tōtīus Rōmae, et Rōmānī, +graviter commōtī, sacra crēbra deīs faciēbant et salūtem petēbant. + +Tum Mānlius ōrātor animōs populī ita cōnfīrmāvit:--“Magnam calamitātem +accēpimus. Oppida nostra ā Cimbrīs Teutonibusque capiuntur, agricolae +interficiuntur, agrī vāstantur, cōpiae barbarōrum Rōmae adpropinquant. +Itaque, nisi novīs animīs proelium novum faciēmus et Germānōs ex patriā +nostrā sine morā agēmus, erit nūlla salūs fēminīs nostrīs līberīsque. +Servāte līberōs! Servāte patriam! Anteā superātī sumus quia imperātōrēs +nostrī fuērunt īnfīrmī. Nunc Marius, clārus imperātor, quī iam multās +aliās victōriās reportāvit, legiōnēs dūcet et animōs nostrōs terrōre +Cimbricō līberāre mātūrābit.” + +Marius tum in Āfricā bellum gerēbat. Sine morā ex Āfricā in Italiam +vocātus est. Cōpiās novās nōn sōlum tōtī Italiae sed etiam prōvinciīs +sociōrum imperāvit.[2] Disciplīnā autem dūrā labōribusque perpetuīs +mīlitēs exercuit. Tum cum peditibus equitibusque, quī iam proeliō +studēbant, ad Germānōrum castra celeriter properāvit. Diū et ācriter +pugnātum est.[3] Dēnique barbarī fūgērunt et multī in fugā ab equitibus +sunt interfectī. Marius pater patriae vocātus est. + + [Footnote 1: About the year 100 B.C. the Romans were greatly alarmed + by an invasion of barbarians from the north known as Cimbri and + Teutons. They were traveling with wives and children, and had an + army of 300,000 fighting men. Several Roman armies met defeat, and + the city was in a panic. Then the Senate called upon Marius, their + greatest general, to save the country. First he defeated the Teutons + in Gaul. Next, returning to Italy, he met the Cimbri. A terrible + battle ensued, in which the Cimbri were utterly destroyed; but the + _terror Cimbricus_ continued to haunt the Romans for many a year + thereafter.] + + [Footnote 2: _He made a levy_ (of troops) _upon_, «imperāvit» with + the acc. and the dat.] + + [Footnote 3: Cf. §200. II. 2.] + + +LESSON XLIII + +THE THIRD DECLENSION · _I_-STEMS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «animal, animālis (-ium[A])», n., _animal_ + «avis, avis (-ium)», f., _bird_ (aviation) + «caedēs, caedis (-ium)», f., _slaughter_ + calcar, calcāris (-ium), n., _spur_ + «cīvis, cīvis (-ium)», m. and f., _citizen_ (civic) + «cliēns, clientis (-ium)», m., _retainer, dependent_ (client) + «fīnis, fīnis (-ium)», m., _end, limit_ (final); + plur., _country, territory_ + «hostis, hostis (-ium)», m. and f., _enemy_ in war (hostile). + Distinguish from «inimīcus», which means a _personal_ enemy + «ignis, ignis (-ium)», m., _fire_ (ignite) + «īnsigne, īnsignis (-ium)», n. _decoration, badge_ (ensign) + «mare, maris (-ium[B])», n., _sea_ (marine) + «nāvis, nāvis (-ium)», f., _ship_ (naval); + «nāvis longa», _man-of-war_ + «turris, turris (-ium)», f., _tower_ (turret) + «urbs, urbis (-ium)», f., _city_ (suburb). An «urbs» is larger than an + «oppidum». + + [Footnote A: The genitive plural ending «-ium» is written to mark + the i-stems.] + + [Footnote B: The genitive plural of «mare» is not in use.] + +«241.» To decline a noun of the third declension correctly we must know +whether or not it is an «i»-stem. Nouns with «i»-stems are + + 1. Masculines and feminines: + + _a._ Nouns in «-ēs» and «-īs» with the same number of syllables in + the genitive as in the nominative. Thus «caedēs, caedis», is an + «i»-stem, but «mīles, mīlitis», is a consonant stem. + + _b._ Nouns in «-ns» and «-rs». + + _c._ Nouns of one syllable in «-s» or «-x» preceded by a consonant. + + 2. Neuters in «-e», «-al», and «-ar». + +«242.» The declension of «i»-stems is nearly the same as that of +consonant stems. Note the following differences: + +_a._ Masculines and feminities have «-ium» in the genitive plural and +«-īs» or «-ēs» in the accusative plural. + +_b._ Neuters have «-ī» in the ablative singular, and an «-i-» in every +form of the plural. + +«243.» «Masculine and Feminine _I_-Stems.» Masculine and feminine +«i»-stems are declined as follows: + + «caedēs», f., «hostis», «urbs», f., «cliēns», m., + _slaughter_ m., _enemy_ _city_ _retainer_ + STEMS «caedi-» «hosti-» «urbi-» «clienti-» + BASES «caed-» «host-» «urb-» «client-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + M. AND F. + _Nom._ caedēs hostis urbs cliēns[1] -s, -is, + _or_ -ēs + _Gen._ caedis hostis urbis clientis -is + _Dat._ caedī hostī urbī clientī -ī + _Acc._ caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im) + _Abl._ caede hoste urbe cliente -e (-ī) + + PLURAL + _Nom._ caedēs hostēs urbēs clientēs -ēs + _Gen._ caedium hostium urbium clientium -ium + _Dat._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus + _Acc._ caedīs, -ēs hostīs, -ēs urbīs, -ēs clientīs, -ēs -īs, -ēs + _Abl._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus + + [Footnote 1: Observe that the vowel before «-ns» is long, but that + it is shortened before «-nt». Cf. §12.2, 3.] + + 1. «avis», «cīvis», «fīnis», «ignis», «nāvis» have the ablative + singular in «-ī» or «-e». + + 2. «turris» has accusative «turrim» and ablative «turrī» or «turre». + +«244.» «Neuter _I_-Stems.» Neuter «i»-stems are declined as follows: + + «īnsigne», n., «animal», n., «calcar», + _decoration_ _animal_ n., _spur_ + STEMS «īnsigni-» «animāli-» «calcāri-» + BASES «īnsign-» «animāl-» «calcār-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ īnsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- + _Gen._ īnsignis animālis calcāris -is + _Dat._ īnsignī animālī calcārī -ī + _Acc._ īnsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- + _Abl._ īnsignī animālī calcārī -ī + + PLURAL + _Nom._ īnsignia animālia calcāria -ia + _Gen._ īnsignium animālium calcārium -ium + _Dat._ īnsignibus animālibus calcāribus -ibus + _Acc._ īnsignia animālia calcāria -ia + _Abl._ īnsignibus animālibus calcāribus -ibus + + 1. Review §74 and see how it applies to this declension. + + 2. The final «-i-» of the stem is usually dropped in the nominative. + If not dropped, it is changed to «-e». + + 3. A long vowel is shortened before final «-l» or «-r». (Cf. §12.2.) + +«245.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292. + +I. 1. Quam urbem vidēmus? Urbs quam vidētis est Rōma. 2. Cīvēs Rōmānī +urbem suam turribus altīs et mūrīs longīs mūnīverant. 3. Ventī nāvīs +longās prohibēbant fīnibus hostium adpropinquāre. 4. Imperātor a +clientibus suīs calcāria aurī et alia īnsignia accēpit. 5. Mīlitēs +Rōmānī cum hostibus bella saeva gessērunt et eōs caede magnā +superāvērunt. 6. Alia animālia terram, alia mare amant. 7. Nāvēs longae +quae auxilium ad imperātōrem portābant ignī ab hostibus dēlētae sunt. +8. In eō marī avis multās vīdimus quae longē ā terrā volāverant. +9. Nōnne vīdistis nāvīs longās hostium et ignīs quibus urbs nostra +vāstābātur? Certē, sed nec caedem cīvium nec fugam clientium vīdimus. +10. Avēs et alia animālia, ubi ignem vīdērunt, salūtem fugā petere +celeriter incēpērunt. 11. Num. iūdex in peditum ōrdinibus stābat? +Minimē, iūdex erat apud equitēs et equus eius īnsigne pulchrum gerēbat. + + [Illustration: NAVES LONGAE] + +II. 1. Because of the lack of grain the animals of the village were not +able to live. 2. When the general[2] heard the rumor, he quickly sent a +horseman to the village. 3. The horseman had a beautiful horse and wore +spurs of gold. 4. He said to the citizens, “Send your retainers with +horses and wagons to our camp, and you will receive an abundance of +grain.” 5. With happy hearts they hastened to obey his words.[3] + + [Footnote 2: Place first.] + + [Footnote 3: Not the accusative. Why?] + + +LESSON XLIV + +IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION · GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «arbor, arboris», f., _tree_ (arbor) + «collis, collis (-ium)», m., _hill_ + «dēns, dentis (-ium)», m., _tooth_ (dentist) + fōns, fontis (-ium), m.. _fountain, spring; source_ + «iter, itineris», n., _march, journey, route_ (itinerary) + «mēnsis, mēnsis (-ium)», m., _month_ + «moenia, -ium», n., plur., _walls, fortifications_. Cf. «mūrus» + «mōns, montis (-ium)», m., _mountain_; + «summus mōns», _top of the mountain_ + «numquam», adv., _never_ + «pōns, pontis», m., _bridge_ (pontoon) + «sanguis, sanguinis», m., blood (sanguinary) + «summus, -a, -um», _highest, greatest_ (summit) + «trāns», prep, with acc., _across_ (transatlantic) + «vīs (vīs)», gen. plur. «virium», f. _strength, force, violence_ (vim) + +«246.» PARADIGMS + + [Transcriber’s Note: + The original text gives «vī-» and «vīr-» as the “Bases” of «vīs», and + omits the “Stems” for both words. The forms have been regularized to + agree with the inflectional table in the Appendix.] + + «vīs», f., _force_ «iter», n., _march_ + STEMS «vī-» and «vīri-» «iter-» and «itiner-» + BASES «v-» and «vīr-» «iter-» and «itiner-» + + SINGULAR + _Nom._ vīs iter + _Gen._ vīs (rare) itineris + _Dat._ vī (rare) itinerī + _Acc._ vim iter + _Abl._ vī itinere + + PLURAL + _Nom._ vīrēs itinera + _Gen._ vīrium itinerum + _Dat._ vīribus itineribus + _Acc._ vīrīs, or -ēs itinera + _Abl._ vīribus itineribus + +«247.» There are no rules for gender in the third declension that do not +present numerous exceptions.[1] The following rules, however, are of +great service, and should be thoroughly mastered: + + 1. «Masculine» are nouns in «-or», «-ōs», «-er», «-ĕs» (gen. «-itis»). + + _a._ «arbor», _tree_, is feminine; and «iter», _march_, is neuter. + + 2. «Feminine» are nouns in «-ō», «-is», «-x», and in «-s» preceded by + a consonant or by any long vowel but «ō». + + _a._ Masculine are «collis» (_hill_), «lapis», «mēnsis» (_month_), + «ōrdō», «pēs», and nouns in «-nis» and «-guis»--as «ignis», + «sanguis» (_blood_)--and the four monosyllables + + «dēns», _a tooth_; «mōns», _a mountain_ + «pōns», _a bridge_; «fōns», _a fountain_ + + 3. «Neuters» are nouns in «-e», «-al», «-ar», «-n», «-ur», «-ŭs», and + «caput». + + [Footnote 1: Review §60. Words denoting males are, of course, + masculine, and those denoting females, feminine.] + +«248.» Give the gender of the following nouns and the rule by which it +is determined: + + «animal» «calamitās» «flūmen» «lapis» «nāvis» + «avis» «caput» «ignis» «legiō» «opus» + «caedēs» «eques» «īnsigne» «mare» «salūs» + «calcar» «fīnis» «labor» «mīles» «urbs» + +«249.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292. + +I. _The First Bridge over the Rhine._ Salūs sociōrum erat semper cāra +Rōmānīs. Ōlim Gallī, amīcī Rōmānōrum, multās iniūriās ab Germānīs quī +trāns flūmen Rhēnum vivēbant accēperant. Ubi lēgātī ab iīs ad Caesarem +imperātōrem Rōmānum vēnērunt et auxilium postulāvērunt, Rōmānī magnīs +itineribus ad hostium fīnīs properāvērunt. Mox ad rīpās magnī flūminis +vēnērunt. Imperātor studēbat cōpiās suās trāns fluvium dūcere, sed nūllā +viā[2] poterat. Nūllās nāvīs habēbat. Alta erat aqua. Imperātor autem, +vir clārus, numquam adversā fortūnā commōtus, novum cōnsilium cēpit. +Iussit suōs[3] in[4] lātō flūmine facere pontem. Numquam anteā pōns in +Rhēnō vīsus erat. Hostēs ubi pontem quem Rōmānī fēcerant vīdērunt, summō +terrōre commōtī, sine morā fugam parāre incēpērunt. + +II. 1. The enemy had taken (possession of) the top of the mountain. +2. There were many trees on the opposite hills. 3. We pitched our camp +near («ad») a beautiful spring. 4. A march through the enemies’ country +is never without danger. 5. The time of the month was suitable for the +march. 6. The teeth of the monster were long. 7. When the foot +soldiers[5] saw the blood of the captives, they began to assail the +fortifications with the greatest violence.[2] + + [Footnote 2: Abl. of manner.] + + [Footnote 3: «suōs», used as a noun, _his men_.] + + [Footnote 4: We say _build a bridge over_; the Romans, _make a + bridge on_.] + + [Footnote 5: Place first.] + + * * * * * + + «Fifth Review, Lessons XXXVII-XLIV, §§517-520» + + * * * * * + +LESSON XLV + +ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION · _I_-STEMS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «ācer, ācris, ācre», _sharp, keen, eager_ (acrid) + «brevis, breve», _short, brief_ + «difficilis, difficile», _difficult_ + «facilis, facile», _facile, easy_ + «fortis, forte», _brave_ (fortitude) + «gravis, grave», _heavy, severe, serious_ (grave) + «omnis, omne», _every, all_ (omnibus) + «pār», gen. «paris», _equal_ (par) + «paucī, -ae, -a», _few, only a few_ (paucity) + «secundus, -a, -um», _second; favorable_, opposite of adversus + «signum, -ī», n., _signal, sign, standard_ + «vēlōx», gen. «vēlōcis», _swift_ (velocity) + + «conlocō, conlocāre, conlocāvī, conlocātus», _arrange, station, place_ + (collocation) + «dēmōnstrō, dēmōnstrāre, dēmōnstrāvī, dēmōnstrātus», _point out, + explain_ (demonstrate) + «mandō, mandāre, mandāvī, mandātus», _commit, intrust_ (mandate) + +«250.» Adjectives are either of the first and second declensions (like +«bonus», «aeger», or «līber»), or they are of the third declension. + +«251.» Nearly all adjectives of the third declension have «i»-_stems_, +and they are declined almost like nouns with «i»-stems. + +«252.» Adjectives learned thus far have had a different form in the +nominative for each gender, as, «bonus», m.; «bona», f.; «bonum», n. +Such an adjective is called an _adjective of three endings_. Adjectives +of the third declension are of the following classes: + + I. Adjectives of three endings-- + a different form in the nominative for each gender. + + II. Adjectives of two endings-- + masculine and feminine nominative alike, the neuter different. + + III. Adjectives of one ending-- + masculine, feminine, and neuter nominative all alike. + +«253.» Adjectives of the third declension in «-er» have three endings; +those in «-is» have two endings; the others have one ending. + +CLASS I + +«254.» Adjectives of Three Endings are declined as follows: + + «ācer, ācris, ācre», _keen, eager_ + STEM «ācri-» + BASE «ācr-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ ācer ācris ācre ācrēs ācrēs ācria + _Gen._ ācris ācris ācris ācrium ācrium ācrium + _Dat._ ācrī ācrī ācrī ācribus ācribus ācribus + _Acc._ ācrem ācrem ācre ācrīs, -ēs ācrīs, -ēs ācria + _Abl._ ācrī ācrī ācrī ācribus ācribus ācribus + + +CLASS II + +«255.» Adjectives of Two Endings are declined as follows: + + «omnis, omne», _every, all_[1] + STEM «omni-» + BASE «omn-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ omnis omne omnēs omnia + _Gen._ omnis omnis omnium omnium + _Dat._ omnī omnī omnibus omnibus + _Acc._ omnem omne omnīs, -ēs omnia + _Abl._ omnī omnī omnibus omnibus + + [Footnote 1: «omnis» is usually translated _every_ in the singular + and _all_ in the plural.] + +CLASS III + +«256.» Adjectives of One Ending are declined as follows: + + «pār», _equal_ + STEM «pari-» + BASE «par-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ pār pār parēs paria + _Gen._ paris paris parium parium + _Dat._ parī parī paribus paribus + _Acc._ parem pār parīs, -ēs paria + _Abl._ parī parī paribus paribus + + 1. All «i»-stem adjectives have «-ī» in the ablative singular. + + 2. Observe that the several cases of adjectives of one ending have the + same form for all genders excepting in the accusative singular and in + the nominative and accusative plural. + + 3. Decline «vir ācer», «legiō ācris», «animal ācre», «ager omnis», + «scūtum omne», «proelium pār». + +«257.» There are a few adjectives of one ending that have consonant +stems. They are declined exactly like nouns with consonant stems. + +«258.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293. + +I. _The Romans invade the Enemy’s Country._ Ōlim peditēs Rōmānī cum +equitibus vēlōcibus in hostium urbem iter faciēbant. Ubi nōn longē +āfuērunt, rapuērunt agricolam, quī eīs viam brevem et facilem +dēmōnstrāvit. Iam Rōmānī moenia alta, turrīs validās aliaque opera urbis +vidēre poterant. In moenibus stābant multī prīncipēs. Prīncipēs ubi +vīdērunt Rōmānōs, iussērunt cīvīs lapidēs aliaque tēla dē mūrīs iacere. +Tum mīlitēs fortēs continērī ā proeliō nōn poterant et ācer imperātor +signum tubā darī iussit. Summā vī omnēs mātūrāvērunt. Imperātor Sextō +lēgātō impedīmenta omnia mandāvit. Sextus impedīmenta in summō colle +conlocāvit. Grave et ācre erat proelium, sed hostēs nōn parēs Rōmānīs +erant. Aliī interfectī, aliī captī sunt. Apud captīvōs erant māter +sororque rēgis. Paucī Rōmānōrum ab hostibus vulnerātī sunt. Secundum +proelium Rōmānīs erat grātum. Fortūna fortibus semper favet. + +II. 1. Some months are short, others are long. 2. To seize the top of +the mountain was difficult. 3. Among the hills of Italy are many +beautiful springs. 4. The soldiers were sitting where the baggage had +been placed because their feet were weary. 5. The city which the +soldiers were eager to storm had been fortified by strong walls and high +towers. 6. Did not the king intrust a heavy crown of gold and all his +money to a faithless slave? Yes, but the slave had never before been +faithless. + + [Illustration: AQUILA LEGIONIS] + + +LESSON XLVI + +THE FOURTH OR _U_-DECLENSION + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «adventus, -ūs», m., _approach, arrival_ (advent) + «ante», prep, with acc., _before_ (ante-date) + «cornū, -ūs», n., _horn, wing_ of an army (cornucopia); + «ā dextrō cornū», _on the right wing_; + «ā sinistrō cornū», _on the left wing_ + «equitātus, -ūs», m., _cavalry_ + «exercitus, -ūs», m., _army_ + «impetus, -ūs», m., _attack_ (impetus); + «impetum facere in», with acc., _to make an attack on_ + «lacus, -ūs, dat. and abl. plur. lacubus», m., _lake_ + «manus, -ūs», f., _hand; band, force_ (manual) + «portus, -ūs», m., _harbor_ (port) + «post», prep, with acc., _behind, after_ (post-mortem) + + «cremō, cremāre, cremāvī, cremātus», _burn_ (cremate) + «exerceō, exercēre, exercuī, exercitus», _practice, drill, train_ + (exercise) + +«259.» Nouns of the fourth declension are either masculine or neuter. + +«260.» Masculine nouns end in «-us», neuters in «-ū». The genitive ends +in «-ūs». + + _a._ Feminine by exception are «domus», _house_; «manus», _hand_; + and a few others. + +PARADIGMS + + [Transcriber’s Note: + The “Stems” are missing in the printed book. They have been supplied + from the inflectional table in the Appendix.] + + «adventus», «cornū», + m., _arrival_ n., _horn_ + STEMS «adventu-» «cornu-» + BASES «advent-» «corn-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + MASC. NEUT. + _Nom._ adventus cornū -us -ū + _Gen._ adventūs cornūs -ūs -ūs + _Dat._ adventuī (ū) cornū -uī (ū) -ū + _Acc._ adventum cornū -um -ū + _Abl._ adventū cornū -ū -ū + + PLURAL + _Nom._ adventūs cornua -ūs -ua + _Gen._ adventuum cornuum -uum -uum + _Dat._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus + _Acc._ adventūs cornua -ūs -ua + _Abl._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus + + 1. Observe that the base is found, as in other declensions, by + dropping the ending of the genitive singular. + + 2. «lacus», _lake_, has the ending «-ubus» in the dative and ablative + plural; «portus», _harbor_, has either «-ubus» or «-ibus». + + 3. «cornū» is the only neuter that is in common use. + +«261.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293. + +I. 1. Ante adventum Caesaris vēlōcēs hostium equitēs ācrem impetum in +castra fēcērunt. 2. Continēre exercitum ā proeliō nōn facile erat. +3. Post adventum suum Caesar iussit legiōnēs ex castrīs dūcī. 4. Prō +castrīs cum hostium equitātū pugnātum est. 5. Post tempus breve +equitātus trāns flūmen fūgit ubi castra hostium posita erant. 6. Tum +victor imperātor agrōs vāstāvit et vīcōs hostium cremāvit. 7. Castra +autem nōn oppugnāvit quia mīlitēs erant dēfessī et locus difficilis. +8. Hostēs nōn cessāvērunt iacere tēla, quae paucīs nocuērunt. 9. Post +adversum proelium principēs Gallōrum lēgātōs ad Caesarem mittere +studēbant, sed populō persuādēre nōn poterant. + +II. 1. Did you see the man-of-war on the lake? 2. I did not see it +(_fem_.) on the lake, but I saw it in the harbor. 3. Because of the +strong wind the sailor forbade his brother to sail. 4. Cæsar didn´t make +an attack on the cavalry on the right wing, did he? 5. No, he made an +attack on the left wing. 6. Who taught your swift horse to obey? +7. I trained my horse with my (own) hands, nor was the task difficult. +8. He is a beautiful animal and has great strength. + + +LESSON XLVII + +EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE · THE DECLENSION OF _DOMUS_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + Athēnae, -ārum, f., plur., _Athens_ + Corinthus, -ī, f., _Corinth_ + «domus, -ūs», locative «domī», f., _house, home_ (dome). Cf. + «domicilium» + «Genāva, -ae», f., _Geneva_ + Pompēii, -ōrum, m., plur., _Pompeii_, a city in Campania. See map + «propter», prep. with acc., _on account of, because of_ + rūs, rūris, in the plur. only nom. and acc. «rūra», n., _country_ + (rustic) + «tergum, tergī», n., _back_; «ā tergō», _behind, in the rear_ + «vulnus, vulneris», n., _wound_ (vulnerable) + + «committō, committere, commīsī, commissus», _intrust, commit;_ + «proelium committere», _join battle_ + «convocō, convocāre, convocāvī, convocātus», _call together, summon_ + (convoke) + «timeō, timēre, timuī, ----», _fear; be afraid_ (timid) + «vertō, vertere, vertī, versus», _turn, change_ (convert); + «terga vertere», _to turn the backs_, hence _to retreat_ + +«262.» We have become thoroughly familiar with expressions like the +following: + + «Galba ad» (or «in») «oppidum properat» + «Galba ab» («dē» or «ex») «oppidō properat» + «Galba in oppidō habitat» + +From these expressions we may deduce the following rules: + +«263.» RULE. «Accusative of the Place to.» _The «place to which» is +expressed by «ad» or «in» with the accusative. This answers the question +Whither?_ + +«264.» RULE. «Ablative of the Place from.» _The «place from which» is +expressed by «ā» or «ab», «dē», «ē» or «ex», with the separative +ablative. This answers the question Whence?_ (Cf. Rule, §179.) + +«265.» RULE. «Ablative of the Place at or in.» _The «place at or in +which» is expressed by the ablative with «in». This answers the question +Where?_ + + _a._ The ablative denoting the _place where_ is called the _locative + ablative_ (cf. «locus», _place_). + +«266.» «Exceptions.» Names of towns, small islands,[1] «domus», _home_, +«rūs», _country_, and a few other words in common use omit the +prepositions in expressions of place, as, + + «Galba Athēnās properat», _Galba hastens to Athens_ + «Galba Athēnīs properat», _Galba hastens from Athens_ + «Galba Athēnīs habitat», _Galba lives at_ (or _in_) _Athens_ + «Galba domum properat», _Galba hastens home_ + «Galba rūs properat», _Galba hastens to the country_ + «Galba domō properat», _Galba hastens from home_ + «Galba rūre properat», _Galba hastens from the country_ + «Galba rūrī» (less commonly «rūre») «habitat», + _Galba lives in the country_ + + _a._ Names of _countries_, like «Germānia», «Italia», etc., do not + come under these exceptions. _With them prepositions must not be + omitted._ + + [Footnote 1: Small islands are classed with towns because they + generally have but one town, and the name of the town is the same as + the name of the island.] + +«267.» «The Locative Case.» We saw above that the place-relation +expressed by _at_ or _in_ is regularly covered by the locative ablative. +However, Latin originally expressed this relation by a separate form +known as the _locative case_. This case has been everywhere merged in +the ablative excepting in the singular number of the first and second +declensions. The form of the locative in these declensions is like the +genitive singular, and its use is limited to names of towns and small +islands, «domī», _at home_, and a few other words. + +«268.» RULE. «Locative and Locative Ablative.» _To express the «place in +which» with names of towns and small islands, «if they are singular and +of the first or second declension», use the locative; otherwise use the +locative ablative without a preposition; as_, + + «Galba Rōmae habitat», _Galba lives at Rome_ + «Galba Corinthī habitat», _Galba lives at Corinth_ + «Galba domī habitat», _Galba lives at home_ + +Here «Rōmae», «Corinthī», and «domī» are _locatives_, being _singular_ +and of the first and second declensions respectively. But in + + «Galba Athēnīs habitat», _Galba lives at Athens_, + «Galba Pompēiīs habitat», _Galba lives at Pompeii_ + +«Athēnīs» and «Pompēiīs» are locative ablatives. These words can have no +locative case, as the nominatives «Athēnae» and «Pompēiī» are _plural_ +and there is no plural locative case form. + +«269.» The word «domus», _home, house_, has forms of both the second and +the fourth declension. Learn its declension (§468). + +«270.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293. + +I. 1. Corinthī omnia īnsignia aurī ā ducibus victōribus rapta erant. +2. Caesar Genāvam exercitum magnīs itineribus dūxit. 3. Quem pontem +hostēs cremāverant? Pontem in Rhēnō hostēs cremāverant. 4. Pompēiīs +multās Rōmānōrum domōs vidēre poteritis. 5. Rōmā cōnsul equō vēlōcī +rūs properāvit. 6. Domī cōnsulis hominēs multī sedēbant. 7. Imperātor +iusserat lēgātum Athēnās cum multīs nāvibus longīs nāvigāre. 8. Ante +moenia urbis sunt ōrdinēs arborum altārum. 9. Propter arborēs altās nec +lacum nec portum reperīre potuimus. 10. Proeliīs crēbrīs Caesar legiōnēs +suās quae erant in Galliā exercēbat. 11. Cotīdiē in locō idoneō castra +pōnēbat et mūniēbat. + +II. 1. Cæsar, the famous general, when he had departed from Rome, +hastened to the Roman province on a swift horse.[2] 2. He had heard a +rumor concerning the allies at Geneva. 3. After his arrival Cæsar called +the soldiers together and commanded them to join battle. 4. The enemy +hastened to retreat, some because[3] they were afraid, others because[3] +of wounds. 5. Recently I was at Athens and saw the place where the +judges used to sit.[4] 6. Marcus and Sextus are my brothers; the one +lives at Rome, the other in the country. + + [Footnote 2: Latin says “by a swift horse.” What construction?] + + [Footnote 3: Distinguish between the English conjunction _because_ + («quia» or «quod») and the preposition _because of_ («propter»).] + + [Footnote 4: _used to sit_, express by the imperfect.] + + [Illustration: DAEDALUS ET ICARUS] + +«271.» DAED´ALUS AND IC´ARUS + +Crēta est īnsula antīqua quae aquā altā magnī maris pulsātur. Ibi ōlim +Mīnōs erat rēx. Ad eum vēnit Daedalus quī ex Graeciā patriā fugiēbat. +Eum Mīnōs rēx benignīs verbīs accēpit et eī domicilium in Crētā dedit. +[5]Quō in locō Daedalus sine cūrā vīvebat et rēgī multa et clāra opera +faciēbat. Post tempus longum autem Daedalus patriam cāram dēsīderāre +incēpit. Domum properāre studēbat, sed rēgī persuādēre nōn potuit et +mare saevum fugam vetābat. + + [Footnote 5: _And in this place_; «quō» does not here introduce a + subordinate relative clause, but establishes the connection with the + preceding sentence. Such a relative is called a _connecting + relative_, and is translated by _and_ and a demonstrative or + personal pronoun.] + + +LESSON XLVIII + +THE FIFTH OR Ē-DECLENSION · THE ABLATIVE OF TIME + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «aciēs, -ēī», f., _line of battle_ + «aestās, aestātis», f., _summer_ + «annus, -ī», m., _year_ (annual) + «diēs, diēī», m., _day_ (diary) + «fidēs, fideī», no plur., f., _faith, trust; promise, word; + protection_; «in fidem venīre», _to come under the protection_ + «fluctus, -ūs», m. _wave, billow_ (fluctuate) + «hiems, hiemis», f., _winter_ + «hōra, -ae», f., _hour_ + «lūx, lūcis», f., _light_ (lucid); «prīma lux», _daybreak_ + «merīdiēs», acc. -em, abl. -ē, no plur., m., _midday_ (meridian) + «nox, noctis (-ium)», f., _night_ (nocturnal) + «prīmus, -a, -um», _first_ (prime) + «rēs, reī», f., _thing, matter_ (real); + «rēs gestae», _deeds, exploits_ (lit. _things performed_); + «rēs adversae», _adversity_; «rēs secundae», _prosperity_ + «spēs, speī», f., _hope_ + +«272.» «Gender.» Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine except +«diēs», _day_, and «merīdiēs», _midday_, which are usually masculine. + +«273.» PARADIGMS + + [Transcriber’s Note: + The “Stems” are missing in the printed book. They have been supplied + from the inflectional table in the Appendix.] + + «diēs», «rēs», f., + m., _day_ _thing_ + STEMS «diē-» «rē-» + BASES «di-» «r-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ diēs rēs -ēs + _Gen._ diēī reī -ē̆ī + _Dat._ diēī reī -ē̆ī + _Acc._ diem rem -em + _Abl._ diē rē -ē + + PLURAL + _Nom._ diēs rēs -ēs + _Gen._ diērum rērum -ērum + _Dat._ diēbus rēbus -ēbus + _Acc._ diēs rēs -ēs + _Abl._ diēbus rēbus -ēbus + + 1. The vowel «e» which appears in every form is regularly long. It is + shortened in the ending «-eī» after a consonant, as in «r-ĕī»; and + before «-m» in the accusative singular, as in «di-em». (Cf. §12.2.) + + 2. Only «diēs» and «rēs» are complete in the plural. Most other nouns + of this declension lack the plural. «Aciēs», _line of battle_, and + «spēs», _hope_, have the nominative and accusative plural. + +«274.» The ablative relation (§50) which is expressed by the +prepositions _at, in_, or _on_ may refer not only to place, but also to +time, as _at noon, in summer, on the first day_. The ablative which is +used to express this relation is called the _ablative of time_. + +«275.» RULE. «The Ablative of Time.» _The time «when» or «within which» +anything happens is expressed by the ablative without a preposition._ + + _a._ Occasionally the preposition «_in_» is found. Compare the + English _Next day we started_ and _«On» the next day we started_. + +«276.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 294. + +I. _Galba the Farmer._ Galba agricola rūrī vīvit. Cotīdiē prīmā lūce +labōrāre incipit, nec ante noctem in studiō suō cessat. Merīdiē Iūlia +fīlia eum ad cēnam vocat. Nocte pedēs dēfessōs domum vertit. Aestāte +fīliī agricolae auxilium patrī dant. Hieme agricola eōs in lūdum mittit. +Ibi magister pueris multās fābulās dē rēbus gestīs Caesaris nārrat. +Aestāte fīliī agricolae perpetuīs labōribus exercentur nec grave agrī +opus est iīs molestum. Galba sine ūllā cūrā vivit nec rēs adversās +timet. + +II. 1. In that month there were many battles in Gaul. 2. The cavalry of +the enemy made an attack upon Cæsar’s line of battle. 3. In the first +hour of the night the ship was overcome by the billows. 4. On the second +day the savages were eager to come under Cæsar’s protection. 5. The king +had joined battle, moved by the hope of victory. 6. That year a fire +destroyed many birds and other animals. 7. We saw blood on the wild +beast’s teeth. + +«277.» DAED´ALUS AND IC´ARUS (_Continued_) + +Tum Daedalus gravibus cūrīs commōtus fīliō suō Īcarō ita dixit: “Animus +meus, Īcare, est plēnus trīstitiae nec oculī lacrimīs egent. Discēdere +ex Crētā, Athēnās properāre, maximē studeō; sed rēx recūsat audīre verba +mea et omnem reditūs spem ēripit. Sed numquam rēbus adversīs vincar. +Terra et mare sunt inimīca, sed aliam fugae viam reperiam.” Tum in artīs +ignōtās animum dīmittit et mīrum capit cōnsilium. Nam pennās in ōrdine +pōnit et vērās ālās facit. + + +LESSON XLIX + +PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED · PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «amīcitia, -ae», f., _friendship_ (amicable) + «itaque», conj., _and so, therefore, accordingly_ + «littera, -ae», f., _a letter_ of the alphabet; + plur., _a letter, an epistle_ + «metus, metūs», m., _fear_ + «nihil, indeclinable», n., _nothing_ (nihilist) + «nūntius, nūntī», m., _messenger_. Cf. «nūntiō» + «pāx, pācis», f., _peace_ (pacify) + «rēgnum, -ī», n., _reign, sovereignty, kingdom_ + «supplicum, suppli´cī», n., _punishment_; + «supplicum sūmere dē», with abl., _inflict punishment on_; + «supplicum dare», _suffer punishment_. Cf. «poena» + + «placeō, placēre, placuī, placitus», _be pleasing to, please_, + with dative. Cf. §154 + «sūmō, sūmere, sūmpsī, sūmptus», _take up, assume_ + «sustineō, sustinēre, sustinuī, sustentus», _sustain_ + +«278.» We have the same kinds of pronouns in Latin as in English. They +are divided into the following eight classes: + + 1. «Personal pronouns», which show the person speaking, spoken to, or + spoken of; as, «ego», _I_; «tū», _you_; «is», _he_. (Cf. §279. etc.) + + 2. «Possessive pronouns», which denote possession; as, «meus», «tuus», + «suus», etc. (Cf. §98.) + + 3. «Reflexive pronouns», used in the predicate to refer back to the + subject; as, _he saw himself_. (Cf. §281.) + + 4. «Intensive pronouns», used to emphasize a noun or pronoun; as, _I + myself saw it_. (Cf. §285.) + + 5. «Demonstrative pronouns», which point out persons or things; as, + «is», _this, that_. (Cf. §112.) + + 6. «Relative pronouns», which connect a subordinate adjective clause + with an antecedent; as, «quī», _who_. (Cf. §220.) + + 7. «Interrogative pronouns», which ask a question; as, «quis», _who?_ + (Cf. §225.) + + 8. «Indefinite pronouns», which point out indefinitely; as, _some one, + any one, some, certain ones_, etc. (Cf. §296.) + +«279.» The demonstrative pronoun «is», «ea», «id», as we learned in +§115, is regularly used as the personal pronoun of the third person +(_he_, _she_, _it_, _they_, etc.). + +«280.» The personal pronouns of the first person are «ego», _I_; «nōs», +_we_; of the second person, «tū», _thou_ or _you_; «vōs», _ye_ or _you_. +They are declined as follows: + + SINGULAR + FIRST PERSON SECOND PERSON + _Nom._ ego, _I_ tū, _you_ + _Gen._ meī, _of me_ tuī, _of you_ + _Dat._ mihi, _to_ or _for me_ tibi, _to_ or _for you_ + _Acc._ mē, _me_ tē, _you_ + _Abl._ mē, _with, from_, etc., _me_ tē, _with, from_, etc., _you_ + + PLURAL + _Nom._ nōs, _we_ vōs, _you_ + _Gen._ nostrum or nostrī, _of us_ vestrum or vestrī, _of you_ + _Dat._ nōbīs, _to_ or _for us_ vōbīs, _to_ or _for you_ + _Acc._ nōs, _us_ vōs, _you_ + _Abl._ nōbīs, _with, from_, vōbīs, _with, from_, etc., _you_ + etc., _us_ + + 1. The personal pronouns are not used in the nominative excepting for + emphasis or contrast. + +«281.» «The Reflexive Pronouns.» 1. The personal pronouns «ego» and «tū» +may be used in the predicate as reflexives; as, + + «videō mē», _I see myself_ + «vidēmus nōs», _we see ourselves_ + «vidēs tē», _you see yourself_ + «vidētis vōs», _you see yourselves_ + + 2. The reflexive pronoun of the third person (_himself, herself, + itself, themselves_) has a special form, used only in these senses, + and declined alike in the singular and plural. + +SINGULAR AND PLURAL + _Gen._ suī _Acc._ sē + _Dat._ sibi _Abl._ sē + + EXAMPLES + «Puer sē videt», _the boy sees himself_ + «Puella sē videt», _the girl sees herself_ + «Animal sē videt», _the animal sees itself_ + «Iī sē vident», _they see themselves_ + + _a._ The form «sē» is sometimes doubled, «sēsē», for emphasis. + + 3. Give the Latin for + + _I teach myself_ _We teach ourselves_ + _You teach yourself_ _You teach yourselves_ + _He teaches himself_ _They teach themselves_ + +«282.» The preposition «cum», when used with the ablative of «ego», +«tū», or «suī», is appended to the form, as, «mēcum», _with me_; +«tēcum», _with you_; «nōbīscum», _with us_; etc. + +«283.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 294. + +I. 1. Mea māter est cāra mihi et tua māter est cāra tibi. 2. Vestrae +litterae erant grātae nōbis et nostrae litterae erant grātae vōbīs. +3. Nūntius rēgis quī nōbīscum est nihil respondēbit. 4. Nūntiī pācem +amīcitiamque sibi et suīs sociīs postulāvērunt. 5. Sī tū arma sūmēs, +ego rēgnum occupābō. 6. Uter vestrum est cīvis Rōmānus? Neuter nostrum. +7. Eō tempore multī supplicium dedērunt quia rēgnum petierant. 8. Sūme +supplicium, Caesar, dē hostibus patriae ācribus. 9. Prīmā lūce aliī +metū commōtī sēsē fugae mandāvērunt; aliī autem magnā virtūte impetum +exercitūs nostrī sustinuērunt. 10. Soror rēgis, ubi dē adversō proeliō +audīvit, sēsē Pompēiīs interfēcit. + +II. 1. Whom do you teach? I teach myself. 2. The soldier wounded himself +with his sword. 3. The master praises us, but you he does not praise. +4. Therefore he will inflict punishment on you, but we shall not suffer +punishment. 5. Who will march (i.e. make a march) with me to Rome? +6. I will march with you to the gates of the city. 7. Who will show +us[1] the way? The gods will show you[1] the way. + + [Footnote 1: Not accusative.] + +DAED´ALUS AND IC´ARUS (_Concluded_) + +«284.» Puer Īcarus ūnā[2] stābat et mīrum patris opus vidēbat. Postquam +manus ultima[3] ālīs imposita est, Daedalus eās temptāvit et similis avī +in aurās volāvit. Tum ālās umerīs fīlī adligāvit et docuit eum volāre +et dīxit, “Tē vetō, mī fīlī, adpropinquāre aut sōlī aut marī. Sī +fluctibus adpropinquāveris,[4] aqua ālīs tuīs nocēbit, et sī sōlī +adpropinquāveris,[4] ignis eās cremābit.” Tum pater et filius iter +difficile incipiunt. Ālās movent et aurae sēsē committunt. Sed stultus +puer verbīs patris nōn pāret. Sōlī adpropinquat. Ālae cremantur et +Īcarus in mare dēcidit et vitam āmittit. Daedalus autem sine ūllō +perīculō trāns fluctūs ad īnsulam Siciliam volāvit. + + [Footnote 2: Adverb, see vocabulary.] + + [Footnote 3: «manus ultima», _the finishing touch_. What literally?] + + [Footnote 4: Future perfect. Translate by the present.] + + +LESSON L + +THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN _IPSE_ AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE _ĪDEM_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «corpus, corporis», n., _body_ (corporal) + «dēnsus, -a, -um», _dense_ + «īdem, e´adem, idem», demonstrative pronoun, _the same_ (identity) + «ipse, ipsa, ipsum», intensive pronoun, _self; even, very_ + «mīrus, -a, -um», _wonderful, marvelous_ (miracle) + «ōlim», adv., _formerly, once upon a time_ + «pars, partis (-ium)», f., _part, region, direction_ + «quoque», adv., _also_. Stands _after_ the word which it emphasizes + «sōl, sōlis», m., _sun_ (solar) + «vērus, -a, -um», _true, real_ (verity) + + «dēbeō, dēbēre, dēbuī, dēbitus», _owe, ought_ (debt) + «ēripiō, ēripere, ēripuī, ēreptus», _snatch from_ + +«285.» «Ipse» means _-self_ (_him-self, her-self_, etc.) or is +translated by _even_ or _very_. It is used to emphasize a noun or +pronoun, expressed or understood, with which it agrees like an +adjective. + + _a._ «Ipse» must be carefully distinguished from the reflexive + «suī». The latter is always used as a pronoun, while «ipse» is + regularly adjective. Compare + + «Homō sē videt», _the man sees himself_ (reflexive) + «Homō ipse perīculum videt», + _the man himself_ (intensive) _sees the danger_ + «Homō ipsum perīculum videt», + _the man sees the danger itself_ (intensive) + +«286.» Except for the one form «ipse», the intensive pronoun is declined +exactly like the nine irregular adjectives (cf. §§108, 109). Learn the +declension (§481). + +«287.» The demonstrative «īdem», meaning _the same_, is a compound of +«is». It is declined as follows: + + SINGULAR + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ īdem e´adem idem + _Gen._ eius´dem eius´dem eius´dem + _Dat._ eī´dem eī´dem eī´dem + _Acc._ eun´dem ean´dem idem + _Abl._ eō´dem eā´dem eō´dem + + PLURAL + _Nom._ iī´dem eae´dem e´adem + eī´dem + _Gen._ eōrun´dem eārun´dem eōrun´dem + _Dat._ iīs´dem iīs´dem iīs´dem + eīs´dem eīs´dem eīs´dem + _Acc._ eōs´dem eās´dem e´adem + _Abl._ iīs´dem iīs´dem iīs´dem + eīs´dem eīs´dem eīs´dem + + _a._ From forms like «eundem» (eum + -dem), «eōrundem» (eōrum + + -dem), we learn the rule that «m» before «d» is changed to «n». + + _b._ The forms «iīdem», «iīsdem» are often spelled and pronounced + with one «ī». + +«288.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295. + +I. 1. Ego et tū[1] in eādem urbe vīvimus. 2. Iter ipsum nōn timēmus sed +ferās saevās quae in silvā dēnsā esse dīcuntur. 3. Ōlim nōs ipsī idem +iter fēcimus. 4. Eō tempore multās ferās vīdimus. 5. Sed nōbīs nōn +nocuērunt. 6. Caesar ipse scūtum dē manibus mīlitis ēripuit et in ipsam +aciem properāvit. 7. Itaque mīlitēs summā virtūte tēla in hostium +corpora iēcērunt. 8. Rōmānī quoque gravia vulnera accēpērunt. 9. Dēnique +hostēs terga vertērunt et ommīs in partīs[2] fūgērunt. 10. Eādem hōrā +litterae Rōmam ab imperātōre ipsō missae sunt. 11. Eōdem mēnse captīvī +quoque in Italiam missī sunt. 12. Sed multī propter vulnera iter +difficile trāns montīs facere recūsābant et Genāvae esse dīcēbantur. + +II. 1. At Pompeii there is a wonderful mountain. 2. When I was in that +place, I myself saw that mountain. 3. On the same day many cities were +destroyed by fire and stones from that very mountain. 4. You have not +heard the true story of that calamity, have you?[3] 5. On that day the +very sun could not give light to men. 6. You yourself ought to tell (to) +us that story. + + [Footnote 1: Observe that in Latin we say _I and you_, not _you + and I_.] + + [Footnote 2: Not _parts_, but _directions_.] + + [Footnote 3: Cf. §210.] + +«289.» HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE[4] + +Tarquinius Superbus, septimus et ultimus rēx Rōmānōrum, ubi in exsilium +ab īrātīs Rōmānīs ēiectus est, ā Porsenā, rēge Etrūscōrum, auxilium +petiit. Mox Porsena magnīs cum cōpiīs Rōmam vēnit, et ipsa urbs summō in +perīculō erat. Omnibus in partibus exercitus Rōmānus victus erat. Iam +rēx montem Iāniculum[5] occupāverat. Numquam anteā Rōmānī tantō metū +tenēbantur. Ex agrīs in urbem properābant et summō studiō urbem ipsam +mūniēbant. + + [Footnote 4: The story of Horatius has been made familiar by + Macaulay’s well-known poem “Horatius” in his _Lays of Ancient Rome_. + Read the poem in connection with this selection.] + + [Footnote 5: The Janiculum is a high hill across the Tiber from + Rome.] + + +LESSON LI + +THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS _HIC_, _ISTE_, _ILLE_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «hic, haec, hoc», demonstrative pronoun, _this_ (of mine); + _he, she, it_ + «ille, illa, illud», demonstrative pronoun _that_ (yonder); + _he, she, it_ + «invīsus, -a, -um», _hateful, detested_, with dative Cf. §143 + «iste, ista, istud», demonstrative pronoun, _that_ (of yours); + _he, she, it_ + «lībertās, -ātis», f., _liberty_ + «modus, -ī», m., _measure; manner, way, mode_ + «nōmen, nōminis», n., _name_ (nominate) + «oculus, -ī», m., _eye_ (oculist) + «prīstinus, -a, -um», _former, old-time_ (pristine) + «pūblicus, -a, -um», _public, belonging to the state;_ + «rēs pūblica, reī pūblicae», f., _the commonwealth, the state, + the republic_ + «vestīgium, vestī´gī», n., _footprint, track; trace, vestige_ + «vōx, vōcis», f., _voice_ + +«290.» We have already learned the declension of the demonstrative +pronoun «is» and its use. (Cf. Lesson XVII.) That pronoun refers to +persons or things either far or near, and makes no definite reference to +place or time. If we wish to point out an object definitely in place or +time, we must use «hic», «iste», or «ille.» These demonstratives, like +«is», are used both as pronouns and as adjectives, and their relation to +the speaker may be represented graphically thus: + + «hic» «iste» «ille» + SPEAKER ------------->-------------->---------------> + _this_, _he_; _that_, _he_; _that_, _he_ + (near); (remote); (more remote) + + _a._ In dialogue «hic» refers to a person or thing near the speaker; + «iste», to a person or thing near the person addressed; «ille», to a + person or thing remote from both. These distinctions are illustrated + in the model sentences, §293, which should be carefully studied and + imitated. + +«291.» «Hic» is declined as follows: + + SINGULAR + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ hic haec hoc + _Gen._ huius huius huius + _Dat._ huic huic huic + _Acc._ hunc hanc hoc + _Abl._ hōc hāc hōc + + PLURAL + _Nom._ hī hae haec + _Gen._ hōrum hārum hōrum + _Dat._ hīs hīs hīs + _Acc._ hōs hās haec + _Abl._ hīs hīs hīs + + _a._ «Huius» is pronounced _ho͝o´yo͝os_, and «huic» is pronounced + _ho͝oic_ (one syllable). + +«292.» The demonstrative pronouns «iste», «ista», «istud», and «ille», +«illa», «illud», except for the nominative and accusative singular +neuter forms «istud» and «illud», are declined exactly like «ipse», +«ipsa», «ipsum.» (See §481.) + +«293.» «MODEL SENTENCES» + + _Is this horse_ (of mine) _strong?_ + «Estne hic equus validus?» + + _That horse_ (of yours) _is strong, but that one_ (yonder) _is weak_ + «Iste equus est validus, sed ille est īnfīrmus» + + _Are these_ (men by me) _your friends?_ + «Suntne hī amīcī tuī?» + + _Those_ (men by you) _are my friends, + but those_ (men yonder) _are enemies_ + «Istī sunt amīcī meī, sed illī sunt inimīcī» + +«294.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295. + +I. _A German Chieftain addresses his Followers._ Ille fortis Germānōrum +dux suōs convocāvit et hōc modō animōs eōrum cōnfirmāvit. “Vōs, quī in +hīs fīnibus vīvitis, in hunc locum convocāvī[1] quia mēcum dēbētis istōs +agrōs et istās domōs ab iniūriīs Rōmānōrum liberāre. Hoc nōbīs nōn +difficile erit, quod illī hostēs hās silvās dēnsās, ferās saevās quārum +vestīgia vident, montēs altōs timent. Sī fortēs erimus, deī ipsī nōbīs +viam salūtis dēmonstrābunt. Ille sōl, istī oculī calamītātēs nostrās +vīdērunt.[1] Itaque nōmen illīus reī pūblicae Rōmānae nōn sōlum nōbis, +sed etiam omnibus hominibus quī lībertātem amant, est invīsum. Ad arma +vōs vocō. Exercēte istam prīstinam virtūtem et vincētis.” + + [Footnote 1: The perfect definite. (Cf. §190.)] + +II. 1. Does that bird (of yours)[2] sing? 2. This bird (of mine)[2] +sings both[3] in summer and in winter and has a beautiful voice. +3. Those birds (yonder)[2] in the country don´t sing in winter. +4. Snatch a spear from the hands of that soldier (near you)[2] and come +home with me. 5. With those very eyes (of yours)[2] you will see the +tracks of the hateful enemy who burned my dwelling and made an attack on +my brother. 6. For («propter») these deeds («rēs») we ought to inflict +punishment on him without delay. 7. The enemies of the republic do not +always suffer punishment. + + [Footnote 2: English words in parentheses are not to be translated. + They are inserted to show what demonstratives should be used. + (Cf. §290.)] + + [Footnote 3: _both ... and_, «et ... et».] + + [Illustration: HORATIUS PONTEM DEFENDIT] + +«295.» HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Continued_) + +Altera urbis pars mūrīs, altera flūmine satis mūnīrī vidēbātur. Sed erat +pōns in flūmine quī hostibus iter paene dedit. Tum Horātius Cocles, +fortis vir, magnā vōce dīxit, “Rescindite pontem, Rōmānī! Brevī tempore +Porsena in urbem cōpiās suās trādūcet.” Iam hostēs in ponte erant, sed +Horātius cum duōbus (cf. §479) comitibus ad extrēmam pontis partem +properāvit, et hi sōli aciem hostium sustinuērunt. Tum vērō cīvēs Rōmānī +pontem ā tergō rescindere incipiunt, et hostēs frūstrā Horātium superāre +temptant. + + +LESSON LII + +THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «incolumis, -e», _unharmed_ + «nē ... quidem», adv., _not even_. The emphatic word stands between + «nē» and «quidem» + «nisi», conj., _unless, if ... not_ + «paene», adv., _almost_ (pen-insula) + «satis», adv., _enough, sufficiently_ (satisfaction) + «tantus, -a, -um», _so great_ + «vērō», adv., _truly, indeed, in fact_. As a conj. _but, however_, + usually stands second, never first. + + «dēcidō, dēcidere, dēcidī, ----», _fall down_ (deciduous) + «dēsiliō, dēsilīre, dēsiluī, dēsultus», _leap down, dismount_ + «maneō, manēre, mānsī, mānsūrus», _remain_ + «trādūcō, trādūcere, trādūxī, trāductus», _lead across_ + +«296.» The indefinite pronouns are used to refer to _some person_ or +_some thing_, without indicating which particular one is meant. The +pronouns «quis» and «quī», which we have learned in their interrogative +and relative uses, may also be indefinite; and nearly all the other +indefinite pronouns are compounds of «quis» or «quī» and declined almost +like them. Review the declension of these words, §§221, 227. + +«297.» Learn the declension and meaning of the following indefinites: + + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + «quis» «quid», _some one, any one_ (substantive) + «quī» «qua» or «quae» «quod», _some, any_ (adjective), §483 + «aliquis» «aliquid», _some one, any one_ + (substantive), §487 + «aliquī» «aliqua» «aliquod», _some, any_ (adjective), §487 + «quīdam» «quaedam» «quoddam», «quiddam», _a certain, + a certain one_, §485 + «quisquam» «quicquam» or «quidquam» (no plural), + _any one_ (at all) (substantive), §486 + «quisque» «quidque», _each one, every one_ + (substantive), §484 + «quisque» «quaeque» «quodque», _each, every_ (adjective), §484 + + [Transcriber’s Note: + In the original text, the combined forms (masculine/feminine) were + printed in the “masculine” column.] + +NOTE. The meanings of the neuters, _something_, etc., are easily +inferred from the masculine and feminine. + + _a._ In the masculine and neuter singular of the indefinites, + «quis-»forms and «quid-»forms are mostly used as substantives, + «quī-»forms and «quod-»forms as adjectives. + + _b._ The indefinites «quis» and «quī» never stand first in a clause, + and are rare excepting after «sī», «nisi», «nē», «num» (as, «sī + quis», _if any one_; «sī quid», _if anything_; «nisi quis», _unless + some one_). Generally «aliquis» and «aliquī» are used instead. + + _c._ The forms «qua» and «aliqua» are both feminine nominative + singular and neuter nominative plural of the indefinite adjectives + «quī» and «aliquī» respectively. How do these differ from the + corresponding forms of the relative «quī?» + + _d._ Observe that «quīdam» (quī + -dam) is declined like «quī», + except that in the accusative singular and genitive plural «m» of + «quī» becomes «n» (cf. §287.a): «quendam», «quandam», + «quōrundam», «quārundam;» also that the neuter has «quiddam» + (substantive) and «quoddam» (adjective) in the nominative and + accusative singular. «Quīdam» is the least indefinite of the + indefinite pronouns, and implies that you could name the person or + thing referred to if you cared to do so. + + _e._ «Quisquam» and «quisque» (substantive) are declined like + «quis.» + + _f._ «Quisquam», _any one_ («quicquam» or «quidquam», _anything_), + is always used substantively and chiefly in negative sentences. The + corresponding adjective _any_ is «ūllus, -a, -um» (§108). + +«298.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295. + +I. 1. Aliquis dē ponte in flūmen dēcidit sed sine ūllō perīculō servātus +est. 2. Est vērō in vītā cuiusque hominis aliqua bona fortūna. 3. Nē +mīlitum quidem[1] quisquam in castrīs mānsit. 4. Sī quem meae domī +vidēs, iubē eum discēdere. 5. Sī quis pontem tenet, nē tantus quidem +exercitus capere urbem potest. 6. Urbs nōn satis mūnīta erat et merīdiē +rēx quīdam paene cōpiās suās trāns pontem trādūxerat. 7. Dēnique mīles +quīdam armātus in fluctūs dēsiluit et incolumis ad alteram rīpam oculōs +vertit. 8. Quisque illī fortī mīlitī aliquid dare dēbet. 9. Tanta vērō +virtūs Rōmānīs semper placuit. 10. Ōlim Corinthus erat urbs satis magna +et paene par Rōmae ipsī; nunc vērō moenia dēcidērunt et pauca vestīgia +urbis illīus reperīrī possunt. 11. Quisque lībertātem amat, et aliquibus +vērō nōmen rēgis est invīsum. + +II. 1. If you see a certain Cornelius at Corinth, send him to me. +2. Almost all the soldiers who fell down into the waves were unharmed. +3. Not even at Pompeii did I see so great a fire. 4. I myself was eager +to tell something to some one. 5. Each one was praising his own work. +6. Did you see some one in the country? I did not see any one. 7. Unless +some one will remain on the bridge with Horatius, the commonwealth will +be in the greatest danger. + + [Footnote 1: Observe that «quīdam» and «quidem» are different + words.] + +«299.» HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Concluded_) + +Mox, ubi parva pars pontis mānsit, Horātius iussit comitēs discēdere et +sōlus mīrā cōnstantiā impetum illius tōtius exercitūs sustinēbat. +Dēnique magnō fragōre pōns in flūmen dēcīdit. Tum vērō Horātius tergum +vertit et armātus in aquās dēsiluit. In eum hostēs multa tēla iēcērunt; +incolumis autem per fluctūs ad alteram rīpam trānāvit. Eī propter tantās +rēs gestās populus Rōmānus nōn sōlum alia magna praemia dedit sed etiam +statuam Horāti in locō pūblicō posuit. + + * * * * * + + «Sixth Review, Lessons XLV-LII, §§521-523» + + * * * * * + +LESSON LIII + +REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «aquila, -ae», f., _eagle_ (aquiline) + «audāx», gen. «audācis», adj., _bold, audacious_ + «celer, celeris, celere», _swift, quick_ (celerity). Cf. «vēlōx» + «explōratōr, -ōris», m., _scout, spy_ (explorer) + «ingēns», gen. «ingentis», adj., _huge, vast_ + «medius, -a, -um», _middle, middle part of_ (medium) + «mēns, mentis (-ium)», f., _mind_ (mental). Cf. «animus» + «opportūnus, -a, -um», _opportune_ + «quam», adv., _than_. With the superlative «quam» gives the force of + _as possible_, as «quam» audācissimī virī, _men as bold as possible_ + «recens», gen. «recentis», adj., _recent_ + «tam», adv., _so_. Always with an adjective or adverb, while «ita» is + generally used with a verb + + «quaerō, quaerere, quaesīvī, quaesītus», _ask, inquire, seek_ + (question). Cf. «petō» + +«300.» The quality denoted by an adjective may exist in either a higher +or a lower degree, and this is expressed by a form of inflection called +comparison. The mere presence of the quality is expressed by the +positive degree, its presence in a higher or lower degree by the +comparative, and in the highest or lowest of all by the superlative. In +English the usual way of comparing an adjective is by using the suffix +_-er_ for the comparative and _-est_ for the superlative; as, positive +_high_, comparative _higher_, superlative _highest_. Less frequently we +use the adverbs _more_ and _most_; as, positive _beautiful_, comparative +_more beautiful_, superlative _most beautiful._ + +In Latin, as in English, adjectives are compared by adding suffixes or +by using adverbs. + +«301.» Adjectives are compared by using suffixes as follows: + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + clārus, -a, -um clārior, clārīus clārissimus, -a, -um + (_bright_) (_brighter_) (_brightest_) + (BASE clār-) + brevis, breve brevior, brevius brevissimus, -a, -um + (_short_) (_shorter_) (_shortest_) + (BASE brev-) + vēlōx vēlōcior, vēlōcius vēlōcissimus, -a, -um + (_swift_) (_swifter_) (_swiftest_) + (BASE veloc-) + + _a._ The comparative is formed from the base of the positive by + adding «-ior» masc. and fem., and «-ius» neut.; the superlative by + adding «-issimus, -issima, -issimum». + +«302.» Less frequently adjectives are compared by using the adverbs +«magis», _more_; «maximē», _most_; as, «idōneus», _suitable_; «magis +idōneus», _more suitable_; «maximē idōneus», _most suitable._ + +«303.» «Declension of the Comparative.» Adjectives of the comparative +degree are declined as follows: + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ clārior clārīus clāriōrēs clāriōra + _Gen._ clāriōris clāriōris clāriōrum clāriōrum + _Dat._ clāriōrī clāriōrī clāriōribus clāriōribus + _Acc._ clāriōrem clārius clāriōrēs clāriōra + _Abl._ clāriōre clāriōre clāriōribus clāriōribus + + _a._ Observe that the endings are those of the consonant stems of + the third declension. + + _b._ Compare «longus», _long_; «fortis», _brave_; «recēns» (base, + «recent-»), _recent_; and decline the comparative of each. + +«304.» Adjectives in «-er» form the comparative regularly, but the +superlative is formed by adding «-rimus», «-a», «-um» to the nominative +masculine of the positive; as, + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + ācer, ācris, ācre ācrior, ācrius ācerrimus, -a, -um + (BASE acr-) + pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum pulchrior, pulchrius pulcherrimus, + (BASE pulchr-) -a, -um + līber, lībera, līberum līberior, līberius līberrimus, -a, -um + (BASE līber-) + + _a._ In a similar manner compare «miser», «aeger», «crēber». + +«305.» The comparative is often translated by _quite, too_, or +_somewhat_, and the superlative by _very_; as, «altior», _quite_ (_too, +somewhat_) _high_; «altissimus», _very high._ + +«306.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296. + +I. 1. Quid explōrātōrēs quaerēbant? Explōrātōrēs tempus opportūnissimum +itinerī quaerēbant. 2. Mediā in silvā ignīs quam crēberrimōs fēcimus, +quod ferās tam audācis numquam anteā vīderāmus. 3. Antīquīs temporibus +Germānī erant fortiōrēs quam Gallī. 4. Caesar erat clārior quam +inimīcī[1] quī eum necāvērunt. 5. Quisque scūtum ingēns et pīlum longius +gerēbat. 6. Apud barbarōs Germānī erant audācissimī et fortissimī. +7. Mēns hominum est celerior quam corpus. 8. Virī aliquārum terrārum +sunt miserrimī. 9. Corpora Germānōrum erant ingentiōra quam Rōmānōrum. +10. Ācerrimī Gallōrum prīncipēs sine ūllā morā trāns flūmen quoddam +equōs vēlōcissimōs trādūxērunt. 11. Aestāte diēs sunt longiōrēs quam +hieme. 12. Imperātor quīdam ab explōrātōribus dē recentī adventū nāvium +longārum quaesīvit. + +II. 1. Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest. 2. Certain animals are +swifter than the swiftest horse. 3. The Roman name was most hateful to +the enemies of the commonwealth. 4. The Romans always inflicted the +severest[2] punishment on faithless allies. 5. I was quite ill, and so I +hastened from the city to the country. 6. Marcus had some friends dearer +than Cæsar.[3] 7. Did you not seek a more recent report concerning the +battle? 8. Not even after a victory so opportune did he seek the +general’s friendship. + + [Footnote 1: Why is this word used instead of «hostēs»?] + + [Footnote 2: Use the superlative of «gravis».] + + [Footnote 3: Accusative. In a comparison the noun after «quam» is in + the same case as the one before it.] + +N.B. Beginning at this point, the selections for reading will be found +near the end of the volume. (See p. 197.) + + +LESSON LIV + +IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES +THE ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES WITHOUT _QUAM_ + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «alacer, alacris, alacre», _eager, spirited, excited_ (alacrity) + «celeritās, -ātis», f., _speed_ (celerity) + «clāmor, clāmōris», m., _shout, clamor_ + «lēnis, lēne», _mild, gentle_ (lenient) + «mulier, muli´eris», f., _woman_ + «multitūdō, multitūdinis», f., _multitude_ + «nēmŏ», dat. «nēminī», acc. «nēminem» (gen. «nūllīus», abl. «nūllō», + from «nūllus»), no plur., m. and f., _no one_ + «nōbilis, nōbile», _well known, noble_ + «noctū», adv. (an old abl.), _by night_ (nocturnal) + «statim», adv., _immediately, at once_ + «subitō», adv., _suddenly_ + «tardus, -a, -um», _slow_ (tardy) + «cupiō, cupere, cupīvī, cupītus», _desire, wish_ (cupidity) + +«307.» The following six adjectives in «-lis» form the comparative +regularly; but the superlative is formed by adding «-limus» to the base +of the positive. Learn the meanings and comparison. + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + facilis, -e, _easy_ facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um + difficilis, -e, _hard_ difficilior, -ius difficillimus, -a, -um + similis, -e, _like_ similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um + dissimilis, -e, _unlike_ dissimilior, -ius dissimillimus, -a, -um + gracilis, -e, _slender_ gracilior, -ius gracillimus, -a, -um + humilis, -e, _low_ humilior, -ius humillimus, -a, -um + +«308.» From the knowledge gained in the preceding lesson we should +translate the sentence _Nothing is brighter than the sun_ + + «Nihil est clārius quam sōl» + +But the Romans, especially in negative sentences, often expressed the +comparison in this way, + + «Nihil est clārius sōle» + +which, literally translated, is _Nothing is brighter away from the sun_; +that is, _starting from the sun as a standard, nothing is brighter_. +This relation is expressed by the separative ablative «sōle». Hence the +rule + +«309.» RULE. «Ablative with Comparatives.» _The comparative degree, if +«quam» is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative._ + +«310.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296. + +I. 1. Nēmō mīlitēs alacriōrēs Rōmānīs vīdit. 2. Statim imperātor iussit +nūntiōs quam celerrimōs litterās Rōmam portāre. 3. Multa flūmina sunt +lēniōra Rhēnō. 4. Apud Rōmanōs quis erat clārior Caesare? 5. Nihil +pulchrius urbe Rōmā vīdī. 6. Subitō multitūdo audacissima magnō clamōre +proelium ācrius commīsit. 7. Num est equus tuus tardus? Nōn vērō tardus, +sed celerior aquilā. 8. Ubi Romae fuī, nēmō erat mihi amicior Sextō. +9. Quaedam mulierēs cibum mīlitibus dare cupīvērunt. 10. Rēx vetuit +cīvis ex urbe noctū discēdere. 11. Ille puer est gracilior hāc +muliere. 12. Explōrātor duās (_two_) viās, alteram facilem, alteram +difficiliōrem, dēmōnstrāvit. + +II. 1. What city have you seen more beautiful than Rome? 2. The Gauls +were not more eager than the Germans. 3. The eagle is not slower than +the horse. 4. The spirited woman did not fear to make the journey by +night. 5. The mind of the multitude was quite gentle and friendly. +6. But the king’s mind was very different. 7. The king was not like +(similar to) his noble father. 8. These hills are lower than the huge +mountains of our territory. + + [Illustration: ARMA ROMANA] + + +LESSON LV + +IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Continued_) + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «aedificium, aedifi´cī», n., _building, dwelling_ (edifice) + «imperium, impe´rī», n., _command, chief power; empire_ + «mors, mortis (-ium)», f., _death_ (mortal) + «reliquus, -a, -um», _remaining, rest of_. As a noun, m. and n. plur., + _the rest_ (relic) + «scelus, sceleris», n., _crime_ + «servitūs, -ūtis», f., _slavery_ (servitude) + «vallēs, vallis (-ium)», f., _valley_ + + «abdō, abdere, abdidī, abditus», _hide_ + «contendō, contendere, contendī, contentus», _strain, struggle; + hasten_ (contend) + «occīdō, occīdere, occīdī, occīsus», _cut down, kill_. Cf. «necō», + «interficiō» + «perterreō, perterrēre, perterruī, perterritus», _terrify, frighten_ + «recipiō, recipere, recēpī, receptus», _receive, recover_; + «sē recipere», _betake one’s self, withdraw, retreat_ + «trādō, trādere, trādidī, trāditus», _give over, surrender, deliver_ + (traitor) + +«311.» Some adjectives in English have irregular comparison, as _good, +better, best_; _many, more, most._ So Latin comparison presents some +irregularities. Among the adjectives that are compared irregularly are + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + «bonus, -a, -um», _good_ «melior, melius» «optimus, -a, -um» + «magnus, -a, -um», _great_ «maior, maius» «maximus, -a, -um» + «malus, -a, -um», _bad_ «peior, peius» «pessimus, -a, -um» + «multus, -a, -um», _much_ «----, plūs» «plūrimus, -a, -um» + «multī, -ae, -a», _many_ «plūrēs, plūra» «plūrimī, -ae, -a» + «parvus, -a, -um», _small_ «minor, minus» «minimus, -a, -um» + +«312.» The following four adjectives have two superlatives. Unusual +forms are placed in parentheses. + + «exterus, -a, -um», («exterior, -ius», { «extrēmus, -a, -um» } + _outward_ _outer_) {(«extimus, -a, -um») } + _outermost, last_ + «īnferus, -a, -um», «īnferior, -ius», { «īnfimus, -a, -um» } + _low_ _lower_ { «īmus, -a, -um» } + _lowest_ + «posterus, -a, -um», («posterior, -ius», { «postrēmus, -a, -um» } + _next_ _later_) {(«postumus, -a, -um») } + _last_ + «superus, -a, -um», «superior, -ius» { «suprēmus, -a, -um» } + _above_ _higher_ { «summus, -a, -um» } + _highest_ + +«313.» «Plūs», _more_ (plural _more, many, several_), is declined as +follows: + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ ---- plūs plūrēs plūra + _Gen._ ---- plūris plūrium plūrium + _Dat._ ---- ---- plūribus plūribus + _Acc._ ---- plūs plūrīs, -ēs plūra + _Abl._ ---- plūre plūribus plūribus + + _a._ In the singular «plūs» is used only as a neuter substantive. + +«314.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296. + +I. 1. Reliquī hostēs, quī ā dextrō cornū proelium commīserant, dē +superiōre locō fūgērunt et sēsē in silvam maximam recēpērunt. 2. In +extrēmā parte silvae castra hostium posita erant. 3. Plūrimī captīvī +ab equitibus ad Caesarem ductī sunt. 4. Caesar vērō iussit eōs in +servitūtem trādī. 5. Posterō diē magna multitūdō mulierum ab Rōmānīs +in valle īmā reperta est. 6. Hae mulierēs maximē perterritae adventū +Caesaris sēsē occīdere studēbant. 7. Eae quoque plūrīs fābulās dē +exercitūs Rōmānī sceleribus audīverant. 8. Fāma illōrum mīlitum optima +nōn erat. 9. In barbarōrum aedificiīs maior cōpia frūmentī reperta est. +10. Nēmō crēbrīs proeliīs contendere sine aliquō perīculō potest. + +II. 1. The remaining women fled from their dwellings and hid themselves. +2. They were terrified and did not wish to be captured and given over +into slavery. 3. Nothing can be worse than slavery. 4. Slavery is worse +than death. 5. In the Roman empire a great many were killed because they +refused to be slaves. 6. To surrender the fatherland is the worst crime. + + +LESSON LVI + +IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Concluded_) +ABLATIVE OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «aditus, -ūs», m., _approach, access; entrance_ + «cīvitās, cīvitātis», f., _citizenship; body of citizens, state_ + (city) + «inter», prep, with acc., _between, among_ (interstate commerce) + «nam», conj., _for_ + «obses, obsidis», m. and f., _hostage_ + «paulō», adv. (abl. n. of «paulus»), _by a little, somewhat_ + + «incolō, incolere, incoluī, ----», transitive, _inhabit_; + intransitive, _dwell_. Cf. «habitō», «vīvō» + «relinquō, relinquere, relīquī, relictus», _leave, abandon_ + (relinquish) + «statuō, statuere, statuī, statūtus», _fix, decide_ (statute), usually + with infin. + +«315.» The following adjectives are irregular in the formation of the +superlative and have no positive. Forms rarely used are in parentheses. + + COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + «citerior», _hither_ («citimus», _hithermost_) + «interior», _inner_ («intimus», _inmost_) + «prior», _former_ «prīmus», _first_ + «propior», _nearer_ «proximus», _next, nearest_ + «ulterior», _further_ «ultimus», _furthest_ + +«316.» In the sentence _Galba is a head taller than Sextus_, the phrase +_a head taller_ expresses the «measure of difference» in height between +Galba and Sextus. The Latin form of expression would be _Galba is taller +than Sextus «by a head»_. This is clearly an ablative relation, and the +construction is called the «ablative of the measure of difference». + +EXAMPLES + + «Galba est altior capite quam Sextus» + _Galba is a head taller_ (taller by a head) _than Sextus_. + «Illud iter ad Italiam est multō brevius» + _That route to Italy is much shorter_ (shorter by much) + +«317.» RULE. «Ablative of the Measure of Difference.» _With comparatives +and words implying comparison the ablative is used to denote the measure +of difference._ + + _a._ Especially common in this construction are the neuter ablatives + + «eō», _by this, by that_ «nihilō»,[1] _by nothing_ + «hōc», _by this_ «paulō», _by a little_ + «multō», _by much_ + + [Footnote 1: «nihil» was originally «nihilum» and declined like + «pīlum». There is no plural.] + +«318.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297. + +I. 1. Barbarī proelium committere statuērunt eō magis quod Rōmānī +īnfīrmī esse vidēbantur. 2. Meum cōnsilium est multō melius quam tuum +quia multō facilius est. 3. Haec via est multō lātior quam illa. +4. Barbarī erant nihilō tardiōrēs quam Rōmānī. 5. Tuus equus est paulō +celerior quam meus. 6. Iī quī paulō fortiōrēs erant prohibuērunt +reliquōs aditum relinquere. 7. Inter illās cīvitātēs Germānia mīlitēs +habet optimōs. 8. Propior via quae per hanc vallem dūcit est inter +portum et lacum. 9. Servī, quī agrōs citeriōrēs incolēbant, priōrēs +dominōs relinquere nōn cupīvērunt, quod eōs amābant. 10. Ultimae +Germāniae partēs numquam in fidem Rōmānōrum vēnērunt. 11. Nam trāns +Rhēnum aditus erat multō difficilior exercituī Rōmānō. + +II. 1. Another way much more difficult (more difficult by much) was left +through hither Gaul. 2. In ancient times no state was stronger than the +Roman empire. 3. The states of further Gaul did not wish to give +hostages to Cæsar. 4. Slavery is no better (better by nothing) than +death. 5. The best citizens are not loved by the worst. 6. The active +enemy immediately withdrew into the nearest forest, for they were +terrified by Cæsar’s recent victories. + + +LESSON LVII + +FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «aequus, -a, -um», _even, level; equal_ + «cohors, cohortis (-ium)», f., _cohort_, a tenth part of a legion, + about 360 men + «currō, currere, cucurrī, cursus», _run_ (course) + «difficultās, -ātis», f., _difficulty_ + «fossa, -ae», f., _ditch_ (fosse) + «gēns, gentis (-ium)», f., _race, tribe, nation_ (Gentile) + «negōtium, negōtī», n., _business, affair, matter_ (negotiate) + «regiō, -ōnis», f., _region, district_ + «rūmor, rūmōris», m., _rumor, report_. Cf. fāma + «simul atque», conj., _as soon as_ + + «suscipiō, suscipere, suscēpī, susceptus», _undertake_ + «trahō, trahere, trāxī, trāctus», _drag, draw_ (ex-tract) + «valeō, valēre, valuī, valitūrus», _be strong_; plūrimum valēre, + _to be most powerful, have great influence_ (value). Cf. validus + +«319.» Adverbs are generally derived from adjectives, as in English +(e.g. adj. _sweet_, adv. _sweetly_). Like adjectives, they can be +compared; but they have no declension. + +«320.» Adverbs derived from adjectives of the first and second +declensions are formed and compared as follows: + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + _Adj._ cārus, _dear_ cārior cārissimus + _Adv._ cārē, _dearly_ cārius cārissimē + + _Adj._ pulcher, _beautiful_ pulchrior pulcherrimus + _Adv._ pulchrē, _beautifully_ pulchrius pulcherrimē + + _Adj._ līber, _free_ līberior līberrimus + _Adv._ līberē, _freely_ līberius līberrimē + + _a._ The positive of the adverb is formed by adding «-ē» to the base + of the positive of the adjective. The superlative of the adverb is + formed from the superlative of the adjective in the same way. + + _b._ The comparative of any adverb is the neuter accusative singular + of the comparative of the adjective. + +«321.» Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declension are +formed like those described above in the comparative and superlative. +The positive is usually formed by adding «-iter» to the base of +adjectives of three endings or of two endings, and «-ter» to the base of +those of one ending;[1] as, + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + _Adj._ fortis, _brave_ fortior fortissimus + _Adv._ fortiter, _bravely_ fortius fortissimē + + _Adj._ audāx, _bold_ audācior audācissimus + _Adv._ audācter, _boldly_ audācius audācissimē + + [Footnote 1: This is a good working rule, though there are some + exceptions to it.] + +«322.» «Case Forms as Adverbs.» As we learned above, the neuter +accusative of comparatives is used adverbially. So in the positive or +superlative some adjectives, instead of following the usual formation, +use the accusative or the ablative singular neuter adverbially; as, + + _Adj._ facilis, _easy_ prīmus, _first_ + _Adv._ facile (acc.), _easily_ prīmum (acc.), _first_ + prīmō (abl.), _at first_ + _Adj._ multus, _many_ plūrimus, _most_ + _Adv._ multum (acc.), _much_ plūrimum (acc.), _most_ + multō (abl.), _by much_ + +«323.» Learn the following irregular comparisons: + + bene, _well_ melius, _better_ optimē, _best_ + diū, _long_ (time) diūtius, _longer_ diūtissimē, _longest_ + magnopere, _greatly_ magis, _more_ maximē, _most_ + parum, _little_ minus, _less_ minimē, _least_ + prope, _nearly, near_ propius, _nearer_ proximē, _nearest_ + saepe, _often_ saepius, _oftener_ saepissimē, _oftenest_ + +«324.» Form adverbs from the following adjectives, using the regular +rules, and compare them: «laetus», «superbus», «molestus», «amīcus», +«ācer», «brevis», «gravis», «recēns.» + +«325.» RULE. «Adverbs.» _Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and other +adverbs._ + +«326.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297. + +I. 1. Nūlla rēs melius gesta est quam proelium illud[2] ubi Marius +multō minōre exercitū multō maiōrēs cōpiās Germānōrum in fugam dedit. +2. Audācter in Rōmānōrum cohortīs hostēs impetūs fēcērunt 3. Marius +autem omnēs hōs fortissimē sustinuit. 4. Barbarī nihilō fortiōrēs erant +quam Rōmānī. 5. Prīmō barbarī esse superiōrēs vidēbantur, tum Rōmānī +ācrius contendērunt. 6. Dēnique, ubi iam diūtissimē paene aequō proeliō +pugnātum est, barbarī fugam petiērunt. 7. Quaedam Germānōrum gentēs, +simul atque rūmōrem illīus calamitātis audīvērunt, sēsē in ultimīs +regiōnibus fīnium suōrum abdidērunt. 8. Rōmānī saepius quam hostēs +vīcērunt, quod meliōra arma habēbant. 9. Inter omnīs gentīs Rōmānī +plūrimum valēbant. 10. Hae cohortēs simul atque in aequiōrem regiōnem +sē recēpērunt, castra sine ūllā difficultāte posuērunt. + +II. 1. Some nations are easily overcome by their enemies. 2. Germany is +much larger than Gaul. 3. Were not the Romans the most powerful among +the tribes of Italy? 4. On account of (his) wounds the soldier dragged +his body from the ditch with the greatest difficulty. 5. He was able +neither to run nor to fight. 6. Who saved him? A certain horseman boldly +undertook the matter. 7. The rumors concerning the soldier’s death were +not true. + + [Footnote 2: «ille» standing after its noun means _that well-known, + that famous_.] + + +LESSON LVIII + +NUMERALS · THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «commeātus, -ūs», m.. _provisions_ + «lātitūdō, -inis», f., _width_ (latitude) + «longitūdō, -inis», f., _length_ (longitude) + «magnitūdō, -inis», f., _size, magnitude_ + «mercātor, mercātōris», m., _trader, merchant_ + «mūnītiō, -ōnis», f., _fortification_ (munition) + «spatium, spatī», n., _room, space, distance; time_ + + «cognōscō, cognōscere, cognōvī, cognitus», _learn_; + in the perfect tenses, _know_ (re-cognize) + «cōgō, cōgere, coēgī, coāctus», _collect; compel_ (cogent) + «dēfendō, dēfendere, dēfendī, dēfēnsus», _defend_ + «incendō, incendere, incendī, incēnsus», _set fire to, burn_ + (incendiary). Cf. «cremō» + «obtineō, obtinēre, obtinuī, obtentus», _possess, occupy, hold_ + (obtain) + «perveniō, pervenīre, pervēnī, perventus», _come through, arrive_ + +«327.» The Latin numeral adjectives may be classified as follows: + + 1. «Cardinal Numerals», answering the question _how many?_ as, «ūnus», + _one_; «duo», _two_; etc. + + 2. «Ordinal Numerals», derived in most cases from the cardinals and + answering the question _in what order?_ as, «prīmus», _first_; + «secundus», _second_; etc. + + 3. «Distributive Numerals», answering the question _how many at a + time?_ as, «singulī», _one at a time_. + +«328.» «The Cardinal Numerals.» The first twenty of the cardinals are as +follows: + + 1, «ūnus» 6, «sex» 11, «ūndecim» 16, «sēdecim» + 2, «duo» 7, «septem» 12, «duodecim» 17, «septendecim» + 3, «trēs» 8, «octō» 13, «tredecim» 18, «duodēvīgintī» + 4, «quattuor» 9, «novem» 14, «quattuordecim» 19, «ūndēvīgintī» + 5, «quīnque» 10, «decem» 15, «quīndecim» 20, «vīgintī» + + _a._ Learn also «centum» = 100, «ducentī» = 200, «mīlle» = 1000. + +«329.» «Declension of the Cardinals.» Of the cardinals only «ūnus», +«duo», «trēs», the hundreds above one hundred, and «mīlle» used as a +noun, are declinable. + + _a._ «ūnus» is one of the nine irregular adjectives, and is declined + like «nūllus» (cf. §§109, 470). The plural of «ūnus» is used to + agree with a plural noun of a singular meaning, as, «ūna castra», + _one camp_; and with other nouns in the sense of _only_, as, «Gallī + ūnī», _only the Gauls_. + + _b._ Learn the declension of «duo», _two_; «trēs», _three_; and + «mīlle», _a thousand_. (§479.) + + _c._ The hundreds above one hundred are declined like the plural of + «bonus»; as, + + ducentī, -ae, -a + ducentōrum, -ārum, -ōrum + etc. etc. etc. + +«330.» We have already become familiar with sentences like the +following: + + «Omnium avium aquila est vēlōcissima» + _Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest_ + «Hoc ōrāculum erat omnium clārissimum» + _This oracle was the most famous of all_ + +In such sentences the genitive denotes the whole, and the word it +modifies denotes a part of that whole. Such a genitive, denoting the +whole of which a part is taken, is called a «partitive genitive». + +«331.» RULE. «Partitive Genitive.» _Words denoting a part are often used +with the genitive of the whole, known as the «partitive genitive»._ + + _a._ Words denoting a part are especially pronouns, numerals, and + other adjectives. But cardinal numbers excepting «mīlle» regularly + take the ablative with «ex» or «dē» instead of the partitive + genitive. + + _b._ «Mīlle», _a thousand_, in the singular is usually an + indeclinable adjective (as, «mīlle mīlitēs», _a thousand soldiers_), + but in the plural it is a declinable noun and takes the partitive + genitive (as, «decem mīlia mīlitum», _ten thousand soldiers_). + +EXAMPLES: + + «Fortissimī hōrum sunt Germānī» + _The bravest of these are the Germans_ + «Decem mīlia hostium interfecta sunt» + _Ten thousand_ (lit. _thousands_) _of the enemy were slain_ + «Ūna ex captīvīs erat soror rēgis» + _One of the captives was the king’s sister_ + +«332.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297. + +I. 1. Caesar maximam partem aedificiōrum incendit. 2. Magna pars +mūnītiōnis aquā flūminis dēlēta est. 3. Gallī huius regiōnis quīnque +mīlia hominum coēgerant. 4. Duo ex meīs frātribus eundem rūmōrem +audīvērunt. 5. Quis Rōmānōrum erat clarior Caesare? 6. Quīnque cohortēs +ex illā legiōne castra quam fortissimē dēfendēbant. 7. Hic locus aberat +aequō spatiō[1] ab castrīs Caesaris et castrīs Germānōrum. 8. Caesar +simul atque pervēnit, plūs commeātūs ab sociīs postulāvit. 9. Nōnne +mercātōrēs magnitūdinem īnsulae cognōverant? Longitūdinem sed nōn +lātitūdinem cognōverant. 10. Paucī hostium obtinēbant collem quem +explōrātōrēs nostrī vīdērunt. + +II. 1. I have two brothers, and one of them lives at Rome. 2. Cæsar +stormed that very town with three legions. 3. In one hour he destroyed a +great part of the fortification. 4. When the enemy could no longer[2] +defend the gates, they retreated to a hill which was not far distant.[3] +5. There three thousand of them bravely resisted the Romans.[4] + + [Footnote 1: Ablative of the measure of difference.] + + [Footnote 2: Not «longius». Why?] + + [Footnote 3: Latin, _was distant by a small space._] + + [Footnote 4: Not the accusative.] + + +LESSON LIX + +NUMERALS (_Continued_) · THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «agmen, agminis», n., _line of march, column_; + «prīmum agmen», _the van_; + «novissimum agmen», _the rear_ + «atque», «ac», conj., _and_; «atque» is used before vowels and + consonants, «ac» before consonants only. Cf. «et» and «-que» + «concilium, conci´lī», n., _council, assembly_ + «Helvētiī, -ōrum», m., _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribe + «passus, passūs», m., _a pace_, five Roman feet; + «mīlle passuum», _a thousand (of) paces_, a Roman mile + «quā dē causā», _for this reason, for what reason_ + «vāllum, -ī», n., _earth-works, rampart_ + + «cadō, cadere, cecidī, cāsūrus», _fall_ (decadence) + «dēdō, dēdere, dēdidī, dēditus», _surrender, give up_; + with a reflexive pronoun, _surrender one’s self, submit_, with the + dative of the indirect object + «premō, premere, pressī, pressus», _press hard, harass_ + «vexō, vexāre, vexāvī, vexātus», _annoy, ravage_ (vex) + +«333.» Learn the first twenty of the ordinal numerals (§478). The +ordinals are all declined like «bonus». + +«334.» The distributive numerals are declined like the plural of +«bonus». The first three are + + «singulī, -ae, -a», _one each, one by one_ + «bīnī, -ae, -a», _two each, two by two_ + «ternī, -ae, -a», _three each, three by three_ + +«335.» We have learned that, besides its use as object, the accusative +is used to express space relations not covered by the ablative. We have +had such expressions as «per plūrimōs annōs», _for a great many years_; +«per tōtum diem», _for a whole day_. Here the space relation is one of +_extent of time_. We could also say «per decem pedēs», _for ten feet_, +where the space relation is one of _extent of space_. While this is +correct Latin, the usual form is to use the accusative with no +preposition, as, + + «Vir tōtum diem cucurrit», _the man ran for a whole day_ + «Caesar mūrum decem pedēs mōvit», _Cæsar moved the wall ten feet_ + +«336.» RULE. «Accusative of Extent.» _Duration of time and extent of +space are expressed by the accusative._ + + _a._ This accusative answers the questions _how long? how far?_ + + _b._ Distinguish carefully between the accusative of time _how long_ + and the ablative of time _when_, or _within which._ + +Select the accusatives of time and space and the ablatives of time in +the following: + +When did the general arrive? He arrived at two o’clock. How long had +he been marching? For four days. How far did he march? He marched +sixty-five miles. Where has he pitched his camp? Three miles from the +river, and he will remain there several days. The wall around the camp +is ten feet high. When did the war begin? In the first year after the +king’s death. + +«337.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 298. + +I. _Cæsar in Gaul_. Caesar bellum in Gallia septem annōs gessit. Prīmō +annō Helvētiōs vīcit, et eōdem annō multae Germanōrum gentēs eī sēsē +dēdidērunt. Multōs iam annōs Germānī Gallōs vexabant[1] et ducēs Germānī +cōpiās suās trāns Rhēnum saepe trādūcēbant.[1] Nōn singulī veniēbant, +sed multa milia hominum in Galliam contendēbant. Quā dē causā prīncipēs +Galliae concilium convocāvērunt atque statuērunt legates ad Caesarem +mittere. Caesar, simul atque hunc rūmōrem audīvit, cōpiās suās sine morā +coēgit. Primā lūce fortiter cum Germanīs proelium commīsit. Tōtum diem +ācriter pugnātum est. Caesar ipse ā dextrō cornū acicm dūxit. Magna pars +exercitūs Germānī cecidit. Post magnam caedem paucī multa milia passuum +ad flūmen fūgērunt. + +II. 1. Cæsar pitched camp two miles from the river. 2. He fortified the +camp with a ditch fifteen feet wide and a rampart nine feet high. 3. The +camp of the enemy was a great way off (was distant by a great space). +4. On the next day he hastened ten miles in three hours. 5. Suddenly the +enemy with all their forces made an attack upon («in» _with acc._) the +rear. 6. For two hours the Romans were hard pressed by the barbarians. +7. In three hours the barbarians were fleeing. + + [Footnote 1: Translate as if pluperfect.] + + +LESSON LX + +DEPONENT VERBS + + [Special Vocabulary] + + «aut», conj., _or_; «aut ... aut», _either ... or_ + «causā», abl. of «causa», _for the sake of, because of_. Always stands + _after_ the gen. which modifies it + «ferē», adv., _nearly, almost_ + «opīniō, -ōnis», f., _opinion, supposition, expectation_ + «rēs frūmentāria, reī frūmentāriae», f. (lit. _the grain affair_), + _grain supply_ + «timor, -ōris», m., _fear_. Cf. «timeō» + «undique», adv., _from all sides_ + + «cōnor, cōnārī, cōnātus sum», _attempt, try_ + «ēgredior, ēgredī, ēgressus sum», _move out, disembark_; + «prōgredior», _move forward, advance_ (egress, progress) + «moror, morārī, morātus sum», _delay_ + «orior, orirī, ortus sum», _arise, spring; begin; be born_ (_from_) + (origin) + «proficīscor, proficīscī, profectus sum», _set out_ + «revertor, revertī, reversus sum», _return_ (revert). The forms of + this verb are usually active, and not deponent, in the perfect + system. Perf. act., «revertī» + «sequor, sequī, secūtus sum», _follow_ (sequence). Note the following + compounds of «sequor» and the force of the different prefixes: + «cōnsequor» (_follow with_), _overtake_; + «īnsequor» (_follow against_), _pursue_; + «subsequor» (_follow under_), _follow close after_ + +«338.» A number of verbs are passive in form but active in meaning; as, +«hortor», _I encourage_; «vereor», _I fear_. Such verbs are called +«deponent» because they have laid aside («dē-pōnere», _to lay aside_) +the active forms. + + _a._ Besides having all the forms of the passive, deponent verbs + have also the future active infinitive and a few other active forms + which will be noted later. (Sec§§375, 403.b.) + +«339.» The principal parts of deponents are of course passive in form, +as, + + Conj. I «hortor, hortārī, hortātus sum», _encourage_ + Conj. II «vereor, verērī, veritus sum», _fear_ + Conj. III (_a_) «sequor, sequī, secūtus sum», _follow_ + (_b_) «patior, patī, passus sum», _suffer, allow_ + Conj. IV «partior, partīrī, partītus sum», _share, divide_ + +Learn the synopses of these verbs. (See §493.) «Patior» is conjugated +like the passive of «capiō» (§492). + +«340.» PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE + +The prepositions with the accusative that occur most frequently are + + «ante», _before_ + «apud», _among_ + «circum», _around_ + «contrā», _against, contrary to_ + «extrā», _outside of_ + «in», _into, in, against, upon_ + «inter», _between, among_ + «intrā», _within_ + «ob», _on account of_ («quam ob rem», _wherefore, therefore_) + «per», _through, by means of_ + «post», _after, behind_ + «propter», _on account of, because of_ + «trāns», _across, over_ + + _a._ Most of these you have had before. Review the old ones and + learn the new ones. Review the list of prepositions governing the + ablative, §209. + +«341.» EXERCISES + +First learn the special vocabulary, p. 298. + +I. 1. Trēs ex lēgātīs, contrā Caesaris opīniōnem, iter facere per +hostium fīnīs verēbantur. 2. Quis eōs hortātus est? Imperātor eōs +hortātus est et iīs persuādēre cōnātus est, sed nōn potuit. 3. Quid +lēgātōs perterruit? Aut timor hostium, quī undique premēbant, aut +longitūdō viae eōs perterruit. 4. Tamen omnēs ferē Caesarem multō magis +quam hostīs veritī sunt. 5. Fortissimae gentēs Galliae ex Germānīs +oriēbantur. 6. Quam ob rem tam fortēs erant? Quia nec vīnum nec +alia quae virtūtem dēlent ad sē portārī patiēbantur. 7. Caesar ex +mercātōribus dē īnsulā Britanniā quaesīvit, sed nihil cognōscere potuit. +8. Itaque ipse statuit hanc terram petere, et mediā ferē aestāte cum +multīs nāvibus longīs profectus est. 9. Magnā celeritāte iter confēcit +et in opportūnissimō locō ēgressus est. 10. Barbarī summīs vīribus eum +ab īnsulā prohibēre cōnātī sunt. 11. Ille autem barbarōs multa mīlia +passuum īnsecūtus est; tamen sine equitātū eōs cōnsequī nōn potuit. + +II. 1. Contrary to our expectation, the enemy fled and the cavalry +followed close after them. 2. From all parts of the multitude the shouts +arose of those who were being wounded. 3. Cæsar did not allow the +cavalry to pursue too far.[1] 4. The cavalry set out at the first hour +and was returning[2] to camp at the fourth hour. 5. Around the Roman +camp was a rampart twelve feet high. 6. Cæsar will delay three days +because of the grain supply. 7. Nearly all the lieutenants feared the +enemy and attempted to delay the march. + + [Footnote 1: Comparative of «longē».] + + [Footnote 2: Will this be a deponent or an active form?] + + * * * * * + + «Seventh Review, Lessons LIII-LX, §§524-526» + + * * * * * + + [Illustration] + + + + +PART III + +CONSTRUCTIONS + + +INTRODUCTORY NOTE + +The preceding part of this book has been concerned chiefly with forms +and vocabulary. There remain still to be learned the forms of the +Subjunctive Mood, the Participles, and the Gerund of the regular verb, +and the conjugation of the commoner irregular verbs. These will be taken +up in connection with the study of constructions, which will be the +chief subject of our future work. The special vocabularies of the +preceding lessons contain, exclusive of proper names, about six hundred +words. As these are among the commonest words in the language, _they +must be mastered_. They properly form the basis of the study of words, +and will be reviewed and used with but few additions in the remaining +lessons. + +For practice in reading and to illustrate the constructions presented, a +continued story has been prepared and may be begun at this point (see p. +204). It has been divided into chapters of convenient length to +accompany progress through the lessons, but may be read with equal +profit after the lessons are finished. The story gives an account of the +life and adventures of Publius Cornelius Lentulus, a Roman boy, who +fought in Cæsar’s campaigns and shared in his triumph. The colored +plates illustrating the story are faithful representations of ancient +life and are deserving of careful study. + + +LESSON LXI + +THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD + +«342.» In addition to the indicative, imperative, and infinitive moods, +which you have learned, Latin has a fourth mood called the subjunctive. +The tenses of the subjunctive are + + PRESENT } + IMPERFECT } ACTIVE AND PASSIVE + PERFECT } + PLUPERFECT } + +«343.» The tenses of the subjunctive have the same time values as the +corresponding tenses of the indicative, and, in addition, _each of them +may refer to future time_. No meanings of the tenses will be given in +the paradigms, as the translation varies with the construction used. + +«344.» The present subjunctive is inflected as follows: + + CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV + ACTIVE VOICE + SINGULAR + 1. a´mem mo´neam re´gam ca´piam au´diam + 2. a´mēs mo´neās re´gās ca´piās au´diās + 3. a´met mo´neat re´gat ca´piat au´diat + + PLURAL + 1. amē´mus moneā´mus regā´mus capiā´mus audiā´mus + 2. amē´tis moneā´tis regā´tis capiā´tis audiā´tis + 3. a´ment mo´neant re´gant ca´piant au´diant + + PASSIVE VOICE + SINGULAR + 1. a´mer mo´near re´gar ca´piar au´diar + 2. amē´ris moneā´ris regā´ris capiā´ris audiā´ris + (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) + 3. amē´tur moneā´tur regā´tur capiā´tur audiā´tur + + PLURAL + 1. amē´mur moneā´mur regā´mur capiā´mur audiā´mur + 2. amē´minī moneā´minī regā´minī capiā´minī audiā´minī + 3. amen´tur monean´tur regan´tur capian´tur audian´tur + + _a._ The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem. + + _b._ The mood sign of the present subjunctive is «-ē-» in the first + conjugation and «-ā-» in the others. It is shortened in the usual + places (cf. §12), and takes the place of the final vowel of the + stem in the first and third conjugations, but not in the second and + fourth. + + _c._ The personal endings are the same as in the indicative. + + _d._ In a similar way inflect the present subjunctive of «cūrō», + «iubeō», «sūmō», «iaciō», «mūniō». + +«345.» The present subjunctive of the irregular verb «sum» is inflected +as follows: + + { 1. sim { 1. sīmus + SING. { 2. sīs PLURAL { 2. sītis + { 3. sit { 3. sint + +«346.» «The Indicative and Subjunctive Compared.» + + 1. The two most important of the finite moods are the indicative and + the subjunctive. The indicative deals with facts either real or + assumed. If, then, we wish to assert something as a fact or to inquire + after a fact, we use the indicative. + + 2. On the other hand, if we wish to express a _desire_ or _wish_, a + _purpose_, a _possibility_, an _expectation_, or some such notion, we + must use the subjunctive. The following sentences illustrate the + difference between the indicative and the subjunctive ideas. + + INDICATIVE IDEAS SUBJUNCTIVE IDEAS + + 1. _He is brave_ 1. _May he be brave_ + «Fortis est» «Fortis sit» (idea of wishing) + 2. _We set out at once_ 2. _Let us set out at once_ + «Statim proficīscimur» «Statim proficīscāmur» + (idea of willing) + 3. _You hear him every day_ 3. _You can hear him every day_ + «Cotīdiē eum audīs» «Cotīdiē eum audiās» + (idea of possibility) + 4. _He remained until the ship_ 4. _He waited until the ship_ + _arrived_ _should arrive_ + «Mānsit dum nāvis pervēnit» «Exspectāvit dum nāvis + pervenīret»[1] + (idea of expectation) + 5. _Cæsar sends men who find the_ 5. _Cæsar sends men_ + _bridge_ _who are to find_ + (or _to find_) _the bridge_ + «Caesar mittit hominēs quī» «Caesar hominēs mittit quī» + «pontem reperiunt» «pontem reperiant» + (idea of purpose) + + [Footnote 1: «pervenīret», imperfect subjunctive.] + +NOTE. From the sentences above we observe that the subjunctive may be +used in either independent or dependent clauses; but it is far more +common in the latter than in the former. + +«347.» EXERCISE + +Which verbs in the following paragraph would be in the indicative and +which in the subjunctive in a Latin translation? + +There have been times in the history of our country when you might be +proud of being an American citizen. Do you remember the day when Dewey +sailed into Manila Bay to capture or destroy the enemy’s fleet? You +might have seen the admiral standing on the bridge calmly giving his +orders. He did not even wait until the mines should be removed from the +harbor’s mouth, but sailed in at once. Let us not despair of our country +while such valor exists, and may the future add new glories to the past. + + +LESSON LXII + +THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE + +«348.» Observe the sentence + + «Caesar hominēs mittit quī pontem reperiant», + _Cæsar sends men to find the bridge_ + +The verb «reperiant» in the dependent clause is in the subjunctive +because it tells us what Cæsar wants the men to do; in other words, it +expresses his will and the purpose in his mind. Such a use of the +subjunctive is called the subjunctive of purpose. + +«349.» RULE. «Subjunctive of Purpose.» _The subjunctive is used in a +dependent clause to express the purpose of the action in the principal +clause._ + +«350.» A clause of purpose is introduced as follows: + +I. If something is wanted, by + + «quī», the relative pronoun (as above) + «ut», conj., _in order that, that_ + «quō» (abl. of «quī», _by which_), _in order that, that_, used when + the purpose clause contains a comparative. The ablative «quō» + expresses the measure of difference. (Cf. §317.) + +II. If something is not wanted, by + + «nē», conj., _in order that not, that not, lest_ + +«351.» EXAMPLES + + 1. «Caesar cōpiās cōgit quibus hostīs īnsequātur» + _Cæsar collects troops with which to pursue the foe_ + + 2. «Pācem petunt ut domum revertantur» + _They ask for peace in order that they may return home_ + + 3. «Pontem faciunt quō facilius oppidum capiant» + _They build a bridge that they may take the town more easily_ + (lit. _by which the more easily_) + + 4. «Fugiunt nē vulnerentur» + _They flee that they may not_ (or _lest they_) _be wounded_ + +«352.» «Expression of Purpose in English.» In English, purpose clauses +are sometimes introduced by _that_ or _in order that_, but much more +frequently purpose is expressed in English by the infinitive, as _We eat +to live_, _She stoops to conquer_. In Latin prose, on the other hand, +«purpose is never expressed by the infinitive». Be on your guard and do +not let the English idiom betray you into this error. + +«353.» EXERCISES + +I. + 1. Veniunt ut { dūcant, mittant, videant, audiant, + { dūcantur, mittantur, videantur, audiantur. + 2. Fugimus nē { capiāmur, trādāmur, videāmus, + { necēmur, rapiāmur, resistāmus. + 3. Mittit nūntiōs quī { dicant, audiant, veniant, + { nārrent, audiantur, in conciliō sedeant. + 4. Castra mūniunt { sēsē dēfendant, impetum sustineant, + quō facilius { hostīs vincant, salūtem petant. + +II. 1. The Helvetii send ambassadors to seek[1] peace. 2. They are +setting out at daybreak in order that they may make a longer march +before night. 3. They will hide the women in the forest (_acc. with_ +«in») that they may not be captured. 4. The Gauls wage many wars to +free[1] their fatherland from slavery. 5. They will resist the Romans[2] +bravely lest they be destroyed. + + [Footnote 1: Not infinitive.] + + [Footnote 2: Not accusative.] + + +LESSON LXIII + +INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES + +«354.» The imperfect subjunctive may be formed by adding the personal +endings to the present active infinitive. + + CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV + ACTIVE + 1. amā´rem monē´rem re´gerem ca´perem audī´rem + 2. amā´rēs monē´rēs re´gerēs ca´perēs audī´rēs + 3. amā´ret monē´ret re´geret ca´peret audī´ret + + 1. amārē´mus monērē´mus regerē´mus caperē´mus audīrē´mus + 2. amārē´tis monērē´tis regerē´tis caperē´tis audīrē´tis + 3. amā´rent monē´rent re´gerent ca´perent audī´rent + + PASSIVE + 1. amā´rer monē´rer re´gerer ca´perer audī´rer + 2. amārē´ris monērē´ris regerē´ris caperē´ris audīrē´ris + (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) + 3. amārē´tur monērē´tur regerē´tur caperē´tur audīrē´tur + + 1. amārē´mur monērē´mur regerē´mur caperē´mur audīrē´mur + 2. amārē´minī monērē´minī regerē´minī caperē´minī audīrē´minī + 3. amāren´tur monēren´tur regeren´tur caperen´tur audīren´tur + + _a._ In a similar way inflect the imperfect subjunctive, active and + passive, of «cūrō», «iubeō», «sūmō», «iaciō», «mūniō». + +«355.» The imperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb «sum» is +inflected as follows: + + { 1. es´sem { 1. essē´mus + SING. { 2. es´sēs PLURAL { 2. essē´tis + { 3. es´set { 3. es´sent + +«356.» The three great distinctions of time are _present_, _past_, and +_future_. All tenses referring to present or future time are called +«primary tenses», and those referring to past time are called «secondary +tenses». Now it is a very common law of language that in a complex +sentence the tense in the dependent clause should be of the same kind as +the tense in the principal clause. In the sentence _He «says» that he +«is» coming_, the principal verb, _says_, is present, that is, is in a +primary tense; and _is coming_, in the dependent clause, is naturally +also primary. If I change _he says_ to _he said_,--in other words, if I +make the principal verb secondary in character,--I feel it natural to +change the verb in the dependent clause also, and I say, _He «said» that +he «was» coming_. This following of a tense by another of the same kind +is called _tense sequence_, from _sequī_, “to follow.” + +In Latin the law of tense sequence is obeyed with considerable +regularity, especially when an indicative in the principal clause is +followed by a subjunctive in the dependent clause. Then a primary tense +of the indicative is followed by a primary tense of the subjunctive, and +a secondary tense of the indicative is followed by a secondary tense of +the subjunctive. Learn the following table: + +«357.» TABLE FOR SEQUENCE OF TENSES + ++-----+-------------------+-------------------------------------------+ +| | PRINCIPAL VERB | DEPENDENT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE | +| P | IN THE +---------------------+---------------------+ +| R | INDICATIVE | _Incomplete or_ | _Completed Action_ | +| I | | _Continuing Action_ | | +| M +-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+ +| A | Present | | | +| R | Future | Present | Perfect | +| T | Future perfect | | | ++-----+-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+ +| S D | | | | +| E A | Imperfect | | | +| C R | Perfect | Imperfect | Pluperfect | +| O Y | Pluperfect | | | +| N- | | | | ++-----+-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+ + +«358.» RULE. «Sequence of Tenses.» _Primary tenses are followed by +primary tenses and secondary by secondary._ + +«359.» EXAMPLES + +I. Primary tenses in principal and dependent clauses: + + «Mittit» } + «Mittet» } «hominēs ut agrōs vāstent» + «Mīserit» } + + { _sends_ } { _that they may_ } + _He_ { _will send_ } _men_ { _in order to_ } + { _will have sent_ } { _to lay waste the fields_ } + +II. Secondary tenses in principal and dependent clauses: + + «Mittēbat»} + «Mīsit» } «hominēs ut agrōs vāstārent» + «Mīserat» } + + { _was sending_ } { _that they might_ } + _He_ { _sent or has sent_ } _men_ { _in order to_ } + { _had sent_ } { _to lay waste the fields_ } + +«360.» EXERCISES + +I. + 1. Vēnerant ut {dūcerent, mitterent, vidērent, audīrent, + {dūcerentur, mitterentur, vidērentur, audirentur + + 2. Fugiēbat nē {caperētur, trāderētur, vidērētur, + {necārētur, raperētur, resisteret. + + 3. Misit nūntiōs quī {dīcerent, audīrent, venīrent + {nārrārent, audīrentur, in conciliō sedērent. + + 4. Castra mūnīvērunt {sēsē dēfenderent, impetum sustinērent, + quō facilius {hostīs vincerent, salūtem peterent. + +II. 1. Cæsar encouraged the soldiers in order that they might fight more +bravely. 2. The Helvetii left their homes to wage war. 3. The scouts set +out at once lest they should be captured by the Germans. 4. Cæsar +inflicted punishment on them in order that the others might be more +terrified. 5. He sent messengers to Rome to announce the victory. + + +LESSON LXIV + +THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE + +«361.» The perfect and the pluperfect subjunctive active are inflected +as follows: + + CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV + PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE + SINGULAR + 1. amā´verim monu´erim rē´xerim cē´perim audī´verim + 2. amā´veris monu´eris rē´xeris cē´peris audī´veris + 3. amā´verit monu´erit rē´xerit cē´perit audī´verit + + PLURAL + 1. amāve´rimus monue´rimus rēxe´rimus cēpe´rimus audīve´rimus + 2. amāve´ritis monue´ritis rēxe´ritis cēpe´ritis audīve´ritis + 3. amā´verint monu´erint rē´xerint cē´perint audī´verint + + PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE + SINGULAR + 1. amāvis´sem monuis´sem rēxis´sem cēpis´sem audīvis´sem + 2. amāvis´sēs monuis´sēs rēxis´sēs cēpis´sēs audīvis´sēs + 3. amāvis´set monuis´set rēxis´set cēpis´set audīvis´set + + PLURAL + 1. amāvissē´mus monuissē´mus rēxissē´mus cēpissē´mus audīvissē´mus + 2. amāvissē´tis monuissē´tis rēxissē´tis cēpissē´tis audīvissē´tis + 3. amāvis´sent monuis´sent rēxis´sent cēpis´sent audīvis´sent + + _a._ Observe that these two tenses, like the corresponding ones in + the indicative, are formed from the perfect stem. + + _b._ Observe that the perfect subjunctive active is like the future + perfect indicative active, excepting that the first person singular + ends in «-m» and not in «-ō». + + _c._ Observe that the pluperfect subjunctive active may be formed by + adding «-issem, -issēs», etc. to the perfect stem. + + _d._ In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive + active of «cūrō», «iubeō», «sūmō», «iaciō», «mūniō». + +«362.» The passive of the perfect subjunctive is formed by combining the +perfect passive participle with «sim», the present subjunctive of «sum.» + + CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV + PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE + SINGULAR + 1. amā´tus sim mo´nitus sim rēc´tus sim cap´tus sim audī´tus sim + 2. amā´tus sīs mo´nitus sīs rēc´tus sīs cap´tus sīs audī´tus sīs + 3. amā´tus sit mo´nitus sit rēc´tus sit cap´tus sit audī´tus sit + + PLURAL + 1. amā´tī sīmus mo´nitī s. rēc´tī s. cap´tī s. audī´tī s. + 2. amā´tī sītis mo´nitī s. rēc´tī s. cap´tī s. audī´tī s. + 3. amā´tī sint mo´nitī sint rēc´tī sint cap´tī sint audī´tī sint + +«363.» The passive of the pluperfect subjunctive is formed by combining +the perfect passive participle with «essem», the imperfect subjunctive +of «sum». + + CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV + PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE + SINGULAR + 1. amātus essem monitus essem rēctus essem captus e. audītus e. + 2. amātus essēs monitus essēs rēctus essēs captus e. audītus e. + 3. amātus esset monitus esset rēctus esset captus e. audītus e. + + PLURAL + 1. amātī essēmus monitī essēmus rēctī essēmus captī e. audītī e. + 2. amātī essētis monitī essētis rēctī essētis captī e. audītī e. + 3. amātī essent monitī essent rēctī essent captī e. audītī e. + + _a._ In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive + passive of «cūrō», «iubeō», «sūmō», «iaciō», «mūniō.» + +«364.» The perfect and pluperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb +«sum» are inflected as follows: + + PERFECT PLUPERFECT + fu´erim fue´rimus fuis´sem fuissē´mus + fu´eris fue´ritis fuis´sēs fuissē´tis + fu´erit fu´erint fuis´set fuis´sent + +«365.» A substantive clause is a clause used like a noun, as, + + _That the men are afraid_ is clear enough (clause as subject) + He ordered _them to call on him_ (clause as object) + +We have already had many instances of infinitive clauses used in this +way (cf. §213), and have noted the similarity between Latin and English +usage in this respect. But the Latin often uses the _subjunctive_ in +substantive clauses, and this marks an important difference between the +two languages. + +«366.» RULE. «Substantive Clauses of Purpose.» _A substantive clause of +purpose with the subjunctive is used as the object of verbs of +«commanding», «urging», «asking», «persuading», or «advising», where in +English we should usually have the infinitive._ + +EXAMPLES + + 1. _The general ordered the soldiers to run_ + «Imperātor mīlitibus imperāvit ut currerent» + 2. _He urged them to resist bravely_ + «Hortātus est ut fortiter resisterent» + 3. _He asked them to give the children food_ + «Petīvit ut līberīs cibum darent» + 4. _He will persuade us not to set out_ + «Nōbīs persuādēbit nē proficīscāmur» + 5. _He advises us to remain at home_ + «Monet ut domī maneāmus» + + _a._ The object clauses following these verbs all express the + purpose or will of the principal subject that something be done or + not done. (Cf. §348.) + +«367.» The following verbs are used with object clauses of purpose. +Learn the list and the principal parts of the new ones. + + «hortor», _urge_ + «imperō», _order_ (with the _dative_ of the _person_ ordered and a + _subjunctive clause_ of the _thing_ ordered done) + «moneō», _advise_ + «petō», «quaerō», «rogō», _ask, seek_ + «persuādeō», _persuade_ (with the same construction as imperō) + «postulō», _demand, require_ + «suādeō», _advise_ (cf. «persuādeō») + +N.B. Remember that «iubeō», _order_, takes the infinitive as in English. +(Cf. §213.1.) Compare the sentences + + «Iubeō eum venīre», _I order him to come_ + «Imperō eī ut veniat», _I give orders to him that he is to come_ + +We ordinarily translate both of these sentences like the first, but the +difference in meaning between iubeō and imperō in the Latin requires the +_infinitive_ in the one case and the _subjunctive_ in the other. + +«368.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Petit atque hortātur ut ipse dīcat. 2. Caesar Helvētiīs imperāvit +nē per prōvinciam iter facerent. 3. Caesar nōn iussit Helvētiōs per +prōvinciam iter facere. 4. Ille cīvibus persuāsit ut dē fīnibus suīs +discēderent. 5. Caesar prīncipēs monēbit nē proelium committant. +6. Postulāvit nē cum Helvētiīs aut cum eōrum sociīs bellum gererent. +7. Ab iīs quaesīvī nē proficīscerentur. 8. Iīs persuādēre nōn potuī ut +domī manērent. + +II. 1. Who ordered Cæsar to make the march? (_Write this sentence both +with_ «imperō» _and with_ «iubeō».) 2. The faithless scouts persuaded +him to set out at daybreak. 3. They will ask him not to inflict +punishment. 4. He demanded that they come to the camp. 5. He advised +them to tell everything («omnia»). + +NOTE. Do not forget that the English infinitive expressing purpose must +be rendered by a Latin subjunctive. Review §352. + + [Illustration: LEGIO ITER FACIT] + + +LESSON LXV + +THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF _POSSUM_ · VERBS OF FEARING + +«369.» Learn the subjunctive of «possum» (§495), and note especially the +position of the accent. + +«370.» «Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.» We have learned that what +we want done or not done is expressed in Latin by a subjunctive clause +of purpose. In this class belong also _clauses after verbs of fearing_, +for we fear either that something will happen or that it will not, and +we either want it to happen or we do not. If we want a thing to happen +and fear that it will not, the purpose clause is introduced by «ut». If +we do not want it to happen and fear that it will, «nē» is used. Owing +to a difference between the English and Latin idiom we translate «ut» +after a verb of fearing by _that not_, and «nē» by _that_ or _lest_. + +«371.» EXAMPLES + + «timeō» } { «veniat» + «timēbō» } «ut» { + «timuerō» } { «vēnerit» + +_I fear_, _shall fear_, _shall have feared_, _that he will not come_, +_has not come_ + + «timēbam» } { «venīret» + «timuī» } «ut» { + «timueram» } { «vēnisset» + +_I was fearing_, _feared_, _had feared_, _that he would not come_, _had +not come_ + +The same examples with «nē» instead of «ut» would be translated _I fear +that_ or _lest he will come_, _has come_, etc. + +«372.» RULE. «Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.» _Verbs of fearing are +followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced by «ut» («that +not») or «nē» («that» or «lest»)._ + +«373.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Caesar verēbātur ut supplicium captīvōrum Gallīs placēret. +2. Rōmānī ipsī magnopere verēbantur nē Helvētiī iter per prōvinciam +facerent. 3. Timēbant ut satis reī frūmentāriae mittī posset. 4. Vereor +ut hostium impetum sustinēre possim. 5. Timuit nē impedīmenta ab +hostibus capta essent. 6. Caesar numquam timuit nē legiōnēs vincerentur. +7. Legiōnēs pugnāre nōn timuērunt.[1] + +II. 1. We fear that they are not coming. 2. We fear lest they are +coming. 3. We feared that they had come. 4. We feared that they had +not come. 5. They feared greatly that the camp could not be defended. +6. Almost all feared[1] to leave the camp. + + [Footnote 1: Distinguish between what one is afraid _to do_ + (complementary infinitive as here) and what one is afraid _will + take place_ or _has taken place_ (substantive clause with the + subjunctive).] + + +LESSON LXVI + +THE PARTICIPLES + +«374.» The Latin verb has the following Participles:[1] + + [Transcriber’s Note: + For reasons of space, this table is given in two forms: first a + reduced version without translation, and then the complete text, + including translations, split into two elements.] + + CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV + ACTIVE + PRESENT amāns monēns regēns capiēns audiēns + FUTURE amātūrus monitūrus rēctūrus captūrus audītūrus + + PASSIVE + PERFECT amātus monitus rēctus captus audītus + FUTURE[2] amandus monendus regendus capiendus audiendus + + CONJ. I CONJ. II + ACTIVE + PRESENT amāns monēns + _loving_ _advising_ + FUTURE amātūrus monitūrus + _about to love_ _about to advise_ + + PASSIVE + PERFECT amātus monitus + _loved, having_ _advised, having been advised_ + _been loved_ + FUTURE[2] amandus monendus + _to be loved_ _to be advised_ + + CONJ. III CONJ. IV + ACTIVE + PRESENT regēns capiēns audiēns + _ruling_ _taking_ _hearing_ + FUTURE rēctūrus captūrus audītūrus + _about to rule_ _about to take_ _about to hear_ + + PASSIVE + PERFECT rēctus captus audītus + _ruled, having_ _taken, having_ _heard, havinh_ + _been ruled_ _been taken_ _been heard_ + FUTURE[2] regendus capiendus audiendus + _to be ruled_ _to be taken_ _to be heard_ + + [Footnote 1: Review §203.] + + [Footnote 2: The future passive participle is often called the + _gerundive_.] + + _a._ The present active and future passive participles are formed + from the present stem, and the future active and perfect passive + participles are formed from the participial stem. + + _b._ The present active participle is formed by adding «-ns» to the + present stem. In «-iō» verbs of the third conjugation, and in the + fourth conjugation, the stem is modified by the addition of «-ē-», + as «capi-ē-ns», «audi-ē-ns». It is declined like an adjective of one + ending of the third declension. (Cf. §256.) + + «amāns», _loving_ + BASE «amant-» STEM «amanti-» + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ amāns amāns amantēs amantia + _Gen._ amantis amantis amantium amantium + _Dat._ amantī amantī amantibus amantibus + _Acc._ amantem amāns amantīs amantia + _or_ -ēs + _Abl._ amantī amantī amantibus amantibus + _or_ -e _or_ -e + + (1) When used as an adjective the ablative singular ends in «-ī»; + when used as a participle or as a substantive, in «-e». + + (2) In a similar way decline «monēns», «regēns», «capiēns», «audiēns». + + _c._ The future active participle is formed by adding «-ūrus» to the + base of the participial stem. We have already met this form combined + with «esse» to produce the future active infinitive. (Cf. §206.) + + _d._ For the perfect passive participle see §201. The future + passive participle or gerundive is formed by adding «-ndus» to the + present stem. + + _e._ All participles in «-us» are declined like «bonus». + + _f._ Participles agree with nouns or pronouns like adjectives. + + _g._ Give all the participles of the following verbs: «cūrō», + «iubeō», «sūmō», «iaciō», «mūniō». + +«375.» «Participles of Deponent Verbs.» Deponent verbs have the +participles of the active voice as well as of the passive; consequently +every deponent verb has four participles, as, + + _Pres. Act._ «hortāns», _urging_ + _Fut. Act._ «hortātūrus», _about to urge_ + _Perf. Pass._ (in form) «hortātus», _having urged_ + _Fut. Pass._ (_Gerundive_) «hortandus», _to be urged_ + + _a._ Observe that the perfect participle of deponent verbs is + passive in form but _active_ in meaning. _No other verbs have a + perfect active participle._ On the other hand, the future passive + participle of deponent verbs is passive in meaning as in other + verbs. + + _b._ Give the participles of «cōnor», «vereor», «sequor», «patior», + «partior». + +«376.» «Tenses of the Participle.» The tenses express time as follows: + + 1. The present active participle corresponds to the English present + active participle in _-ing_, but can be used only of an action + occurring at the same time as the action of the main verb; as, + «mīlitēs īnsequentēs cēpērunt multōs», _the soldiers, while pursuing, + captured many._ Here the pursuing and the capturing are going on + together. + + 2. The perfect participle (excepting of deponents) is regularly + passive and corresponds to the English past participle with or without + the auxiliary _having been_; as, «audītus», _heard_ or _having been + heard_. + + 3. The future active participle, translated _about to_, etc., denotes + time after the action of the main verb. + +«377.» Review §§203, 204, and, note the following model sentences: + + 1. «Mīlitēs currentēs erant dēfessī», _the soldiers who were running_ + (lit. _running_) _were weary_. + + 2. «Caesar profectūrus Rōmam nōn exspectāvit», _Cæsar, when about to + set out_ (lit. _about to set out_) _for Rome, did not wait_. + + 3. «Oppidum captum vīdimus», _we saw the town which had been captured_ + (lit. _captured town_). + + 4. «Imperātor trīduum morātus profectus est», _the general, since_ + (_when_, or _after_) _he had delayed_ (lit. _the general, having + delayed_) _three days, set out_. + + 5. «Mīlitēs vīctī terga nōn vertērunt», _the soldiers, though they + were conquered_ (lit. _the soldiers conquered_), _did not retreat_. + +In each of these sentences the literal translation of the participle is +given in parentheses. We note, however, that its proper translation +usually requires a clause beginning with some conjunction (_when, since, +after, though_, etc.), or a relative clause. Consider, in each case, +what translation will best bring out the thought, and do not, as a rule, +translate the participle literally. + +«378.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Puer timēns nē capiātur fugit. 2. Aquila īrā commōta avīs reliquās +interficere cōnāta erat. 3. Mīlitēs ab hostibus pressī tēla iacere nōn +potuērunt. 4. Caesar decimam legiōnem laudātūrus ad prīmum agmen +prōgressus est. 5. Imperātor hortātus equitēs ut fortiter pugnārent +signum proeliō dedit. 6. Mīlitēs hostīs octō milia passuum īnsecūtī +multīs cum captīvīs ad castra revertērunt. 7. Sōl oriēns multōs +interfectōs vīdit. 8. Rōmānī cōnsilium audāx suspicātī barbaris sēsē +nōn commīsērunt. 9. Nāvis ē portū ēgressa nūllō in perīculō erat. + +II.[3] 1. The army was in very great danger while marching through the +enemy’s country. 2. Frightened by the length of the way, they longed for +home. 3. When the scouts were about to set out, they heard the shouts of +victory. 4. When we had delayed many days, we set fire to the buildings +and departed. 5. While living at Rome I heard orators much better than +these. 6. The soldiers who are fighting across the river are no braver +than we. + + [Footnote 3: In this exercise use participles for the subordinate + clauses.] + + +LESSON LXVII + +THE IRREGULAR VERBS _VOLŌ_, _NŌLŌ_, _MĀLŌ_ +THE ABLATIVE WITH A PARTICIPLE, OR ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE + +«379.» Learn the principal parts and conjugation of «volō», _wish_; +«nōlō» («ne» + «volō»), _be unwilling_; «mālō» («magis» + «volō»), _be +more willing, prefer_ (§497). Note the irregularities in the present +indicative, subjunctive, and infinitive, and in the imperfect +subjunctive. (Cf. §354.) + + _a._ These verbs are usually followed by the infinitive with or + without a subject accusative; as, «volunt venīre», _they wish to + come_; «volunt amīcōs venīre», _they wish their friends to come_. + The English usage is the same.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Sometimes the subjunctive of purpose is used after + these verbs. (See §366.)] + +[ Conjugations given in §497: + + PRINCIPAL PARTS: + «volō, velle, voluī», ----, _be willing, will, wish_ + «nōlō, nōlle, nōluī», ----, _be unwilling, will not_ + «mālō, mālle, māluī», ----, _be more willing, prefer_ + + INDICATIVE + SINGULAR + _Pres._ volō nōlō mālō + vīs nōn vis māvīs + vult nōn vult māvult + + PLURAL + volumus nōlumus mālumus + vultis nōn vultis māvul´tis + volunt nōlunt mālunt + + _Impf._ volēbam nōlēbam mālēbam + _Fut._ volam, volēs, etc. nōlam, nōlēs, etc. mālam, mālēs, etc. + _Perf._ voluī nōluī māluī + _Plup._ volueram nōlueram mālueram + _F.P._ voluerō nōluerō māluerō + + SUBJUNCTIVE + SINGULAR + _Pres._ velim nōlim mālim + velīs nōlīs mālīs + velit nōlit mālit + + PLURAL + velī´mus nōlī´mus mālī´mus + velī´tis nōlī´tis mālī´tis + velint nōlint mālint + + _Impf._ vellem nōllem māllem + _Perf._ voluerim nōluerim māluerim + _Plup._ voluissem nōluissem māluissem + + + IMPERATIVE + _Pres._ nōlī + nōlīte + _Fut._ nōlītō, etc. + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ velle nōlle mālle + _Perf._ voluisse nōluisse māluisse + + PARTICIPLE + _Pres._ volēns, -entis nōlēns, -entis ----] + +«380.» Observe the following sentences: + + 1. «Magistrō laudante omnēs puerī dīligenter labōrant», _with the + teacher praising_, or _since the teacher praises_, or _the teacher + praising, all the boys labor diligently._ + + 2. «Caesare dūcente nēmō prōgredī timet», _with Cæsar leading_, or + _when Cæsar leads_, or _if Cæsar leads_, or _Cæsar leading, no one + fears to advance._ + + 3. «Hīs rēbus cognitīs mīlitēs fūgērunt», _when this was known_, or + _since this was known_, or _these things having been learned, the + soldiers fled._ + + 4. «Proeliō commissō multī vulnerātī sunt», _after the battle had + begun_, or _when the battle had begun_, or _the battle having been + joined, many were wounded._ + + _a._ One of the fundamental ablative relations is expressed in + English by the preposition _with_ (cf. §50). In each of the + sentences above we have a noun and a participle in agreement in + the ablative, and the translation shows that in each instance the + ablative expresses _attendant circumstance_. For example, in the + first sentence the circumstance attending or accompanying the + diligent labor of the boys is the praise of the teacher. This is + clearly a _with_ relation, and the ablative is the case to use. + + _b._ We observe, further, that the ablative and its participle are + absolutely independent grammatically of the rest of the sentence. + If we were to express the thought in English in a similar way, we + should use the nominative independent or absolute. In Latin the + construction is called the Ablative Absolute, or the Ablative with a + Participle. This form of expression is exceedingly common in Latin, + but rather rare in English, so we must not, as a rule, employ the + English absolute construction to translate the ablative abolute. The + attendant circumstance may be one of _time_ (when or after), or one + of _cause_ (since), or one of _concession_ (though), or one of + _condition_ (if). In each case try to discover the precise relation, + and translate the ablative and its participle by a clause which + will best express the thought. + +«381.» RULE. «Ablative Absolute.» _The ablative of a noun or pronoun +with a present or perfect participle in agreement is used to express +attendant circumstance._ + +NOTE 1. The verb «sum» has no present participle. In consequence we +often find two nouns or a noun and an adjective in the ablative absolute +with no participle expressed; as, «tē duce», _you_ (being) _leader_, +_with you as leader_; «patre īnfirmō», _my father_ (being) _weak_. + +NOTE 2. Be very careful not to put in the ablative absolute a noun and +participle that form the subject or object of a sentence. Compare + + _a._ _The Gauls, having been conquered by Cæsar, returned home_ + + _b._ _The Gauls having been conquered by Cæsar, the army returned + home_ + +In _a_ the subject is _The Gauls having been conquered by Cæsar_, and we +translate, + + «Gallī ā Caesare victi domum revertērunt» + +In _b_ the subject is _the army_. _The Gauls having been conquered by +Cæsar_ is nominative absolute in English, which requires the ablative +absolute in Latin, and we translate, + + «Gallīs ā Caesare victīs exercitus domum revertit» + +NOTE 3. The fact that only deponent verbs have a perfect active +participle (cf. §375.a) often compels a change of voice when +translating from one language to the other. For example, we can +translate _Cæsar having encouraged the legions_ just as it stands, +because «hortor» is a deponent verb. But if we wish to say _Cæsar having +conquered the Gauls_, we have to change the voice of the participle to +the passive because «vincō» is not deponent, and say, _the Gauls having +been conquered by Cæsar_ (see translation above). + +«382.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Māvīs, nōn vīs, vultis, nōlumus. 2. Ut nōlit, ut vellēmus, ut +mālit. 3. Nōlī, velle, nōluisse, mālle. 4. Vult, māvultis, ut nōllet, +nōlīte. 5. Sōle oriente, avēs cantāre incēpērunt. 6. Clāmōribus audītīs, +barbarī prōgredī recūsābant. 7. Caesare legiōnēs hortātō, mīlitēs paulō +fortius pugnāvērunt. 8. Hīs rēbus cognitīs, Helvētiī fīnitimīs +persuāsērunt ut sēcum iter facerent. 9. Labōribus cōnfectīs, mīlitēs +ā Caesare quaerēbant ut sibi praemia daret. 10. Conciliō convocātō, +prīncipēs ita respondērunt. 11. Dux plūrīs diēs in Helvētiōrum fīnibus +morāns multōs vīcōs incendit. 12. Magnitūdine Germānōrum cognitā, quīdam +ex Rōmānis timēbant. 13. Mercātōribus rogātīs, Caesar nihilō plūs +reperīre potuit. + +II. 1. He was unwilling, lest they prefer, they have wished. 2. You +prefer, that they might be unwilling, they wish. 3. We wish, they had +preferred, that he may prefer. 4. Cæsar, when he heard the rumor (_the +rumor having been heard_), commanded («imperāre») the legions to advance +more quickly. 5. Since Cæsar was leader, the men were willing to make +the journey. 6. A few, terrified[2] by the reports which they had heard, +preferred to remain at home. 7. After these had been left behind, the +rest hastened as quickly as possible. 8. After Cæsar had undertaken the +business (_Cæsar, the business having been undertaken_), he was +unwilling to delay longer.[3] + + [Footnote 2: Would the ablative absolute be correct here?] + + [Footnote 3: Not «longius». Why?] + + +LESSON LXVIII + +THE IRREGULAR VERB _FĪŌ_ · THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT + +«383.» The verb «fīō», _be made, happen_, serves as the passive of +«faciō», _make_, in the present system. The rest of the verb is formed +regularly from «faciō». Learn the principal parts and conjugation +(§500). Observe that the «i» is long except before «-er» and in «fit». + + _a._ The compounds of «facio» with prepositions usually form the + passive regularly, as, + + _Active_ «cōnficiō, cōnficere, cōnfēcī, cōnfectus» + _Passive_ «cōnficior, cōnficī, cōnfectus sum» + +[ Conjugation given in §500: + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «fīō, fierī, factus sum» + + INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE + _Pres._ fīō ---- fīam _2d Pers._ fī fīte + fīs ---- + fit fīunt + _Impf._ fīēbam fierem + _Fut._ fīam ---- + + INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE + _Perf._ factus, -a, -um sum factus, -a, -um sim + _Plup._ factus, -a, -um eram factus, -a, -um essem + _F.P._ factus, -a, -um erō + + INFINITIVE PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ fierī _Perf._ factus, -a, -um + _Perf._ factus, -a, -um esse _Ger._ faciendus, -a, -um + _Fut._ [[factum īrī]]] + +«384.» Observe the following sentences: + + 1. «Terror erat tantus ut omnēs fugerent», _the terror was so great + that all fled._ + + 2. «Terror erat tantus ut nōn facile mīlitēs sēsē reciperent», _the + terror was so great that the soldiers did not easily recover + themselves._ + + 3. «Terror fēcit ut omnēs fugerent», _terror caused all to flee_ + (lit. _made that all fled_). + + _a._ Each of these sentences is complex, containing a principal + clause and a subordinate clause. + + _b._ The principal clause names a cause and the subordinate clause + states the _consequence_ or _result_ of this cause. + + _c._ The subordinate clause has its verb in the subjunctive, though + it is translated like an indicative. The construction is called the + _subjunctive of consequence or result_, and the clause is called a + consecutive or result clause. + + _d._ In the last example the clause of result is the object of the + verb «fēcit». + + _e._ The conjunction introducing the consecutive or result clause is + «ut» = _so that_; negative, «ut nōn» = _so that not_. + +«385.» RULE. «Subjunctive of Result.» _Consecutive clauses of result are +introduced by «ut» or «ut nōn» and have the verb in the subjunctive._ + +«386.» RULE. _Object clauses of result with «ut» or «ut nōn» are found +after verbs of «effecting» or «bringing about»._ + +«387.» «Purpose and Result Clauses Compared.» There is great similarity +in the expression of purpose and of result in Latin. If the sentence is +affirmative, both purpose and result clauses may be introduced by «ut»; +but if the sentence is negative, the purpose clause has «nē» and the +result clause «ut nōn». Result clauses are often preceded in the main +clause by such words as «tam», «ita», «sic» (_so_), and these serve to +point them out. Compare + + _a._ «Tam graviter vulnerātus est ut caperētur» + _He was so severely wounded that he was captured_ + _b._ «Graviter vulnerātus est ut caperētur» + _He was severely wounded in order that he might be captured_ + +Which sentence contains a result clause, and how is it pointed out? + +«388.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Fit, fīet, ut fīat, fīēbāmus. 2. Fīō, fīēs, ut fierent, fierī, +fīunt. 3. Fīētis, ut fīāmus, fīs, fīemus. 4. Mīlitēs erant tam tardī +ut ante noctem in castra nōn pervenīrent. 5. Sōl facit ut omnia sint +pulchra. 6. Eius modī perīcula erant ut nēmō proficīscī vellet. +7. Equitēs hostium cum equitātū nostrō in itinere contendērunt, ita +tamen[1] ut nostrī omnibus in partibus superiōrēs essent. 8. Virtūs +mīlitum nostrōrum fēcit ut hostēs nē ūnum quidem[2] impetum sustinērent. +9. Hominēs erant tam audācēs ut nūllō modō continērī possent. +10. Spatium erat tam parvum ut mīlitēs tēla iacere nōn facile possent. +11. Hōc proeliō factō barbarī ita perterritī sunt ut ab ultimīs gentibus +lēgātī ad Caesarem mitterentur. 12. Hoc proelium factum est nē lēgātī ad +Caesarem mitterentur. + + [Footnote 1: «ita tamen», _with such a result however_.] + + [Footnote 2: «nē ... quidem», _not even_. The emphatic word is + placed between.] + +II. 1. It will happen, they were being made, that it may happen. 2. It +happens, he will be made, to happen. 3. They are made, we were being +made, lest it happen. 4. The soldiers are so brave that they conquer. +5. The soldiers are brave in order that they may conquer. 6. The +fortification was made so strong that it could not be taken. 7. The +fortification was made strong in order that it might not be taken. +8. After the town was taken,[3] the townsmen feared that they would be +made slaves. 9. What state is so weak that it is unwilling to defend +itself? + + [Footnote 3: Ablative absolute.] + + +LESSON LXIX + +THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTION +THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE + +«389.» Akin to the subjunctive of consequence or result is the use of +the subjunctive in clauses of characteristic or description. + +This construction is illustrated in the following sentences: + + 1. «Quis est quī suam domum nōn amet?» _who is there who does not love + his own home?_ + + 2. «Erant quī hoc facere nōllent», _there were (some) who were + unwilling to do this._ + + 3. «Tū nōn is es quī amīcōs trādās», _you are not such a one as to_, + or _you are not the man to, betray your friends._ + + 4. «Nihil videō quod timeam», _I see nothing to fear_ (nothing of such + as character as to fear it). + + _a._ Each of these examples contains a descriptive relative clause + which tells what kind of a person or thing the antecedent is. To + express this thought the subjunctive is used. A relative clause that + merely states a fact and does not describe the antecedent uses the + indicative. Compare the sentences + + _Cæsar is the man who is leading us_, + «Caesar est is quī nōs dūcit» + (mere statement of fact, no description, with the indicative) + _Cæsar is the man to lead us_, + «Caesar est is quī nōs dūcat» + (descriptive relative clause with the subjunctive) + + _b._ Observe that in this construction a demonstrative pronoun and a + relative, as is «quī», are translated _such a one as to, the man + to_. + + _c._ In which of the following sentences would you use the + indicative and in which the subjunctive? + + _These are not the men who did this_ + _These are not the men to do this_ + +«390.» RULE. «Subjunctive of Characteristic.» _A relative clause with +the subjunctive is often used to describe an antecedent. This is called +the «subjunctive of characteristic or description»._ + +«391.» Observe the sentences + + 1. Rōmānī «Caesarem cōnsulem» fēcērunt, + _the Romans made «Cæsar consul»_. + + 2. «Caesar cōnsul» ā Rōmānīs factus est, + _«Cæsar» was made «consul» by the Romans_. + + _a._ Observe in 1 that the transitive verb «fēcērunt», _made_, has + two objects: (1) the direct object, «Caesarem»; (2) a second object, + «cōnsulem», referring to the same person as the direct object and + completing the predicate. The second accusative is called a + Predicate Accusative. + + _b._ Observe in 2 that when the verb is changed to the passive both + of the accusatives become nominatives, the _direct object_ becoming + the _subject_ and the _predicate accusative_ the _predicate + nominative_. + +«392.» RULE. «Two Accusatives.» _Verbs of «making», «choosing», +«calling», «showing», and the like, may take a predicate accusative +along with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusatives +become nominatives._ + +«393.» The verbs commonly found with two accusatives are + + «creo, creāre, creāvī, creātus», _choose_ + «appellō, appellāre, appellāvī, appellātus» } + «nōminō, nōmināre, nōmināvī, nōminātus» } _call_ + «vocō, vocāre, vocāvī, vocātus» } + «faciō, facere, fēcī, factus», _make_ + +«394.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. In Germāniae silvis sunt[1] multa genera ferārum quae reliquīs +in locīs nōn vīsa sint. 2. Erant[1] itinera duo quibus Helvētiī domō +discēdere possent. 3. Erat[1] manus nūlla, nūllum oppidum, nūllum +praesidium quod sē armīs dēfenderet. 4. Tōtō frūmentō raptō, domī nihil +erat quō mortem prohibēre possent. 5. Rōmānī Galbam ducem creāvērunt et +summā celeritāte profectī sunt. 6. Neque erat[1] tantae multitūdinis +quisquam quī morārī vellet. 7. Germānī nōn iī sunt quī adventum Caesaris +vereantur. 8. Cōnsulibus occīsīs erant quī[2] vellent cum rēgem creāre. +9. Pāce factā erat nēmō quī arma trādere nōllet. 10. Inter Helvētiōs +quis erat quī nōbilior illō esset? + +II. 1. The Romans called the city Rome. 2. The city was called Rome by +the Romans. 3. The better citizens wished to choose him king. 4. The +brave soldier was not the man to run. 5. There was no one [3]to call me +friend. 6. These are not the men to[4] betray their friends. 7. There +were (some) who called him the bravest of all. + + [Footnote 1: Remember that when the verb «sum» precedes its subject + it is translated _there is_, _there are_, _there were_, etc.] + + [Footnote 2: «erant quī», _there were_ (some) _who_. A wholly + indefinite antecedent of «quī» does not need to be expressed.] + + [Footnote 3: A relative clause of characteristic or description.] + + [Footnote 4: See §389.b.] + + * * * * * + + «Eighth Review, Lessons LXI-LXIX, §§527-528» + + * * * * * + +LESSON LXX + +THE CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION _CUM_ THE ABLATIVE OF +SPECIFICATION + +«395.» The conjunction «cum» has the following meanings and +constructions: + + «cum» TEMPORAL = _when_, followed by the indicative or the subjunctive + «cum» CAUSAL = _since_, followed by the subjunctive + «cum» CONCESSIVE = _although_, followed by the subjunctive + +As you observe, the mood after «cum» is sometimes indicative and +sometimes subjunctive. The reason for this will be made clear by a study +of the following sentences: + + 1. «Caesarem vīdī tum cum in Galliā eram», + _I saw Cæsar at the time when I was in Gaul_. + + 2. «Caesar in eōs impetum fēcit cum pācem peterent», + _Cæsar made an attack upon them when they were seeking peace_. + + 3. «Hoc erat difficile cum paucī sine vulneribus essent», + _this was difficult, since only a few were without wounds_. + + 4. «Cum prīmī ōrdinēs fūgissent, tamen reliquī fortiter cōnsistēbant», + _though the front ranks had fled, yet the rest bravely stood + their ground_. + + _a._ The underlying principle is one already familiar to you (cf. + §389.a). When the «cum» clause states a fact and simply _fixes the + time_ at which the main action took place, the indicative mood is + used. So, in the first example, «cum in Galliā eram» fixes the time + when I saw Cæsar. + + _b._ On the other hand, when the «cum» clause _describes the + circumstances_ under which the main act took place, the subjunctive + mood is used. So, in the second example, the principal clause states + that Cæsar made an attack, and the «cum» clause describes the + circumstances under which this act occurred. The idea of _time_ is + also present, but it is subordinate to the idea of _description_. + Sometimes the descriptive clause is one of _cause_ and we translate + «cum» by _since_; sometimes it denotes _concession_ and «cum» is + translated _although_. + +«396.» RULE. «Constructions with _Cum_». _The conjunction «cum» means +«when», «since», or «although». It is followed by the subjunctive unless +it means «when» and its clause fixes the time at which the main action +took place._ + +NOTE. «Cum» in clauses of description with the subjunctive is much more +common than its use with the indicative. + +«397.» Note the following sentences: + + 1. «Oppidum erat parvum magnitūdine sed magnum multitūdine hominum», + _the town was small in size but great in population_. + + 2. «Homō erat corpore īnfīrmus sed validus animō», + _the man was weak in body but strong in courage_. + + _a._ Observe that «magnitūdine», «multitūdine», «corpore», and + «animō» tell _in what respect_ something is true. The relation is + one covered by the ablative case, and the construction is called the + _ablative of specification_. + +«398.» RULE. «Ablative of Specification.» _The ablative is used to +denote «in what respect» something is true._ + +«399.» IDIOMS + + «aliquem certiōrem facere», _to inform some one_ (lit. _to make some + one more certain_) + «certior fierī», _to be informed_ (lit. _to be made more certain_) + «iter dare», _to give a right of way, allow to pass_ + «obsidēs inter sē dare», _to give hostages to each other_ + +«400.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Helvētiī cum patrum nostrōrum tempore domō prefectī essent, +cōnsulis exercitum in fugam dederant. 2. Cum Caesar in Galliam vēnit, +Helvētiī aliōs agrōs petēbant. 3. Caesar cum in citeriōre Gallia esset, +tamen dē Helvētiōrum cōnsiliīs certior fīēbat. 4. Cum Helvētiī bellō +clārissimī essent, Caesar iter per prōvinciam dare recūsāvit. 5. Lēgātus +cum haec audīvisset, Caesarem certiōrem fecit. 6. Cum principēs inter sē +obsidēs darent, Rōmānī bellum parāvērunt. 7. Caesar, cum id nūntiātum +esset, mātūrat ab urbe proficīscī. 8. Nē virtūte quidem Gallī erant +parēs Germānis. 9. Caesar neque corpore neque animō īnfīrmus erat. +10. Illud bellum tum incēpit cum Caesar fuit cōnsul. + +Observe in each case what mood follows «cum», and try to give the +reasons for its use. In the third sentence the «cum» clause is +concessive, in the fourth and sixth causal. + +II. 1. That battle was fought at the time when («tum cum») I was at +Rome. 2. Though the horsemen were few in number, nevertheless they did +not retreat. 3. When the camp had been sufficiently fortified, the enemy +returned home. 4. Since the tribes are giving hostages to each other, +we shall inform Cæsar. 5. The Gauls and the Germans are very unlike in +language and laws. + + +LESSON LXXI + +VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE · THE PREDICATE GENITIVE + +«401.» Review the word lists in §§510, 511. + +«402.» «The Gerund.» Suppose we had to translate the sentence + + _By overcoming the Gauls Cæsar won great glory_ + +We can see that _overcoming_ here is a verbal noun corresponding to +the English infinitive in _-ing_, and that the thought calls for the +ablative of means. To translate this by the Latin infinitive would be +impossible, because the infinitive is indeclinable and therefore has +no ablative case form. Latin, however, has another verbal noun of +corresponding meaning, called the «gerund», declined as a neuter of +the second declension in the _genitive_, _dative_, _accusative_, and +_ablative singular_, and thus supplying the cases that the infinitive +lacks.[1] Hence, to decline in Latin the verbal noun _overcoming_, we +should use the infinitive for the nominative and the gerund for the +other cases, as follows: + + _Nom._ «superāre», _overcoming, to overcome_ INFINITIVE + _Gen._ «superandī», _of overcoming_ } + _Dat._ «superandō», _for overcoming_ } + _Acc._ «superandum», _overcoming_ } GERUND + _Abl._ «superandō», _by overcoming_ } + +Like the infinitive, the gerund governs the same case as the verb from +which it is derived. So the sentence given above becomes in Latin + + «Superandō Gallōs Caesar magnam glōriam reportāvit» + + [Footnote 1: Sometimes, however, the infinitive is used as an + accusative.] + +«403.» The gerund[2] is formed by adding «-ndī, -ndō, -ndum, -ndō», to +the present stem, which is shortened or otherwise changed, as shown +below: + +PARADIGM OF THE GERUND + + CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV + _Gen._ amandī monendī regendī capiendī audiendī + _Dat._ amandō monendō regendō capiendō audiendō + _Acc._ amandum monendum regendum capiendum audiendum + _Abl._ amandō monendō regendō capiendō audiendō + + _a._ Give the gerund of «cūrō», «dēleō», «sūmō», «iaciō», «veniō». + + _b._ Deponent verbs have the gerund of the active voice (see §493). + Give the gerund of «cōnor», «vereor», «sequor», «patior», «partior». + + [Footnote 2: The gerund is the neuter singular of the future + passive participle used as a noun, and has the same formation. + (Cf. §374.d.)] + +«404.» «The Gerundive.» The gerundive is the name given to the future +passive participle (§374.d) when the participle approaches the meaning +of a verbal noun and is translated like a gerund. It is the adjective +corresponding to the gerund. For example, to translate _the plan of +waging war_, we may use the gerund with its direct object and say +«cōnsilium gerendī bellum»; or we may use the gerundive and say +«cōnsilium bellī gerendī», which means, literally, _the plan of the war +to be waged_, but which came to have the same force as the gerund with +its object, and was even preferred to it. + +«405.» Compare the following parallel uses of the gerund and gerundive: + + GERUND GERUNDIVE + _Gen._ «Spēs faciendī pācem» «Spēs faciendae pācis» + _Dat._ «Locus idōneus pugnandō» «Locus idōneus castrīs pōnendīs» + _A place suitable for _A place suitable for + fighting_ pitching camp_ + _Acc._ «Mīsit equitēs ad īnsequendum» «Mīsit equitēs ad īnsequendōs + hostīs» + _He sent horsemen to pursue_ _He sent horsemen to pursue + the enemy_ + _Abl._ «Nārrandō fābulās magister «Nārrandīs fābulīs magister + puerīs placuit» puerīs placuit» + _The teacher pleased the _The teacher pleased the + boys by telling stories_ boys by telling stories_ + + _a._ We observe + + (1) That the gerund is a noun and the gerundive an adjective. + (2) That the gerund, being a noun, may stand alone or with an + object. + (3) That the gerundive, being an adjective, is used only in + agreement with a noun. + +«406.» RULE. «Gerund and Gerundive.» + + 1. _The Gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, + dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these + cases are in general the same as those of other nouns._ + + 2. _The Gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of + gerund + object excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without + a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is + more usual._ + +«407.» RULE. «Gerund or Gerundive of Purpose.» _The accusative of the +gerund or gerundive with_ «ad», _or the genitive with «causā»[3] (= for +the sake of), is used to express purpose._ + + GERUND GERUNDIVE + «Ad audiendum vēnērunt» or «Ad urbem videndam vēnērunt» or + «Audiendī causā vēnērunt» «Urbis videndae causā vēnērunt» + _They came to hear_ _They came to see the city_ + + [Footnote 3: «causā» always _follows_ the genitive.] + +NOTE. These sentences might, of course, be written with the subjunctive +of purpose,--«vēnērunt ut audīrent»; «vēnērunt ut urbem vidērent.» In +short expressions, however, the gerund and gerundive of purpose are +rather more common. + +«408.» We have learned that the word denoting the owner or possessor of +something is in the genitive, as, «equus Galbae», _Galba’s horse._ If, +now, we wish to express the idea _the horse is Galba’s_, Galba remains +the possessor, and hence in the genitive as before, but now stands in +the predicate, as, «equus est Galbae». Hence this is called the +predicate genitive. + +«409.» RULE. «Predicate Genitive.» _The possessive genitive often stands +in the predicate, especially after the forms of «sum», and is then +called the predicate genitive._ + +«410.» IDIOMS + + «alīcui negōtium dare», _to employ someone_ + (lit. _to give business to some one_) + «novīs rēbus studēre», _to be eager for a revolution_ + (lit. _to be eager for new things_) + «reī mīlitāris perītissimus», _very skillful in the art of war_ + «sē suaque omnia», _themselves and all their possessions_ + +«411.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Caesar cum in Galliā bellum gereret, militibus decimae legiōnis +maximē fāvit quia reī mīlitāris perītissimī erant. 2. Sociīs negōtium +dedit reī frumentāriae cūrandae. 3. Lēgāti nōn sōlum audiendī causā sed +etiam dicendī causā vēnērunt. 4. Imperātor iussit explōrātōres locum +idōneum mūnindō reperīre. 5. Nuper hae gentēs novīs rēbus studēbant; +mox iīs persuādēbō ut Caesarī sē suaque omnia dēdant. 6. Iubēre est +regīnae[4] et pārēre est multitūdinis.[4] 7. Hōc proeliō factō quīdam ex +hostibus ad pācem petendam venērunt. 8. Erant quī arma trādere nōllent. +9. Hostēs tam celeriter prōgressī sunt ut spatium pīla in hostīs +iaciendī non darētur. 10. Spatium neque arma capiendī[5] neque auxilī +petendī[5] datum est. + +II. 1. These ornaments [6]belong to Cornelia. 2. Men very skillful in +the art of war were sent [7]to capture the town. 3. The scouts found a +hill suitable for fortifying very near to the river. 4. Soon the cavalry +will come [8]to seek supplies. 5. The mind of the Gauls is eager for +revolution and for undertaking wars. 6. To lead the line of battle +[9]belongs to the general. 7. [10]Whom shall we employ to look after +the grain supply? + + [Footnote 4: Predicate genitive.] + + [Footnote 5: Which of these expressions is gerund and which + gerundive?] + + [Footnote 6: _belong to_ = _are of_.] + + [Footnote 7: Use the gerundive with «ad».] + + [Footnote 8: Use the genitive with «causā». Where should «causā» + stand?] + + [Footnote 9: Compare the first sentence.] + + [Footnote 10: Compare the second sentence in the Latin above.] + + +LESSON LXXII + +THE IRREGULAR VERB _EŌ_ · INDIRECT STATEMENTS + +«412.» Learn the principal parts and the conjugation of «eō», _go_ +(§499). + + _a._ Notice that «ī-», the root of «eō», is changed to «e-» before + a vowel, excepting in «iēns», the nominative of the present + participle. In the perfect system «-v-» is regularly dropped. + +[ Conjugation given in §499: + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «eō, īre, iī (īvī), ĭtum» (n. perf. part.) + PRES. STEM ī- + PERF. STEM ī- or īv- + PART. STEM it- + + INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE + SING. PLUR. + _Pres._ eō īmus eam _2d Pers._ ī īte + īs ītis + it eunt + _Impf._ ībam īrem + _Fut._ ībō ---- _2d Pers._ ītō ītōte + _3d Pers._ ītō euntō + _Perf._ iī (īvī) ierim (īverim) + _Plup._ ieram (īveram) īssem (īvissem) + _F. P._ ierō (īverō) + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ īre + _Perf._ īsse (īvisse) + _Fut._ itūrus, -a, -um esse + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ iēns, _gen._ euntis (§472) + _Fut._ itūrus, -a, -um + _Ger._ eundum + + GERUND + _Gen._ eundī + _Dat._ eundō + _Acc._ eundum + _Abl._ eundō + + SUPINE + _Acc._ [[itum]] + _Abl._ [[itū]] ] + +«413.» Learn the meaning and principal parts of the following compounds +of «eō» with prepositions: + + «ad´eō, adī´re, ad´iī, ad´itus», _go to, visit_, with the accusative + «ex´eō, exī´re, ex´iī, ex´itus», _go forth_, with «ex» or «dē» + and the ablative of the place from which + «in´eō, inī´re, in´iī, in´itus», _begin, enter upon_, + with the accusative + «red´eō, redī´re, red´iī, red´itus», _return_, with «ad» or «in» and + the accusative of the place to which + «trāns´eō, trānsī´re, trāns´iī, trāns´itus», _cross_, + with the accusative + +«414.» «Indirect Statements in English.» Direct statements are those +which the speaker or writer makes himself or which are quoted in his +exact language. Indirect statements are those reported in a different +form of words from that used by the speaker or writer. Compare the +following direct and indirect statements: + + { 1. The Gauls are brave + Direct statements { 2. The Gauls were brave + { 3. The Gauls will be brave + + Indirect statements { 1. _He says_ that the Gauls _are_ brave + after a verb in { 2. _He says_ that the Gauls _were_ brave + the present tense { 3. _He says_ that the Gauls _will be_ brave + + Indirect statements { 1. _He said_ that the Gauls _were_ brave + after a verb in { 2. _He said_ that the Gauls _had been_ brave + a past tense { 3. _He said_ that the Gauls _would be_ brave + +We see that in English + + _a._ The indirect statement forms a clause introduced by the + conjunction _that_. + + _b._ The verb is finite (cf. §173) and its subject is in the + nominative. + + _c._ The tenses of the verbs originally used are changed after the + past tense, _He said._ + +«415.» «Indirect Statements in Latin.» In Latin the direct and indirect +statements above would be as follows: + + DIRECT { 1. «Gallī sunt fortēs» + STATEMENTS { 2. «Gallī erant fortēs» + { 3. «Gallī erunt fortēs» + + + { 1. «Dīcit» or «Dīxit Gallōs esse fortīs» + { (_He says_ or _He said_ + { _the Gauls to be brave_)[1] + INDIRECT { 2. «Dīcit» or «Dīxit Gallōs fuisse fortīs» + STATEMENTS { (_He says_ or _He said_ + { _the Gauls to have been brave_)[1] + { 3. «Dīcit» or «Dīxit Gallōs futūrōs esse fortīs» + { (_He says_ or _He said_ + { _the Gauls to be about to be brave_)[1] + + [Footnote 1: These parenthetical renderings are not inserted as + translations, but merely to show the literal meaning of the Latin.] + +Comparing these Latin indirect statements with the English in the +preceding section, we observe three marked differences: + + _a._ There is no conjunction corresponding to _that_. + + _b._ The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the + accusative. + + _c._ The tenses of the infinitive are not changed after a past tense + of the principal verb. + +«416.» RULE. «Indirect Statements.» _When a direct statement becomes +indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive and its +subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive._ + +«417.» «Tenses of the Infinitive.» When the sentences in §415 were +changed from the direct to the indirect form of statement, «sunt» became +«esse», «erant» became «fuisse», and «erunt» became «futūrōs esse». + +«418.» RULE. «Infinitive Tenses in Indirect Statements.» _A present +indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the +indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future +indicative becomes future infinitive._ + +NOTE. When translating into Latin an English indirect statement, first +decide what tense of the indicative would have been used in the direct +form. That will show you what tense of the infinitive to use in the +indirect. + +«419.» RULE. «Verbs followed by Indirect Statements.» _The +accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is found +after verbs of «saying», «telling», «knowing», «thinking», and +«perceiving»._ + +«420.» Verbs regularly followed by indirect statements are: + + _a_. Verbs of saying and telling: + «dīcō, dīcere, dīxī, dictus», _say_ + «negō, negāre, negāvī, negātus», _deny, say not_ + «nūntiō, nūntiāre, nūntiāvī, nūntiātus», _announce_ + «respondeō, respondēre, respondī, respōnsus», _reply_ + + _b_. Verbs of knowing: + «cognōscō, cognōscere, cognōvī, cognitus», _learn_, + (in the perf.) _know_ + «sciō, scīre, scīvī, scītus», _know_ + + _c_. Verbs of thinking: + «arbitror, arbitrārī, arbitrātus sum», _think, consider_ + «exīstimō, exīstimāre, exīstimāvī, exīstimātus», _think, believe_ + «iūdicō, iūdicāre, iūdicāvi, iūdicātus», _judge, decide_ + «putō, putāre, putāvī, putātus», _reckon, think_ + «spērō, spērāre, spērāvi, spērātus», _hope_ + + _d_. Verbs of perceiving: + «audiō, audīre, audīvī, audītus», _hear_ + «sentiō, sentīre, sēnsī, sēnsus», _feel, perceive_ + «videō, vidēre, vīdī, vīsus», _see_ + «intellegō, intellegere, intellēxī, intellēctus», _understand, + perceive_ + +Learn such of these verbs as are new to you. + +«421.» IDIOMS + «postrīdiē eius diēī», _on the next day_ + (lit. _on the next day of that day_) + «initā aestāte», _at the beginning of summer_ + «memoriā tenēre», _to remember_ (lit. _to hold by memory_) + «per explōrātōrēs cognōscere», _to learn through scouts_ + +«422.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. It, īmus, īte, īre. 2. Euntī, iisse _or_ īsse, ībunt, eunt. +3. Eundi, ut eant, ībitis, īs. 4. Nē īrent, ī, ībant, ierat. 5. Caesar +per explorātores cognōvit Gallōs flūmen trānsīsse. 6. Rōmānī audīvērunt +Helvētiōs initā aestāte dē fīnibus suīs exitūrōs esse. 7. Legātī +respondērunt nēminem ante Caesarem illam īnsulam adīsse. 8. Prīncipēs +Gallōrum dīcunt sē nūllum cōnsilium contrā Caesaris imperium initūrōs +esse. 9. Arbitrāmur potentiam rēgīnae esse maiōrem quam cīvium. +10. Rōmānī negant se lībertātem Gallīs ēreptūrōs esse. 11. Hīs rēbus +cognitīs sēnsimus lēgātōs non vēnisse ad pācem petendam. 12. Helvētii +sciunt Rōmānōs priōrēs victōriās memoriā tenēre. 13. Sociī cum +intellegerent multōs vulnerārī, statuērunt in suōs fīnīs redīre. +14. Aliquis nūntiāvit Mārcum cōnsulem creātum esse. + +II. 1. The boy is slow. He says that the boy is, was, (and) will be +slow. 2. The horse is, has been, (and) will be strong. He judged that +the horse was, had been, (and) would be strong. 3. We think that the +army will go forth from the camp at the beginning of summer. 4. The next +day we learned through scouts that the enemy’s town was ten miles +off.[2] 5. The king replied that the ornaments belonged to[3] the queen. + + [Footnote 2: _to be off, to be distant_, «abesse».] + + [Footnote 3: Latin, _were of_ (§409).] + + [Illustration: TUBA] + + +LESSON LXXIII + +VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE IRREGULAR VERB _FERŌ_ +THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS + +«423.» Review the word lists in §§513, 514. + +«424.» Learn the principal parts and conjugation of the verb «ferō», +_bear_ (§498). + + 1. Learn the principal parts and meanings of the following compounds + of ferō, _bear_: + + «ad´ferō, adfer´re, at´tulī, adlā´tus», _bring to; report_ + «cōn´ferō, cōnfer´re, con´tulī, conlā´tus», _bring together, collect_ + «dē´ferō, dēfer´re, dē´tulī, dēlā´tus», _bring to; report; + grant, confer_ + «īn´ferō, īnfer´re, in´tulī, inlā´tus», _bring in, bring against_ + «re´ferō, refer´re, ret´tulī, relā´tus», _bear back, report_ + +[ Conjugation given in §498: + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «ferō, ferre, tulī, lātus» + PRES. STEM fer- PERF. STEM tul- PART. STEM lāt- + + INDICATIVE + ACTIVE PASSIVE + _Pres._ ferō ferimus feror ferimur + fers fertīs ferris, -re ferimimī + fert ferunt fertur feruntur + _Impf._ ferēbam ferēbar + _Fut._ feram, ferēs, etc. ferar, ferēris, etc. + _Perf._ tulī lātus, -a, -um sum + _Plup._ tuleram lātus, -a, -um eram + _F.P._ tulerō lātus, -a, -um erō + + SUBJUNCTIVE + _Pres._ feram, ferās, etc. ferar, ferāris, etc. + _Impf._ ferrem ferrer + _Perf._ tulerim lātus, -a, -um sim + _Plup._ tulissem lātus, -a, -um essem + + IMPERATIVE + _Pres. 2d Pers._ fer ferte ferre feriminī + _Fut. 2d Pers._ fertō fertōte fertor + _3d Pers._ fertō ferunto fertor feruntor + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ ferre ferrī + _Perf._ tulisse lātus, -a, -um esse + _Fut._ lātūrus, -a, -um esse ---- + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ ferēns, -entis _Pres._ ---- + _Fut._ lātūrus, -a, -um _Ger._ ferendus, -a, -um + _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ lātus, -a, -um + + GERUND + _Gen._ ferendī + _Dat._ ferendō + _Acc._ ferendum + _Abl._ ferendō + + SUPINE (Active Voice) + _Acc._ [[lātum]] + _Abl._ [[lātū]] ] + +«425.» The dative is the case of the indirect object. Many intransitive +verbs take an indirect object and are therefore used with the dative +(cf. §153). Transitive verbs take a direct object in the accusative; but +sometimes they have an indirect object or dative as well. _The whole +question, then, as to whether or not a verb takes the dative, depends +upon its capacity for governing an indirect object._ A number of verbs, +some transitive and some intransitive, which in their simple form would +not take an indirect object, when compounded with certain prepositions, +have a meaning which calls for an indirect object. Observe the following +sentences: + + 1. «Haec rēs exercituī magnam calamitātem attulit», _this circumstance + brought great disaster to the army._ + + 2. «Germānī Gallīs bellum īnferunt», _the Germans make war upon the + Gauls._ + + 3. «Hae cōpiae proeliō nōn intererant», _these troops did not take + part in the battle._ + + 4. «Equitēs fugientibus hostibus occurrunt», _the horsemen meet the + fleeing enemy._ + + 5. «Galba cōpiīs fīlium praefēcit», _Galba put his son in command of + the troops._ + +In each sentence there is a dative, and in each a verb combined with a +preposition. In no case would the simple verb take the dative. + +«426.» RULE. «Dative with Compounds.» _Some verbs compounded with «ad», +«ante», «con», «dē», «in», «inter», «ob», «post», «prae», «prō», «sub», +«super», admit the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compounds +may take both an accusative and a dative._ + +NOTE 1. Among such verbs are[1] + + «ad´ferō, adfer´re, at´tulī, adlā´tus», _bring to; report_ + «ad´sum, ades´se, ad´fuī, adfutū´rus», _assist; be present_ + «dē´ferō, dēfer´re, dē´tulī, dēlātus», _report; grant, confer_ + «dē´sum, dees´se, dē´fuī,----», _be wanting, be lacking_ + «īn´ferō, īnfer´re, in´tulī, inlā´tus», _bring against, bring upon_ + «inter´sum, interes´se, inter´fuī, interfutū´rus», _take part in_ + «occur´rō, occur´rere, occur´rī, occur´sus», _run against, meet_ + «praefi´ciō, praefi´cere, praefē´cī, praefec´tus», _appoint over, + place in command of_ + «prae´sum, praees´se, prae´fuī, ----», _be over, be in command_ + + [Footnote 1: But the accusative with «ad» or «in» is used with some + of these, when the idea of _motion to_ or _against_ is strong.] + +«427.» IDIOMS + + «graviter» or «molestē ferre», _to be annoyed at, to be indignant at_, + followed by the accusative and infinitive + «sē cōnferre ad» or «in», with the accusative, + _to betake one’s self to_ + «alicui bellum īnferre», _to make war upon some one_ + «pedem referre», _to retreat_ (lit. _to bear back the foot_) + +«428.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Fer, ferent, ut ferant, ferunt. 2. Ferte, ut ferrent, tulisse, +tulerant. 3. Tulimus, ferēns, lātus esse, ferre. 4. Cum nāvigia insulae +adpropinquārent, barbarī terrōre commōtī pedem referre cōnātī sunt. +5. Gallī molestē ferēbant Rōmānōs agrōs vastāre. 6. Caesar sociīs +imperāvit nē fīnitimis suīs bellum īnferrent. 7. Explorātōrēs, qui +Caesarī occurrērunt, dīxērunt exercitum hostium vulneribus dēfessum sēsē +in alium locum contulisse. 8. Hostes sciēbant Rōmānōs frūmentō egēre et +hanc rem Caesarī summum perīculum adlātūram esse. 9. Impedīmentīs in +ūnum locum conlātis, aliquī mīlitum flūmen quod nōn longē aberat +trānsiērunt. 10. Hōs rēx hortātus est ut ōrāculum adīrent et rēs audītās +ad sē referrent. 11. Quem imperātor illī legiōnī praefēcit? Pūblius illī +legiōnī pracerat. 12. Cum esset Caesar in citeriōre Galliā, crēbrī ad +eum[2] rūmōrēs adferēbantur litterīsque quoque certior fīēbat Gallōs +obsidēs inter sē dare. + +II. 1. The Gauls will make war upon Cæsar’s allies. 2. We heard that the +Gauls would make war upon Cæsar’s allies. 3. Publius did not take part +in that battle. 4. We have been informed that Publius did not take part +in that battle. 5. The man who was in command of the cavalry was wounded +and began to retreat. 6. Cæsar did not place you in command of the +cohort to bring[3] disaster upon the army. + + [Footnote 2: Observe that when «adferō» denotes _motion to_, it is + not followed by the dative; cf. footnote, p. 182.] + + [Footnote 3: Not the infinitive. (Cf. §352.)] + + +LESSON LXXIV + +VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS + +«429.» Review the word lists in §§517, 518. + +«430.» When we report a statement instead of giving it directly, we have +an indirect statement. (Cf. §414.) So, if we report a question instead +of asking it directly, we have an indirect question. + + DIRECT QUESTION INDIRECT QUESTION + _Who conquered the Gauls? He asked who conquered the Gauls_ + + _a._ An indirect question depends, usually as object, upon a verb of + asking (as «petō», «postulō», «quaerō», «rogō») or upon some verb or + expression of saying or mental action. (Cf. §420.) + +«431.» Compare the following direct and indirect questions: + + DIRECT INDIRECT + + «Quis Gallōs vincit?» { _a._ «Rogat quis Gallōs vincat» + _Who is conquering the_ { _He asks who is conquering the_ + _Gauls?_ { _Gauls_ + { _b._ «Rogavit quis Gallōs vinceret» + { _He asked who was conquering_ + { _the Gauls_ + + { _a._ «Rogat ubi sit Rōma» + «Ubī est Rōma?» { _He asks where Rome is_ + _Where is Rome?_ { _b._ «Rogāvit ubi esset Rōma» + { _He asked where Rome was_ + + { _a._ «Rogat num Caesar Gallōs vīcerit» + { _He asks whether Cæsar conquered_ + «Caesarne Gallōs vīcit?» { _the Gauls_ + _Did Cæsar conquer the_ { _b._ «Rogāvit num Caesar Gallōs + _Gauls?_ { «vīcisset» + { _He asked whether Cæsar had_ + { _conquered the Gauls_ + + _a._ The verb in a direct question is in the indicative mood, but + the mood is subjunctive in an indirect question. + + _b._ The tense of the subjunctive follows the rules for tense + sequence. + + _c._ Indirect questions are introduced by the same interrogative + words as introduce direct questions, excepting that_yes_-or-_no_ + direct questions (cf. §210) on becoming indirect are usually + introduced by «num», _whether_. + +«432.» RULE. «Indirect Questions.» _In an indirect question the verb is +in the subjunctive and its tense is determined by the law for tense +sequence._ + +«433.» IDIOMS + + «dē tertiā vigiliā», _about the third watch_ + «iniūriās alicui īnferre», _to inflict injuries upon some one_ + «facere verba prō», with the ablative, _to speak in behalf of_ + «in reliquum tempus», _for the future_ + +«434.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Rēx rogāvit quid lēgātī postulārent et cūr ad sē vēnissent. +2. Quaesīvit quoque num nec recentīs iniūriās nec dubiam Rōmānōrum +amīcitiam memoriā tenērent. 3. Vidētisne quae oppida hostēs +oppugnāverint? 4. Nōnne scītis cūr Gallī sub montem sēse contulerint? +5. Audīvimus quās iniūrias tibi Germānī intulissent. 6. Dē tertiā +vigiliā imperātor mīsit hominēs quī cognōscerent quae esset nātūra +montis. 7. Prō hīs ōrātor verba fēcit et rogāvit cūr cōnsulēs nāvīs +ad plēnem summī perīculī locum mittere vellent. 8. Lēgātīs convocātīs +dēmōnstrāvit quid fierī vellet. 9. Nūntius referēbat quid in Gallōrum +conciliō dē armīs trādendīs dictum esset. 10. Moneō nē in reliquum +tempus peditēs et equitēs trāns flūmen dūcās. + +II. 1. What hill did they seize? I see what hill they seized. 2. Who +has inflicted these injuries upon our dependents? 3. They asked who had +inflicted those injuries upon their dependents. 4. Whither did you go +about the third watch? You know whither I went. 5. At what time did the +boys return home? I will ask at what time the boys returned home. + + +LESSON LXXV + +VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH + +«435.» Review the word lists in §§521, 522. + +«436.» Observe the following sentences: + + 1. «Explōrātōrēs locum castrīs dēlēgērunt», _the scouts chose a place + for a camp._ + + 2. «Hoc erat magnō impedīmentō Gallīs», _this was_ (for) _a great + hindrance to the Gauls._ + + 3. «Duās legiōnēs praesidiō castrīs relīquit», _he left two legions + as_ (lit. _for_) _a guard to the camp._ + +In each of these sentences we find a dative expressing the _purpose +or end for which_ something is intended or for which it serves. These +datives are «castrīs», «impedīmentō», and «praesidiō». In the second and +third sentences we find a second dative expressing the _person or thing +affected_ («Gallīs» and «castrīs»). As you notice, these are true +datives, covering the relations of _for which_ and _to which_. (Cf. +§43.) + +«437.» RULE. «Dative of Purpose or End.» _The dative is used to denote +the «purpose or end for which», often with another dative denoting the +«person or thing affected»._ + +«438.» IDIOMS + + «cōnsilium omittere», _to give up a plan_ + «locum castrīs dēligere», _to choose a place for a camp_ + «alicui magnō ūsuī esse», _to be of great advantage to some one_ + (lit. _for great advantage to some one_) + +«439.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Rogāvit cūr illae cōpiae relictae essent. Respondērunt illās +cōpiās esse praesidiō castrīs. 2. Caesar mīsit explōrātōrēs ad locum +dēligendum castrīs. 3. Quisque exīstimāvit ipsum nōmen Caesaris magnō +terrōrī barbarīs futūrum esse. 4. Prīmā lūce īdem exercitus proelium +ācre commīsit, sed gravia suōrum vulnera magnae cūrae imperātōrī erant. +5. Rēx respondit amīcitiam populī Rōmānī sibi ōrnāmentō et praesidiō +dēbēre esse. 6. Quis praeerat equitātuī quem auxiliō Caesarī sociī +mīserant? 7. Aliquibus rēs secundae sunt summae calamitātī et rēs +adversae sunt mīrō ūsuī. 8. Gallīs magnō ad pugnam erat impedīmentō quod +equitātus ā dextrō cornū premēbat. 9. Memoria prīstinae virtūtis nōn +minus quam metus hostium erat nostrīs magnō ūsuī. 10. Tam dēnsa erat +silva ut prōgredī nōn possent. + +II. 1. I advise you [1]to give up the plan [2]of making war upon the +brave Gauls. 2. Do you know [3]where the cavalry has chosen a place for +a camp? 3. The fear of the enemy will be of great advantage to you. +4. Cæsar left three cohorts as (for) a guard to the baggage. 5. In +winter the waves of the lake are so great [4]that they are (for) a great +hindrance to ships. 6. Cæsar inflicted severe[5] punishment on those who +burned the public buildings. + + [Footnote 1: Subjunctive of purpose. (Cf. §366.)] + + [Footnote 2: Express by the genitive of the gerundive.] + + [Footnote 3: Indirect question.] + + [Footnote 4: A clause of result.] + + [Footnote 5: «gravis, -e.»] + + +LESSON LXXVI + +VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY OR DESCRIPTION + +«440.» Review the word lists in §§524, 525. + +«441.» Observe the English sentences + + (1) _A man «of» great courage_, or (2) _A man «with» great courage_ + + (3) _A forest «of» tall trees_, or (4) _A forest «with» tall trees_ + +Each of these sentences contains a phrase of quality or description. +In the first two a man is described; in the last two a forest. The +descriptive phrases are introduced by the prepositions _of_ and _with_. + +In Latin the expression of quality or description is very similar. + +The prepositions _of_ and _with_ suggest the genitive and the ablative +respectively, and we translate the sentences above + + (1) «Vir magnae virtūtis», or (2) «Vir magnā virtūte» + (3) «Silva altārum arborum», or (4) «Silva altīs arboribus» + +There is, however, one important difference between the Latin and the +English. In English we may say, for example, _a man of courage_, using +the descriptive phrase without an adjective modifier. _In Latin, +however, an adjective modifier must always be used_, as above. + + _a._ Latin makes a distinction between the use of the two cases in + that _numerical descriptions of measure are in the genitive_ and + _descriptions of physical characteristics are in the ablative._ + Other descriptive phrases may be in either case. + +«442.» EXAMPLES + + 1. «Fossa duodecim pedum», _a ditch of twelve feet_. + + 2. «Homō magnīs pedibus et parvō capite», + _a man with big feet and a small head_. + + 3. «Rēx erat vir summā audāciā» or «rēx erat vir summae audāciae», + _the king was a man of the greatest boldness_. + +«443.» RULE. «Genitive of Description.» _Numerical descriptions of +measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying adjective._ + +«444.» RULE. «Ablative of Description.» _Descriptions of physical +characteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifying +adjective._ + +«445.» RULE. «Genitive or Ablative of Description.» _Descriptions +involving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics may +be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a modifying +adjective._ + +«446.» IDIOMS + + «Helvētiīs in animō est», _the Helvetii intend_, + (lit. _it is in mind to the Helvetians_) + «in mātrimōnium dare», _to give in marriage_ + «nihil posse», _to have no power_ + «fossam perdūcere», _to construct a ditch_ + (lit. _to lead a ditch through_) + +«447.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Mīlitēs fossam decem pedum per eōrum fīnīs perdūxērunt. +2. Prīnceps Helvētiōrum, vir summae audāciae, prīncipibus gentium +fīnitimārum sorōrēs in mātrimōnium dedit. 3. Eōrum amīcitiam cōnfīrmāre +voluit quō facilius Rōmānīs bellum īnferret. 4. Germanī et Gallī nōn +erant eiusdem gentis. 5. Omnēs ferē Germānī erant magnīs corporum +vīribus.[1] 6. Gallī qui oppidum fortiter dēfendēbant saxa ingentis +magnitūdinis dē mūrō iaciēbant. 7. Cum Caesar ab explōrātōribus +quaereret quī illud oppidum incolerent, explōrātōrēs respondērunt eōs +esse homines summā virtūte et magnō cōnsiliō. 8. Moenia vīgintī pedum +ā sinistrā parte, et ā dextrā parte flūmen magnae altitūdinis oppidum +dēfendēbant. 9. Cum Caesar in Galliam pervēnisset, erat rūmor Helvētiīs +in animō esse iter per prōvinciam Rōmānam facere. 10. Caesar, ut eōs ab +fīnibus Rōmānis prohibēret, mūnītiōnem [2]multa mīlia passuum longam +fēcit. + +II. 1. Cæsar was a general of much wisdom and great boldness, and very +skillful in the art of war. 2. The Germans were of great size, and +thought that the Romans had no power. 3. Men of the highest courage +were left in the camp as (for) a guard to the baggage. 4. The king’s +daughter, who was given in marriage to the chief of a neighboring state, +was a woman of very beautiful appearance. 5. The soldiers will construct +a ditch of nine feet around the camp. 6. A river of great width was +between us and the enemy. + + [Footnote 1: From «vīs». (Cf. §468.)] + + [Footnote 2: Genitives and ablatives of description are adjective + phrases. When we use an _adverbial_ phrase to tell _how long_ or + _how high_ or _how deep_ anything is, we must use the accusative of + extent. (Cf. §336.) For example, in the sentence above «multa mīlia + passuum» is an adverbial phrase (accusative of extent) modifying + «longam». If we should omit «longam» and say _a fortification of + many miles_, the genitive of description (an adjective phrase) + modifying «mūnītiōnem» would be used, as «mūnītiōnem multōrum mīlium + passuum».] + + [Illustration: GLADII] + + +LESSON LXXVII + +REVIEW OF AGREEMENT, AND OF THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ACCUSATIVE + +«448.» There are four agreements: + + 1. That of the predicate noun or of the appositive with the noun to + which it belongs (§§76, 81). + + 2. That of the adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle with its + noun (§65). + + 3. That of a verb with its subject (§28). + + 4. That of a relative pronoun with its antecedent (§224). + +«449.» The relation expressed by the «genitive» is, in general, denoted +in English by the preposition _of_. It is used to express + + { _a._ As attributive (§38). + 1. Possession { + { _b._ In the predicate (§409). + + 2. The whole of which a part is taken (partitive genitive) (§331). + + 3. Quality or description (§§443, 445). + +«450.» The relation expressed by the «dative» is, in general, denoted in +English by the prepositions _to_ or _for_ when they do not imply motion +through space. It is used to express + + { _a._ With intransitive verbs and with + { transitive verbs in connection with a + { direct object in the accusative (§45). + 1. The indirect object { _b_. With special intransitive verbs (§154). + { _c_. With verbs compounded with «ad», «ante», + { «con», «dē», «in», «inter», «ob», «post», + { «prae», «prō», «sub», «super» (§426). + + 2. The object to which the quality of an adjective is directed (§143). + + 3. The purpose, or end for which, often with a second dative denoting + the person or thing affected (§437). + +«451.» The «accusative» case corresponds, in general, to the English +objective. It is used to express + + 1. The direct object of a transitive verb (§37). + + 2. The predicate accusative together with the direct object after + verbs of _making, choosing, falling, showing_, and the like (§392). + + 3. The subject of the infinitive (§214). + + 4. The object of prepositions that do not govern the ablative (§340). + + 5. The duration of time and the extent of space (§336). + + 6. The place to which (§§263, 266). + +«452.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Mīlitēs quōs vīdimus dīxērunt imperium bellī esse Caesaris +imperātōris. 2. Helvētiī statuērunt quam[1] maximum numerum equōrum +et carrōrum cōgere. 3. Tōtīus Galliae Helvētiī plūrimum valuērunt. +4. Multās hōrās ācriter pugnātum est neque quisquam poterat vidēre +hostem fugientem. 5. Virī summae virtūtis hostīs decem mīlia passuum +īnsecūtī sunt. 6. Caesar populō Rōmānō persuāsit ut sē cōnsulem creāret. +7. Victōria exercitūs erat semper imperātōrī grātissima. 8. Trīduum iter +fēcērunt et Genāvam, in oppidum[2] hostium, pervēnērunt. 9. Caesar +audīvit Germānōs bellum Gallīs intulisse. 10. Magnō ūsuī mīlitibus +Caesaris erat quod priōribus proeliīs sēsē exercuerant. + +II. 1. One[3] of the king’s sons and many of his men were captured. +2. There was no one who wished[4] to appoint her queen. 3. The grain +supply was always a care (for a care) to Cæsar, the general. 4. I think +that the camp is ten miles distant. 5. We marched for three hours +through a very dense forest. 6. The plan [5]of making war upon the +allies was not pleasing to the king. 7. When he came to the hill he +fortified it [6]by a twelve-foot wall. + + [Footnote 1: What is the force of «quam» with superlatives?] + + [Footnote 2: «urbs» or «oppidum», appositive to a name of a town, + takes a preposition.] + + [Footnote 3: What construction is used with numerals in preference + to the partitive genitive?] + + [Footnote 4: What mood? (Cf. §390.)] + + [Footnote 5: Use the gerund or gerundive.] + + [Footnote 6: Latin, _by a wall of twelve feet._] + + +LESSON LXXVIII + +REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE + +«453.» The relations of the ablative are, in general, expressed in +English by the prepositions _with_ (or _by_), _from_ (or _by_), and _in_ +(or _at_). The constructions growing out of these meanings are + + I. Ablative rendered _with_ (or _by_): + 1. Cause (§102) + 2. Means (§103) + 3. Accompaniment (§104) + 4. Manner (§105) + 5. Measure of difference (§317) + 6. With a participle (ablative absolute) (§381) + 7. Description or quality (§§444, 445) + 8. Specification (§398) + + II. Ablative rendered _from_ (or _by_): + 1. Place from which (§§179, 264) + 2. Ablative of separation (§180) + 3. Personal agent with a passive verb (§181) + 4. Comparison without «quam» (§309) + + III. Ablative rendered _in_ (or _at_): + 1. Place at or in which (§§265, 266) + 2. Time when or within which (§275) + +«454.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Gallī locīs superiōribus occupātīs itinere exercitum prohibēre +cōnantur. 2. Omnēs oppidānī ex oppidō ēgressī salūtem fugā petere +incēpērunt. 3. Caesar docet sē mīlitum vītam suā salūte habēre multō +cāriōrem. 4. Cum celerius omnium opīniōne pervēnisset, hostēs ad eum +obsidēs mīsērunt 5. Vīcus in valle positus montibus altissimīs undique +continētur. 6. Plūrimum inter Gallōs haec gēns et virtūte et hominum +numerō valēbat. 7. Secundā vigiliā nūllō certō ōrdine neque imperiō ē +castrīs ēgressī sunt. 8. Duābus legiōnibus Genāvae relictīs, proximō diē +cum reliquīs domum profectus est. 9. Erant itinera duo quibus itineribus +Helvētiī domō exīre possent. 10. Rēx erat summā audāciā et magnā apud +populum potentiā. 11. Gallī timōre servitūtis commōtī bellum parābant. +12. Caesar monet lēgātōs ut contineant militēs, nē studiō pugnandī aut +spē praedae longius[1] prōgrediantur. 13. Bellum ācerrimum ā Caesare in +Gallōs gestum est. + +II. 1. The lieutenant after having seized the mountain restrained his +(men) from battle. 2. All the Gauls differ from each other in laws. +3. This tribe is much braver than the rest. 4. This road is [2]ten miles +shorter than that. 5. In summer Cæsar carried on war in Gaul, in winter +he returned to Italy. 6. At midnight the general set out from the camp +with three legions. 7. I fear that you cannot protect[3] yourself from +these enemies. 8. [4]After this battle was finished peace was made by +all the Gauls. + + [Footnote 1: «longius», _too far_. (Cf. §305.)] + + [Footnote 2: Latin, _by ten thousands of paces_.] + + [Footnote 3: «dēfendere».] + + [Footnote 4: Ablative absolute.] + + +LESSON LXXIX + +REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE INFINITIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE + +«455.» The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, +dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these +cases are in general the same as those of other nouns (§§402, 406.1). + +«456.» The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of +gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a +preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more +usual (§406.2). + +«457.» The infinitive is used: + + I. As in English. + + _a._ As subject or predicate nominative (§216). + + _b._ To complete the predicate with verbs of incomplete predication + (complementary infinitive) (§215). + + _c._ As object with subject accusative after verbs of _wishing, + commanding, forbidding_, and the like (§213). + + II. In the principal sentence of an indirect statement after verbs + of _saying _and _mental action_. The subject is in the accusative + (§§416, 418, 419). + +«458.» The subjunctive is used: + + 1. To denote purpose (§§349, 366, 372). + + 2. To denote consequence or result (§§385, 386). + + 3. In relative clauses of characteristic or description (§390). + + 4. In «cum» clauses of time, cause, and concession (§396). + + 5. In indirect questions (§432). + +«459.» EXERCISES + +I. 1. Caesar, cum pervēnisset, militēs hortābātur nē cōnsilium oppidī +capiendi omitterent. 2. Rēx, castrīs prope oppidum positīs, mīsit +explōrātōrēs quī cognōscerent ubi exercitus Rōmanus esset. 3. Nēmo +relinquēbātur quī arma ferre posset. 4. Nūntiī vīdērunt ingentem +armōrum multitudinem dē mūrō in fossani iactam esse. 5. Dux suōs +trānsīre flūmen iussit. Trānsīre autem hoc flūmen erat difficillimum. +6. Rōmānī cum hanc calamitātem molestē ferrant, tamen terga vertere +recūsāvērunt. 7. Hōc rūmōre audītō, tantus terror omnium animōs +occupāvit ut nē fortissimī quidem proelium committere vellent. 8. Erant +quī putārent tempus annī idōneum nōn esse itinerī faciendō. 9. Tam +ācriter ab utraque parte pugnābātur ut multa mīlia hominum occīderentur. +10. Quid timēs? Timeō nē Rōmānīs in animō sit tōtam Galliam superāre et +nōbīs iniūriās inferre. + +II. 1. Do you not see who is standing on the wall? 2. We hear that the +plan of taking the town has been given up. 3. Since the Germans thought +that the Romans could not cross the Rhine, Cæsar ordered a bridge to be +made. 4. When the bridge was finished, the savages were so terrified +that they hid themselves. 5. They feared that Cæsar would pursue them. +6. Cæsar [1]asked the traders what the size of the island was. 7. The +traders advised him not [2]to cross the sea. 8. He sent scouts [3]to +choose a place for a camp. + + [Footnote 1: «quaerere ab».] + + [Footnote 2: Not infinitive.] + + [Footnote 3: Use the gerundive with «ad».] + + + + +READING MATTER + + +INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS + +«How to Translate.» You have already had considerable practice in +translating simple Latin, and have learned that the guide to the meaning +lies in the endings of the words. If these are neglected, no skill can +make sense of the Latin. If they are carefully noted and accurately +translated, not many difficulties remain. Observe the following +suggestions: + + 1. Read the Latin sentence through to the end, noting endings of + nouns, adjectives, verbs, etc. + + 2. Read it again and see if any of the words you know are nominatives + or accusatives. This will often give you what may be called the + backbone of the sentence; that is, subject, verb, and object. + + 3. Look up the words you do not know, and determine their use in the + sentence from their endings. + + 4. If you cannot yet translate the sentence, put down the English + meanings of all the words _in the same order as the Latin words_. You + will then generally see through the meaning of the sentence. + + 5. Be careful to + + _a._ Translate adjectives with the nouns to which they belong. + + _b._ Translate together prepositions and the nouns which they + govern. + + _c._ Translate adverbs with the words that they modify. + + _d._ _Make sense._ If you do not make sense, you have made a + mistake. One mistake will spoil a whole sentence. + + 6. When the sentence is correctly translated, read the Latin over + again, and try to understand it as Latin, without thinking of the + English translation. + +«The Parts of a Sentence.» You will now meet somewhat longer sentences +than you have had before. To assist in translating them, remember, first +of all, that every sentence conveys a meaning and either tells us +something, asks a question, or gives a command. Every sentence must have +a subject and a verb, and the verb may always have an adverb, and, if +transitive, will have a direct object. + +However long a sentence is, you will usually be able to recognize its +subject, verb, and object or predicate complement without any +difficulty. These will give you the leading thought, and they must never +be lost sight of while making out the rest of the sentence. The chief +difficulty in translating arises from the fact that instead of a single +adjective, adverb, or noun, we often have a phrase or a clause taking +the place of one of these; for Latin, like English, has adjective, +adverbial, and substantive clauses and phrases. For example, in the +sentence _The idle boy does not study_, the word _idle_ is an adjective. +In _The boy wasting his time does not study_, the words _wasting his +time_ form an adjective phrase modifying _boy_. In the sentence _The boy +who wastes his time does not study_, the words _who wastes his time_ +form an adjective clause modifying _boy_, and the sentence is complex. +These sentences would show the same structure in Latin. + +In translating, it is important to keep the parts of a phrase and the +parts of a clause together and not let them become confused with the +principal sentence. To distinguish between the subordinate clauses and +the principal sentence is of the first importance, and is not difficult +if you remember that a clause regularly contains a word that marks it as +a clause and that this word usually stands first. These words join +clauses to the words they depend on, and are called _subordinate +conjunctions_. They are not very numerous, and you will soon learn to +recognize them. In Latin they are the equivalents for such words as +_when, while, since, because, if, before, after, though, in order that, +that_, etc. Form the habit of memorizing the Latin subordinate +conjunctions as you meet them, and of noting carefully the mood of the +verb in the clauses which they introduce. + + + [Illustration: HERCULES] + +THE LABORS OF HERCULES + + Hercules, a Greek hero celebrated for his great strength, was pursued + throughout his life by the hatred of Juno. While yet an infant he + strangled some serpents sent by the goddess to destroy him. During his + boyhood and youth he performed various marvelous feats of strength, + and on reaching manhood he succeeded in delivering the Thebans from + the oppression of the Minyæ. In a fit of madness, sent upon him by + Juno, he slew his own children; and, on consulting the Delphic oracle + as to how he should cleanse himself from this crime, he was ordered to + submit himself for twelve years to Eurystheus, king of Tiryns, and to + perform whatever tasks were appointed him. Hercules obeyed the oracle, + and during the twelve years of his servitude accomplished twelve + extraordinary feats known as the Labors of Hercules. His death was + caused, unintentionally, by his wife Deiani´ra. Hercules had shot with + his poisoned arrows a centaur named Nessus, who had insulted Deianira. + Nessus, before he died, gave some of his blood to Deianira, and told + her it would act as a charm to secure her husband’s love. Some time + after, Deianira, wishing to try the charm, soaked one of her husband’s + garments in the blood, not knowing that it was poisoned. Hercules put + on the robe, and, after suffering terrible torments, died, or was + carried off by his father Jupiter. + + + [Illustration: HERCULES ET SERPENTES] + +LIII.[1] THE INFANT HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS + +Dī[2] grave supplicium sūmmit de malīs, sed iī quī lēgibus[3] deōrum +pārent, etiam post mortem cūrantur. Illa vīta dīs[2] erat grātissima +quae hominibus miserīs ūtilissima fuerat. Omnium autem praemiōrum summum +erat immortālitās. Illud praemium Herculī datum est. + +Herculis pater fuit Iuppiter, māter Alcmēna, et omnium hominum +validissimus fuisse dīcitur. Sed Iūnō, rēgīna deōrum, eum, adhūc +īnfantem, interficere studēbat; nam eī[1] et[2] Herculēs et Alcmēna +erant invīsī. Itaque mīsit duās serpentīs, utramque saevissimam, quae +mediā nocte domum[3] Alcmēnae vēnērunt. Ibi Herculēs, cum frātre suō, +nōn in lectulō sed in scūtō ingentī dormiēbat. Iam audācēs serpentēs +adpropinquāverant, iam scūtum movēbant. Tum frāter, terrōre commōtus, +magnā vōce mātrem vocāvit, sed Herculēs ipse, fortior quam frāter, +statim ingentīs serpentīs manibus suīs rapuit et interfēcit. + + [Footnote 1: This number refers to the lesson after which the + selection may be read.] + + [Footnote 2: «Dī» and «dīs» are from «deus». Cf. §468.] + + [Footnote 3: «lēgibus», §501.14.] + + [Footnote 1: «eī», _to her_, referring to Juno.] + + [Footnote 2: «et ... et», _both ... and_.] + + [Footnote 3: «domum», §501.20.] + + +LIV. HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINYÆ + +Herculēs ā puerō[1] corpus suum gravissimīs et difficillimīs labōribus +exercēbat et hōc modō vīrēs[2] suās cōnfirmāvit. Iam adulēscēns +Thēbīs[3] habitābat. Ibi Creōn quīdam erat rēx. Minyae, gēns +validissima, erant fīnitimī Thēbānīs, et, quia ōlim Thēbānōs vīcerant, +quotannīs lēgātōs mittēbant et vectīgal postulābant. Herculēs autem +cōnstituit cīvīs suōs hōc vectīgālī līberāre et dixit rēgī, “Dā mihi +exercitum tuum et ego hōs superbōs hostīs superābō.” Hanc condiciōnem +rēx nōn recūsāvit, et Herculēs nūntiōs in omnīs partis dīmīsit et cōpiās +coēgit.[4] Tum tempore opportūnissimō proelium cum Minyīs commīsit. Diū +pugnātum est, sed dēnique illī impetum Thēbānōrum sustinēre nōn +potuērunt et terga vertērunt fugamque cēpērunt. + + [Footnote 1: «ā puerō», _from boyhood_.] + + [Footnote 2: «virēs», from «vīs». Cf. §468.] + + [Footnote 3: «Thēbīs», §501.36.1.] + + [Footnote 4: «coēgit», from «cōgō».] + + +HE COMMITS A CRIME AND GOES TO THE DELPHIAN ORACLE TO SEEK EXPIATION + +Post hoc proelium Creōn rēx, tantā victōriā laetus, fīliam suam Herculī +in mātrimōnium dedit. Thēbīs Herculēs cum uxōre suā diū vīvēbat et ab +omnibus magnopere amābātur; sed post multōs annōs subitō [1]in furōrem +incidit et ipse suā manū līberōs suōs interfēcit. Post breve tempus +[2]ad sānitātem reductus tantum scelus expiāre cupiēbat et cōnstituit ad +ōrāculum Delphicum iter facere. Hoc autem ōrāculum erat omnium +clārissimum. Ibi sedēbat fēmina quaedam quae Pȳthia appellābātur. Ea +cōnsilium dabat iīs quī ad ōrāculum veniēbant. + + [Footnote 1: «in furōrem incidit», _went mad_.] + + [Footnote 2: «ad sānitātem reductus», lit. _led back to sanity_. + What in good English?] + + + [Illustration: HERCULES LEONEM SUPERAT] + +LV. HERCULES BECOMES SUBJECT TO EURYSTHEUS[1] · + HE STRANGLES THE NEME´AN LION + +Itaque Herculēs Pȳthiae tōtam rem dēmonstrāvit nec scelus suum abdidit. +Ubi iam Herculēs fīnem fēcit, Pȳthia iussit eum ad urbem Tīryntha[2] +discēdere et ibi rēgī Eurystheō sēsē committere. Quae[3] ubi audīvit, +Herculēs ad illam urbem statim contendit et Eurystheō sē in servitūtem +trādidit et dīxit, “Quid prīmum, Ō rēx, mē facere iubēs?” Eurystheus, +quī perterrēbātur vī et corpore ingentī Herculis et eum occidī[4] +studēbat, ita respondit: “Audī, Herculēs! Multa mira[5] nārrantur dē +leōne saevissimō quī hōc tempore in valle Nemaeā omnia vāstat. Iubeō tē, +virōrum omnium fortissimum, illō mōnstrō hominēs līberāre.” Haec verba +Herculī maximē placuērunt. “Properābo,” inquit, “et parēbō imperiō[6] +tuō.” Tum in silvās in quibus leō habitābat statim iter fēcit. Mox feram +vīdit et plūrīs impetūs fēcit; frūstrā tamen, quod neque sagittīs neque +ūllō aliō tēlō mōnstrum vulnerāre potuit. Dēnique Herculēs saevum leōnem +suīs ingentibus bracchiīs rapuit et faucīs eius omnibus vīribus +compressit. Hōc modō brevī tempore eum interfēcit. Tum corpus leōnis ad +oppidum in umerīs reportāvit et pellem posteā prō[7] veste gerēbat. +Omnēs autem quō eam regiōnem incolēbant, ubi fāmam dē morte leōnis +ingentis accēpērunt, erant laetissimī et Herculem laudābant verbīs +amplissimīs. + + [Footnote 1: «Eu-rys´theus» (pronounced _U-ris´thūs_) was king of + _Tī´ryns_, a Grecian city, whose foundation goes back to prehistoric + times.] + + [Footnote 2: «Tīryntha», the acc. case of «Tīryns», a Greek noun.] + + [Footnote 3: «Quae», obj. of «audīvit». It is placed first to make a + close connection with the preceding sentence. This is called a + connecting relative.] + + [Footnote 4: «occīdī», pres. pass. infin.] + + [Footnote 5: «mīra», _marvelous things_, the adj. being used as a + noun. Cf. «omnia», in the next line.] + + [Footnote 6: «imperiō», §501.14.] + + [Footnote 7: «prō», _for, instead of_.] + + +LVI. SLAYING THE LERNE´AN HYDRA + +Deinde Herculēs ab Eurystheō iussus est Hydram occīdere. Itaque cum +amīcō Iolāō[1] contendit ad palūdem Lernaeam ubi Hydra incolēbat. Hoc +autem mōnstrum erat serpēns ingēns quae novem capita habēbat. Mox is +mōnstrum repperit et summō[2] cum perīculō collum eius sinistrā manū +rapuit et tenuit. Tum dextrā manū capita novem abscīdere incēpit, sed +frūstrā labōrābat, quod quotiēns hoc fēcerat totiēns alia nova capita +vidēbat. Quod[3] ubi vīdit, statuit capita ignī cremāre. Hōc modō octō +capita dēlēvit, sed extrēmum caput vulnerārī nōn potuit, quod erat +immortāle. Itaque illud sub ingentī saxō Herculēs posuit et ita +victōriam reportāvit. + + [Footnote 1: «Iolāō», abl. of _I-o-lā´us_, the hero’s best friend.] + + [Footnote 2: Note the emphatic position of this adjective.] + + [Footnote 3: «Quod ubi», _when he saw this_, another instance of the + connecting relative. Cf. p. 199, l. 3.] + + +LVII. THE ARCADIAN STAG AND THE ERYMANTHIAN BOAR + +Postquam Eurystheō mors Hydrae nuntiata est, summus terror animum eius +occupavit. Itaque iussit Herculem capere et ad sē reportāre cervum +quendam; nam minimē cupīvit tantum virum in rēgnō suō tenēre. Hie autem +cervus dīcēbātur aurea cornua et pedēs multō[1] celeriōrēs ventō[2] +habēre. Prīmum Herculēs vestīgia animālis petīvit, deinde, ubi cervum +ipsum vīdit, omnibus vīribus currere incēpit. Per plūrimōs diēs +contendit nec noctū cessāvit. Dēnique postquam per tōtum annum +cucurrerat--ita dīcitur--cervum iam dēfessum cēpit et ad Eurystheum +portāvit. + +Tum vērō iussus est Herculēs aprum quendam capere quī illō tempore agrōs +Erymanthiōs vāstābat et hominēs illīus locī magnopere perterrēbat. +Herculēs laetē negōtium suscēpit et in Arcadiam celeriter sē recēpit. +Ibi mox aprum repperit. Ille autem; simul atque Herculem vīdit, statim +quam[3] celerrimē fūgit et metū perterritus in fossam altam sēsē +abdidit. Herculēs tamen summā cum difficultāte eum extrāxit, nec aper +ūllō modō sēsē līberāre potuit, et vīvus ad Eurystheum portātus est. + + [Footnote 1: «multō», §501.27.] + + [Footnote 2: «ventō», §501.34.] + + [Footnote 3: «quam». What is the force of «quam» with a + superlative?] + + +LVIII. HERCULES CLEANS THE AUGE´AN STABLES AND KILLS THE + STYMPHALIAN BIRDS + +Deinde Eurystheus Herculī hunc labōrem multō graviōrem imperāvit. +Augēās[1] quīdam, quī illō tempore rēgnum Ēlidis[2] obtinēbat, tria +mīlia boum[3] habēbat. Hī[4] ingentī stabulō continēbantur. Hoc +stabulum, quod per trīgintā annōs nōn pūrgātum erat, Herculēs intrā +spatium ūnīus diēī pūrgāre iussus est. llle negōtium alacriter suscēpit, +et prīmum labōre gravissimō maximam fossam fōdit per quam flūminis aquam +dē montibus ad mūrum stabulī dūxit. Tum partem parvam mūrī dēlēvit et +aquam in stabulum immīsit. Hōc modō fīnm operis fēcit ūnō diē facillimē. + +Post paucōs diēs Herculēs ad oppidum Stymphālum iter fēcit; nam +Eurystheus iusserat eum avis Stymphālidēs occīdere. Hae avēs rōstra +ferrea habēbant et hominēs miserōs dēvorābant. Ille, postquam ad locum +pervēnit, lacum vīdit in quō avēs incolēbant. Nūllō tamen modō Herculēs +avibus adpropinquāre potuit; lacus enim nōn ex aquā sed ē līmō +cōnstitit.[5] Dēnique autem avēs [6]dē aliquā causā perterritae in aurās +volāvērunt et magna pars eārum sagittīs Herculis occīsa est. + + [Footnote 1: «Augēās», pronounced in English _Aw-jē´as_.] + + [Footnote 2: «Ēlidis», gen. case of «Ēlis», a district of Greece.] + + [Footnote 3: «boum», gen. plur. of «bōs». For construction see + §501.11.] + + [Footnote 4: «ingentī stabulō», abl. of means, but in our idiom we + should say _in a huge stable_.] + + [Footnote 5: «cōnstitit», from «consto».] + + [Footnote 6: «dē aliquā causā perterritae», _frightened for some + reason_.] + + + [Illustration: HERCULES ET TAURUS] + +LIX. HERCULES CAPTURES THE CRETAN BULL AND CARRIES HIM LIVING TO +EURYSTHEUS + +Tum Eurystheus iussit Herculem portāre vīvum ex īnsulā Crētā taurum +quendam saevissimum. Ille igitur nāvem cōnscendit--nam ventus erat +idōneus--atque statim solvit. Postquam trīduum nāvigavit, incolumis +īnsulae adpropinquāvit. Deinde, postquam omnia parāta sunt, contendit ad +eam regiōnem quam taurus vexābat. Mox taurum vīdit ac sine ūllō metū +cornua eius corripuit. Tum ingentī labōre mōnstrum ad nāvem trāxit atque +cum hāc praedā ex īnsulā discessit. + + +THE FLESH-EATING HORSES OF DIOME´DES + +Postquam ex īnsulā Crētā domum pervēnit, Hercules ab Eurystheō in +Thrāciam missus est. Ibi Diomēdēs quīdam, vir saevissimus, rēgnum +obtinēbat et omnīs ā fīnibus suīs prohibēbat. Herculēs iussus erat equōs +Diomedis rapere et ad Eurystheum dūcere. Hī autem equī hominēs +miserrimōs dēvorābant dē quibus rēx supplicium sūmere cupiēbat. Herculēs +ubi pervēnit, prīmum equōs ā rēge postulāvit, sed rēx eōs dēdere +recūsāvit. Deinde ille īrā commōtus rēgem occīdit et corpus eius equīs +trādidit. Itaque is quī anteā multōs necāverat, ipse eōdem suppliciō +necātus est. Et equī, nūper saevissima animālia, postquam dominī suī +corpus dēvorāvērunt, mānsuētī erant. + + +LX. THE BELT OF HIPPOL´YTE, QUEEN OF THE AMAZONS + +Gēns Amāzonum[1] dīcitur[2] omnīnō ex mulieribus fuisse. Hae cum virīs +proelium committere nōn verēbantur. Hippolytē, Amāzonum rēgīna, balteum +habuit pulcherrimum. Hunc balteum possidēre fīlia Eurystheī vehementer +cupiēbat. Itaque Eurystheus iussit Herculem impetum in Amāzonēs facere. +Ille multīs cum cōpiīs nāvem cōnscendīt et paucis diēbus in Amāzonum +fīnīs pervēnit, ac balteum postulāvit. Eum trādere ipsa Hipporytē quidem +cupīvit; reliquīs tamen Amazonibus[3] persuādēre nōn potuit. Postrīdiē +Herculēs proelium commīsit. Multās hōrās utrimque quam fortissimē +pugnātum est Dēnique tamen mulieres terga vertērunt et fugā salūtem +petiērunt. Multae autem captae sunt, in quō numerō erat ipsa Hippolytē. +Herculēs postquam balteum accēpit, omnibus captīvīs lībertātem dedit. + + [Footnote 1: A fabled tribe of warlike women living in Asia Minor.] + + [Footnote 2: «omnīnō», etc., _to have consisted entirely of women._] + + [Footnote 3: «Amāzonibus», §501.14.] + + + [Illustration: HERCULES ET CERBERUS] + +THE DESCENT TO HADES AND THE DOG CER´BERUS + +Iamque ūnus modo ē duodecim labōribus relinquēbātur sed inter omnīs hic +erat difficillimus. Iussus est enim canem Cerberum[4] ex Orcō in lūcem +trahere. Ex Orcō autem nēmō anteā reverterat. Praetereā Cerberus erat +mōnstrum maximē horribile et tria capita habēbat. Herculēs postquam +imperia Eurystheī accēpit, statim profectus est et in Orcum dēscendit. +Ibi vērō nōn sine summō periculō Cerberum manibus rapuit et ingentī cum +labōre ex Orcō in lūcem et adurbem Eurystheī trāxit. + +Sic duodecim laborēs illī[5] intrā duodecim annōs cōnfectī sunt. Dēmum +post longam vītam Herculēs ā deīs receptus est et Iuppiter fīliō suō +dedit immortālitātem. + + [Footnote 4: The dog Cerberus guarded the gate of Orcus, the abode + of the dead.] + + [Footnote 5: «illī», _those famous._] + + + [Illustration: PUERI ROMANI] + +P. CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY[1] + +LXI. PUBLIUS IS BORN NEAR POMPE´II + +P. Cornēlius Lentulus,[2] adulēscēns Rōmānus, amplissimā familiā[3] +nātus est; nam pater eius, Mārcus, erat dux perītissimus, cuius +virtūte[4] et cōnsiliō multae victōriae reportātae erant; atque mater +eius, lūlia, ā clārissimīs maiōribus orta est. Nōn vērō in urbe sed +rūrī[5] Pūblius nātus est, et cum mātre habitābat in vīllā quae in maris +lītore et sub radīcibus magnī montis sita erat. Mōns autem erat Vesuvius +et parva urbs Pompēiī octō mīlia[6] passuum[7] aberat. In Italiā antīquā +erant plūrimae quidem villae et pulchrae, sed inter hās omnīs nūlla erat +pulchrior quam villa Mārcī Iūliaeque. Frōns vīllae mūrō a maris +fluctibus mūniēbātur. Hinc mare et lītora et īnsulae longē lātēque +cōnspicī[8] ac saepe nāvēs longae et onerāriae poterant. Ā tergō et ab +utrōque latere agrī ferācissimī patēbant. Undique erat magna variōrum +flōrum cōpia et multa ingentium arborum genera quae aestāte[9] umbram +dēfessīs agricolīs grātissimam adferēbant. Praetereā erant[10] in agrīs +stabulīsque multa animālium genera, nōn sōlum equī et bovēs sed etiam +rārae avēs. Etiam erat[10] magna piscīna plēna piscium; nam Rōmānī +piscīs dīligenter colēbant. + + [Footnote 1: This story is fiction with certain historical facts in + Cæsar’s career as a setting. However, the events chronicled might + have happened, and no doubt did happen to many a Roman youth.] + + [Footnote 2: A Roman had three names, as, «Pūblius» (given name), + «Cornēlius» (name of the _gēns_ or clan), «Lentulus» (family name).] + + [Footnote 3: Abl. of source, which is akin to the abl. of + separation (§501.32).] + + [Footnote 4: «virtūte», §501.24.] + + [Footnote 5: «rūrī», §501.36.1.] + + [Footnote 6: «mīlia», §501.21.] + + [Footnote 7: «passuum», §501.11.] + + [Footnote 8: «cōnspicī», infin. with poterant, §215. Consult the + map of Italy for the approximate location of the villa.] + + [Footnote 9: «aestāte», §501.35.] + + [Footnote 10: How are the forms of «sum» translated when they + precede the subject?] + + + [Illustration: CASA ROMANA] + +LXII. HIS LIFE ON THE FARM + +Huius vīllae Dāvus, servus Mārcī, est vīlicus[1] et cum Lesbiā uxōre +omnia cūrat. Vīlicus et uxor in casā humilī, mediīs in agrīs sitā, +habitant. Ā prīmā lūce ūsque ad vesperum sē[2] gravibus labōribus +exercent ut omnī rēs bene gerant.[3] Plūrima enim sunt officia Dāvī et +Lesbiae. Vīlicus servōs regit nē tardī sint[3]; mittit aliōs quī agrōs +arent,[3] aliōs quī hortōs inrigent,[3] et opera in[4] tōtum diem +impōnit. Lesbia autem omnibus vestīmenta parat, cibum coquit, pānem +facit. + +Nōn longē ab hōrum casā et in summō colle situm surgēbat domicilium +ipsīus dominī dominaeque amplissimum. Ibi plūrīs annōs[5] Pūblius cum +mātre vītam fēlīcem agēbat; nam pater eius, Mārcus, in terrīs longinquīs +gravia reī pūblicae bella gerēbat nec domum[6] revertī poterat. Neque +puerō quidem molestum est rūrī[7] vīvere. Eum multae rēs dēlectant. +Magnopere amat silvās, agrōs, equōs, bovēs, gallīnās, avīs, reliquaque +animālia. Saepe plūrīs hōrās[8] ad mare sedet quō[9] melius fluctūs et +nāvīs spectet. Nec omnīnō sine comitibus erat, quod Lȳdia, Dāvī fīlia, +quae erat eiusdem aetātis, cum eō adhūc infante lūdēbat, inter quōs cum +annīs amīcitia crēscēbat. Lȳdia nūllum alium ducem dēligēbat et Pūblius +ab puellae latere rārō discēdēbat. Itaque sub clārō Italiae sōle Pūblius +et Lȳdia, amīcī fidēlissimī, per campōs collīsque cotīdiē vagābantur. +Modo in silvā fīnitimā lūdebant ubi Pūblius sagittīs[10] celeribus avis +dēiciēbat et Lȳdia corōnīs variōrum flōrum comās suās ōrnābat; modo +aquam et cibum portābant ad Dāvum servōsque dēfessōs quī agrōs colēbant: +modo in casā parvā aut hōrās lactās in lūdō cōnsūmēbant aut auxilium +dabant Lesbiae, quae cibum virō et servīs parābat vel aliās rēs +domesticās agēbat. + + [Footnote 1: The «vīlicus» was a slave who acted as overseer of a + farm. He directed the farming operations and the sale of the + produce.] + + [Footnote 2: «se», reflexive pron., object of «exercent».] + + [Footnote 3: For the construction, see §501.40.] + + [Footnote 4: «in», _for_.] + + [Footnote 5: «annōs», §501.21.] + + [Footnote 6: «domum», §501.20.] + + [Footnote 7: «rūrī», §501.36.1.] + + [Footnote 8: «hōrās», cf. «annōs», line 17.] + + [Footnote 9: «quō ... spectet», §§349, 350.] + + [Footnote 10: «sagittis», §501.24.] + + +LXIII. MARCUS LENTULUS, THE FATHER OF PUBLIUS, IS SHIPWRECKED · +JULIA RECEIVES A LETTER FROM HIM + +Iam Pūblius[1] decem annōs habēbat cum M.Cornēlius Lentulus, pater eius, +quī quīnque annōs[2] grave bellum in Asiā gerēbat, non sine glōriā +domum[3] revertēbātur. Namque multa secunda proelia fēcerat, maximās +hostium cōpiās dēlēverat, multās urbīs populo[4] Rōmānō inimīcās +cēperat. Primum nūntius pervēnit quī ā Lentulō[5] missus erat[6] ut +profectiōnem suam nūntiāret. Deinde plūrīs diēs[7] reditum virī optimī +māter fīliusque exspectābant et animīs[8] sollicitis deōs immortālīs +frūstrā colēbant. Tum dēmum hās litterās summo cum gaudiō accēpērunt: + +[9]“Mārcus Iūliae suac salūtem dīcit. Sī valēs, bene est; ego valeō. Ex +Graeciā, quō[10] praeter spem et opīniōnem hodiē pervēnī, hās litterās +ad tē scribō. Namque nāvis nostra frācta est; nōs autem--[11]dīs est +gratia--incolumes sumus. Ex Asiae[12] portū nāvem lēnī ventō solvimus. +Postquam[13] altum mare tenuimus [14]nec iam ūllae terrae appāruērunt, +caelum undique et undique fluctūs, subitō magna tempestās coorta est et +nāvem vehementissimē adflīxit. Ventīs fluctibusque adflīctātī[15] nec +sōlem discernere nec cursum tenēre poterāmus et omnia praesentem mortem +intentābant. Trīs diēs[16] et trīs noctīs[16] sine rēmīs vēlīsque +agimur. Quārtō diē[17] prīmum terra vīsa est et violenter in saxa, quae +nōn longē ā lītore aberant, dēiectī sumus. Tum vērō maiōra perīcula +timēbāmus; sed nauta quīdam, vir fortissimus, ex nāve in fluctūs īrātōs +dēsiluit [18]ut fūnem ad lītus portāret; quam rem summō labōre vix +effēcit. Ita omnēs servātī sumus. Grātiās igitur et honōrem Neptūnō +dēbēmus, quī deus nōs ē perīculō ēripuit. Nunc Athēnīs[19] sum, quō +cōnfūgī ut mihi paucās hōrās ad quiētem darem.[20] Quam prīmum autem +aliam nāvem condūcam ut iter ad Italiam reliquum cōnficiam et domum[21] +ad meōs cārōs revertar. Salūtā nostrum Pūblium amīcissimē et valētūdinem +tuam cūrā dīligenter. [22]Kalendīs Mārtiīs.” + + [Footnote 1: _was ten years old_.] + + [Footnote 2: «annōs», §501.21.] + + [Footnote 3: «domum», §501.20.] + + [Footnote 4: «populō», dat. with inimīcās, cf. §501.16.] + + [Footnote 5: «Lentulō», §501.33.] + + [Footnote 6: «ut ... nūntiāret», §501.40.] + + [Footnote 7: «diēs», cf. annōs, 1. 9.] + + [Footnote 8: «animīs», abl. of manner. Do you see one in line 15?] + + [Footnote 9: This is the usual form for the beginning of a Latin + letter. First we have the greeting, and then the expression Sī + valēs, etc. The date of the letter is usually given at the end, and + also the place of writing, if not previously mentioned in the + letter.] + + [Footnote 10: «quō», _where_.] + + [Footnote 11: «dīs est grātia», _thank God_, in our idiom.] + + [Footnote 12: Asia refers to the Roman province of that name in Asia + Minor.] + + [Footnote 13: «altum mare tenuimus», _we were well out to sea._] + + [Footnote 14: «nec iam», _and no longer_.] + + [Footnote 15: «adflīctātī», perf. passive part. _tossed about_.] + + [Footnote 16: What construction?] + + [Footnote 17: «diē», §501.35.] + + [Footnote 18: «ut ... portāret», §501.40.] + + [Footnote 19: «Athēnīs», §501.36.1.] + + [Footnote 20: «darem», cf. «portāret», l. 6.] + + [Footnote 21: Why not «ad domum»?] + + [Footnote 22: «Kalendīs Mārtiīs», _the Calends_ or _first of March_; + abl. of time, giving the date of the letter.] + + +LXIV. LENTULUS REACHES HOME · PUBLIUS VISITS POMPEII WITH HIS FATHER + +Post paucōs diēs nāvis M. Cornēlī Lentulī portum Mīsēnī[1] petiit, quī +portus nōn longē ā Pompēiīs situs est; quō in portū classis Rōmānā +pōnēbātur et ad pugnās nāvālīs ōrnābātur. Ibi nāvēs omnium generum +cōnspicī poterant. Iamque incrēdibilī celeritāte nāvis longa quā +Lentulus vehēbātur lītorī adpropinquāvit; nam nōn sōlum ventō sed etiam +rēmīs impellēbātur. In altā puppe stābat gubernātor et nōn procul aliquī +mīlitēs Rōmānī cum armīs splendidīs, inter quōs clārissimus erat +Lentulus. Deinde servī rēmīs contendere cessāvērunt[2]; nautae vēlum +contrāxērunt et ancorās iēcērunt. Lentulus statim ē nāvī ēgressus est +et[3] ad villam suam properāvit. Eum Iūlia, Pūblius, tōtaque familia +excēpērunt. [4]Quī complexūs, quanta gaudia fuērunt! + +Postrīdiē eius diēī Lentulus fīliō suō dīxit, “Venī, mī Pūblī, mēcum. +Pompēiōs iter hodiē faciam. Māter tua suādet[5] ut frūctūs et cibāria +emam. Namque plūrīs amīcōs ad cēnam vocāvimus et multīs rēbus[6] egēmus. +Ea hortātur ut quam prīmum proficīscāmur.” “Libenter, mī pater,” inquit +Pūblius. “Tēcum esse mihi semper est grātum; nec Pompēiōs umquam vīdī. +Sine morā proficīscī parātus sum.” Tum celeriter currum cōnscendērunt et +ad urbis mūrōs vectī sunt. Stabiānā portā[7] urbem ingressī sunt. +Pūblius strātās viās mīrātur et saxa altiōra quae in mediō disposita +erant et altās orbitās quās rotae inter haec saxa fēcerant. Etiam +strepitum mīrātur, multitūdinem, carrōs, fontīs, domōs, tabernās, +forum[8] cum statuīs, templīs, reliquīsque aedificiīs pūblicīs. + + [Footnote 1: Misenum had an excellent harbor, and under the emperor + Augustus became the chief naval station of the Roman fleet. See map + of Italy.] + + [Footnote 2: Why is the infinitive used with «cessāvērunt»?] + + [Footnote 3: See Plate I, Frontispiece.] + + [Footnote 4: Observe that these words are exclamatory.] + + [Footnote 5: What construction follows «suādeō»? §501.41.] + + [Footnote 6: «rēbus», §501.32.] + + [Footnote 7: This is the abl. of the _way by which_ motion takes + place, sometimes called the abl. of route. The construction comes + under the general head of the abl. of means. For the scene here + described, see Plate II, p. 53, and notice especially the + stepping-stones for crossing the street («saxa quae in mediō + disposita erant»).] + + [Footnote 8: The forum of Pompeii was surrounded by temples, public + halls, and markets of various sorts. Locate Pompeii on the map.] + + +LXV. A DAY AT POMPEII + +Apud forum ē currū dēscendērunt et Lentulus dīxit, “Hīc sunt multa +tabernārum genera, mī Pūblī. Ecce, trāns viam est popīna! [1]Hoc genus +tabernārum cibāria vēndit. Frūctūs quoque ante iānuam stant. Ibi cibāria +mea emam.” “Optimē,” respondit Pūblius. “At ubi, mī pater, crūstula +emere possumus? Namque māter nōbīs imperāvit [2]ut haec quoque +parārēmus. Timeō ut[3] ista popīna vēndat crūstula.” “Bene dīcis,” +inquit Lentulus. “At nōnne vidēs illum fontem ā dextrā ubi aqua per +leōnis caput fluit? In illō ipsō locō est taberna pīstōris quī sine +dubiō vēndit crūstula.” + +Brevī tempore[4] omnia erant parāta, iamque [5]quīnta hōra erat. Deinde +Lentulus et fīlius ad caupōnam properāvērunt, quod famē[6] et sitī[7] +urgēbantur. Ibi sub arboris umbrā sēdērunt et puerō imperāvērunt ut +sibi[8] cibum et vīnum daret. Huic imperiō[9] puer celeriter pāruit. Tum +laetī sē[10] ex labōre refēcērunt. + +Post prandium prefectī sunt ut alia urbis spectācula vidērent. Illō +tempore fuērunt Pompēiīs[11] multa templa, duo theātra, thermae +magnumque amphitheātrum, quae omnia post paucōs annōs flammīs atque +incendiīs Vesuvī et terrae mōtū dēlēta sunt. Ante hanc calamitātem autem +hominēs [12]nihil dē monte veritī sunt. In amphitheātrō quidem Pūblius +morārī cupīvit ut spectācula gladiātōria vidēret, quae in[13] illum +ipsum diem prōscrīpta erant et iam [14]rē vērā incēperant. Sed Lentulus +dīxit, “Morārī, Pūblī, [15]vereor ut possīmus. Iam decima hōra est et +via est longa. Tempus suādet ut quam prīmum domum revertāmur.” Itaque +servō imperāvit ut equōs iungeret, et sōlis occāsū[16] ad vīllam +pervēnērunt. + + [Footnote 1: We say, _this kind of shop_; Latin, _this kind of + shops_.] + + [Footnote 2: «ut ... parārēmus», §501.41.] + + [Footnote 3: How is «ut» translated after a verb of fearing? How + «nē»? Cf. §501.42.] + + [Footnote 4: «tempore», §501.35.] + + [Footnote 5: «quīnta hōra». The Romans numbered the hours of the day + consecutively from sunrise to sunset, dividing the day, whether long + or short, into twelve equal parts.] + + [Footnote 6: «famē» shows a slight irregularity in that the abl. + ending «-e» is long.] + + [Footnote 7: «sitis», _thirst_, has «-im» in the acc. sing., «-ī» in + the abl. sing., and no plural.] + + [Footnote 8: Observe that the reflexive pronoun «sibi» does not here + refer to the subject of the subordinate clause in which it stands, + but to the subject of the main clause. This so-called _indirect_ use + of the reflexive is often found in object clauses of purpose.] + + [Footnote 9: What case? Cf. §501.14.] + + [Footnote 10: «sē», cf. p. 205, l. 7, and note.] + + [Footnote 11: «Pompēiīs», §501.36.1.] + + [Footnote 12: «nihil ... veritī sunt», _had no fears of the + mountain_.] + + [Footnote 13: «in», _for_.] + + [Footnote 14: «rē vērā», _in fact_.] + + [Footnote 15: «vereor ut», §501.42.] + + [Footnote 16: «occāsū», §501.35.] + + +LXVI. LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON + +Ā prīmīs annīs quidem Iūlia ipsa fīlium suum docuerat, et Pūblius nōn +sōlum [1]pūrē et Latīnē loquī poterat sed etiam commodē legēbat et +scrībēbat. Iam Ennium[2] aliōsque poētās lēgerat. Nunc vērō Pūblius +[3]duodecim annōs habēbat; itaque eī pater bonum magistrum, [4]virum +omnī doctrīnā et virtūte ōrnātissimum, parāvit, [5]quī Graeca, mūsicam, +aliāsque artīs docēret. [6]Namque illīs temporibus omnēs ferē gentēs +Graecē loquēbantur. Cum Pūbliō aliī puerī, Lentulī amīcōrum fīliī,[7] +discēbant. Nam saepe apud Rōmānōs mōs erat [8]nōn in lūdum fīliōs +mittere sed domī per magistrum docēre. Cotīdiē discipulī cum magistrō in +peristȳlō[9] Mārcī domūs sedēbant. Omnēs puerī bullam auream, orīginis +honestae signum, in collō gerēbant, et omnēs togā praetextā amictī +erant, [10]quod nōndum sēdecim annōs[11] nātī sunt. + + [Footnote 1: «pūrē ... poterat», freely, _could speak Latin well_. + What is the literal translation?] + + [Footnote 2: «Ennium», the father of Latin poetry.] + + [Footnote 3: «duodecim ... habēbat», cf. p. 206, l. 8, and note.] + + [Footnote 4: «virum», etc., _a very well-educated and worthy man_. + Observe the Latin equivalent.] + + [Footnote 5: «quī ... docēret», a relative clause of purpose. Cf. §§ + 349, 350.] + + [Footnote 6: In Cæsar’s time Greek was spoken more widely in the + Roman world than any other language.] + + [Footnote 7: «fīliī», in apposition with «puerī».] + + [Footnote 8: «nōn ... mittere». This infinitive clause is the + subject of «erat». Cf. §216. The same construction is repeated in + the next clause, «domī ... docēre». The object of «docēre» is + «fīliōs» understood.] + + [Footnote 9: The peristyle was an open court surrounded by a + colonnade.] + + [Footnote 10: At the age of sixteen a boy laid aside the _bulla_ + and the _toga praetexta_ and assumed _toga virīlis_ or manly gown.] + + [Footnote 11: «annōs», §501.21. The expression «nōndum sēdecim + annōs nātī sunt» means literally, _they were born not yet sixteen + years_. This is the usual expression for age. What is the English + equivalent?] + + + [Illustration: TABULA ET STILUS] + +SCENE IN SCHOOL · AN EXERCISE IN COMPOSITION + +DISCIPULĪ. Salvē, magister. +MAGISTER. Vōs quoque omnēs, salvēte. [1]Tabulāsne portāvistis et + stilōs? +D. Portāvimus. +M. Iam fābulam Aesōpī[2] discēmus. Ego legam, vōs in tabulīs scrībite. + Et tū, Pūblī, dā mihi ē capsā[3] Aesōpī volūmen.[4] Iam audīte + omnēs: _Vulpēs et Ūva_. +Vulpēs ōlim famē coācta ūvam dēpendentem vīdit. Ad ūvam saliēbat, + sūmere cōnāns. Frūstrā diū cōnāta, tandem īrāta erat et salīre + cessāns dīxit: “Illa ūva est acerba; acerbam ūvam [5]nihil moror.” +Omnia´ne scrīpsistis, puerī? +D. Omnia, magister. + + [Footnote 1: Tablets were thin boards of wood smeared with wax. The + writing was done with a stylus, a pointed instrument like a pencil, + made of bone or metal, with a knob at the other end. The knob was + used to smooth over the wax in making erasures and corrections.] + + [Footnote 2: «Aesōpī», the famous Greek to whom are ascribed most of + the fables current in the ancient world.] + + [Footnote 3: A cylindrical box for holding books and papers, shaped + like a hatbox.] + + [Footnote 4: Ancient books were written on rolls made of papy´rus.] + + [Footnote 5: «nihil moror», _I care nothing for_.] + + +LXVII. PUBLIUS GOES TO ROME TO FINISH HIS EDUCATION + +Iamque Pūblius, [1]quīndecim annōs nātus, [2]prīmīs litterārum elementīs +cōnfectīs, Rōmam petere voluit ut scholās grammaticōrum et philosophōrum +frequentāret. Et facillimē patrī[3] suō, qui ipse philosophiae studiō +tenēbātur, persuāsit. Itaque [4]omnibus rēbus ad profectiōnem +comparātīs, pater fīliusque equīs animōsīs vectī[5] ad magnam urbem +profectī sunt. Eōs proficīscentīs Iūlia tōtaque familia vōtīs +precibusque prōsecūtae sunt. Tum per loca[6] plāna et collis silvīs +vestītōs viam ingressī sunt ad Nōlam, quod oppidum eōs hospitiō modicō +excēpit. Nōlae[7] duās hōrās morātī sunt, quod sōl merīdiānus ārdēbat. +Tum rēctā viā[8] circiter vīgintī mīlia[9] passuum[9] Capuam,[9] ad +īnsignem Campāniae urbem, contendērunt. Eō[10] multā nocte dēfessī +pervēnērunt. [11]Postrīdiē eius diēī, somnō et cibō recreātī, Capuā +discessērunt et [13]viam Appiam ingressī, quae Capuam tangit et ūsque ad +urbem Rōmam dūcit, ante merīdiem Sinuessam pervēnērunt, quod oppidum +tangit mare. Inde prīmā lūce proficīscentēs Formiās[13] properāvērunt, +ubi Cicerō, ōrātor clarissimus, quī forte apud vīllam suam erat, eōs +benignē excēpit. Hinc [14]itinere vīgintī quīnque mīlium passuum factō, +Tarracīnam, oppidum in saxīs altissimīs situm, vīdērunt. Iamque nōn +longē aberant palūdēs magnae, quae multa mīlia passuum undique patent. +Per eās pedestris via est gravis et in nāve viātōrēs vehuntur. Itaque +[15]equīs relictīs Lentulus et Pūblius nāvem cōnscendērunt, et, ūnā +nocte in trānsitū cōnsūmptā, Forum Appī vēnērunt. Tum brevī tempore +Arīcia eōs excēpit. Hoc oppidum, in colle situm, ab urbe Romā sēdecim +mīlia passuum abest. Inde dēclivis via ūsque ad latum campum dūcit ubi +Rōma stat. Quem ad locum ubi Pūblius vēnit et Rōmam adhūc remōtam, +maximam tōtīus orbis terrārum urbem, cōnspēxit, summā admīrātiōne et +gaudiō adfectus est. Sine morā dēscendērunt, et, mediō intervāllō quam +celerrimē superātō, urbem portā Capēnā ingressī sunt. + + [Footnote 1: «quīndecim», etc., cf. p. 210, l. 5, and note.] + + [Footnote 2: «prīmīs ... cōnfectīs», abl. abs. Cf. §501.28.] + + [Footnote 3: «patrī», dat. with «persuāsit».] + + [Footnote 4: «omnibus ... comparātīs», cf. note 2.] + + [Footnote 5: «vectī», perf. pass. part. of «vehō».] + + [Footnote 6: What is there peculiar about the gender of this word?] + + [Footnote 7: «Nōlae», locative case, §501.36.2.] + + [Footnote 8: «viā», cf. «portā», p. 208, l. 7, and note.] + + [Footnote 9: What construction?] + + [Footnote 10: «Eō», adv. _there_.] + + [Footnote 11: «Postrīdiē eius diēī», _on the next day_.] + + [Footnote 12: «viam Appiam», the most famous of all Roman roads, the + great highway from Rome to Tarentum and Brundisium, with numerous + branches. Locate on the map the various towns that are mentioned in + the lines that follow.] + + [Footnote 13: «Formiās», _Formiæ_, one of the most beautiful spots + on this coast, and a favorite site for the villas of rich Romans.] + + [Footnote 14: «itinere ... factō», abl. abs. The gen. «mīlium» + modifies «itinere».] + + [Footnote 15: «equīs relictīs». What construction? Point out a + similar one in the next line.] + + + [Illustration: BULLA] + +LXVIII. PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS + +Pūblius iam tōtum annum Rōmae morābātur[1] multaque urbis spectācula +vīderat et multōs sibi[2] amīcōs parāverat. Eī[3] omnēs favēbant; [4]dē +eō omnēs bene spērāre poterant. Cotīdiē Pūblius scholas philosophōrum et +grammaticōrum tantō studiō frequentābat [5]ut aliīs clārum exemplum +praebēret. Saepe erat cum patre in cūriā[6]; quae rēs effēcit [7]ut +summōs reī pūblicae virōs et audīret et vidēret. Ubi [8]sēdecim annōs +natus est, bullam[9] auream et togam praetextam mōre Rōmānō dēposuit +atque virīlem togam sūmpsit. Virīlis autem toga erat omnīnō alba, sed +praetexta clāvum purpureum in margine habēbat. [10]Dēpōnere togam +praetextam et sūmere togam virīlem erat rēs grātissima puerō Rōmānō, +quod posteā vir et cīvis Rōmānus habēbātur. + +[11]Hīs rēbus gestīs Lentulus ad uxōrem suam hās litterās scrīpsit: + +[12]“Mārcus Iūliae suae salūtem dīcit. Sī valēs, bene est; ego valeō. +Accēpī tuās litterās. Hās nunc Rōmā per servum fidēlissimum mittō ut dē +Pūbliō nostrō quam celerrimē sciās. Nam hodiē eī togam virīlem dedī. +Ante lucem surrēxī[13] et prīmum bullam auream dē collō eius remōvī. Hāc +Laribus[14] cōnsecrātā et sacrīs factīs, eum togā virīlī vestīvī. +Interim plūrēs amīcī cum multitūdine optimōrum cīvium et honestōrum +clientium pervēnerant [15]quī Pūblium domō in forum dēdūcerent. Ibi in +cīvitātem receptus est et nōmen, Pūblius Cornēlius Lentulus, apud cīvīs +Rōmānōs ascrīptum est. Omnēs eī amīcissimī fuērunt et magna[16] de eō +praedīcunt. Sapientior enim aequālibus[17] est et magnum ingenium habet. +[18]Cūrā ut valeās.” + + [Footnote 1: «morābātur», translate as if pluperfect.] + + [Footnote 2: «sibi», _for himself_.] + + [Footnote 3: «Eī», why dat.?] + + [Footnote 4: «dē ... poterant», in English, _all regarded him as a + very promising youth;_ but what does the Latin say?] + + [Footnote 5: «ut... praebēret», §501.43.] + + [Footnote 6: «cūriā», a famous building near the Roman Forum.] + + [Footnote 7: «ut ... audīret et vidēret», §501.44.] + + [Footnote 8: «sēdecim, etc.», cf. p. 210, l. 5, and note.] + + [Footnote 9: «bullam», cf. p. 210, l. 3, and note 4.] + + [Footnote 10: These infinitive clauses are the subject of «erat». + Cf. §216.] + + [Footnote 11: «Hīs rēbus gestīs», i.e. the assumption of the _toga + virilis_ and attendant ceremonies.] + + [Footnote 12: Compare the beginning of this letter with the one on + page 206.] + + [Footnote 13: «surrēxī», from «surgō».] + + [Footnote 14: The Lares were the spirits of the ancestors, and were + worshiped as household gods. All that the house contained was + confided to their care, and sacrifices were made to them daily.] + + [Footnote 15: «quī ... dēdūcerent», §350.] + + [Footnote 16: «magna», _great things_, a neuter adj. used as a + noun.] + + [Footnote 17: «aequālibus», §501.34.] + + [Footnote 18: «Cūrā ut valeās», _take good care of your health_. How + does the Latin express this idea?] + + +LXIX. PUBLIUS JOINS CÆSAR’S ARMY IN GAUL + +Pūblius iam adulēscēns postquam togam virīlem sūmpsit, aliīs rēbus +studēre incēpit et praesertim ūsū[1] armōrum sē[2] dīligenter exercuit. +Magis magisque amāvit illās artīs quae mīlitārem animum dēlectant. +Iamque erant [3]quī eī cursum mīlitārem praedīcerent. Nec sine causā, +quod certē patris īsigne exemplum [4]ita multum trahēbat. [5]Paucīs ante +annīs C. Iūlius Caesar, ducum Rōmānōrum maximus, cōnsul creātus erat et +hōc tempore in Galliā bellum grave gerēbat. Atque in exercitū eius +plūrēs adulēscentēs mīlitābant, apud quōs erat amīcus quīdam Pūblī. Ille +Pūblium crēbrīs litterīs vehementer hortābātur [6]ut iter in Galliam +faceret. Neque Pūblius recūsāvit, et, multīs amīcīs ad portam urbis +prōsequentibus, ad Caesaris castra profectus est. Quārtō diē postquam +iter ingressus est, ad Alpīs, montīs altissimōs, pervēnit. Hīs summā +difficultāte superātīs, tandem Gallōrum in fīnibus erat. Prīmō autem +veritus est ut[7] castrīs Rōmānīs adpropinquāre posset, quod Gallī, +maximīs cōpiīs coāctīs, Rōmānōs obsidēbant et viās omnīs iam clauserant. +Hīs rēbus commōtus Pūblius vestem Gallicam induit nē ā Gallīs caperētur, +et ita per hostium cōpiās incolumis ad castra pervenīre potuit. Intrā +mūnītiōnes acceptus, ā Caesare benignē exceptus est. Imperātor fortem +adulēscentem amplissimīs verbīs laudāvit et eum [8]tribūnum mīlītum +creāvit. + + [Footnote 1: Abl. of means.] + + [Footnote 2: «sē», reflexive object of «exercuit».] + + [Footnote 3: «quī ... praedīcerent», §501.45.] + + [Footnote 4: «ita multum trahēbat», _had a great influence in that + direction_.] + + [Footnote 5: «Paucīs ante annīs», _a few years before_; in Latin, + _before by a few years_, «ante» being an adverb and «annīs» abl. of + degree of difference.] + + [Footnote 6: «ut ... faceret», §501.41.] + + [Footnote 7: «ut», how translated here? See §501.42.] + + [Footnote 8: The _military tribune_ was a commissioned officer + nearly corresponding to our rank of colonel. The tribunes were often + inexperienced men, so Cæsar did not allow them much responsibility.] + + + [Illustration: IMPEDIMENTA] + +HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED + +Exercitus quī in hostium fīnibus bellum genit multīs perīcuīs +circumdatus est. [1]Quae perīcula ut vītāret, Rōmāni summam cūram +adhībēre solēbant. Adpropinquanteēs cōpiīs hostium agmen ita dispōnēbant +[2]ut imperātor ipse cum plāribus legiōnibus expedītīs[3] prīmum agmen +dūceret. Post eās cōpiās impedīmenta[4] tōtīus exercitūs conlocābant. +[5]Tum legiōnēs quae proximē cōnscrīptae erant tōtum agmen claudēbant. +Equitēs quoque in omnīs partīs dīmittēbantur quī loca explōrārent; et +centuriōnēs praemittēbantur ut locum castrīs idōneum dēligerent. Locus +habēbatur idōneus castrīs [6]quī facile dēfendī posset et prope aquam +esset. Quā dē causā castra[7] in colle ab utrāque parte arduō, ā fronte +lēniter dēclīvī saepe pōnēbantur; vel locus palūdibus cīnctus vel in +flūminis rīpīs situs dēligēbātur. Ad locum postquam exercitus pervēnit, +aliī mīlitum [8]in armīs erant, aliī castra mūnīre incipiēbant. Nam +[9]quō tūtiōrēs ab hostibus mīlitēs essent, nēve incautī et imparātī +opprimerentur, castra fossā lātā et vāllō altō mūniēbant. In castrīs +portae quattuor erant ut ēruptiō mīlitum omnīs in partīs fierī posset. +In angulīs castrōrum erant turrēs dē quibus tēla in hostīs +coniciēbantur. [10]Tālibus in castrīs quālia dēscrīpsimus Pūblius ā +Caesare exceptus est. + + [Footnote 1: «Quae perīcula», object of «vītārent». It is placed + first to make a proper connection with the preceding sentence.] + + [Footnote 2: «ut ... dūceret», §501.43.] + + [Footnote 3: «expedītīs», i.e. without baggage and ready for + action.] + + [Footnote 4: «impedīmenta». Much of the baggage was carried in carts + and on beasts of burden, as is shown above; but, besides this, each + soldier (unless «expedītus») carried a heavy pack. See also picture, + p. 159.] + + [Footnote 5: The newest legions were placed in the rear, because + they were the least reliable.] + + [Footnote 6: «quī ... posset ... esset», §501.45.] + + [Footnote 7: «castra», subject of «pōnēbantur».] + + [Footnote 8: «in armīs erant», _stood under arms_.] + + [Footnote 9: «quō ... essent». When is «quō» used to introduce a + purpose clause? See §350.I.] + + [Footnote 10: «Tālibus in castrīs quālia», _in such a camp as_. + It is important to remember the correlatives «tālis ... quālis», + _such ... as_.] + + + [Illustration: CENTURIO] + +LXX. THE RIVAL CENTURIONS + +Illīs in castrīs erant duo centuriōnēs,[1] fortissimī virī, T. Pullō et +L. Vorēnus, quōrum neuter alterī virtūte[2] cēdere volēbat. Inter eōs +iam multōs annōs īnfēnsum certāmen gerēbātur. Tum dēmum fīnis +contrōversiae hōc modō[3] factus est. Diē tertiō postquam Pūblius +pervēnit, hostēs, maiōribus cōpiīs coāctīs, ācerrimum impetum in castra +fēcērunt. Tum Pullō, [4]cum Rōmānī tardiōrēs[5] vidērentur, “Cūr +dubitās,” inquit, “Vorēne? Quam commodiōrem occāsiōnem exspectās? Hic +diēs dē virtūte nostrā iūdicābit.” Haec[6] cum dīxisset, extrā +mūnītiōnēs prōcessit et in eam hostium partem quae cōfertissima +[7]vidēbātur inrūpit. Neque Vorēnus quidem tum vāllō[8] sēsē continet, +sed Pullōnem subsequitur. Tum Pullō pīlum in hostīs immittit atque ūnum +ex multitūdine prōcurrentem trāicit. Hunc percussum et exanimātum hostēs +scūtīs prōtegunt et in Pullōnem omnēs tēla coniciunt. Eius scūtum +trānsfīgitur et tēlum in balteō dēfīgitur. Hic cāsus vāgīnam āvertit et +dextram manum eius gladium ēdūcere cōnantis[9] morātur. Eum ita +impedītum hostēs circumsistunt. + +Tum vēro [10]eī labōrantī Vorēnus, cum sit inimīcus, tamen auxilium dat. +Ad hunc cōnfestim [11]ā Pullōne omnis multitūdō sē convertit. Gladiō +comminus pugnat Vorēnus, atque, ūnō interfectō, reliquōs paulum +prōpellit. Sed īnstāns cupidius[12] īnfēlīx, [13]pede sē fallente, +concidit. + +Huic rūrsus circumventō auxilium dat Pullō, atque ambō incolumēs, +plūribus interfectīs, summā cum laude intrā mūnītiōnēs sē recipiunt. Sic +inimīcōrum alter alterī auxilium dedit nec de eōrum virtūte quisquam +iūdicāre potuit. + + [Footnote 1: A centurion commanded a company of about sixty men. He + was a common soldier who had been promoted from the ranks for his + courage and fighting qualities. The centurions were the real leaders + of the men in battle. There were sixty of them in a legion. The + centurion in the picture (p. 216) has in his hand a staff with a + crook at one end, the symbol of his authority.] + + [Footnote 2: «virtūte», §501.30.] + + [Footnote 3: Abl. of manner.] + + [Footnote 4: «cum ... vidērentur», §501.46.] + + [Footnote 5: «tardiōrēs», _too slow_, a not infrequent translation + of the comparative degree.] + + [Footnote 6: «Haec», obj. of «dīxisset». It is placed before «cum» + to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. What is the + construction of «dīxisset»?] + + [Footnote 7: «vidēbatur, inrūpit». Why is the imperfect used in one + case and the perfect in the other? Cf. §190.] + + [Footnote 8: «vāllō», abl. of means, but in English we should say + _within the rampart_. Cf. «ingentī stabulō», p. 201, l. 13, and + note.] + + [Footnote 9: «cōnantis», pres. part. agreeing with «eius».] + + [Footnote 10: «eī labōrantī», indir. obj. of dat.] + + [Footnote 11: «ā Pullōne», _from Pullo_, abl. of separation.] + + [Footnote 12: «cupidius», _too eagerly_.] + + [Footnote 13: «pede sē fallente», lit. _the foot deceiving itself_; + in our idiom, _his foot slipping_.] + + +LXXI. THE ENEMY BESIEGING THE CAMP ARE REPULSED + +Cum iam sex hōrās pugnatum esset[1] ac nōn sōlum vīrēs sed etiam tēla +Rōmānōs dēficerent[1], atque hostēs ācrius instārent,[1] et vāllum +scindere fossamque complēre incēpissent,[1] Caesar, vir reī mīlitāris +perītissimus, suīs imperāvit ut proelium paulisper intermitterent,[2] +et, signō datō, ex castrīs ērumperent.[2] [3]Quod iussī sunt faciunt, et +subitō ex omnibus portīs ērumpunt. Atque tam celeriter mīlitēs +concurrērunt et tam propinquī erant hostēs[4] ut spatium pīla +coniciendī[5] nōn darētur. Itaque reiectīs pīlīs [6]comminus gladiīs +pugnātum est. Diū et audācter hostēs restitērunt et in extrēmā spē +salūtis tantam virtūtem praestitērunt ut ā dextrō cornū vehementer +[7]multitūdine suōrum aciem Rōmanam premerent. [8]Id imperātor cum +animadvertisset, Pūblium adulēscentem cum equitātū mīsit quī +labōrantibus[9] auxilium daret. Eius impetum sustinēre nōn potuērunt +hostēs[10] et omnēs terga vertērunt. Eōs in fugam datōs Pūblius +subsecūtus est ūsque ad flūmen Rhēnum, quod ab eō locō quīnque mīlia +passuum aberat. Ibi paucī salūtem sibi repperērunt. Omnibus reliquīs +interfectīs, Pūblius et equitēs in castra sēsē recēpērunt. Dē hāc +calamitāte fīnitimae gentēs cum certiōrēs factae essent, ad Caesarem +lēgātōs mīsērunt et sē suaque omnia dēdidērunt. + + [Footnote 1: «pugnātum esset, dēficerent, īnstārent, incēpissent». + These are all subjunctives with «cum». Cf. §501.46.] + + [Footnote 2: «intermitterent, ērumperent». What use of the + subjunctive?] + + [Footnote 3: «Quod», etc., _they do as ordered_. The antecedent of + «quod» is «id» understood, which would be the object of «faciunt».] + + [Footnote 4: «ut ... darētur». Is this a clause of purpose or of + result?] + + [Footnote 5: «coniciendī», §402.] + + [Footnote 6: «comminus gladiīs pugnātum est», _a hand-to-hand + conflict was waged with swords_.] + + [Footnote 7: «multitūdine suōrum», _by their numbers_. «suōrum» is + used as a noun. What is the literal translation of this expression?] + + [Footnote 8: «Id imperātor. Id» is the obj. and «imperātor» the + subj. of «animadvertisset».] + + [Footnote 9: «labōrantibus». This participle agrees with «iīs» + understood, the indir. obj. of «daret; qui ... daret» is a purpose + clause, §501.40.] + + [Footnote 10: «hostēs», subj. of «potuērunt».] + + +LXXII. PUBLIUS GOES TO GERMANY · ITS GREAT FORESTS AND STRANGE ANIMALS + +Initā aestāte Caesar litterīs certior fīēbat et per explōrātōrēs +cognōscēbat plūrīs cīvitātēs Galliae novīs rēbus studēre,[1] et contrā +populum Rōmānum coniūrāre[1] obsidēsque [2]inter sē dare,[1] atque cum +hīs Germānōs quōsdam quoque sēsē coniūnctūrōs esse.[1] Hīs litterīs +nūntiīsque commōtus Caesar cōnstituit quam celerrimē in Gallōs +proficīscī,[3] ut eōs inopīnantīs opprimeret, et Labiēnum lēgātum cum +duābus legiōnibus peditum et duōbus mīlibus equitum in Germānōs +mittere.[3] [4]Itaque rē frūmentāriā comparātā castra mōvit. Ab +utrōque[5] rēs bene gesta est; nam Caesar tam celeriter in hostium fīnīs +pervēnit ut spatium [6]cōpiās cōgendī nōn darētur[4]; et Labiēnus dē +Germānīs tam grave supplicium sūmpsit ut nēmō ex eā gente in reliquum +tempus Gallīs auxilium dare audēret.[7] + +Hoc iter in Germāniam Pūblius quoque fēcit et, [8]cum ibi morārētur, +multa mīrābilia vīdit. Praesertim vērō ingentem silvam mīrābātur, quae +tantae magnitūdinis esse dīcēbātur [9]ut nēmō eam trānsīre posset, nec +quisquam scīret aut initium aut fīnem. Quā dē rē plūra cognōverat ā +mīlite quōdam quī ōlim captus ā Germānīs multōs annōs ibi incoluit. +Ille[10] dē silvā dīcēns, “Īnfīnītae magnitūdinis est haec silva,” +inquit; “nee quisquam est [11]huius Germāniae [12]quī initium eius sciat +aut ad fīnem adierit. Nāscuntur illīc multa tālia animālium genera +quālia reliquīs in locīs nōn inveniuntur. Sunt bovēs quī ūnum[13] cornū +habent; sunt etiam animālia quae appellantur alcēs. Hae nūllōs +crūrum[14] articulōs habent. Itaque, sī forte concidērunt, sēsē ērigere +nūllō modō possunt. Arborēs habent prō[15] cubīlibus; ad eās sē +applicant atque ita reclīnātae quiētem capiunt. Tertium est genus eōrum +quī ūrī appellantur. Hī sunt paulō minōrēs elephantīs.[16] Magna vis +eōrum est et magna vēlōcitās. Neque hominī neque ferae parcunt.[17]” + + [Footnote 1: Observe that all these infinitives are in indirect + statements after «certior fīēbat», _he was informed_, and + «cognōscēbat», _he learned_. Cf. §501.48, 49.] + + [Footnote 2: «inter sē», _to each other_.] + + [Footnote 3: «proficīscī, mittere». These infinitives depend upon + «cōnstituit».] + + [Footnote 4: Before beginning a campaign, food had to be provided. + Every fifteen days grain was distributed. Each soldier received + about two pecks. This he carried in his pack, and this constituted + his food, varied occasionally by what he could find by foraging.] + + [Footnote 5: Abl. of personal agent, §501.33.] + + [Footnote 6: «cōpiās cōgendī», §501.37.1.] + + [Footnote 7: «darētur, audēret», §501.43. «audēret» is not from + «audiō».] + + [Footnote 8: «cum ... morārētur», §501.46.] + + [Footnote 9: «ut ... posset, ... scīret», §501.43.] + + [Footnote 10: «Ille», subj. of «inquit».] + + [Footnote 11: «huius Germāniae», _of this part of Germany_.] + + [Footnote 12: «quī ... scīat ... adierit», §501.45.] + + [Footnote 13: «ūnum», _only one_.] + + [Footnote 14: «crūrum», from «crūs».] + + [Footnote 15: «prō», _for, in place of_.] + + [Footnote 16: «elephantīs», §501.34.] + + [Footnote 17: «parcunt». What case is used with this verb?] + + + [Illustration: VINEA] + +LXXIII. THE STORMING OF A CITY + +Pūblius plūrīs diēs in Germāniā morātus[1] in Galliam rediit, et ad +Caesaris castra sē contulit. Ille quia molestē ferēbat Gallōs[2] eius +regiōnis obsidēs dare recūsāvisse et exercituī frūmentum praebēre +nōluisse, cōnstituit eīs[3] bellum īnferre. Agrīs vāstātīs, vīcīs +incēnsīs, pervēnit ad oppidum validissimum quod et nātūrā et arte +mūnītum erat. Cingēbātur mūrō vīgintī quīnque pedēs[4] altō. Ā lateribus +duōsitum, praeruptō fastīgiō ad plānitiem vergēgat; ā quārtō tantum[5] +latere aditus erat facilis. Hoc oppidum oppugnāre, [6]cum opus esset +difficillimum, tamen cōnstituit Caesar. Et castrīs mūnītīs Pūbliō +negōtium dedit ut rēs [7]ad oppugnandum necessāriās parāret. + +Rōmānōrum autem oppugnātiō est haec.[8] Prīmum turrēs aedificantur +quibus mīlitēs in summum mūrum ēvādere possint[9]; vīneae[10] fīunt +quibus tēctī mīlitēs ad mūrum succēdant; pluteī[11] parantur post quōs +mīlitēs tormenta[12] administrent; sunt quoque arietēs quī mūrum et +portās discutiant. Hīs omnibus rēbus comparātīs, deinde [13]agger ab eā +parte ubi aditus est facillimus exstruitur et cum vīneīs ad ipsum +oppidum agitur. Tum turris in aggere prōmovētur; arietibus quī sub +vīneīs conlocātī erant mūrus et portae discutiuntur; ballistīs, +catapultīs, reliquīsque tormentīs lapidēs et tēla in oppidum +coniciuntur. Postrēmō cum iam turris et agger altitūdinem mūrī adaequant +et arietēs moenia perfrēgērunt,[14] signō datō mīlitēs inruunt et +oppidum expugnant. + + [Footnote 1: «morātus». Is this part. active or passive in meaning?] + + [Footnote 2: «Gallōs», subj. acc. of the infins. «recūsāvisse» and + «nōluisse». The indirect statement depends upon «molestē ferēbat».] + + [Footnote 3: «eīs», §501.15.] + + [Footnote 4: «pedēs», §501.21.] + + [Footnote 5: «tantum», adv. _only_.] + + [Footnote 6: «cum ... esset», a clause of concession, §501.46.] + + [Footnote 7: «ad oppugnandum», a gerund expressing purpose.] + + [Footnote 8: «haec», _as follows_.] + + [Footnote 9: «possint», subjv. of purpose. Three similar + constructions follow.] + + [Footnote 10: «vīneae». These «vīneae» were wooden sheds, open in + front and rear, used to protect men who were working to take a + fortification. They were about eight feet high, of like width, and + double that length, covered with raw hides to protect them from + being set on fire, and moved on wheels or rollers.] + + [Footnote 11: «pluteī», large screens or shields with small wheels + attached to them. These were used to protect besiegers while moving + up to a city or while serving the engines of war.] + + [Footnote 12: «tormenta». The engines of war were chiefly the + catapult for shooting great arrows, and the ballista, for hurling + large stones. They had a range of about two thousand feet and were + very effective.] + + [Footnote 13: The «agger», or mound, was of chief importance in a + siege. It was begun just out of reach of the missiles of the enemy, + and then gradually extended towards the point to be attacked. At the + same time its height gradually increased until on a level with the + top of the wall, or even higher. It was made of earth and timber, + and had covered galleries running through it for the use of the + besiegers. Over or beside the _agger_ a tower was moved up to the + wall, often with a battering-ram (_aries_) in the lowest story. (See + picture, p. 221.)] + + [Footnote 14: «perfrēgērunt», from «perfringō».] + + [Illustration: BALLISTA] + + + [Illustration: TURRES, ARIETES, VINEA] + +LXXIV. THE CITY IS TAKEN · THE CAPTIVES ARE QUESTIONED + +Omnibus rēbus necessāriīs ad oppugnandum ā Pūbliō comparātīs, +dēlīberātur in conciliō quod cōnsilium [1]oppidī expugnandī ineant.[2] +Tum ūnus[3] ex centuriōnibus, vir reī mīlitāris perītissimus, “Ego +suādeō,” inquit, “ut ab eā parte, ubi aditus sit[5] facillimus, aggerem +exstruāmus[4] et turrim prōmoveāmus[6] atque ariete admōtō simul mūrum +discutere cōnēmur.[5]” [6]Hoc cōnsilium cum omnibus placēret, Caesar +concilium dīmīsit. Deinde mīlitēs hortātus ut priōrēs victōriās +memoriā[7] tenērent, iussit aggerem exstruī, turrim et arietem admovērī. +Neque oppidānīs[8] cōnsilium dēfuit. Aliī ignem et omne genus tēlōrum dē +mūrō in turrim coniēcērunt, aliī ingentia saxa in vīneās et arietem +dēvolvērunt. Diū utrimque ācerrimē pugnātum est. Nē vulnerātī quidem +pedem rettulērunt. Tandem, [9]dē tertiā vigiliā, Pūblius, quem Caesar +illī operī[10] praefēcerat, nūntiāvit partem[11] mūrī ictibus arietis +labefactam concidisse. Quā rē audītā Caesar signum dat; mīlitēs inruunt +et magnā cum caede hostium oppidum capiunt. + +Postrīdiē eius diēī, hōc oppidō expugnātō, [12]captīvōrum quī +nōbilissimī sunt ad imperātōrem ante praetōrium[13] addūcuntur. Ipse, +lōrīcā aurātā et paludāmentō purpureō īnsignis, captīvōs per interpretem +in hunc modum interrogat:[14] Vōs quī estis[15]? + +INTERPRES. Rogat imperātor quī sītis. + +CAPTĪVĪ. Fīliī rēgis sumus. + +INTERPRES. Dīcunt sē fīliōs esse rēgis. + +IMPERĀTOR. Cūr mihi tantās iniūriās intulistis? + +INTERPRES. Rogat cūr sibi tantās iniūriās intuleritis. + +CAPTĪVĪ. Iniūriās eī nōn intulimus sed prō patriā bellum gessimus. +Semper voluimus Rōmānīs esse amīcī, sed Rōmānī sine causā nōs domō +patriāque expellere cōnātī sunt. + +INTERPRES. [16]Negant sē iniūriās tibi intulisse, sed prō patriā bellum +gessisse. [17]Semper sē voluisse amīcōs Rōmānīs esse, sed Rōmānōs sine +causā sē domō patriāque expellere cōnātōs esse. + +IMPERĀTOR. [18]Manēbitisne in reliquum tempus in fidē, hāc rebelliōne +condōnātā? + +Tum vērō captīvī multīs cum lacrimīs iūrāvērunt sē in fidē mānsūrōs +esse, et Caesar eōs incolumīs domum dīmīsit. + + [Footnote 1: «oppidī expugnandī». Is this a gerund or a gerundive + construction? Cf. §501.37.] + + [Footnote 2: «ineant». §501.50.] + + [Footnote 3: «ūnus». subj. of «inquit».] + + [Footnote 4: «sit». This is a so-called subjunctive by attraction, + which means that the clause beginning with «ubi» stands in such + close connection with the subjv. clause beginning with «ut», that + its verb is attracted into the same mood.] + + [Footnote 5: All these verbs are in the same construction.] + + [Footnote 6: «Hoc cōnsilium», subj. of «placēret». For the order + cf. «Haec cum», etc., p. 215, l. 22, and note; «Id imperātor cum», + p. 217, l. 8.] + + [Footnote 7: «memoriā», abl. of means.] + + [Footnote 8: «oppidānīs», §501.15.] + + [Footnote 9: Between twelve and three o’clock in the morning. The + night was divided into four watches.] + + [Footnote 10: «operī», §501.15.] + + [Footnote 11: «partem», subj. acc. of «concidisse».] + + [Footnote 12: «captīvōrum ... sunt», _the noblest of the captives_.] + + [Footnote 13: The general’s headquarters.] + + [Footnote 14: Study carefully these direct questions, indirect + questions, and indirect statements.] + + [Footnote 15: See Plate III, p. 148.] + + [Footnote 16: «Negant», etc., _they say that they have not_, etc. + «Negant» is equivalent to «dīcunt nōn», and the negative modifies + «intulisse», but not the remainder of the indirect statement.] + + [Footnote 17: «Semper», etc., _that they have always_, etc.] + + [Footnote 18: «Manēbitisne in fidē», _will you remain loyal?_] + + +LXXV. CIVIL WAR BREAKS OUT BETWEEN CÆSAR AND POMPEY +THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA + +Nē cōnfectō[1] quidem bellō Gallicō, [2]bellum cīvīle inter Caesarem et +Pompēium exortum est. Nam Pompēius, quī summum imperium petēbat, senātuī +persuāserat ut Caesarem reī pūblicae hostem[3] iūdicāret et exercitum +eius dīmittī iubēret. Quibus cognitīs rēbus Caesar exercitum suum +dīmittere recūsāvit, atque, hortātus mīlitēs ut ducem totiēns victōrem +ab inimīcōrum iniūriīs dēfenderent, imperāvit ut sē Rōmam sequerentur. +Summā cum alacritāte mīlitēs pāruērunt, et trānsitō Rubicōne[4] initium +bellī cīvīlis factum est. + +Italiae urbēs quidem omnēs ferē [5]rēbus Caesaris favēbant et eum +benignē excēpērunt. Quā rē commōtus Pompēius ante Caesaris adventum Rōmā +excessit et Brundisium[6] pervēnit, inde [7]paucīs post diēbus cum +omnibus cōpiīs ad Ēpīrum mare trānsiit. Eum Caesar cum septem legiōnibus +et quīngentīs equitibus secūtus est, et īnsignis inter Caesaris +comitātum erat Pūblius. + +Plūribus leviōribus proeliīs factīs, tandem cōpiae adversae ad +Pharsālum[8] in Thessaliā sitam castra posuērunt. Cum Pompeī exercitus +esset bis tantus quantus Caesaris, tamen erant multī quī veterānās +legiōnēs quae Gallōs et Germānōs superāverant vehementer timēbant. +Quōs[9] [10]ante proelium commissum Labiēnus[11] lēgātus, quī ab Caesare +nūper dēfēcerat, ita adlocūtus est: “[12]Nōlīte exīstimāre hunc esse +exercitum veterānōrum mīlitum. Omnibus interfuī proeliīs[13] neque +temerē incognitam rem prōnūntiō. Perexigua pars illīus exercitūs quī +Gallōs superāvit adhūc superest. Magna pars occīsa est, multī domum +discessērunt, multī sunt relictī in Italiā. Hae cōpiae quās vidētis in +[14]citeriōre Galliā nūper cōnscrīptae sunt.” Haec[15] cum dīxisset, +iūrāvit sē nisi victōrem in castra nōn reversūrum esse. [16]Hoc idem +Pompēius et omnēs reliquī iūrāvērunt, et magnā spē et laetitiā, sīcut +certam ad victōriam, cōpiae ē castrīs exiērunt. + +Item Caesar, animō[17] ad dīmicandum parātus, exercitum suum ēdūxit et +septem cohortibus [18]praesidiō castrīs relictīs cōpiās triplicī aciē +īnstrūxit. Tum, mīlitibus studiō pugnae ārdentibus, tubā signum dedit. +Mīlitēs prōcurrērunt et pīlīs missīs gladiōs strīnxērunt. Neque vērō +virtūs hostibus dēfuit. Nam et tēla missa sustinuērunt et impetum +gladiōrum excēpērunt et ōrdinēs cōnservāvērunt. Utrimque diū et ācriter +pugnātum est nec quisquam pedem rettulit. Tum equitēs Pompēī aciem +Caesaris circumīre cōnātī sunt. Quod[19] ubi Caesar animadvertit, +tertiam aciem,[20] quae ad id tempus quiēta fuerat, prōcurrere iussit. +Tum vērō integrōrum impetum[21] dēfessī hostēs sustinēre nōn potuērunt +et omnēs terga vertērunt. Sed Pompēius dē fortūnīs suīs dēspērāns sē in +castra equō contulit, inde mox cum paucīs equitibus effūgit. + + [Footnote 1: With «nē ... quidem» the emphatic word stands between + the two.] + + [Footnote 2: The Civil War was caused by the jealousy and rivalry + between Cæsar and Pompey. It resulted in the defeat and subsequent + death of Pompey and the elevation of Cæsar to the lordship of the + Roman world.] + + [Footnote 3: «hostem», predicate accusative, §501.22.] + + [Footnote 4: The Rubicon was a small stream in northern Italy that + marked the boundary of Cæsar’s province. By crossing it with an + armed force Cæsar declared war upon Pompey and the existing + government. Cæsar crossed the Rubicon early in the year 49 B.C.] + + [Footnote 5: «rēbus Caesaris favēbant», _favored Cæsar’s side_. In + what case is «rēbus»?] + + [Footnote 6: «Brundisium», a famous port in southern Italy whence + ships sailed for Greece and the East. See map.] + + [Footnote 7: «paucīs post diēbus», _a few days later_; literally, + _afterguards by a few days_. Cf. «paucīs ante annīs», p. 213, l. 12, + and note.] + + [Footnote 8: The battle of Pharsalia was fought on August 9, 48 B.C. + In importance it ranks as one of the great battles of the world.] + + [Footnote 9: «Quōs», obj. of «adlocūtus est».] + + [Footnote 10: «ante proelium commissum», _before the beginning of + the battle_.] + + [Footnote 11: «Labiēnus», Cæsar’s most faithful and skillful + lieutenant in the Gallic War. On the outbreak of the Civil War, in + 49 B.C., he deserted Cæsar and joined Pompey. His defection caused + the greatest joy among the Pompeian party; but he disappointed the + expectations of his new friends, and never accomplished anything of + importance. He fought against his old commander in several battles + and was slain at the battle of Munda in Spain, 45 B.C.] + + [Footnote 12: «Nōlīte exīstimāre», _don´t think_.] + + [Footnote 13: «proeliīs», §501.15.] + + [Footnote 14: «citeriōre Galliā». This name is applied to Cisalpine + Gaul, or Gaul south of the Alps.] + + [Footnote 15: «Haec», obj. of «dīxisset».] + + [Footnote 16: «Hoc idem», obj. of «iūrāvērunt».] + + [Footnote 17: «animō», §501.30.] + + [Footnote 18: «praesidiō castrīs», §501.17.] + + [Footnote 19: «Quod», obj. of «animadvertit».] + + [Footnote 20: «aciem», subj. of «prōcurrere».] + + [Footnote 21: «impetum», obj. of «sustinēre».] + + + [Illustration: SIGNIFER] + +LXXVI. THE TRIUMPH OF CAESAR + +Pompēiō amīcīsque eius superātīs atque omnibus hostibus ubīque victīs, +Caesar imperātor Rōmam rediit et [1]extrā moenia urbis in campō Mārtiō +castra posuit. Tum vērō amplissimīs honōribus adfectus est. Dictātor +creātus est, et eī triumphus ā senātū est dēcrētus. [2]Quō diē de Gallīs +triumphum ēgit, tanta multitūdō hominum in urbem undique cōnflūxit [3]ut +omnia loca essent cōnferta. Templa patēbant, ārae fūmābant, columnae +sertīs ōrnātae erant. [4]Cum vērō pompa urbem intrāret, quantus hominum +fremitus ortus est! Prīmum per portam ingressī sunt senātus et +magistrātūs. Secūtī sunt tībīcinēs, signiferī, peditēs laureā corōnātī +canentēs: “Ecce Caesar nunc triumphat, quī subēgit Galliam,” et “Mīlle, +mīlle, mīlle, mīlle Gallōs trucīdāvimus.” Multī praedam captārum urbium +portābant, arma, omnia bellī īnstrūmenta. Secūtī sunt equitēs, animōsīs +atque splendidissimē ōrnātīs equīs vectī, inter quōs Pūblius adulēscēns +fortissimus habēbātur. Addūcēbantur taurī, arietēs, [5]quī dīs +immortālibus immolārentur. Ita longō agmine prōgrediēns exercitus +[6]sacrā viā per forum in Capitōlium perrēxit. + +Imperātor ipse cum urbem intrāret, undique laetō clāmōre multitūdinis +salūtātus est. Stābat in currū aureō quem quattuor albī equī vehēbant. +Indūtus [7]togā pictā, alterā manū habēnās et lauream tenēbat, alterā +eburneum scēptrum. Post eum servus in currū stāns auream corōnam super +caput eius tenēbat. Ante currum miserrimī captīvī, rēgēs prīncipēsque +superātārum gentium, catēnīs vīnctī, prōgrediēbantur; et vīgintī +quattuor līctōrēs[8] laureatās fascīs ferentēs et signiferī currum +Caesaris comitābantur. Conclūdit agmen multitūdō captīvōrum, quī, in +servitūtem redāctī,[9] dēmissō vultū, vīnctīs[10] bracchiīs, sequuntur; +quibuscum veniunt longissimō ōrdine mīlitēs, etiam hī praedam vel +insignia mīlitāria ferentēs. + + [Illustration: LICTORES CUM FASCIBUS] + +Caesar cum Capitōlium ascendisset, in templō Iovī Capitōlīnō sacra +fēcit. Simul[11] captivōrum quī nōbilissimī erant, abductī in +carcerem,[12] interfectī sunt. Sacrīs factīs Caesar dē Capitōliō +dēscendit et in forō mīitibus suīs honōrēs mīlitārīs dedit eīsque +pecūniam ex bellī praedā distribuit. + +Hīs omnibus rēbus cōnfectīs, Pūblius Caesarem valēre[13] iussit et quam +celerrimē ad vīllam contendit ut patrem mātremque salūtāret. + +[14]Dē rēbus gestīs P. Cornēlī Lentulī hāctenus. + + [Footnote 1: A victorious general with his army was not allowed to + enter the city until the day of his triumph. A triumph was the + greatest of all military honors.] + + [Footnote 2: «Quō diē», _on the day that_, abl. of time.] + + [Footnote 3: «ut ... essent», §501.43.] + + [Footnote 4: «Cum ... intrāret», §501.46.] + + [Footnote 5: «quī ... immolārentur», §501.40.] + + [Footnote 6: The Sacred Way was a noted street running along one + side of the Forum to the base of the Capitoline Hill, on whose + summit stood the magnificent temple of Jupiter Capitolinus. This + route was always followed by triumphal processions.] + + [Footnote 7: The «toga picta» worn by a general in his triumph was a + splendid robe of Tyrian purple covered with golden stars. See Plate + IV, p. 213.] + + [Footnote 8: The lictors were a guard of honor that attended the + higher magistrates and made a way for them through the streets. On + their shoulders they carried the _fasces_, a bundle of rods with an + ax in the middle, symbolizing the power of the law.] + + [Footnote 9: «dēmissō vultū», _with downcast countenance_.] + + [Footnote 10: «vīnctīs», from «vinciō».] + + [Footnote 11: «Simul», etc., _At the same time those of the captives + who were the noblest._] + + [Footnote 12: The prison was a gloomy dungeon on the lower slopes of + the Capitoline Hill.] + + [Footnote 13: «valēre iussit», _bade farewell to_.] + + [Footnote 14: This sentence marks the end of the story.] + + + + +APPENDIX I + +DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS, NUMERALS, ETC. + + +NOUNS + +«460.» Nouns are inflected in five declensions, distinguished by the +final letter of the stem and by the termination of the genitive +singular. + +FIRST DECLENSION--«Ā-»stems, Gen. Sing. «-ae» + +SECOND DECLENSION--«O-»stems, Gen. Sing. «-ī» + +THIRD DECLENSION--Consonant stems and «I-»stems, Gen. Sing. «-is» + +FOURTH DECLENSION--«U-»stems, Gen. Sing. «-ūs» + +FIFTH DECLENSION--«Ē-»stems, Gen. Sing. «-ē̆ī» + +«461.» FIRST DECLENSION. _Ā_-STEMS + + «domina», _lady_ STEM «dominā-» BASE «domin-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ domina -a dominae -ae + _Gen._ dominae -ae dominārum -ārum + _Dat._ dominae -ae dominīs -īs + _Acc._ dominam -am dominās -ās + _Abl._ dominā -ā dominīs -īs + + _a._ «Dea» and «fīlia» have the termination «-ābus» in the dative + and ablative plural. + +«462.» SECOND DECLENSION. _O_-STEMS + + _a._ MASCULINES IN -us + + «dominus», _master_ STEM «domino-» BASE «domin-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ dominus -us dominī -ī + _Gen._ dominī -ī dominōrum -ōrum + _Dat._ dominō -ō dominīs -īs + _Acc._ dominum -um dominōs -ōs + _Abl._ dominō -ō dominīs -īs + + 1. Nouns in «-us» of the second declension have the termination «-e» + in the vocative singular, as «domine». + + 2. Proper names in «-ius», and «filius», end in «-ī» in the vocative + singular, and the accent rests on the penult, as «Vergi´lī, fīlī». + + _b._ NEUTERS IN -um + + «pīlum», _spear_ STEM «pīlo-» BASE «pīl-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ pīlum -um pīla -a + _Gen._ pīlī -ī pīlōrum -ōrum + _Dat._ pīlō -ō pīlīs -īs + _Acc._ pīlum -um pīla -a + _Abl._ pīlō -ō pīlīs -īs + + 1. Masculines in «-ius» and neuters in «-ium» end in «-ī» in the + genitive singular, _not_ in «-iī», and the accent rests on the penult. + + _c._ MASCULINES IN -er AND -ir + + «puer», _boy_ «ager», _field_ «vir», _man_ + STEMS «puero-» «agro-» «viro-» + BASES «puer-» «agr-» «vir-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ puer ager vir -- + _Gen._ puerī agrī virī -ī + _Dat._ puerō agrō virō -ō + _Acc._ puerum agrum virum -um + _Abl._ puerō agrō virō -ō + + PLURAL + _Nom._ puerī agrī virī -ī + _Gen._ puerōrum agrōrum virōrum -ōrum + _Dat._ puerīs agrīs virīs -īs + _Acc._ puerōs agrōs virōs -ōs + _Abl._ puerīs agrīs virīs -īs + +«463.» THIRD DECLENSION. + +CLASSIFICATION + +I. Consonant Stems + + 1. Stems that add «-s» to the base to form the nominative + singular: masculines and feminines only. + + 2. Stems that add no termination in the nominitive singular: + _a._ masculines and feminines; _b._ neuters. + +II. _I_-Stems. + + Masculines, feminines, and neuters. + +«464.» I. CONSONANT STEMS + +1. _Nouns that add «-s» to the base to form the nominative singular: +masculines and feminines only_ + + «prīnceps», «mīles», m., «lapis», m., + m., _chief_ _soldier_ _stone_ + BASES | + OR | «prīncip-» «mīlit-» «lapid-» + STEMS | + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ prīnceps mīles lapis -s + _Gen._ prīncipis mīlitis lapidis -is + _Dat._ prīncipī mīlitī lapidī -ī + _Acc._ prīncipem mīlitem lapidem -em + _Abl._ prīncipe mīlite lapide -e + + PLURAL + _Nom._ prīncipēs mīlitēs lapidēs -ēs + _Gen._ prīncipum mīlitum lapidum -um + _Dat._ prīncipibus mīlitibus lapidibus -ibus + _Acc._ prīncipēs mīlitēs lapidēs -ēs + _Abl._ prīncipibus mīlitibus lapidibus -ibus + + «rēx», m., «iūdex», m., «virtūs», f., + _king_ _judge_ _virtue_ + BASES | + OR | «rēg-» «iūdic-» «virtūt-» + STEMS | + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ rēx iūdex virtūs -s + _Gen._ rēgis iūdicis virtūtis -is + _Dat._ rēgī iūdicī virtūtī -ī + _Acc._ rēgem iūdicem virtūtem -em + _Abl._ rēge iūdice virtūte -e + + PLURAL + _Nom._ rēgēs iūdicēs virtūtēs -ēs + _Gen._ rēgum iūdicum virtūtum -um + _Dat._ rēgibus iūdicibus virtūtibus -ibus + _Acc._ rēgēs iūdicēs virtūtēs -es + _Abl._ rēgibus iūdicibus virtūtibus -ibus + +NOTE. For consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. §233.3. + + 2. _Nouns that have no termination in the nominative singular_ + + _a._ MASCULINES AND FEMININES + + «cōnsul», m., «legiō», f., «ōrdō», «pater», m., + _consul_ _legion_ m., _row_ _father_ + BASES | + OR | «consul-» «legiōn-» «ōrdin-» «patr-» + STEMS | + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ cōnsul legiō ōrdō pater -- + _Gen._ cōnsulis legiōnis ōrdinis patris -is + _Dat._ cōnsulī legiōnī ōrdinī patrī -ī + _Acc._ cōnsulem legiōnem ōrdinem patrem -em + _Abl._ cōnsule legiōne ōrdine patre -e + + PLURAL + _Nom._ cōnsulēs legiōnēs ōrdinēs patrēs -ēs + _Gen._ cōnsulum legiōnum ōrdinum patrum -um + _Dat._ cōnsulibus legiōnibus ōrdinibus patribus -ibus + _Acc._ cōnsulēs legiōnēs ōrdinēs patrēs -ēs + _Abl._ cōnsulibus legiōnibus ōrdinibus patribus -ibus + +NOTE. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. +§236.1-3. + + _b._ NEUTERS + «flūmen», «tempus», «opus», «caput», + n., _river_ n., _time_ n., _work_ n., _head_ + BASES | + OR | «flūmin-» «tempor-» «oper-» «capit-» + STEMS | + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ flūmen tempus opus caput -- + _Gen._ flūminis temporis operis capitis -is + _Dat._ flūminī temporī operī capitī -ī + _Acc._ flūmen tempus opus caput -- + _Abl._ flūmine tempore opere capite -e + + PLURAL + _Nom._ flūmina tempora opera capita -a + _Gen._ flūminum temporum operum capitum -um + _Dat._ flūminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus + _Acc._ flūmina tempora opera capita -a + _Abl._ flūminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus + +NOTE. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. +§238.2, 3. + +«465.» II. _I_-STEMS + + _a._ MASCULINES AND FEMININES + + «caedēs», f., «hostis», «urbs», f., «cliēns», m., + _slaughter_ m., _enemy_ _city_ _retainer_ + STEMS «caedi-» «hosti-» «urbi-» «clienti-» + BASES «caed-» «host-» «urb-» «client-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ caedēs hostis urbs cliēns -s, -is, + _or_ -ēs + _Gen._ caedis hostis urbis clientis -is + _Dat._ caedī hostī urbī clientī -ī + _Acc._ caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im) + _Abl._ caede hoste urbe cliente -e (-ī) + + PLURAL + _Nom._ caedēs hostēs urbēs clientēs -ēs + _Gen._ caedium hostium urbium clientium -ium + _Dat._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus + _Acc._ caedīs, -ēs hostīs, -ēs urbīs, -ēs clientīs, -ēs -īs, -ēs + _Abl._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus + + 1. «Avis», «cīvis», «fīnis», «ignis», «nāvis», have the abl. sing. in + «-ī» or «-e». + + 2. «Turris» has accusative «turrim» and ablative «turrī» or «turre». + + _b._ NEUTERS + + «īnsigne», n., «animal», n., «calcar», + _decoration_ _animal_ n., _spur_ + + STEMS «īnsigni-» «animāli-» «calcāri-» + BASES «īnsign-» «animāl-» «calcār-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ īnsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- + _Gen._ īnsignis animālis calcāris -is + _Dat._ īnsignī animālī calcārī -ī + _Acc._ īnsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- + _Abl._ īnsignī animālī calcārī -ī + + PLURAL + _Nom._ īnsignia animālia calcāria -ia + _Gen._ īnsignium animālium calcārium -ium + _Dat._ īnsignibus animālibus calcāribus -ibus + _Acc._ īnsignia animālia calcāria -ia + _Abl._ īnsignibus animālibus calcāribus -ibus + +«466.» THE FOURTH DECLENSION. _U_-STEMS + + «adventus», m., «cornū», n., _horn_ + _arrival_ + STEMS «adventu-» «cornu-» + BASES «advent-» «corn-» + + TERMINATIONS + SINGULAR MASC. NEUT. + _Nom._ adventus cornū -us -ū + _Gen._ adventūs cornūs -ūs -ūs + _Dat._ adventuī (ū) cornū -uī (ū) -ū + _Acc._ adventum cornū -um -ū + _Abl._ adventū cornū -ū -ū + + PLURAL + _Nom._ adventūs cornua -ūs -ua + _Gen._ adventuum cornuum -uum -uum + _Dat._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus + _Acc._ adventūs cornua -ūs -ua + _Abl._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus + +«467.» THE FIFTH DECLENSION. _Ē_-STEMS + + «diēs», m., _day_ «rēs», f., _thing_ + STEMS «diē-» «rē-» + BASES «di-» «r-» + + SINGULAR TERMINATIONS + _Nom._ diēs rēs -ēs + _Gen._ diēī reī -ē̆ī + _Dat._ diēī reī -ē̆ī + _Acc._ diem rem -em + _Abl._ diē rē -ē + + PLURAL + _Nom._ diēs rēs -ēs + _Gen._ diērum rērum -ērum + _Dat._ diēbus rēbus -ēbus + _Acc._ diēs rēs -ēs + _Abl._ diēbus rēbus -ēbus + +«468.» SPECIAL PARADIGMS + + «deus», «domus», f., «vīs», f., «iter», + m., _god_ _house_ _strength_ n., _way_ + STEMS «deo-» «domu-» «vī-» and «iter-» and + «vīri-» «itiner-» + BASES «de-» «dom-» «v-» and «iter-» and + «vīr-» «itiner-» + + SINGULAR + _Nom._ deus domus vīs iter + _Gen._ deī domūs vīs (rare) itineris + _Dat._ deō domuī, -ō vī (rare) itinerī + _Acc._ deum domum vim iter + _Abl._ deō domō, -ū vī itinere + + PLURAL + _Nom._ deī, dī domūs vīrēs itinera + _Gen._ deōrum, deum domuum, -ōrum vīrium itinerum + _Dat._ deīs, dīs domibus vīribus itineribus + _Acc._ deōs domōs, -ūs vīrīs, -ēs itinera + _Abl._ deīs, dīs domibus vīribus itineribus + + _a._ The vocative singular of «deus» is like the nominative. + + _b._ The locative of «domus» is «domī». + + +ADJECTIVES + +«469.» FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. _O_- AND _Ā_-STEMS + + _a._ ADJECTIVES IN -us + + «bonus», _good_ + STEMS «bono-» m. and n., «bona-» f. + BASE «bon-» + + SINGULAR + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ bonus bona bonum + _Gen._ bonī bonae bonī + _Dat._ bonō bonae bonō + _Acc._ bonum bonam bonum + _Abl._ bonō bonā bonō + + PLURAL + _Nom._ bonī bonae bona + _Gen._ bonōrum bonārum bonōrum + _Dat._ bonīs bonīs bonīs + _Acc._ bonōs bonās bona + _Abl._ bonīs bonīs bonīs + + _b._ ADJECTIVES IN «-er» + + «līber», _free_ + STEMS «lībero-» m. and n., «līberā-» f. + BASE «līber-» + + SINGULAR + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ līber lībera līberum + _Gen._ līberī līberae līberī + _Dat._ līberō līberae līberō + _Acc._ līberum līberam līberum + _Abl._ līberō līberā līberō + + PLURAL + _Nom._ līberī līberae lībera + _Gen._ līberōrum līberārum līberōrum + _Dat._ līberīs līberīs līberīs + _Acc._ līberōs līberās lībera + _Abl._ līberīs līberīs līberīs + + «pulcher», _pretty_ + STEMS «pulchro-» m. and n., «pulchrā-» f. + BASE «pulchr-» + + SINGULAR + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ pulcher pulchra pulchrum + _Gen._ pulchrī pulchrae pulchrī + _Dat._ pulchrō pulchrae pulchrō + _Acc._ pulchrum pulchram pulchrum + _Abl._ pulchrō pulchrā pulchrō + + PLURAL + _Nom._ pulchrī pulchrae pulchra + _Gen._ pulchrōrum pulchrārum pulchrōrum + _Dat._ pulchrīs pulchrīs pulchrīs + _Acc._ pulchrōs pulchrās pulchra + _Abl._ pulchrīs pulchrīs pulchrīs + + +«470.» THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES + + «alius», _another_ + STEMS «alio-» m. and n., «aliā-» f. + BASE «ali-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ alius alia aliud aliī aliae alia + _Gen._ alīus alīus alīus aliōrum aliārum aliōrum + _Dat._ aliī aliī aliī aliīs aliīs aliīs + _Acc._ alium aliam aliud aliōs aliās alia + _Abl._ aliō aliā aliō aliīs aliīs aliīs + + «ūnus», _one, only_ + STEMS «ūno-» m. and n., «ūnā-» f. + BASE «ūn-» + + MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ ūnus ūna ūnum ūnī ūnae ūna + _Gen._ ūnīus ūnīus ūnīus ūnōrum ūnārum ūnōrum + _Dat._ ūnī ūnī ūnī ūnīs ūnīs ūnīs + _Acc._ ūnum ūnam ūnum ūnōs ūnās ūna + _Abl._ ūnō ūnā ūnō ūnīs ūnīs ūnīs + +_a._ For the complete list see §108. + +«471.» ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. _I_-STEMS + + I. THREE ENDINGS + + «ācer, ācris, ācre», _keen, eager_ + STEM «ācri-» BASE «ācr-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ ācer ācris ācre ācrēs ācrēs ācria + _Gen._ ācris ācris ācris ācrium ācrium ācrium + _Dat._ ācrī ācrī ācrī ācribus ācribus ācribus + _Acc._ ācrem ācrem ācre ācrīs, -ēs ācrīs, -ēs ācria + _Abl._ ācrī ācrī ācrī ācribus ācribus ācribus + + II. TWO ENDINGS + + «omnis, omne», _every, all_ + STEM «omni-» BASE «omn-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ omnis omne omnēs omnia + _Gen._ omnis omnis omnium omnium + _Dat._ omnī omnī omnibus omnibus + _Acc._ omnem omne omnīs, -ēs omnia + _Abl._ omnī omnī omnibus omnibus + + III. ONE ENDING + + «pār», _equal_ + STEM «pari-» BASE «par-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ pār pār parēs paria + _Gen._ paris paris parium parium + _Dat._ parī parī paribus paribus + _Acc._ parem pār parīs, -ēs paria + _Abl._ parī parī paribus paribus + + 1. Observe that all i-stem adjectives have «-ī» in the ablative + singular. + + [Transcriber’s Note: + This sentence appears to be a footnote, but there is no footnote tag + on the page.] + +«472.» PRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLES + + «amāns», _loving_ + STEM «amanti-» BASE «amant-» + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ amāns amāns amantēs amantia + _Gen._ amantis amantis amantium amantium + _Dat._ amantī amantī amantibus amantibus + _Acc._ amantem amāns amantīs, -ēs amantia + _Abl._ amante, -ī amante, -ī amantibus amantibus + + «iēns», _going_ + STEM «ienti-, eunti-» BASE «ient-, eunt-» + + _Nom._ iēns iēns euntēs euntia + _Gen._ euntis euntis euntium euntium + _Dat._ euntī euntī euntibus euntibus + _Acc._ euntem iēns euntīs, -ēs euntia + _Abl._ eunte, -ī eunte, -ī euntibus euntibus + +«473.» REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + MASC. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + altus (alto-) altior altius altissimus -a -um + līber (lībero-) līberior līberius līberrimus -a -um + pulcher (pulchro-) pulchrior pulchrius pulcherrimus -a -um + audāx (audāci-) audācior audācius audācissimus -a -um + brevis (brevi-) brevior brevius brevissimus -a -um + ācer (ācri-) ācrior ācrius ācerrimus -a -um + +«474.» DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES + + «altior», _higher_ + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ altior altius altiōrēs altiōra + _Gen._ altiōris altiōris altiōrum altiōrum + _Dat._ altiōrī altiōrī altiōribus altiōribus + _Acc._ altiōrem altius altiōrēs altiōra + _Abl._ altiōre altiōre altiōribus altiōribus + + «plūs», _more_ + + _Nom._ ---- plūs plūrēs plūra + _Gen._ ---- plūris plūrium plūrium + _Dat._ ---- ---- plūribus plūribus + _Acc._ ---- plūs plūrīs (-ēs) plūra + _Abl._ ---- plūre plūribus plūribus + +«475.» IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + bonus, -a, -um, melior, melius, optimus, -a, -um, + _good_ _better_ _best_ + malus, -a, -um, peior, peius, pessimus, -a, -um, + _bad_ _worse_ _worst_ + magnus, -a, -um, maior, maius, maximus, -a, -um, + _great_ _greater_ _greatest_ + multus, -a, -um, ----, plūs, _more_ plūrimus, -a, -um, + _much_ _most_ + parvus, -a, -um, minor, minus, minimus, -a, -um,_ + _small_ _smaller_ _smallest + senex, senis, senior maximus nātū + _old_ + iuvenis, -e, iūnior minimus nātū + _young_ + vetus, veteris, vetustior, -ius veterrimus, -a, -um + _old_ + facilis, -e, facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um + _easy_ + difficilis, -e, difficilior, -ius difficillimus, -a, -um + _difficult_ + similis, -e, similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um + _similar_ + dissimilis, -e, dissimilior, -ius dissimillimus, -a, -um + _dissimilar_ + humilis, -e, _low_ humilior, -ius humillimus, -a, -um + gracilis, -e, gracilior, -ius gracillimus, -a, -um + _slender_ + exterus, _outward_ exterior, extrēmus, extimus, + _outer, exterior_ _outermost, last_ + īnferus, _below_ īnferior, _lower_ īnfimus, īmus, _lowest_ + posterus, posterior, _later_ postrēmus, postumus, + _following_ _last_ + superus, _above_ superior, suprēmus, summus, + _higher_ _highest_ + [[cis, citrā,]] citerior, _hither_ citimus, _hithermost_ + [[_on this side_]] + [[in, intrā,]] interior, _inner_ intimus, _inmost_ + [[_in, within_]] + [[prae, prō,]] prior, _former_ prīmus, _first_ + [[_before_]] + [[prope, _near_]] propior, _nearer_ proximus, _next_ + [[ultrā, _beyond_]] ulterior, _further_ ultimus, _furthest_ + +«476.» REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + cārē (cārus), _dearly_ cārius cārissimē + miserē (miser), _wretchedly_ miserius miserrimē + ācriter (ācer), _sharply_ ācrius ācerrimē + facile (facilis), _easily_ facilius facillimē + +«477.» IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS + + POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE + diū, _long, a long time_ diūtius diūtissimē + bene (bonus), _well_ melius, _better_ optimē, _best_ + male (malus), _ill_ peius, _worse_ pessimē, _worst_ + magnopere, _greatly_ magis, _more_ maximē, _most_ + multum (multus), _much_ plūs, _more_ plūrimum, _most_ + parum, _little_ minus, _less_ minimē, _least_ + saepe, _often_ saepīus saepissimē + +«478.» NUMERALS + +The cardinal numerals are indeclinable excepting «ūnus», «duo», «trēs», +the hundreds above one hundred, and «mīlle» used as a noun. The ordinals +are declined like «bonus, -a, -um». + + CARDINALS ORDINALS + (_How many_) (_In what order_) + 1, ūnus, -a, -um, _one_ prīmus, -a, -um _first_ + 2, duo, duae, duo _two_ secundus (_or_ alter) _second_ + 3, trēs, tria _three_, tertius _third_, + 4, quattuor etc. quārtus etc. + 5, quīnque quīntus + 6, sex sextus + 7, septem septimus + 8, octō octāvus + 9, novem nōnus + 10, decem decimus + 11, ūndecim ūndecimus + 12, duodecim duodecimus + 13, tredecim (decem (et) trēs) tertius decimus + 14, quattuordecim quārtus decimus + 15, quīndecim quīntus decimus + 16, sēdecim sextus decimus + 17, septendecim septimus decimus + 18, duodēvīgintī (octōdecim) duodēvīcēnsimus + 19, ūndēvīgintī (novendecim) ūndēvīcēnsimus + 20, vīgintī vīcēnsimus + 21, {vīgintī ūnus _or_ {vīcēnsimus prīmus _or_ + {ūnus et vīgintī, etc. {ūnus et vīcēnsimus, etc. + 30, trīgintā trīcēnsimus + 40, quadrāgintā quadrāgēnsimus + 50, quīnquāgintā quīnquāgēnsimus + 60, sexāgintā sexāgēnsimus + 70, septuāgintā septuāgēnsimus + 80, octōgintā octōgēnsimus + 90, nōnāgintā nōnāgēnsimus + 100, centum centēnsimus + 101, centum (et) ūnus, etc. centēnsimus (et) prīmus, etc. + 120, centum (et) vīgintī centēnsimus vīcēnsimus + 121, centum (et) vīgintī ūnus, centēnsimus (et) vīcēnsimus prīmus, + etc. etc. + 200, ducentī, -ae, -a ducentēnsimus + 300, trecentī trecentēnsimus + 400, quadringentī quadringentēnsimus + 500, quīngentī quīngentēnsimus + 600, sescentī sescentēnsimus + 700, septingentī septingentēnsimus + 800, octingentī octingentēnsimus + 900, nōngentī nōngentēnsimus + 1000, mīlle mīllēnsimus + +«479.» Declension of «duo», _two_, «trēs», _three_, and «mīlle», +_a thousand_. + + MASC. FEM. NEUT. M. AND F. NEUT. SING. PLUR. + _N._ duo duae duo trēs trīa mīlle mīlia + _G._ duōrum duārum duōrum trium trium mīlle mīlium + _D._ duōbus duābus duōbus tribus tribus mīlle mīlibus + _A._ duōs duās duo trīs tria mīlle mīlia + _or_ duo duās duo _or_ trēs tria + _A._ duōbus duābus duōbus tribus tribus mīlle mīlibus + +NOTE. «Mīlle» is used in the plural as a noun with a modifying genitive, +and is occasionally so used in the nominative and accusative singular. +For the declension of «ūnus» cf. §470. + + +PRONOUNS + +«480.» PERSONAL + + ego, _I_ tū, _you_ suī, _of himself,_ + _etc._ + SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. + _Nom._ ego nōs tū vōs ---- ---- + _Gen._ meī nostrum, -trī tuī vestrum, -trī suī suī + _Dat._ mihi nōbīs tibi vōbīs sibi sibi + _Acc._ mē nōs tē vōs sē, sēsē sē, sēsē + _Abl._ mē nōbīs tē vōbīs sē, sēsē sē, sēsē + +Note that «suī» is always reflexive. + +«481.» DEMONSTRATIVE + +Demonstratives belong to the first and second declensions, but have the +pronominal endings «-ī̆us» and «-ī» in the gen. and dat. sing. + + «ipse», _self_ + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ ipse ipsa ipsum ipsī ipsae ipsa + _Gen._ ipsī´us ipsī´us ipsī´us ipsōrum ipsārum ipsōrum + _Dat._ ipsī ipsī ipsī ipsīs ipsīs ipsīs + _Acc._ ipsum ipsam ipsum ipsōs ipsās ipsa + _Abl._ ipsō ipsā ipsō ipsīs ipsīs ipsīs + + «hic», _this_ (here), _he_ + + _Nom._ hic haec hoc hī hae haec + _Gen._ huius huius huius hōrum hārum hōrum + _Dat._ huic huic huic hīs hīs hīs + _Acc._ hunc hanc hoc hōs hās haec + _Abl._ hōc hāc hōc hīs hīs hīs + + «iste», _this, that_ (of yours), _he_ + + _Nom._ iste ista istud istī istae ista + _Gen._ istī´us istī´us istī´us istōrum istārum istōrum + _Dat._ istī istī istī istīs istīs istīs + _Acc._ istum istam istud istōs istās ista + _Abl._ istō istā istō istīs istīs istīs + + «ille», _that_ (yonder), _he_ + + _Nom._ ille illa illud illī illae illa + _Gen._ illī´us illī´us illī´us illōrum illārum illōrum + _Dat._ illī illī illī illīs illīs illīs + _Acc._ illum illam illud illōs illās illa + _Abl._ illō illā illō illīs illīs illīs + + «is», _this, that, he_ + + _Nom._ is ea id iī, eī eae ea + _Gen._ eius eius eius eōrum eārum eōrum + _Dat._ eī eī eī iīs, eīs iīs, eīs iīs, eīs + _Acc._ eum eam id eōs eās ea + _Abl._ eō eā eō iīs, eīs iīs, eīs iīs, eīs + + «īdem», _the same_ + + _Nom._ īdem e´adem idem iī´dem eae´dem e´adem + eī´dem + _Gen._ eius´dem eius´dem eius´dem eōrun´dem eārun´dem eōrun´dem + _Dat._ eī´dem eī´dem eī´dem iīs´dem iīs´dem iīs´dem + eīs´dem eīs´dem eīs´dem + _Acc._ eun´dem ean´dem idem eōs´dem eās´dem e´adem + _Abl._ eō´dem eā´dem eō´dem iīs´dem iīs´dem iīs´dem + eīs´dem eīs´dem eīs´dem + +NOTE. In the plural of «is» and «īdem» the forms with two i’s are +preferred, the two i’s being pronounced as one. + +«482.» RELATIVE + + «quī», _who, which, that_ + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ quī quae quod quī quae quae + _Gen._ cuius cuius cuius quōrum quārum quōrum + _Dat._ cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus + _Acc._ quem quam quod quōs quās quae + _Abl._ quō quā quō quibus quibus quibus + +«483.» INTERROGATIVE + + «quis», substantive, _who, what_ + + SINGULAR PLURAL + MASC. & FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ quis quid qui quae quae + _Gen._ cuius cuius quōrum quārum quōrum + _Dat._ cui cui quibus quibus quibus + _Acc._ quem quid quōs quās quae + _Abl._ quō quō quibus quibus quibus + +The interrogative adjective «quī, quae, quod», is declined like the +relative. + +«484.» INDEFINITES + +«quis» and «quī», as declined above,[1] are used also as indefinites +(_some, any_). The other indefinites are compounds of «quis» and «quī». + + «quisque», _each_ + + SUBSTANTIVE ADJECTIVE + MASC. & FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ quisque quidque quisque quaeque quodque + _Gen._ cuius´que cuius´que cuius´que cuius´que cuius´que + _Dat._ cuique cuique cuique cuique cuique + _Acc._ quemque quidque quemque quamque quodque + _Abl._ quōque quōque quōque quāque quōque + + [Footnote 1: «qua» is generally used instead of «quae» in the + feminine nominative singular and in the neuter nominative and + accusative plural.] + +«485.» «quīdam», _a certain one, a certain_ + +Observe that in the neuter singular the adjective has «quoddam» and the +substantive «quiddam». + + SINGULAR + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ quīdam quaedam quoddam, quiddam (_subst._) + _Gen._ cuius´dam cuius´dam cuius´dam + _Dat._ cuidam cuidam cuidam + _Acc._ quendam quandam quoddam, quiddam (_subst._) + _Abl._ quōdam quādam quōdam + + PLURAL + _Nom._ quīdam quaedam quaedam + _Gen._ quōrun´dam quārun´dam quōrun´dam + _Dat._ quibus´dam quibus´dam quibus´dam + _Acc._ quōsdam quāsdam quaedam + _Abl._ quibus´dam quibus´dam quibus´dam + +«486.» «quisquam», substantive, _any one_ (at all) + + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ quisquam quicquam (quidquam) + _Gen._ cuius´quam cuius´quam + _Dat._ cuiquam cuiquam + _Acc._ quemquam quicquam (quidquam) + _Abl._ quōquam quōquam + +«487.» «aliquis», substantive, _some one_. «aliquī», adjective, _some_ + + SINGULAR + SUBSTANTIVE ADJECTIVE + MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ aliquis aliquid aliquī aliqua aliquod + _Gen._ alicu´ius alicu´ius alicu´ius alicu´ius alicu´ius + _Dat._ alicui alicui alicui alicui alicui + _Acc._ aliquem aliquid aliquem aliquam aliquod + _Abl._ aliquō aliquō aliquō aliquā aliquō + + PLURAL FOR BOTH SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE + MASC. FEM. NEUT. + _Nom._ aliquī aliquae aliqua + _Gen._ aliquō´rum aliquā´rum aliquō´rum + _Dat._ ali´quibus ali´quibus ali´quibus + _Acc._ aliquōs aliquās aliqua + _Abl._ ali´quibus ali´quibus ali´quibus + + _a._ «quis (quī)», _any one, any_, is the least definite (§297.b). + «aliquis (aliquī)», _some one, some_, is more definite than «quis». + «quisquam», _any one_ (at all), and its adjective «ūllus», _any_, + occur mostly with a negative, expressed or implied, and in clauses + of comparison. + + +REGULAR VERBS + +«488.» FIRST CONJUGATION. _Ā_-VERBS. _AMŌ_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «amō, amāre, amāvī, amātus» + PRES. STEM amā- PERF. STEM amāv- PART. STEM amāt- + + ACTIVE PASSIVE + INDICATIVE + PRESENT + _I love, am loving,_ _I am loved_, etc. + _do love_, etc. + amō amāmus amor amāmur + amās amātis amāris, -re amāminī + amat amant amātur amantur + + IMPERFECT + _I loved, was loving_, _I was loved_, etc. + _did love_, etc. + amābam amābāmus amābar amābāmur + amābās amābātis amābāris, -re amābāminī + amābat amābant amābātur amābantur + + FUTURE + _I shall love_, etc. _I shall be loved_, etc. + amābō amābimus amābor amābimur + amābis amābitis amāberis, -re amābiminī + amābit amābunt amābitur amābuntur + + PERFECT + _I have loved, loved,_ _I have been (was) loved_, etc. + _did love_, etc. + amāvi amāvimus amātus, {sum amātī, {sumus + amāvistī amāvistis -a, -um {es -ae, -a {estis + amāvit amāvērunt, -re {est {sunt + + PLUPERFECT + _I had loved_, etc. _I had been loved_, etc. + amāveram amāverāmus amātus, {eram amātī, {erāmus + amāverās amāverātis -a, -um {erās -ae, -a {erātis + amāverat amāverant {erat {erant + + FUTURE PERFECT + _I shall have loved_, etc. _I shall have been loved_, etc. + amāverō amāverimus amātus, {erō amātī, {erimus + amāveris amāveritis -a, -um {eris -ae, -a {eritis + amāverit amāverint {erit {erunt + + SUBJUNCTIVE + PRESENT + amem amēmus amer amēmur + amēs amētis amēris, -re amēminī + amet ament amētur amentur + + IMPERFECT + amārem amāremus amārer amārēmur + amārēs amārētis amārēris, -re amārēminī + amāret amārent amārētur amārentur + + PERFECT + amāverim amāverimus amātus, {sim amātī, {sīmus + amāveris amāveritis -a, -um {sīs -ae, -a {sītis + amāverit amāverint {sit {sint + + PLUPERFECT + amāvissem amāvissēmus amātus, {essem amātī, {essēmus + amāvissēs amāvissētis -a, -um {essēs -ae, -a {essētis + amāvisset amāvissent {esset {essent + + IMPERATIVE + PRESENT + amā, _love thou_ amāre, _be thou loved_ + amāte, _love ye_ amāminī, _be ye loved_ + + FUTURE + amātō, _thou shalt love_ amātor, _thou shalt be loved_ + amātō, _he shall love_ amātor, _he shall be loved_ + amātōte, _you shall love_ ---- + amantō, _they shall love_ amantor, _they shall be loved_ + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ amāre, _to love_ amārī, _to be loved_ + _Perf._ amāvisse, amātus, -a, -um esse, + _to have loved_ _to have been loved_ + _Fut._ amātūrus, -a, -um [[amātum īrī]], _to be about to be loved_ + esse, _to be_ + _about to love_ + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ amāns, -antis, _Pres._ ---- + _loving_ + _Fut._ amātūrus, -a, -um, _Gerundive[1]_ amandus, -a, -um, _to be + _about to love_ loved_ + _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ amātus, -a, -um, + _having been loved, loved_ + + GERUND + _Nom._ ---- + _Gen._ amandī, _of loving_ + _Dat._ amandō, _for loving_ + _Acc._ amandum, _loving_ + _Abl._ amandō, _by loving_ + + SUPINE (Active Voice) + _Acc._ [[amātum]], _to love_ + _Abl._ [[amātū]], _to love, in the loving_ + + [Footnote 1: Sometimes called the future passive participle.] + +«489.» SECOND CONJUGATION. _Ē_-VERBS. _MONEŌ_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «moneō, monēre, monuī, monitus» + PRES. STEM monē- PERF. STEM monu- PART. STEM monit- + + ACTIVE PASSIVE + INDICATIVE + PRESENT + _I advise_, etc., _I am advised,_ etc. + moneō monēmus moneor monēmur + monēs monētis monēris, -re monēminī + monet monent monētur monentur + + IMPERFECT + _I was advising_, etc., _I was advised_, etc. + monēbam monēbāmus monēbar monēbāmur + monēbās monēbātis monēbāris, -re monēbāminī + monēbat monēbant monēbātur monēbāntur + + FUTURE + _I shall advise_, etc., _I shall be advised_, etc. + monēbō monēbimus monēbor monēbimur + monēbis monēbitis monēberis, -re monēbiminī + monēbit monēbunt monēbitur monēbuntur + + PERFECT + _I have advised,_ _I have been (was) advised_, etc. + _I advised_, etc. + monuī monuimus {sum {sumus + monuistī monuistis monitus, {es monitī, {estis + monuit monuērunt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt + + PLUPERFECT + _I had advised_, etc., _I had been advised_, etc. + + monueram monuerāmus {eram {erāmus + monuerās monuerātis monitus, {eras monitī, {eratis + monuerat monuerant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant + + FUTURE PERFECT + _I shall have advised_, _I shall have been advised_, etc. + etc. + monuerō monuerimus {erō {erimus + monueris monuerītis monitus, {eris monitī, {eritis + monuerit monuerīnt -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt + + SUBJUNCTIVE + PRESENT + moneam moneāmus monear moneāmur + moneās moneātis moneāris, -re moneāminī + moneat moneant moneātur moneantur + + IMPERFECT + monērem monērēmus monērer monērēmur + monērēs monērētis monērēris, -re monērēminī + monēret monērent monērētur monērentur + + PERFECT + monuerim monuerimus {sim {sīmus + monueris monueritis monitus, {sīs monitī, {sītis + monuerit monuerint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint + + PLUPERFECT + monuissem monuissēmus {essem {essēmus + monuissēs monuissētis monitus, {essēs monitī, {essētis + monuisset monuissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent + + IMPERATIVE + PRESENT + monē, _advise thou_ monēre, _be thou advised_ + monēte, _advise ye_ monēminī, _be ye advised_ + + FUTURE + monētō, _thou shall_ monētor, _thou shalt be advised_ + _advise_ + monētō, _he shall advise_ monētor, _he shall be advised_ + monētōte, _you shall advise_ ---- + monentō, _they shall_ monentor, _they shall be advised_ + _advise_ + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ monēre, _to advise_ monērī, _to be advised_ + _Perf._ monuisse, _to have_ monitus, -a, -um esse, + _advised_ _to have been advised_ + _Fut._ monitūrus, -a, -um [[monitum īrī]], + esse, _to be_ _to be about to be advised_ + _about to advise_ + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ monēns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- + _advising_ + _Fut._ monitūrus, -a, -um, _Ger._ monendus, -a, -um, + _about to advise_ _to be advised_ + _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ monitus, -a, -um, + _having been advised, advised_ + + GERUND + _Nom._ ---- + _Gen._ monendī, _of advising_ + _Dat._ monendō, _for advising_ + _Acc._ monendum, _advising_ + _Abl._ monendō, _by advising_ + + SUPINE (Active Voice) + _Acc._ [[monitum]], _to advise_ + _Abl._ [[monitū]], _to advise, in the advising_ + +«490.» THIRD CONJUGATION. _Ĕ_-VERBS. _REGŌ_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «regō, regere, rexī, rēctus» + PRES. STEM rege- PERF. STEM rēx- PART. STEM rēct- + + ACTIVE PASSIVE + INDICATIVE + PRESENT + _I rule_, etc. _I am ruled_, etc. + regō regimus re´gor re´gimur + regis regitis re´geris, -re regi´minī + regit regunt re´gitur regun´tur + + IMPERFECT + _I was ruling_, etc. _I was ruled_, etc. + regēbam regēbāmus regē´bar regēbā´mur + regēbās regēbātis regēbā´ris, -re regēbā´minī + regēbat regēbant regēbā´tur regēban´tur + + FUTURE + _I shall rule_, etc. _I shall be ruled_, etc. + regam regēmus re´gar regē´mur + regēs regētis regē´ris, -re regē´minī + reget regent regē´tur regen´tur + + PERFECT + _I have ruled_, etc. _I have been ruled_, etc. + rēxī rēximus {sum {sumus + rēxistī rēxistis rēctus, {es rēctī, {estis + rēxit rēxērunt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt + + PLUPERFECT + _I had ruled_, etc. _I had been ruled_, etc. + rēxeram rēxerāmus {eram {erāmus + rēxerās rēxerātis rēctus, {eras rēctī, {erātis + rēxerat rēxerant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant + + FUTURE PERFECT + _I shall have ruled_, etc. _I shall have been ruled_, etc. + rēxerō rēxerimus {erō {erimus + rēxeris rēxeritis rēctus, {eris rēctī, {eritis + rēxerit rēxerint -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt + + SUBJUNCTIVE + PRESENT + regam regāmus regar regāmur + regās regātis regāris, -re regāminī + regat regant regātur regantur + + IMPERFECT + regerem regerēmus regerer regerēmur + regerēs regerētis regerēris, -re regerēminī + regeret regerent regerētur regerentur + + PERFECT + rēxerim rēxerimus {sim {sīmus + rēxeris rēxeritis rēctus, {sīs rēcti, {sītis + rēxerit rēxerint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint + + PLUPERFECT + rēxissem rēxissēmus {essem {essēmus + rēxissēs rēxissētis rēctus, {essēs rēcti, {essētis + rēxisset rēxissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent + + IMPERATIVE + PRESENT + rege, _rule thou_ regere, _be thou ruled_ + regite, _rule ye_ regiminī, _be ye ruled_ + + FUTURE + regitō, _thou shalt rule_ regitor, _thou shalt be ruled_ + regitō _he shall rule_ regitor, _he shall be ruled_ + regitōte, _ye shall rule_ ---- + reguntō, _they shall rule_ reguntor, _they shall be ruled_ + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ regere, _to rule_ regī, _to be ruled_ + _Perf._ rēxisse, _to have_ rēctus, -a, -um esse, + _ruled_ _to have been ruled_ + _Fut._ rēctūrus, -a, -um [[rēctum īrī]], + esse, _to be_ _to be about to be ruled_ + _about to rule_ + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ regēns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- + _ruling_ + _Fut._ rēctūrus, -a, -um, _Ger._ regendus, -a, -um, _to be ruled_ + _about to rule_ + _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ rēctus, -a, -um, + _having been ruled, ruled_ + + GERUND + _Nom._ ---- + _Gen._ regendī, _of ruling_ + _Dat._ regendō, _for ruling_ + _Acc._ regendum, _ruling_ + _Abl._ regendō, _by ruling_ + + SUPINE (Active Voice) + _Acc._ [[rēctum]], _to rule_ + _Abl._ [[rēctū]], _to rule, in the ruling_ + +«491.» FOURTH CONJUGATION. _Ī_-VERBS. _AUDIŌ_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «audiō, audīre, audīvī, audītus» + PRES. STEM audī- PERF. STEM audīv- PART. STEM audīt- + + ACTIVE PASSIVE + INDICATIVE + PRESENT + _I hear_, etc. _I am heard_, etc. + audiō audīmus au´dior audī´mur + audīs audītis audī´ris, -re audī´minī + audit audiunt audī´tur audiun´tur + + IMPERFECT + _I was hearing_, etc. _I was heard_, etc. + audiēbam audiēbāmus audiē´bar audiēbā´mur + audiēbās audiēbātis audiēbā´ris, -re audiēbā´minī + audiēbat audiēbant audiēbā´tur audiēban´tur + + FUTURE + _I shall hear_, etc. _I shall be heard_, etc. + audiam audiēmus au´diar audiē´mur + audiēs audiētis audiē´ris, -re audiē´minī + audiet audient audiē´tur audien´tur + + PERFECT + _I have heard_, etc. _I have been heard_, etc. + audīvī audīvimus {sum {sumus + audīvistī audīvistis audītus, {es audītī, {estis + audīvit audīvērunt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt + + PLUPERFECT + _I had heard_, etc. _I had been heard_, etc. + audīveram audīverāmus {eram {erāmus + audīverās audīverātis audītus, {eras audītī, {erātis + audīverat audīverant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant + + FUTURE PERFECT + _I shall have heard_, etc. _I shall have been heard_, etc. + audīverō audīverimus {erō {erimus + audīveris audīveritis audītus, {eris audītī, {eritis + audīverit audīverint -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt + + SUBJUNCTIVE + PRESENT + audiam audiāmus audiar audiāmur + audiās audiātis audiāris, -re audiāminī + audiat audiant audiātur audiantur + + IMPERFECT + audīrem audīrēmus audīrer audīrēmur + audīrēs audīrētis audīrēris, -re audīrēminī + audīret audīrent audīrētur audīrentur + + PERFECT + audīverim audīverimus {sim {sīmus + audīveris audīveritis audītus, {sīs audīti, {sītis + audīverit audīverint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint + + PLUPERFECT + audīvissem audīvissēmus {essem {essēmus + audīvissēs audīvissētis audītus, {essēs audīti, {essētis + audīvisset audīvissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent + + IMPERATIVE + PRESENT + PRESENT + audī, _hear thou_ audīre, _be thou heard_ + audīte, _hear ye_ audīminī, _be ye heard_ + + FUTURE + audītō, _thou shalt hear_ audītor, _thou shalt be heard_ + audītō _he shall hear_ audītor, _he shall be heard_ + audītōte, _ye shall hear_ ---- + auduntō, _they shall hear_ audiuntor, _they shall be heard_ + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ audīre, _to hear_ audīrī, _to be heard_ + _Perf._ audīvisse, audītus, -a, -um esse, + _to have heard_ _to have been heard_ + _Fut._ audītūrus, -a, -um [[audītum īrī]], + esse, _to be_ _to be about to be heard_ + _about to hear_ + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ audiēns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- + _hearing_ + _Fut._ audītūrus, -a, -um, _Ger._ audiendus, -a, -um, _to be heard_ + _about to hear_ + _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ audītus, -a, -um, + _having been heard, heard_ + + GERUND + _Nom._ ---- + _Gen._ audiendī, _of hearing_ + _Dat._ audiendō, _for hearing_ + _Acc._ audiendum, _hearing_ + _Abl._ audiendō, _by hearing_ + + SUPINE (Active Voice) + _Acc._ [[audītum]], _to hear_ + _Abl._ [[audītu]], _to hear, in the hearing_ + +«492.» THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN _-IŌ_. _CAPIŌ_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «capiō, capere, cēpī, captus» + PRES. STEM cape- PERF. STEM cēp- PART. STEM capt- + + ACTIVE PASSIVE + INDICATIVE + PRESENT + capiō capimus ca´pior ca´pimur + capis capitis ca´peris, -re capi´minī + capit capiunt ca´pitur capiun´tur + + IMPERFECT + capiēbam capiebamus capiē´bar capiēbā´mur + capiēbas capiēbātis capiēba´ris, -re capiēbā´minī + capiēbat capiēbant capiēbā´tur capieban´tur + + FUTURE + capiam capiēmus ca´piar capiē´mur + capiēs capiētis capiē´ris, -re capiē´minī + capiet capient capiē´tur capien´tur + + PERFECT + cēpī, cēpistī, cēpit, etc. captus, -a, -um sum, es, est, etc. + + PLUPERFECT + cēperam, cēperās, cēperat, captus, -a, -um eram, erās, erat, etc. + etc. + + FUTURE PERFECT + cēperō, cēperis, cēperit, captus, -a, -um erō, eris, erit, etc. + etc. + + SUBJUNCTIVE + PRESENT + capiam, capiās, capiat, capiar, -iāris, -re, -iātur, etc. + etc. + IMPERFECT + caperem, caperēs, caperet, caperer, -erēris, -re, -erētur, etc. + etc. + PERFECT + cēperim, cēperis, cēperit, captus, -a, -um sim, sīs, sit, etc. + etc. + PLUPERFECT + cēpissem, cēpissēs, captus, -a, -um essem, essēs, esset, + cēpisset, etc. etc. + + IMPERATIVE + PRESENT + _2d Pers._ cape capite capere capiminī + + FUTURE + _2d Pers._ capitō capitōte capitor ---- + _3rd Pers._ capitō capiuntō capitor capiuntor + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ capere capī + _Perf._ cēpisse captus, -a, -um esse + _Fut._ captūrus, -a, -um [[captum īrī]] + esse + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ capiēns, -ientis _Pres._ ---- + _Fut._ captūrus, -a, -um _Ger._ capiendus, -a, -um + _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ captus, -a, -um + + GERUND + _Gen._ capiendī etc. + + SUPINE (Active Voice) + _Acc._ [[captum]] + _Abl._ [[captū]] + +«493.» DEPONENT VERBS + + [Transcriber’s Note: + Asterisks in this section are from the original text (“marked with a + star”).] + + PRINCIPAL PARTS + + I. «hortor, hortārī, hortātus sum», _urge_ + II. «vereor, verērī, veritus sum», _fear_ + III. «sequor, sequī, secūtus sum», _follow_ + IV. «partior, partīrī, partītus sum», _share, divide_ + +NOTE. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certain +forms from the active. These are marked with a star. Deponent -iō verbs +of the third conjugation are inflected like the passive of capiō. + + INDICATIVE + _Pres._ hortor vereor sequor partior + hortāris, -re verēris, -re sequeris, -re partīris, -re + hortātur verētur sequitur partītur + hortāmur verēmur sequimur partīmur + hortāminī verēminī sequiminī partīminī + hortantur verentur sequuntur partiuntur + _Impf._ hortābar verēbar sequēbar partiēbar + _Fut._ hortābor verēbor sequar partiar + _Perf._ hortātus sum veritus sum secūtus sum partītus sum + _Plup._ hortātus eram veritus eram secūtus eram partītus eram + _F.P._ hortātus erō veritus erō secūtus erō partītus erō + + SUBJUNCTIVE + _Pres._ horter verear sequar partiar + _Impf._ hortārer verērer sequerer partīrer + _Perf._ hortātus sim veritus sim secūtus sim partītus sim + _Plup._ hortātus essem veritus essem secūtus essem partītus essem + + IMPERATIVE + _Pres._ hortāre verēre sequere partīre + _Fut._ hortātor verētor sequitor partītor + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ hortārī verērī sequī partīrī + _Perf._ hortātus esse veritus esse secūtus esse partītus esse + _Fut._ *hortātūrus *veritūrus *secūtūrus *partītūrus + esse esse esse esse + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ *hortāns *verēns *sequēns *partiēns + _Fut._ *hortāturus *veritūrus *secūtūrus *partītūrus + _Perf._ hortātus veritus secūtus partītus + _Ger._ hortandus verendus sequendus partiendus + + GERUND + *hortandī, etc. *verendī, etc. + *sequendī, etc. *partiendī, etc. + + SUPINE + *[[hortātus, -tū]] *[[veritum, -tū]] + *[[secūtum, -tū]] *[[partītum, -tū]] + +IRREGULAR VERBS + +«494.» «sum», _am, be_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «sum, esse, fuī, futūrus» + PRES. STEM es- PERF. STEM fu- PART. STEM fut- + + INDICATIVE + PRESENT + SINGULAR PLURAL + sum, _I am_ sumus, _we are_ + es, _thou art_ estis, _you are_ + est, _he (she, it) is_ sunt, _they are_ + + IMPERFECT + eram, _I was_ erāmus, _we were_ + erās, _thou wast_ erātis, _you were_ + erat, _he was_ erant, _they were_ + + FUTURE + erō, _I shall be_ erimus, _we shall be_ + eris, _thou wilt be_ eritis, _you will be_ + erit, _he will be_ erunt, _they will be_ + + PERFECT + fuī, _I have been, was_ fuimus, _we have been, were_ + fuistī, _thou hast been, wast_ fuistis, _you have been, were_ + fuit, _he has been, was_ fuērunt, fuēre, _they have been, were_ + + PLUPERFECT + fueram, _I had been_ fuerāmus, _we had been_ + fuerās, _thou hadst been_ fuerātis, _you had been_ + fuerat, _he had been_ fuerant, _they had been_ + + FUTURE PERFECT + fuerō, _I shall have been_ fuerimus, _we shall have been_ + fueris, _thou wilt have been_ fueritis, _you will have been_ + fuerit, _he will have been_ fuerint, _they will have been_ + + SUBJUNCTIVE + PRESENT IMPERFECT + SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL + sim sīmus essem essēmus + sīs sītis essēs essētis + sit sint esset essent + + PERFECT PLUPERFECT + fuerim fuerimus fuissem fuissēmus + fueris fueritis fuissēs fuissētis + fuerit fuerint fuisset fuissent + + IMPERATIVE + PRESENT + _2d Pers. Sing._ es, _be thou_ + _2d Pers. Plur._ este, _be ye_ + FUTURE + _2d Pers. Sing._ estō, _thou shalt be_ + _3d Pers. Sing._ estō, _he shall be_ + _2d Pers. Plur._ estōte, _ye shall be_ + _3d Pers. Plur._ suntō, _they shall be_ + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ esse, _to be_ + _Perf._ fuisse, _to have been_ + _Fut._ futūrus, -a, -um esse or «fore», _to be about to be_ + + PARTICIPLE + futūrus, -a, -um, _about to be_ + +«495.» «possum», _be able, can_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «possum, posse, potuī, ----» + + INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE + SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL + _Pres._ possum pos´sumus possim possī´mus + potes potes´tis possīs possī´tis + potest possunt possit possint + _Impf._ poteram poterāmus possem possē´mus + _Fut._ poterō poterimus ---- ---- + _Perf._ potuī potuimus potuerim potuerimus + _Plup._ potueram potuerāmus potuissem potuissēmus + _F.P._ potuerō potuerimus ---- ---- + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ posse + _Perf._ potuisse + + PARTICIPLE + _Pres._ potens, _gen._ -entis, (adjective) _powerful_ + +«496.» «prōsum», _benefit_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «prōsum, prōdesse, prōfuī, prōfutūrus» + PRES. STEM «prōdes-» PERF. STEM «prōfu-» PART. STEM «prōfut-» + + INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE + SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL + _Pres._ prōsum prō´sumus prōsim prōsī´mus + prōdes prōdes´tis prōsīs prōsī´tis + prōdest prōsunt prōsit prōsint + _Impf._ prōderam prōderāmus prōdessem prodessē´mus + _Fut._ prōderō prōderimus ---- ---- + _Perf._ prōfuī prōfuimus prōfuerim prōfuerimus + _Plup._ prōfueram prōfuerāmus prōfuissem prōfuissēmus + _F.P._ prōfuerō prōfuerimus ---- ---- + + IMPERATIVE + _Pres. 2d Pers._ prōdes, prōdeste + _Fut. 2d Pers._ prōdestō, prōdestōte + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ prōdesse + _Perf._ prōfuisse + _Fut._ prōfutūrus, -a, -um esse + + FUTURE PARTICIPLE prōfutūrus, -a, -um + +«497.» [ «volō», «nōlō», «mālō»] + + PRINCIPAL PARTS: + «volō, velle, voluī», ----, _be willing, will, wish_ + «nōlō, nōlle, nōluī», ----, _be unwilling, will not_ + «mālō, mālle, māluī», ----, _be more willing, prefer_ + +«Nōlō» and «mālō» are compounds of «volō». «Nōlō» is for «ne» (_not_) + +«volō», and «mālō» for «mā» (from «magis», _more_) + «volō». The second +person «vīs» is from a different root. + + INDICATIVE + SINGULAR + _Pres._ volō nōlō mālō + vīs nōn vis māvīs + vult nōn vult māvult + + PLURAL + volumus nōlumus mālumus + vultis nōn vultis māvul´tis + volunt nōlunt mālunt + + _Impf._ volēbam nōlēbam mālēbam + _Fut._ volam, volēs, etc. nōlam, nōlēs, etc. mālam, mālēs, etc. + _Perf._ voluī nōluī māluī + _Plup._ volueram nōlueram mālueram + _F.P._ voluerō nōluerō māluerō + + SUBJUNCTIVE + SINGULAR + _Pres._ velim nōlim mālim + velīs nōlīs mālīs + velit nōlit mālit + + PLURAL + velī´mus nōlī´mus mālī´mus + velī´tis nōlī´tis mālī´tis + velint nōlint mālint + + _Impf._ vellem nōllem māllem + _Perf._ voluerim nōluerim māluerim + _Plup._ voluissem nōluissem māluissem + + IMPERATIVE + _Pres._ nōlī + nōlīte + _Fut._ nōlītō, etc. + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ velle nōlle mālle + _Perf._ voluisse nōluisse māluisse + + PARTICIPLE + _Pres._ volēns, -entis nōlēns, -entis ---- + +«498.» «ferō», _bear, carry, endure_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «ferō, ferre, tulī, lātus» + PRES. STEM fer- PERF. STEM tul- PART. STEM lāt- + + INDICATIVE + ACTIVE PASSIVE + _Pres._ ferō ferimus feror ferimur + fers fertīs ferris, -re ferimimī + fert ferunt fertur feruntur + _Impf._ ferēbam ferēbar + _Fut._ feram, ferēs, etc. ferar, ferēris, etc. + _Perf._ tulī lātus, -a, -um sum + _Plup._ tuleram lātus, -a, -um eram + _F.P._ tulerō lātus, -a, -um erō + + SUBJUNCTIVE + _Pres._ feram, ferās, etc. ferar, ferāris, etc. + _Impf._ ferrem ferrer + _Perf._ tulerim lātus, -a, -um sim + _Plup._ tulissem lātus, -a, -um essem + + IMPERATIVE + _Pres. 2d Pers._ fer ferte ferre feriminī + _Fut. 2d Pers._ fertō fertōte fertor + _3d Pers._ fertō ferunto fertor feruntor + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ ferre ferrī + _Perf._ tulisse lātus, -a, -um esse + _Fut._ lātūrus, -a, -um esse ---- + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ ferēns, -entis _Pres._ ---- + _Fut._ lātūrus, -a, -um _Ger._ ferendus, -a, -um + _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ lātus, -a, -um + + GERUND + _Gen._ ferendī + _Dat._ ferendō + _Acc._ ferendum + _Abl._ ferendō + + SUPINE (Active Voice) + _Acc._ [[lātum]] + _Abl._ [[lātū]] + +«499.» eō, _go_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «eō, īre, iī (īvī), ĭtum» (n. perf. part.) + PRES. STEM ī- + PERF. STEM ī- or īv- + PART. STEM it- + + INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE + SING. PLUR. + _Pres._ eō īmus eam _2d Pers._ ī īte + īs ītis + it eunt + _Impf._ ībam īrem + _Fut._ ībō ---- _2d Pers._ ītō ītōte + _3d Pers._ ītō euntō + _Perf._ iī (īvī) ierim (īverim) + _Plup._ ieram (īveram) īssem (īvissem) + _F. P._ ierō (īverō) + + INFINITIVE + _Pres._ īre + _Perf._ īsse (īvisse) + _Fut._ itūrus, -a, -um esse + + PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ iēns, _gen._ euntis (§472) + _Fut._ itūrus, -a, -um + _Ger._ eundum + + GERUND + _Gen._ eundī + _Dat._ eundō + _Acc._ eundum + _Abl._ eundō + + SUPINE + _Acc._ [[itum]] + _Abl._ [[itū]] + + _a._ The verb «eō» is used impersonally in the third person singular + of the passive, as «ītur», «itum est», _etc._ + + _b._ In the perfect system the forms with «v» are very rare. + +«500.» «fīō», passive of «faciō»; _be made, become, happen_ + + PRINCIPAL PARTS «fīō, fierī, factus sum» + + INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE + _Pres._ fīō ---- fīam _2d Pers._ fī fīte + fīs ---- + fit fīunt + _Impf._ fīēbam fierem + _Fut._ fīam ---- + + INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE + _Perf._ factus, -a, -um sum factus, -a, -um sim + _Plup._ factus, -a, -um eram factus, -a, -um essem + _F.P._ factus, -a, -um erō + + INFINITIVE PARTICIPLES + _Pres._ fierī _Perf._ factus, -a, -um + _Perf._ factus, -a, -um esse _Ger._ faciendus, -a, -um + _Fut._ [[factum īrī]] + + [Illustration: CASTRA MURO FOSSAQUE MUNIUNTUR] + + + + +APPENDIX II + + +«501.» RULES OF SYNTAX + +NOTE. The rules of syntax are here classified and numbered +consecutively. The number of the text section in which the rule appears +is given at the end of each. + +_Nominative Case_ + + «1.» The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative and answers the + question Who? or What? §36. + +_Agreement_ + + «2.» A finite verb must always be in the same person and number as its + subject. §28. + + «3.» A predicate noun agrees in case with the subject of the verb. + §76. + + «4.» An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it explains. + §81. + + «5.» Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. + §65. + + «6.» A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive + agrees in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main verb. + §215.a. + + «7.» A relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and + number; but its case is determined by the way it is used in its own + clause. §224. + +_Prepositions_ + + «8.» A noun governed by a preposition must be in the accusative or + ablative case. §52. + +_Genitive Case_ + + «9.» The word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the + genitive and answers the question Whose? §38. + + «10.» The possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, + especially after the forms of «sum», and is then called the _predicate + genitive_. §409. + + «11.» Words denoting a part are often used with the genitive of the + whole, known as _the partitive genitive_. §331. + + «12.» Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive + with a modifying adjective. §443. + +_Dative Case_ + + «13.» The indirect object of a verb is in the dative. §45. + + «14.» The dative of the indirect object is used with the intransitive + verbs «crēdō», «faveō», «noceō», «pāreō», «persuādeō», «resistō», + «studeō», and others of like meaning. §154. + + «15.» Some verbs compounded with «ad», «ante», «con», «dē», «in», + «inter», «ob», «post», «prae», «prō», «sub», «super», admit the dative + of the indirect object. Transitive compounds may take both an + accusative and a dative. §426. + + «16.» The dative is used with adjectives to denote the object toward + which the given quality is directed. Such are, especially, those + meaning _near_, also _fit, friendly, pleasing, like_, and their + opposites. §143. + + «17.» The dative is used to denote the _purpose_ or _end for which_; + often with another dative denoting _the person or thing affected_. + §437. + +_Accusative Case_ + + «18.» The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative and + answers the question Whom? or What? §37. + + «19.» The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. §214. + + «20.» The _place to which_ is expressed by «ad» or «in» with the + accusative. Before names of towns, small islands, «domus», and «rūs» + the preposition is omitted. §§263, 266. + + «21.» _Duration of time_ and _extent of space_ are expressed by the + accusative. §336. + + «22.» Verbs of _making, choosing, calling, showing_, and the like, may + take a _predicate accusative_ along with the direct object. With the + passive voice the two accusatives become nominatives. §392. + +_Ablative Case_ + + «23.» _Cause_ is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This + answers the question Because of what? §102. + + «24.» _Means_ is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This + answers the question By means of what? or With what? §103. + + «25.» _Accompaniment_ is denoted by the ablative with «cum». This + answers the question With whom? §104. + + «26.» The ablative with «cum» is used to denote the manner of an + action. «Cum» may be omitted, if an adjective is used with the + ablative. This answers the question How? or In what manner? §105. + + «27.» With comparatives and words implying comparison the ablative is + used to denote the _measure of difference_. §317. + + «28.» The ablative of a noun or pronoun with a present or perfect + participle in agreement is used to express attendant circumstance. + This is called the _ablative absolute_. §381. + + «29.» 1. Descriptions of physical characteristics are expressed by the + ablative with a modifying adjective. §444. + + 2. Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical + characteristics may be expressed by either the genitive or the + ablative with a modifying adjective. §445. + + «30.» The ablative is used to denote _in what respect_ something is + true. §398. + + «31.» The _place from which_ is expressed by «ā» or «ab», «dē», «ē» or + «ex» with the separative ablative. This answers the question Whence? + Before names of towns, small islands, «domus», and «rūs» the + preposition is omitted. §§264, 266. + + «32.» Words expressing separation or deprivation require an ablative + to complete their meaning. This is called the _ablative of + separation_. §180. + + «33.» The word expressing the person from whom an action starts, when + not the subject, is put in the ablative with the preposition «ā» or + «ab». This is called the _ablative of the personal agent_. §181. + + «34.» The comparative degree, if «quam» is omitted, is followed by the + separative ablative. §309. + + «35.» The _time when or within which_ anything happens is expressed by + the ablative without a preposition. §275. + + «36.» 1. The _place at or in which_ is expressed by the ablative with + «in». This answers the question Where? Before names of towns, small + islands, and «rūs» the preposition is omitted. §§265, 266. + + 2. Names of towns and small islands, if singular and of the first or + second declension, and the word «domus» express the _place in which_ + by the locative. §268. + +_Gerund and Gerundive_ + + «37.» 1. The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, + dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of + these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns. §406.1. + + 2. The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of + gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative + without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive + construction is more usual. §406.2. + + «38.» The accusative of the gerund or gerundive with «ad», or the + genitive with «causā», is used to express purpose. §407. + +_Moods and Tenses of Verbs_ + + «39.» Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses, and secondary by + secondary. §358. + + «40.» The subjunctive is used in a dependent clause to express the + _purpose_ of the action in the principal clause. §349. + + «41.» _A substantive clause of purpose_ with the subjunctive is used + as object with verbs of _commanding, urging, asking, persuading_, or + _advising_, where in English we should usually have the infinitive. + §366. + + «42.» Verbs of _fearing_ are followed by a substantive clause of + purpose introduced by «ut» (_that not_) or «nē» (_that_ or _lest_). + §372. + + «43.» _Consecutive clauses of result_ are introduced by «ut» or «ut + nōn», and have the verb in the subjunctive. §385. + + «44.» _Object clauses of result_ with «ut» or «ut nōn» are found after + verbs of effecting or bringing about. §386. + + «45.» A relative clause with the subjunctive is often used to describe + an antecedent. This is called the _subjunctive of characteristic or + description_. §390. + + «46.» The conjunction «cum» means _when, since_, or _although_. It is + followed by the subjunctive unless it means _when_ and its clause + fixes the time at which the main action took place. §396. + + «47.» When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is + changed to the infinitive, and its subject nominative becomes subject + accusative of the infinitive. §416. + + «48.» The accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect + statements is found after verbs of _saying, telling, knowing, + thinking_, and _perceiving_. §419. + + «49.» A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present + infinitive of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect + infinitive, and a future indicative becomes future infinitive. §418. + + «50.» In an _indirect question_ the verb is in the subjunctive and its + tense is determined by the law for tense sequence. §432. + + [Illustration: DOMINA] + + + + +APPENDIX III + + +REVIEWS[1] + + [Footnote 1: It is suggested that each of these reviews be assigned + for a written test.] + + [Transcriber’s Note: + In this Review section, the lists of English words for translation may +not be in the same order as in the original.] + + +I. REVIEW OF VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR THROUGH LESSON VIII + +«502.» Give the English of the following words:[1] + + NOUNS + agricola «gallīna» + ancilla iniūria + «aqua» «īnsula» + «casa» «lūna» + «causa» «nauta» + cēna «pecūnia» + «corōna» puella + «dea» «pugna» + domina «sagitta» + fābula «silva» + «fera» «terra» + «fīlia» «tuba» + «fortūna» «via» + «fuga» «victōria» + + ADJECTIVES + «alta» «magna» + «bona» «mala» + «clāra» «nova» + «grāta» «parva» + «lāta» «pulchra» + «longa» «sōla» + + VERBS + amat «necat» + «dat» «nūntiat» + «est» «parat» + habitat «portat» + «labōrat» «pugnat» + «laudat» «sunt» + nārrat «vocat» + + PREPOSITIONS + «ā» or «ab» + «ad» + «cum» + «dē» + «ē» or «ex» + «in» + + PRONOUNS + «mea» + «tua» + «quis» + «cuius» + «cui» + «quem» + «quid» + + ADVERBS + «cūr» + «deinde» + «nōn» + «ubi» + + CONJUNCTIONS + «et» + quia + «quod» + + INTERROGATIVE + PARTICLE + «-ne» + + [Footnote 1: Proper nouns and proper adjectives are not repeated in + the reviews. Words used in Cassar’s “Gallic War” are in heavy type.] + +«503.» Give the Latin of the following words:[1] + +Underline the words you do not remember. Do not look up a single word +till you have gone through the entire list. Then drill on the words you +have underlined. + + _flight_ _wide_ + story tells + _new_ _money_ + lives (verb) _calls_ + _away from_ _with_ + _who_ _your_ + _why_ _then, in the next place_ + _forest_ _daughter_ + _wreath_ _to whom_ + _deep, high_ _fortune_ + dinner _famous_ + _out from_ _labors_ (verb) + _my_ _kills_ + _where_ _not_ + _trumpet_ _in_ + lady, mistress _and_ + _whom_ _sailor_ + _island_ farmer + _goddess_ _what_ + _wild beast_ _way_ + _praises_ (verb) _bad_ + _alone_ loves + _pleasing_ _pretty_ + _prepares_ _water_ + _are_ _great_ + _to_ _is_ + _because_ _announces_ + _arrow_ _injury, wrong_ + _cottage_ _battle_ (noun) + _gives_ _small_ + girl _fights_ (verb) + _good_ maid + _carries_ _down from_ + _chicken_ _long_ + _victory_ _cause_ + _land_ _whose_ + + [Footnote 1: The translations of words used in Cæsar are in + italics.] + +«504.» «Review Questions.» How many syllables has a Latin word? How are +words divided into syllables? What is the ultima? the penult? the +antepenult? When is a syllable short? When is a syllable long? What is +the law of Latin accent? Define the subject of a sentence; the +predicate; the object; the copula. What is inflection? declension? +conjugation? What is the ending of the verb in the third person +singular, and what in the plural? What does the form of a noun show? +Name the Latin cases. What case is used for the subject? the direct +object? the possessor? What relation is expressed by the dative case? +Give the rule for the indirect object. How are questions answered in +Latin? What is a predicate adjective? an attributive adjective? What is +meant by agreement? Give the rule for the agreement of the adjective. +What are the three relations expressed by the ablative? What can you say +of the position of the possessive pronoun? the modifying genitive? the +adjective? What is the base? What is grammatical gender? What is the +rule for gender in the first declension? What are the general principles +of Latin word order? + +«505.» Fill out the following summary of the first declension: + + THE FIRST OR Ā-DECLENSION + 1. Ending in the nominative singular + 2. Rule for gender + 3. Case terminations + a. Singular + b. Plural + 4. Irregular nouns + + +II. REVIEW OF LESSONS IX-XVII + +«506.» Give the English of the following words: + + NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION + «agrī cultūra» «galea» + «cōnstantia» «inopia» + «cōpia» «lacrima» + «dīligentia» «lōrīca» + «fāma» «patria» + fēmina «praeda» + + NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION + «ager» «līberī» + «amīcus» magister + «arma» (plural) «mūrus» + «auxilium» «numerus» + «bellum» «oppidānus» + «carrus» «oppidum» + «castrum» «pīlum» + «cibus» «populus» + «cōnsilium» «praemium» + «domicilium» «proelium» + dominus «puer» + «equus» «scūtum» + «fīlius» «servus» + fluvius «studium» + «frūmentum» «tēlum» + «gladius» «vīcus» + «lēgātus» «vir» + + ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS + «aeger, aegra, aegrum» + «alius, alia, aliud» + «alter, altera, alterum» + «armātus, -a, -um» + «crēber, crēbra, crēbrum» + «dūrus, -a, -um» + «fīnitimus, -a, -um» + «īnfīrmus, -a, -um» + «legiōnārius, -a, -um» + «līber, lībera, līberum» + «mātūrus, -a, -um» + «meus, -a, -um» + «miser, misera, miserum» + «multus, -a, -um» + «neuter, neutra, neutrum» + «noster, nostra, nostrum» + «nūllus, -a, -um» + «pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum» + «sōlus, -a, -um» + «suus, -a, -um» + «tōtus, -a, -um» + «tuus, -a, -um» + «ūllus, -a, -um» + «ūnus, -a, -um» + «uter, utra, utrum» + validus, -a, -um + «vester, vestra, vestrum» + + VERBS + arat + «cūrat» + «dēsīderat» + «mātūrat» + «properat» + + DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN + «is, ea, id» + + CONJUNCTIONS + «an» + «-que» + «sed» + + ADVERBS + «iam» + quō + «saepe» + + PREPOSITION + «apud» + +«507.» Give the Latin of the following words: + + _sword_ _shield_ (noun) + _corselet_ _whole_ + _man_ _it_ + _your_ (plural) _aid_ (noun) + _hasten_ _legionary_ + _but_ _weak_ + _among_ _arms_ + _tear_ (noun) master (of school) + _village_ _friend_ + strong _neighboring_ + _long for_ _sick_ + _and_ (enclitic) _lieutenant_ + _often_ _field_ + _want_ (noun) _report, rumor_ + _which_ (of two) _abode_ + _care for_ _boy_ + _or_ (in a question) _his own_ + whither _alone_ + _wagon_ _prize_ (noun) + _townsman_ master (owner) + _wretched_ _carefulness_ + _ripe_ _plenty_ + _war_ _troops_ + _number_ _plan_ (noun) + _my_ _people_ + _free_ (adj.) _beautiful_ + _children_ _no_ (adj.) + _wall_ _our_ + _grain_ _battle_ + _weapon_ _spear_ + _one_ _food_ + plow (verb) _steadiness_ + _this_ or _that_ _fatherland_ + _already_ _town_ + _helmet_ _fort_ + river _camp_ + _zeal_ _neither_ (of two) + _any_ _much_ + _he_ _agriculture_ + _son_ _other_ + _slave_ _the other_ (of two) + _your_ (singular) _hard_ + _she_ _booty_ + _woman_ _frequent_ + _horse_ _armed_ + +«508.» «Review Questions.» How many declensions are there? What three +things must be known about a noun before it can be declined? What three +cases of neuter nouns are always alike, and in what do they end in the +plural? What two plural cases are always alike? When is the vocative +singular not like the nominative? What is a predicate noun? With what +does it agree? What is an appositive? Give the rule for the agreement of +an appositive. How can we tell whether a noun in «-er» is declined like +«puer» or like «ager»? Decline «bonus», «līber», «pulcher». How can we +tell whether an adjective in «-er» is declined like «līber» or like +«pulcher»? Why must we say «nauta bonus» and not «nauta bona»? Name the +Latin possessive pronouns. How are they declined? With what does the +possessive pronoun agree? When do we use «tuus» and when «vester»? Why +is «suus» called a _reflexive_ possessive? What is the non-reflexive +possessive of the third person? When are possessives omitted? What four +uses of the ablative case are covered by the relations expressed in +English by _with_? Give an illustration in Latin of the _ablative of +manner_; of the _ablative of cause_; of the _ablative of means_; of the +_ablative of accompaniment_. What ablative regularly has «cum»? What +ablative sometimes has «cum»? What uses of the ablative never have +«cum»? Name the nine pronominal adjectives, with their meanings. Decline +«alius», «nūllus». Decline «is». What does «is» mean as a demonstrative +adjective or pronoun? What other important use has it? + +«509.» Fill out the following summary of the second declension: + + THE SECOND OR O-DECLENSION + 1. Endings in the nominative + 2. Rule for gender + 3. Case terminations of nouns in «-us» + a. Singular + b. Plural + a. The vocative singular of nouns in «-us» + 4. Case terminations of nouns in «-um» + a. Singular + b. Plural + 5. Peculiarities of nouns in «-er» and «-ir» + 6. Peculiarities of nouns in «-ius» and «-ium» + + +III. REVIEW OF LESSONS XVIII-XXVI + +«510.» Give the English of the following words: + + NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION + «disciplīna» rēgīna + «fōrma» superbia + «poena» «trīstitia» + «potentia» + + NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION + lūdus + «ōrnāmentum» + sacrum + «socius» + «verbum» + + ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS + «amīcus» īrātus + «antīquus» «laetus» + «fīnitimus» «molestus» + «grātus» «perpetuus» + «idōneus» «proximus» + «inimīcus» «septem» + «interfectus» «superbus» + + ADVERBS + hodiē + «ibi» + «maximē» + mox + «nunc» + «nūper» + + CONJUNCTIONS + «etiam» + «nōn sōlum ... sed etiam» + + PERSONAL PRONOUN + «ego» + + VERBS + CONJ. I + volō, -āre + + CONJ. II + «dēleō, -ēre» «noceō, -ēre» + «doceō, -ēre» «pāreō, -ēre» + «faveō, -ēre» «persuādeō, -ēre» + «habeō, -ēre» sedeō, -ēre + «iubeō, -ēre» «studeō, -ēre» + «moneō, -ēre» «videō, -ēre» + «moveō, -ēre» + + CONJ. III + «agō, -ere» «fugiō, -ere» + «capiō, -ere» «iaciō, -ere» + «crēdō, -ere» «mittō, -ere» + «dīcō, -ere» rapiō, -ere + «dūcō, -ere» «regō, -ere» + «faciō, -ere» «resistō, -ere» + + CONJ. IV + «audiō, -īre» + «mūniō, -īre» + «reperiō, -īre» + «veniō, -īre» + + IRREGULAR VERB + «sum, esse» + +«511.» «Give the Latin of the following words.» In the case of verbs +always give the first form and the present infinitive. + + _ancient_ _power_ + _come_ _make, do_ + _resist_ _injure_ + _see_ _now_ + _be_ _annoying_ + fly _lead_ + _I_ _move_ + _proud_ soon + _word_ _glad_ + _sadness_ _punishment_ + _find_ _believe_ + _rule_ (verb) _advise_ + _be eager for_ _especially, most of all_ + _not only...but also_ angry + _seven_ _beauty_ + _ally, companion_ _say_ + pride _command_ (verb) + _fortify_ _there_ + _send_ _slain_ + sit _training_ + _also_ _take_ + school _have_ + _hear_ to-day + _hurl_ _unfriendly_ + _persuade_ _drive_ + _only_ _favor_ (verb) + _nearest_ _suitable_ + sacred rite _pleasing_ + queen _teach_ + _flee_ _neighboring_ + _obey_ _destroy_ + _lately_ _friendly_ + _constant_ seize + _ornament_ + +«512.» «Review Questions.» What is conjugation? Name two important +differences between conjugation in Latin and in English. What is tense? +What is mood? What are the Latin moods? When do we use the indicative +mood? Name the six tenses of the indicative. What are personal endings? +Name those you have had. Inflect sum in the three tenses you have +learned. How many regular conjugations are there? How are they +distinguished? How is the present stem found? What tenses are formed +from the present stem? What is the tense sign of the imperfect? What is +the meaning of the imperfect? What is the tense sign of the future in +the first two conjugations? in the last two? Before what letters is a +final long vowel of the stem shortened? What are the three possible +translations of a present, as of pugnō? Inflect arō, sedeō, mittō, +faciō, and veniō, in the present, imperfect, and future active. What +forms of -iō verbs of the third conjugation are like audiō? what like +regō? Give the rule for the dative with adjectives. Name the special +intransitive verbs that govern the dative. What does the imperative mood +express? How is the present active imperative formed in the singular? in +the plural? What three verbs have a shortened present active imperative? +Give the present active imperative of portō, dēleō, agō, faciō, mūniō. + + +IV. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVII-XXXVI + +«513.» Give the English of the following words: + + NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION + «āla» + «cūra» + «mora» + «porta» + «prōvincia» + «vīta» + + NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION + «animus» «nāvigium» + aurum ōrāculum + «bracchium» «perīculum» + «deus» «ventus» + «locus» «vīnum» + mōnstrum + + ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS + «adversus» «dubius» + attentus «maximus» + «cārus» perfidus + «commōtus» «plēnus» + «dēfessus» saevus + «dexter» «sinister» + + ADVERBS + «anteā» «ita» + «celeriter» «longē» + «dēnique» «semper» + «diū» «subitō» + «frūstrā» «tamen» + «graviter» «tum» + + CONJUNCTIONS + «autem» + «sī» + «ubi» + + PREPOSITIONS + «dē» + «per» + «prō» + «sine» + + VERBS + CONJ. I + «adpropinquō» «servō» + «nāvigō» «stō» + «occupō» «superō» + «postulō» «temptō» + «recūsō» «vāstō» + «reportō» «vulnerō» + + CONJ. II + «contineō» + «egeō» + «prohibeō» + «respondeō» + «teneō» + + CONJ. III + «discēdō» + «gerō» + «interficiō» + + IRREGULAR VERB + «absum» + +«514.» Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender +of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs. + + _be away_ _heavily_ + _wind_ monster + _through_ _approach_ + _if_ _nevertheless_ + savage _place_ + _wound_ (verb) _be without, lack_ + _wine_ _moved_ + _delay_ gold + faithless _restrain, keep from_ + _right_ _without_ + _seize_ _hold_ + _quickly_ _suddenly_ + _before, in behalf of_ _dear_ + _battle_ _always_ + _down from_ or _concerning_ _god_ + _moreover_ _hold in, keep_ + _greatest_ _afar_ + oracle _thus, so, as follows_ + _danger_ _arm_ (noun) + _lay waste_ _when_ + _gate_ _in vain_ + _doubtful_ _stand_ + _opposite, adverse_ _bring back, win_ + _demand_ _before, previously_ + _finally_ _depart, go away_ + attentive _province_ + _then, at that time_ _care, trouble_ + _weary_ _kill_ + _overcome, conquer_ _reply_ (verb) + _conquer_ _wing_ + _boat, ship_ _mind, heart_ + _sail_ (verb) _left_ (adj.) + _life_ _bear, carry on_ + _save_ _try_ + _full_ _for a long time_ + _refuse_ + +«515.» Give the principal parts and meaning of the following verbs: + + «sum» «faveō» + «dō» «noceō» + «teneō» «dīcō» + «iubeō» «pāreō» + «agō» «dūcō» + «mittō» «faciō» + «mūniō» «persuādeō» + «moveō» «sedeō» + «crēdō» «studeō» + «rapiō» «fugiō» + «reperiō» «veniō» + «dēleō» «iaciō» + «resistō» «videō» + «audiō» «absum» + «moneō» «egeō» + «capiō» «gerō» + «doceō» «stō» + «regō» + +«516.» «Review Questions.» What are the personal endings in the passive +voice? What is the letter -r sometimes called? What are the +distinguishing vowels of the four conjugations? What forms constitute +the principal parts? What are the three different conjugation stems? How +may they be found? What are the tenses of the indicative? of the +infinitive? What tense of the imperative have you learned? What forms +are built on the present stem? on the perfect stem? on the participial +stem? What are the endings of the perfect active indicative? What is the +tense sign of the pluperfect active? of the future perfect active? How +is the present active infinitive formed? the present passive infinitive? +How is the present active imperative formed? the present passive +imperative? How is the perfect active infinitive formed? the perfect +passive infinitive? How is the future active infinitive formed? What is +a participle? How are participles in -us declined? Give the rule for the +agreement of the participle. How are the perfect, pluperfect, and future +perfect passive indicative formed? Conjugate the verb «sum» in all moods +and tenses as far as you have learned it (§494). What is meant by the +separative ablative? How is the place _from which_ expressed in Latin? +Give the rule for the ablative of separation; for the ablative of the +personal agent. How can we distinguish between the ablative of means and +the ablative of the personal agent? What is the perfect definite? the +perfect indefinite? What is the difference in meaning between the +perfect indefinite and the imperfect? What two cases in Latin may be +governed by a preposition? Name the prepositions that govern the +ablative. What does the preposition «in» mean when it governs the +ablative? the accusative? What are the three interrogatives used to +introduce _yes_-and-_no_ questions? Explain the force of each. What +words are sometimes used for _yes_ and _no?_ What are the different +meanings and uses of ubi? + + +V. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXVII-XLIV + +«517.» Give the English of the following words: + + NOUNS + FIRST DECLENSION SECOND DECLENSION + «rīpa» «barbarī» + «captīvus» + «castellum» + «impedīmentum» + + THIRD DECLENSION + «animal» «homō» «ōrdō» + «arbor» «hostīs» «pater» + «avis» «ignis» «pedes» + «caedēs» «imperātor» «pēs» + «calamitās» «īnsigne» pōns + calcar «iter» «prīnceps» + «caput» iūdex «rēx» + «cīvis» «labor» «salūs» + «cliēns» «lapis» «sanguis» + «collis» «legiō» «soror» + «cōnsul» «mare» tempus + «dēns» «māter» «terror» + «dux» «mēnsis» «turris» + «eques» «mīles» «urbs» + «fīnis» «mōns» «victor» + «flūmen» «nāvis» «virtūs» + fōns «opus» «vīs» + «frāter» «ōrātor» + + ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS + «barbarus» + «dexter» + «sinister» + «summus» + + PREPOSITIONS + «in» with the abl. + «in» with the acc. + «trāns» + + ADVERBS + «cotīdiē» + «numquam» + + CONJUNCTIONS + «nec, neque» + «nec...nec», or «neque...neque» + + VERBS + CONJ. I CONJ. III + «cessō» «accipiō» + «oppugnō» «petō» + «confirmō» «vincō» + «vetō» «incipiō» + «ponō» + «vivō» + +«518.» Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender +of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs: + + _forbid_ _in_ + _rank, row_ _judge_ + _brother_ _defeat, disaster_ + _force_ _fire_ + _across_ _tree_ + _savages_ _foot soldier_ + _horseman_ _receive_ + _never_ _general_ + _mountain_ _highest_ + _manliness, courage_ _fountain_ + _leader_ _orator_ + _put, place_ _neither...nor_ + _time_ _and not_ + _savage, barbarous_ _left_ + _sister_ _tooth_ + _seek_ _soldier_ + _captive_ _month_ + _hindrance, baggage_ _city_ + _captive_ _victor_ + _hindrance, baggage_ _daily_ + _man-of-war_ _live_ (verb) + _conquer_ _redoubt, fort_ + _consul_ _sea_ + _mother_ _tower_ + _retainer_ _drill_ (verb) + _citizen_ _legion_ + _head_ _terror_ + _safety_ _into, to_ + _assail, storm_ _right_ (adj.) + _begin_ _stone_ + _march_ _blood_ + _decoration_ _labor_ (noun) + _bridge_ _king_ + _bird_ _spur_ + _cease_ _chief_ + _man_ _slaughter_ + _river_ _strengthen_ + _work_ (noun) _foot_ + _and_ _enemy_ + _ship_ _animal_ + _bank_ _father_ + +«519.» «Review Questions.» Give the conjugation of «possum». What is an +infinitive? What three uses has the Latin infinitive that are like the +English? What is the case of the subject of the infinitive? What is +meant by a complementary infinitive? In the sentence _The bad boy cannot +be happy_, what is the case of _happy_? Give the rule. Decline «quī». +Give the rule for the agreement of the relative. What are the two uses +of the interrogative? Decline «quis». What is the base of a noun? How is +the stem formed from the base? Are the stem and the base ever the same? +How many declensions of nouns are there? Name them. What are the two +chief divisions of the third declension? How are the consonant stems +classified? Explain the formation of «lapis» from the stem «lapid-», +«mīles» from «mīlit-», «rēx» from «rēg-». What nouns have «i»-stems? +What peculiarities of form do «i»-stems have,--masc., fem., and neut.? +Name the five nouns that have «-ī» and «-e» in the abl. Decline +«turris». Give the rules for gender in the third declension. Decline +«mīles», «lapis», «rēx», «virtūs», «cōnsul», «legiō», «homō», «pater», +«flūmen», «opus», «tempus», «caput», «caedēs», «urbs», «hostis», «mare», +«animal», «vīs», «iter». + +«520.» Fill out the following scheme: + + { { Masculine + { GENDER { Feminine + { ENDINGS { Neuter + { + THE THIRD { { I. CONSONANT { _a_. Masc. and fem. + DECLENSION { { STEMS { _b_. Neuters + { CASE { + { TERMINATIONS { + { { + { { II. _I_-STEMS { _a_. Masc. and fem. + { { { _b_. Neuters + { + { IRREGULAR NOUNS + + +VI. REVIEW OF LESSONS XLV-LII + +«521.» Give the English of the following words: + + NOUNS + FIRST DECLENSION + «amīcitia» + «hōra» + «littera» + + SECOND DECLENSION + «annus» «supplicium», + «modus» «supplicium dare» + «nūntius» «supplicium sūmere dē» + «oculus» «tergum», + «rēgnum» «tergum vertere» + «signum» «vestīgium» + + THIRD DECLENSION + «aestās» «nox» + «corpus» «pars» + «hiems» «pāx» + «lībertās» rūs + «lūx», «sōl» + «prīma lūx» «vōx» + «nōmen» «vulnus» + + FOURTH DECLENSION + «adventus» «impetus» + «cornū» «lacus» + «domus» «manus» + «equitātus» «metus» + «exercitus» «portus» + «fluctus» + + FIFTH DECLENSION + «aciēs» «rēs», + «diēs» «rēs gestae» + «fidēs», «rēs adversae» + «in fidem venīre» «rēs secundae» + «rēs pūblica» + «spēs» + + INDECLINABLE NOUN + «nihil» + + ADJECTIVES + FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS + «dēnsus» «prīstinus» + «invīsus» «pūblicus» + «mīrus» «secundus» + «paucī» «tantus» + «prīmus» «vērus» + + THIRD DECLENSION + «ācer, ācris, ācre» «gravis, grave» + «brevis, breve» «incolumis, incolume» + «difficilis, difficile» «omnis, omne» + «facīlis, facile» «pār, pār» + «fortis, forte» «vēlōx, vēlōx» + + PRONOUNS + PERSONAL + «ego» + «nōs» + «suī» + «tū» + «vōs» + + DEMONSTRATIVE + «hic» + «īdem» + «ille» + «iste» + + INTENSIVE + «ipse» + + INDEFINITE + «aliquis, aliquī» + «quīdam» + «quis, quī» + «quisquam» + «quisque» + + ADVERBS + «nē...quidem» «quoque» + ōlim «satis» + «paene» «vērō» + + CONJUNCTIONS + «itaque» + «nisi» + + PREPOSITIONS + «ante» + «post» + «propter» + + VERBS + CONJ. I CONJ. II + «conlocō» «dēbeō» + «convocō» «exerceō» + «cremō» «maneō» + «dēmōnstrō» «placeō» + «mandō» «sustineō» + + CONJ. III CONJ. IV + «committō», «dēsiliō» + «committere proelium» + «dēcidō» + «ēripiō» + «sūmō», + «sūmere supplicium dē» + «trādūcō» + «vertō» + +«522.» Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender +of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs. + + _if not, unless_ _adversity_ + _on account of_ _former, old-time_ + _public_ _all, every_ + _commonwealth_ _any one_ (at all) + _leap down, dismount_ _this_ (of mine) + _unharmed_ _heavy, serious_ + _lead across_ _hateful, detested_ + _remain_ _true_ + _call together_ _burn_ + _friendship_ _snatch from_ + _footprint, trace_ _letter_ + _each_ _punishment_ + _fear_ (noun) _inflict punishment on_ + _hope_ _behind, after_ + _therefore_ _suffer punishment_ + _so great_ _liberty_ + _equal_ _sun_ + _in truth, indeed_ _sustain_ + _that_ (yonder) _take up, assume_ + _a certain_ _hour_ + _fall down_ _reign, realm_ + _owe, ought_ _messenger_ + _measure, mode_ _part, direction_ + _eye_ _body_ + _name_ _harbor_ + _wave, billow_ _faith, protection_ + _thing, matter_ _of himself_ + _exploits_ _also, too_ + _republic_ _sufficiently_ + _prosperity_ _you_ (plur.) + _burn_ _peace_ + _that_ (of yours) _back_ + _before_ _turn the back, retreat_ + _light_ _night_ + _daybreak_ _hand, force_ + _winter_ _lake_ + _attack_ _day_ + _line of battle_ _commit, intrust_ + _army_ _a few only_ + _drill, train_ _sharp, eager_ + _join battle_ _we_ + _house, home_ _turn_ + _midday_ _you_ (sing.) + _wonderful_ _I_ + _brave_ _signal_ + _almost_ _summer_ + _the same_ _cavalry_ + _some, any_ _wound_ + _if any one_ _horn, wing_ + _self, very_ _country_ + _not even_ _second, favorable_ + _easy_ _formerly, once_ + _dense_ _short_ + _point out, explain_ _voice_ + _difficult_ _arrival_ + _first_ _come under the protection of_ + _arrange, station_ _nothing_ + _please_ _swift_ + _year_ + +«523.» «Review Questions.» By what declensions are Latin adjectives +declined? What can you say about the stem of adjectives of the third +declension? Into what classes are these adjectives divided? How can you +tell to which of the classes an adjective belongs? Decline «ācer, omnis, +pār». What are the nominative endings and genders of nouns of the fourth +or «u»-declension? What nouns are feminine by exception? Decline +«adventus, lacus, cornū, domus». Give the rules for the ordinary +expression of the _place to which_, the _place from which_, the _place +in which_. What special rules apply to names of towns, small islands, +and «rūs»? What is the locative case? What words have a locative case? +What is the form of the locative case? Translate _Galba lives at home, +Galba lives at Rome, Galba lives at Pompeii_. What is the rule for +gender in the fifth or «ē»-declension? Decline «diēs», «rēs». When is +the long «ē» shortened? What can you say about the plural of the fifth +declension? Decline «tuba», «servus», «pīlum», «ager», «puer», «mīles», +«cōnsul», «flūmen», «caedēs», «animal». How is the _time when_ +expressed? Name the classes of pronouns and define each class. Decline +«ego, tū, is». What are the reflexives of the first and second persons? +What is the reflexive of the third person? Decline it. Translate _I see +myself, he sees himself, he sees him_. Decline «ipse». How is «ipse» +used? Decline «īdem». Decline «hic», «iste», «ille». Explain the use of +these words. Name and translate the commoner indefinite pronouns. +Decline «aliquis», «quisquam», «quīdam», «quisque». + + +VII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LIII-LX + +«524.» Give the English of the following words: + + NOUNS + FIRST DECLENSION + «aquila» «fossa» + + SECOND DECLENSION + «aedificium» «negōtium» + «captīvus» «spatium» + «concilium» «vāllum» + «imperium» + + THIRD DECLENSION + «agmen» «mors» + «celeritās» «mulier» + «cīvitās» «multitūdō» + «clāmor» «mūnītiō» + «cohors» «nēmō» + «difficultās» «obses» + «explōrātor» «opīniō» + «gēns» «regiō» + «lātitūdō» «rūmor» + «longitūdō» «scelus» + «magnitūdō» «servitūs» + «mēns» «timor» + «mercātor» «vallēs» + «mīlle» + + FOURTH DECLENSIONS + «aditus» «passus» + «commeātus» + + FIFTH DECLENSION + «rēs frūmentāria» + + ADJECTIVES + FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS + «aequus» «pessimus» + «bīnī» «plūrimus» + «ducentī» «posterus» + «duo» «prīmus» + «exterus» reliquus + «īnferus» «secundus» + «maximus» «singulī» + «medius» «superus» + «minimus» «tardus» + «opportūnus» «ternī» + «optimus» «ūnus» + + THIRD DECLENSION + «alacer, alacris, alacre» + «audāx, audāx» + «celer, celeris, celere» + «citerior, citerius» + «difficilis, difficile» + «dissimilis, dissimile» + «facilis, facile» + gracilis, gracile + «humilis, humile» + «ingēns, ingēns» + «interior, interius» + «lēnis, lēne» + «maior, maius» + «melior, melius» + «minor, minus» + «nōbilis, nōbile» + «peior, peius» + ----, «plūs» + «prior, prius» + «recēns, recēns» + «similis, simile» + «trēs, tria» + «ulterior, ulterius» + + ADVERBS + «ācriter» «optimē» + «audācter» «parum» + «bene» «paulō» + «facile» «plūrimum» + «ferē» «prope» + «fortiter» «propius» + «magis» «proximē» + «magnopere» «quam» + «maximē» «statim» + «melius» «tam» + «minimē» «undique» + «multum» + + CONJUNCTIONS + «atque, ac» «quā dē causā» + «aut» «quam ob rem» + «aut ... aut» «simul atque or» + «et ... et» «simul ac + «nam»» + + PREPOSITIONS + «circum» + «contrā» + «inter» + «ob» + «trāns» + + VERBS + CONJ. I CONJ. II + «cōnor» «obtineō» + «hortor» «perterreō» + «moror» «valeō» + «vexō» «vereor» + + CONJ. III + «abdō» «patior» + «cadō» premō + «cognōscō» «proficīscor» + «cōnsequor» «prōgredior» + «contendō» «quaerō» + «cupiō» «recipiō» + «currō» «relinquō» + «dēdō» «revertor» + «dēfendō» «sequor» + ēgredior statuō + «incendō» subsequor + «incolō» «suscipiō» + «īnsequor» «trādō» + «occīdō» «trahō» + + CONJ. IV + «orior» perveniō» + +«525.» Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the +gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs: + + _on account of_ _width_ + _nearly_ _scout_ + _keenly, sharply_ _cohort_ + _thousand_ _tribe, nation_ + _two_ _business_ + _opportune_ _by a little_ + _remaining_ _somewhat_ + _above_ (adj.) _crime_ + _next_ _difficult_ + _grain supply_ _equal_ + _pace_ _move forward, advance_ + _shout_ (noun) _further_ + _from all sides_ _multitude_ + _against_ _woman_ + _around_ _desire_ (verb) + _three_ _give over, surrender_ + _line of march_ _kill_ + _manor_ _overtake_ + _region_ _hasten, strive_ + _fortification_ _hide_ + _eagle_ _one_ + _almost_ _first_ + _boldly_ _second, favorable_ + _bravely_ _two hundred_ + _across_ _former_ + _between, among_ _inner_ + _hither_ (adj.) _middle_ + _so_ _low_ + _less_ _outward_ + _more_ _three by three_ + _most_ _provisions_ + _worst_ _speed_ + _difficulty_ _ditch_ + _hostage_ _wherefore_ or _therefore_ + _death_ _length_ + _command, power_ _for this reason_ + _captive_ _fear_ (noun) + _or_ _return_ + _and_ _inquire_ + _arrive_ _set out_ + _attempt, try_ _move out, disembark_ + _fear_ (verb) _leave_ + _worse_ _abandon_ + _greater, larger_ _be strong_ + _two by two_ _receive, recover_ + _least_ (adv.) _terrify, frighten_ + _opinion, expectation_ _dwell_ + _defend_ _state, citizenship_ + _approach, entrance_ _valley_ + _trader_ _slavery_ + _magnitude, size_ _greatly_ + _council, assembly_ _best of all_ (adv.) + _space, room_ _better_ (adv.) + _either ... or_ _well_ (adv.) + _rise, arise_ _very much_ + _suffer, allow_ _much_ + _press hard_ _unlike_ + _fall_ _like_ (adj.) + _surrender_ _slow_ + _set fire to_ _very greatly, exceedingly_ + _possess, hold_ _building_ + _delay_ (verb) _mind_ (noun) + _nearest_ (adv.) _easily_ + _nearer_ (adv.) _easy_ + _better_ (adj.) _recent_ + _well known, noble_ _huge, great_ + _rampart_ _bold_ + _mild, gentle_ _immediately_ + _swift_ _as soon as_ + _eager_ _for_ + _low_ (adj.) _than_ + _slender_ _best_ (adj.) + _one by one_ _greatest_ + _no one_ _follow close_ + _least_ (adv.) _encourage_ + _little_ (adv.) _annoy, ravage_ + _learn, know_ _hide_ + _drag_ _follow_ + _undertake_ _pursue_ + _run_ _both ... and_ + _fix, decide_ + +«526.» «Review Questions.» What is meant by comparison? In what two ways +may adjectives be compared? Compare «clārus, brevis, vēlōx», and explain +the formation of the comparative and the superlative. What are the +adverbs used in comparison? Compare «brevis» by adverbs. Decline the +comparative of «vēlōx». How are adjectives in «-er» compared? Compare +«ācer», «pulcher», «liber». What are possible translations for the +comparative and superlative? Name the six adjectives that form the +superlative in «-limus». Translate in two ways _Nothing is brighter than +the sun_. Give the rule for the ablative with comparatives. Compare +«bonus, magnus, malus, multus, parvus, exterus, īnferus, posterus, +superus». Decline «plūs». Compare «citerior, interior, propior, +ulterior». Translate _That route to Italy is much shorter_. Give the +rule for the expression of measure of difference. Name five words that +are especially common in this construction. How are adverbs usually +formed from adjectives of the first and second declensions? from +adjectives of the third declension? Compare the adverbs «cārē», +«līberē», «fortiter», «audācter». What cases of adjectives are sometimes +used as adverbs? What are the adverbs from «facilis»? «multus? prīmus? +plūrimus»? «bonus»? «magnus»? «parvus»? Compare «prope», «saepe», +«magnopere». How are numerals classified? Give the first twenty +cardinals. Decline «ūnus, duo, trēs, mīlle». How are the hundreds +declined? What is meant by the partitive genitive? Give the rule for the +partitive genitive. What sort of words are commonly used with this +construction? What construction is used with «quīdam» and cardinal +numbers excepting «mīlle»? Give the first twenty ordinals. How are they +declined? How are the distributives declined? Give the rule for the +expression of duration of time and extent of space. What is the +difference between the ablative of time and the accusative of time? What +is a deponent verb? Give the synopsis of one. What form always has a +passive meaning? Conjugate «amō», «moneō», «regō», «capiō», «audiō», in +the active and passive. + + +VIII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LXI-LXIX + +«527.» Review the vocabularies of the first seventeen lessons. See +§§502, 503, 506, 507. + +«528.» «Review Questions.» Name the tenses of the subjunctive. What time +is denoted by these tenses? What are the mood signs of the present +subjunctive? How may the imperfect subjunctive be formed? How do the +perfect subjunctive and the future perfect indicative active differ in +form? How is the pluperfect subjunctive active formed? Inflect the +subjunctive active and passive of «cūrō», «dēleō», «vincō», «rapiō», +«mūniō». Inflect the subjunctive tenses of «sum»; of «possum». What are +the tenses of the participles in the active? What in the passive? Give +the active and passive participles of «amō», «moneō», «regō», «capiō», +«audiō». Decline «regēns». What participles do deponent verbs have? What +is the difference in meaning between the perfect participle of a +deponent verb and of one not deponent? Give the participles of «vereor». +How should participles usually be translated? Conjugate «volō», «nolō», +«mālō», «fīō». + +What is the difference between the indicative and subjunctive in their +fundamental ideas? How is purpose usually expressed in English? How is +it expressed in Latin? By what words is a Latin purpose clause +introduced? When should «quō» be used? What is meant by sequence of +tenses? Name the primary tenses of the indicative and of the +subjunctive; the secondary tenses. What Latin verbs are regularly +followed by substantive clauses of purpose? What construction follows +«iubeō»? What construction follows verbs of _fearing_? How is +consequence or result expressed in Latin? How is a result clause +introduced? What words are often found in the principal clause +foreshadowing the coming of a result clause? How may negative purpose be +distinguished from negative result? What is meant by the subjunctive of +characteristic or description? How are such clauses introduced? Explain +the ablative absolute. Why is the ablative absolute of such frequent +occurrence in Latin? Explain the predicate accusative. After what verbs +are two accusatives commonly found? What do these accusatives become +when the verb is passive? + + [Illustration: IMPERATOR MILITES HORTATUR] + + + + +SPECIAL VOCABULARIES + +The words in heavy type are used in Cæsar’s “Gallic War.” + +[Transcriber’s Note: + +Each chapter’s Special Vocabulary was included with its chapter text +in addition to its original location here. Details are given in the +Transcriber’s Note at the beginning of the text. In the printed book, +the vocabularies for Lesson IV and Lesson V appeared on the same page; +the Footnote about _conjunctions_ was shared by the two lists.] + + +LESSON IV, §39 + + NOUNS + «dea», _goddess_ (deity) + Diā´na, _Diana_ + «fera», _a wild beast_ (fierce) + Lātō´na, _Latona_ + «sagit´ta», _arrow_ + + VERBS + «est», _he (she, it) is_; «sunt», _they are_ + «necat», _he (she, it) kills, is killing, does kill_ + + CONJUNCTION[A] + «et», _and_ + + PRONOUNS + «quis», interrog. pronoun, nom. sing., _who?_ + «cuius» (pronounced _co͝oi´yo͝os_, two syllables), interrog. pronoun, + gen. sing., _whose?_ + + [Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts + of sentences, or sentences.] + + +LESSON V, §47 + + NOUNS + «corō´na», _wreath, garland, crown_ + fā´bula, _story_ (fable) + «pecū´nia», _money_ (pecuniary) + «pugna», _battle_ (pugnacious) + «victō´ria», _victory_ + + VERBS + «dat», _he (she, it) gives_ + nārrat, _he (she, it) tells_ (narrate) + + CONJUNCTION[A] + «quia» or «quod», _because_ + + «cui» (pronounced _co͝oi_, one syllable), interrog. pronoun, dat. + sing., _to whom?_ _for whom?_ + + [Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts + of sentences, or sentences.] + + +LESSON VI, §56 + + ADJECTIVES + «bona», _good_ + «grāta», _pleasing_ + «magna», _large, great_ + «mala», _bad, wicked_ + «parva», _small, little_ + «pulchra», _beautiful, pretty_ + «sōla», _alone_ + + NOUNS + ancil´la, _maidservant_ + Iūlia, _Julia_ + + ADVERBS[A] + «cūr», _why_ + «nōn», _not_ + + PRONOUNS + «mea», _my_; «tua», _thy, your_ (possesives) + «quid», interrog. pronoun, nom. and acc. sing., _what?_ + + «-ne», the question sign, an enclitic (§16) added to the first word, + which, in a question, is usually the verb, as «amat», _he loves_, but + «amat´ne?» _does he love?_ «est», _he is_; «estne?» _is he?_ Of course + «-ne» is not used when the sentence contains «quis», «cūr», or some + other interrogative word. + + [Footnote A: An _adverb_ is a word used to modify a verb, an + adjective, or another adverb; as, She sings _sweetly_; she is + _very_ talented; she began to sing _very early_.] + + +LESSON VII, §62 + + NOUNS + «casa, -ae», f., _cottage_ + cēna, -ae, f., _dinner_ + «gallī´na, -ae», f., _hen, chicken_ + «īn´sula, ae», f., _island_ (pen-insula) + + ADVERBS + «de-in´de», _then, in the next place_ + «ubi», _where_ + + PREPOSITION + «ad», _to_, with acc. to express motion toward + + PRONOUN + «quem», interrog. pronoun, acc. sing., _whom?_ + + VERBS + ha´bitat, _he (she, it) lives, is living, does live_ (inhabit) + «laudat», _he (she, it) praises, is praising, does praise_ (laud) + «parat», _he (she, it) prepares, is preparing, does prepare_ + «vocat», _he (she, it) calls, is calling, does call; invites, + is inviting, does invite_ (vocation) + + +LESSON VIII, §69 + + NOUNS + «Italia, -ae», f., _Italy_ + Sicilia, -ae, f., _Sicily_ + «tuba, -ae», f., _trumpet_ (tube) + «via, -ae», f., _way, road, street_ (viaduct) + + ADJECTIVES + «alta», _high, deep_ (altitude) + «clāra», _clear, bright; famous_ + «lāta», _wide_ (latitude) + «longa», _long_ (longitude) + «nova», _new_ (novelty) + + +LESSON IX, §77 + + NOUNS + «bellum, -ī», n., _war_ (re-bel) + «cōnstantia, -ae», f., _firmness, constancy, steadiness_ + dominus, -ī, m., _master, lord_ (dominate) + «equus, -ī», m., _horse_ (equine) + «frūmentum, -ī», n., _grain_ + «lēgātus, -ī», m., _lieutenant, ambassador_ (legate) + «Mārcus, -ī», m., _Marcus, Mark_ + «mūrus, -ī», m., _wall_ (mural) + «oppidānus, -ī», m., _townsman_ + «oppidum, -ī», n., _town_ + «pīlum, -ī», n., _spear_ (pile driver) + «servus, -ī», m., _slave, servant_ + Sextus, -ī, m., _Sextus_ + + VERBS + «cūrat», _he (she, it) cares for_, with acc. + «properat», _he (she, it) hastens_ + + +LESSON X, §82 + + NOUNS + «amīcus, -ī», m., _friend_ (amicable) + «Germānia, -ae», f., _Germany_ + «patria, -ae», f., _fatherland_ + «populus, -ī», m., _people_ + «Rhēnus, -ī», m., _the Rhine_ + «vīcus, -ī», m., _village_ + + +LESSON XI, §86 + + NOUNS + «arma, armōrum», n., plur., _arms_, especially defensive weapons + «fāma, -ae», f., _rumor; reputation, fame_ + «galea, -ae», f., _helmet_ + «praeda, -ae», f., _booty, spoils_ (predatory) + «tēlum, -ī», n., _weapon of offense, spear_ + + ADJECTIVES + «dūrus, -a, -um», _hard, rough; unfeeling, cruel; severe, toilsome_ + (durable) + «Rōmānus, -a, -um», _Roman_. As a noun, «Rōmānus, -ī», m., _a Roman_ + + +LESSON XII, §90 + + NOUNS + «fīlius, fīlī», m., _son_ (filial) + fluvius, fluvī, m., _river_ (fluent) + «gladius, gladī», m., _sword_ (gladiator) + «praesidium, praesi´dī», n., _garrison, guard, protection_ + «proelium, proelī», n., _battle_ + + ADJECTIVES + «fīnitimus, -a, -um», _bordering upon, neighboring, near to_. + As a noun, «fīnitimī, -ōrum», m., plur., _neighbors_ + «Germānus, -a, -um», _German_. As a noun, «Germānus, -ī», m., + _a German_ + «multus, -a, -um», _much_; plur., _many_ + + ADVERB + «saepe», _often_ + + +LESSON XIII, §95 + + NOUNS + «ager, agrī», m., _field_ (acre) + «cōpia, -ae», f., _plenty, abundance_ (copious); plur., _troops, + forces_ + «Cornēlius, Cornē´lī», m., _Cornelius_ + «lōrī´ca, -ae», f., _coat of mail, corselet_ + «praemium, praemī», n., _reward, prize_ (premium) + «puer, puerī», m., _boy_ (puerile) + «Rōma, -ae», f., _Rome_ + «scūtum, -ī», n., _shield_ (escutcheon) + «vir, virī», m., _man, hero_ (virile) + + ADJECTIVES + «legiōnārius, -a, -um»,[A] _legionary, belonging to the legion_. + As a noun, «legiōnāriī, -ōrum», m., plur., _legionary soldiers_ + «līber, lībera, līberum», _free_ (liberty) As a noun. «līberī, -ōrum,» + m., plur., _children_ (lit. _the freeborn_) + «pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum», _pretty, beautiful_ + + PREPOSITION + «apud», _among_, with acc. + + CONJUNCTION + «sed», _but_ + + [Footnote A: The genitive singular masculine of adjectives in «-ius» + ends in «-iī» and the vocative in «-ie»; not in «-ī», as in nouns.] + + +LESSON XIV, §99 + + NOUNS + «auxilium, auxi´lī», n., _help, aid_ (auxiliary) + «castrum, -ī», n., _fort_ (castle); plur., _camp_ (lit. _forts_) + «cibus, -ī», m., _food_ + «cōnsilium, cōnsi´lī», n., _plan_ (counsel) + «dīligentia, -ae», f., _diligence, industry_ + magister, magistrī, m., _master, teacher_[A] + + ADJECTIVES + «aeger, aegra, aegrum», _sick_ + «crēber, crēbra, crēbrum», _frequent_ + «miser, misera, miserum», _wretched, unfortunate_ (miser) + + [Footnote A: Observe that «dominus», as distinguished from + «magister», means _master_ in the sense of _owner_.] + + +LESSON XV, §107 + + NOUNS + «carrus, -ī», m., _cart, wagon_ + «inopia, -ae», f., _want, lack;_ the opposite of «cōpia» + «studium, studī», n., _zeal, eagerness_ (study) + + ADJECTIVES + «armātus, -a, -um», _armed_ + «īnfīrmus, -a, -um», _week, feeble_ (infirm) + vali´dus, -a, -um, _strong, sturdy_ + + VERB + «mātūrat», _he (she, it) hastens._ Cf. properat + + ADVERB + «iam», _already, now_ + + «-que», conjunction, _and_; an enclitic (cf. §16) and always added + to the _second_ of two words to be connected, as «arma tēla´que», + _arms and weapons_. + + +LESSON XVII, §117 + + NOUNS + «agrī cultūra, -ae», f., _agriculture_ + «Gallia, -ae», f., _Gaul_ + «domicilīum, domīci´lī», n., _dwelling place_ (domicile), _abode_ + «Gallus, -i», m., _a Gaul_ + «lacrima, -ae», f., _tear_ + «fēmina, -ae», f., _woman_ (female) + «numerus, -ī», m., _number_ (numeral) + + ADJECTIVE + «mātūrus, -a, -um», _ripe, mature_ + + ADVERB + quō, _whither_ + + VERBS + arat, _he (she, it) plows_ (arable) + «dēsīderat», _he (she, it) misses, longs for_ (desire), with acc. + + CONJUNCTION + «an», _or_, introducing the second half of a double question, as + _Is he a Roman or a Gaul_, «Estne Romanus an Gallus?» + + +LESSON XVIII, §124 + + NOUNS + lūdus, -ī, m., _school_ + «socius, socī», m., _companion, ally_ (social) + + ADJECTIVES + «īrātus, -a, -um», _angry, furious_ (irate) + «laetus, -a, -um», _happy, glad_ (social) + + ADVERBS + hodiē, _to-day_ + «ibi», _there, in that place_ + mox, _presently, soon_, of the immediate future + «nunc», _now, the present moment_ + «nūper», _lately, recently_, of the immediate past + + +LESSON XX, §136 + + NOUNS + «fōrma, -ae», f., _form, beauty_ + «regīna, -ae», f., _queen_ (regal) + «poena, -ae», f., _punishment, penalty_ + superbia, -ae, f., _pride, haughtiness_ + «potentia, -ae», f., _power_ (potent) + «trīstītīa, -ae», f., _sadness, sorrow_ + + ADJECTIVES + «septem,» indeclinable, _seven_ + «superbus, -a, -um», _proud, haughty_ (superb) + + CONJUNCTIONS + «nōn sōlum ... sed etiam», _not only ... but also_ + + +LESSON XXI, §140 + + NOUNS + sacrum, -ī, n., _sacrifice, offering, rite_ + «verbum, -ī», n., _word_ (verb) + + VERBS + sedeō, -ēre, _sit_ (sediment) + volō, -āre, _fly_ (volatile) + + ADJECTIVES + «interfectus, -a, -um», _slain_ + «molestus, -a, -um», _troublesome, annoying_ (molest) + «perpetuus, -a, -um», _perpetual, continuous_ + + «ego», personal pronoun, _I_ (egotism). Always emphatic in the + nominative. + + +LESSON XXII, §146 + + NOUNS + «disciplīna, -ae», f., _training, culture, discipline_ + «Gāius, Gāī», m., _Caius_, a Roman first name + «ōrnāmentum, -ī», n., _ornament, jewel_ + Tiberius, Tibe´rī, m., _Tiberius_, a Roman first name + + VERB + «doceō, -ēre», _teach_ (doctrine) + + ADVERB + «maximē», _most of all, especially_ + + ADJECTIVE + «antīquus, -qua, -quum», _old, ancient_ (antique) + + +LESSON XXVII, §168 + + NOUNS + «āla, -ae», f., _wing_ + «deus, -ī», m., _god_ (deity)[A] + «monstrum, -ī», n., _omen, prodigy; monster_ + ōrāculum, -ī, n., _oracle_ + + VERB + «vāstō, -āre», _lay waste, devastate_ + + ADJECTIVES + «commōtus, -a, -um», _moved, excited_ + «maximus, -a, -um», _greatest_ (maximum) + «saevus, -a, -um», _fierce, savage_ + + ADVERBS + «ita», _thus, in this way, as follows_ + «tum», _then, at that time_ + + [Footnote A: For the declension of «deus», see §468] + + +LESSON XXVIII, §171 + + VERBS + «respondeō, -ēre», _respond, reply_ + «servō, -āre», _save, preserve_ + + ADJECTIVE + «cārus, -a, -um», _dear_ (cherish) + + CONJUNCTION + «autem», _but, moreover, now_. Usually stands second, never first + + NOUN + «vīta, -ae», f., _life_ (vital) + + +LESSON XXIX, §176 + + VERB + «superō, -āre», _conquer, overcome_ (insuperable) + + NOUNS + «cūra, -ae», f., _care, trouble_ + «locus, -ī», m., _place, spot_ (location). «Locus» is neuter in the + plural and is declined «loca, -ōrum», etc. + «perīculum, -ī», n., _danger, peril_ + + ADVERBS + «semper», _always_ + «tamen», _yet, nevertheless_ + + PREPOSITIONS + «dē», with abl., _down from.; concerning_ + «per», with acc., _through_ + + CONJUNCTION + «si», _if_ + + +LESSON XXX, §182 + + VERBS + «absum», abesse, irreg., _be away, be absent, be distant_, with + separative abl. + «adpropinquō, -āre», _draw near, approach_ (propinquity), with + dative[A] + «contineō, -ēre», _hold together, hem in, keep_ (contain) + «discēdō, -ere», _depart, go away, leave_, with separative abl. + «egeō, -ēre», _lack, need, be without_, with separative abl. + «interficiō, -ere», _kill_ + «prohibeō, -ēre», _restrain, keep from_ (prohibit) + «vulnerō, -āre», _wound_ (vulnerable) + + NOUNS + «prōvincia, -ae», f., _province_ + «vīnum, -ī», n., _wine_ + + ADJECTIVE + «dēfessus, -a, -um», _weary, worn out_ + + ADVERB + «longē», _far, by far, far away_ + + [Footnote A: This verb governs the dative because the idea of + _nearness to_ is stronger than that of _motion to_. If the latter + idea were the stronger, the word would be used with «ad» and the + accusative.] + + +LESSON XXXI, §188 + + NOUNS + aurum, -ī, n., _gold_ (oriole) + «mora, -ae», f., _delay_ + «nāvigium, nāvi´gī», n., _boat, ship_ + «ventus, -ī», m., _wind_ (ventilate) + + VERB + «nāvigō, -āre», _sail_ (navigate) + + ADJECTIVES + attentus, -a, -um, _attentive, careful_ + «dubius, -a, -um», _doubtful_ (dubious) + perfidus, -a, -um, _faithless, treacherous_ (perfidy) + + ADVERB + «anteā», _before, previously_ + + PREPOSITION + «sine», with abl., _without_ + + +LESSON XXXII, §193 + + NOUNS + «animus, -ī», m., _mind, heart; spirit, feeling_ (animate) + «bracchium, bracchī», n., _forearm, arm_ + «porta, -ae», f., _gate_ (portal) + + ADJECTIVES + «adversus, -a, -um», _opposite; adverse, contrary_ + «plēnus, -a, -um», _full_ (plenty) + + PREPOSITION + «prō», with abl., _before; in behalf of; instead of_ + + ADVERB + «diū», _for a long time, long_ + + +LESSON XXXIV, §200 + + ADVERBS + «celeriter», _quickly_ (celerity) + «dēnique», _finally_ + «graviter», _heavily, severely_ (gravity) + «subitō», _suddenly_ + + VERB + «reportō, -āre, -āvī», _bring back, restore; win, gain_ (report) + + +LESSON XXXVI, §211 + + «dexter, dextra, dextrum», _right_ (dextrous) + «sinister, sinistra, sinistrum», _left_ + «frūstrā», adv., _in vain_ (frustrate) + + «gerō, gerere, gessī, gestus», _bear, carry on; wear_; + «bellum gerere», _to wage war_ + «occupō, occupāre, occupāvī, occupātus», _seize, take possession of_ + (occupy) + «postulō, postulāre, postulāvī, postulātus», _demand_ (ex-postulate) + «recūsō, recūsāre, recūsāvī, recūsātus», _refuse_ + «stō, stāre, stetī, status», _stand_ + «temptō, temptāre, temptāvī, temptātus», _try, tempt, test; attempt_ + «teneō, tenēre, tenuī, ----», _keep, hold_ (tenacious) + + The word «ubi», which we have used so much in the sense of _where_ in + asking a question, has two other uses equally important: + + 1. «ubi» = _when_, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as, + «Ubi mōnstrum audīvērunt, fūgērunt», _when they heard the monster, + they fled_ + + 2. «ubi» = _where_, as a relative conjunction denoting place; as, + «Videō oppidum ubi Galba habitat», _I see the town where Galba + lives_ + + «ubi» is called a _relative conjunction_ because it is equivalent to + a relative pronoun. _When_ in the first sentence is equivalent to + _at the time «at which»;_ and in the second, _where_ is equivalent + to _the place «in which»._ + + +LESSON XXXVII, §217 + + «neque» or «nec», conj., _neither_, _nor_, _and ... not_; + «neque ... neque», _neither ... nor_ + «castellum, -ī», n., _redoubt, fort_ (castle) + «cotīdiē», adv., _daily_ + + cessō, cessāre, cessāvī, cessātus, _cease_, with the infin. + «incipiō, incipere, incēpī, inceptus», _begin_ (incipient), + with the infin. + «oppugnō, oppugnāre, oppugnāvī, oppugnātus», _storm, assail_ + «petō, petere, petivi» or «petiī, petītus», _aim at, assail, storm, + attack; seek, ask_ (petition) + «pōnō, pōnere, posuī, positus», _place, put_ (position); + «castra pōnere», _to pitch camp_ + «possum, posse, potuī, ----», _be able, can_ (potent), with the infin. + «vetō, vetāre, vetuī, vetitus», _forbid_ (veto), vith the infin.; + opposite of «iubeō», _command_ + «vincō, vincere, vīcī, victus», _conquer_ (in-vincible) + «vīvō, vīvere, vīxī, ----», _live, be alive_ (re-vive) + + +LESSON XXXIX, §234 + + «barbarus, -a, -um», _strange, foreign, barbarous_. As a noun, + «barbarī, -ōrum», m., plur., _savages, barbarians_ + «dux, ducis», m., _leader_ (duke). Cf. the verb «dūcō» + «eques, equitis», m., _horseman, cavalryman_ (equestrian) + iūdex, iūdicis, _m., judge_ + «lapis, lapidis», m., _stone_ (lapidary) + «mīles, mīlitis», m., _soldier_ (militia) + «pedes, peditis», m., _foot soldier_ (pedestrian) + «pēs, pedis»,[A] m., _foot_ (pedal) + «prīnceps, prīncipis», m., _chief_ (principal) + «rēx, rēgis», m., _king_ (regal) + «summus, -a, -um», _highest, greatest_ (summit) + «virtūs, virtūtis», f., _manliness, courage_ (virtue) + + [Footnote A: Observe that «e» is _long_ in the nom. sing, and + _short_ in the other cases.] + + +LESSON XL, §237 + + «Caesar, -aris», m., _Cæsar_ + «captīvus, -ī», m., _captive, prisoner_ + «cōnsul, -is», m., _consul_ + «frāter, frātris», m., _brother_ (fraternity) + «homō, hominis», m., _man, human being_ + «impedīmentum, -ī», n., _hindrance_ (impediment); plur. + «impedīmenta, -ōrum», _baggage_ + «imperātor, imperātōris», m., _commander in chief, general_ (emperor) + «legiō, legiōnis», f., _legion_ + «māter, mātris», f., _mother_ (maternal) + «ōrdō, ōrdinis», m., _row, rank_ (order) + «pater, patris», m., _father_ (paternal) + «salūs, salūtis», f., _safety_ (salutary) + «soror, sorōris», f., _sister_ (sorority) + + +LESSON XLI, §239 + + «calamitās, calamitātis», f., _loss, disaster, defeat_ (calamity) + «caput, capitis», n., _head_ (capital) + «flūmen, flūminis», n., _river_ (flume) + «labor, labōris», m., _labor, toil_ + «opus, operis», n., _work, task_ + «ōrātor, ōrātōris», m., _orator_ + «rīpa, -ae», f., _bank_ (of a stream) + «tempus, temporis», n., _time_ (temporal) + «terror, terrōris», m., _terror, fear_ + «victor, victōris», m., _victor_ + + «accipiō, accipere, accēpī, acceptus», _receive, accept_ + «cōnfirmō, cōnfīrmāre, cōnfīrmāvī, cōnfīrmātus», _strengthen, + establish, encourage_ (confirm) + + +LESSON XLIII, §245 + + «animal, animālis (-ium[A])», n., _animal_ + «avis, avis (-ium)», f., _bird_ (aviation) + «caedēs, caedis (-ium)», f., _slaughter_ + calcar, calcāris (-ium), n., _spur_ + «cīvis, cīvis (-ium)», m. and f., _citizen_ (civic) + «cliēns, clientis (-ium)», m., _retainer, dependent_ (client) + «fīnis, fīnis (-ium)», m., _end, limit_ (final); + plur., _country, territory_ + «hostis, hostis (-ium)», m. and f., _enemy_ in war (hostile). + Distinguish from «inimīcus», which means a _personal_ enemy + «ignis, ignis (-ium)», m., _fire_ (ignite) + «īnsigne, īnsignis (-ium)», n. _decoration, badge_ (ensign) + «mare, maris (-ium[B])», n., _sea_ (marine) + «nāvis, nāvis (-ium)», f., _ship_ (naval); + «nāvis longa», _man-of-war_ + «turris, turris (-ium)», f., _tower_ (turret) + «urbs, urbis (-ium)», f., _city_ (suburb). An «urbs» is larger than an + «oppidum». + + [Footnote A: The genitive plural ending -ium is written to mark the + i-stems.] + + [Footnote B: The genitive plural of mare is not in use.] + + +LESSON XLIV, §249 + + «arbor, arboris», f., _tree_ (arbor) + «collis, collis (-ium)», m., _hill_ + «dēns, dentis (-ium)», m., _tooth_ (dentist) + fōns, fontis (-ium), m.. _fountain, spring; source_ + «iter, itineris», n., _march, journey, route_ (itinerary) + «mēnsis, mēnsis (-ium)», m., _month_ + «moenia, -ium», n., plur., _walls, fortifications_. Cf. «mūrus» + «mōns, montis (-ium)», m., _mountain_; + «summus mōns», _top of the mountain_ + «numquam», adv., _never_ + «pōns, pontis», m., _bridge_ (pontoon) + «sanguis, sanguinis», m., blood (sanguinary) + «summus, -a, -um», _highest, greatest_ (summit) + «trāns», prep, with acc., _across_ (transatlantic) + «vīs (vīs)», gen. plur. «virium», f. _strength, force, violence_ (vim) + + +LESSON XLV, §258 + + «ācer, ācris, ācre», _sharp, keen, eager_ (acrid) + «brevis, breve», _short, brief_ + «difficilis, difficile», _difficult_ + «facilis, facile», _facile, easy_ + «fortis, forte», _brave_ (fortitude) + «gravis, grave», _heavy, severe, serious_ (grave) + «omnis, omne», _every, all_ (omnibus) + «pār», gen. «paris», _equal_ (par) + «paucī, -ae, -a», _few, only a few_ (paucity) + «secundus, -a, -um», _second; favorable_, opposite of adversus + «signum, -ī», n., _signal, sign, standard_ + «vēlōx», gen. «vēlōcis», _swift_ (velocity) + + «conlocō, conlocāre, conlocāvī, conlocātus», _arrange, station, place_ + (collocation) + «dēmōnstrō, dēmōnstrāre, dēmōnstrāvī, dēmōnstrātus», _point out, + explain_ (demonstrate) + «mandō, mandāre, mandāvī, mandātus», _commit, intrust_ (mandate) + + +LESSON XLVI, §261 + + «adventus, -ūs», m., _approach, arrival_ (advent) + «ante», prep, with acc., _before_ (ante-date) + «cornū, -ūs», n., _horn, wing_ of an army (cornucopia); + «ā dextrō cornū», _on the right wing_; + «ā sinistrō cornū», _on the left wing_ + «equitātus, -ūs», m., _cavalry_ + «exercitus, -ūs», m., _army_ + «impetus, -ūs», m., _attack_ (impetus); + «impetum facere in», with acc., _to make an attack on_ + «lacus, -ūs, dat. and abl. plur. lacubus», m., _lake_ + «manus, -ūs», f., _hand; band, force_ (manual) + «portus, -ūs», m., _harbor_ (port) + «post», prep, with acc., _behind, after_ (post-mortem) + + «cremō, cremāre, cremāvī, cremātus», _burn_ (cremate) + «exerceō, exercēre, exercuī, exercitus», _practice, drill, train_ + (exercise) + + +LESSON XLVII, §270 + + Athēnae, -ārum, f., plur., _Athens_ + Corinthus, -ī, f., _Corinth_ + «domus, -ūs, locative «domī»», f., _house, home_ (dome). + Cf. «domicilium» + «Genāva, -ae», f., _Geneva_ + Pompēii, -ōrum, m., plur., _Pompeii_, a city in Campania. See map + «propter», prep. with acc., _on account of, because of_ + rūs, rūris, in the plur. only nom. and acc. «rūra», n., _country_ + (rustic) + «tergum, tergī», n., _back_; «ā tergō», _behind, in the rear_ + «vulnus, vulneris», n., _wound_ (vulnerable) + + «committō, committere, commīsī, commissus», _intrust, commit;_ + «proelium committere», _join battle_ + «convocō, convocāre, convocāvī, convocātus», _call together, summon_ + (convoke) + «timeō, timēre, timuī, ----», _fear; be afraid_ (timid) + «vertō, vertere, vertī, versus», _turn, change_ (convert); + «terga vertere», _to turn the backs_, hence _to retreat_ + + +LESSON XLVIII, §276 + + «aciēs, -ēī», f., _line of battle_ + «aestās, aestātis», f., _summer_ + «annus, -ī», m., _year_ (annual) + «diēs, diēī», m., _day_ (diary) + «fidēs, fideī, no plur.», f., _faith, trust; promise, word; + protection_; «in fidem venīre», _to come under the protection_ + «fluctus, -ūs», m. _wave, billow_ (fluctuate) + «hiems, hiemis», f., _winter_ + «hōra, -ae», f., _hour_ + «lūx, lūcis», f., _light_ (lucid); «prīma lux», _daybreak_ + «merīdiēs», acc. «-em», abl. «-ē», no plur., m., _midday_ (meridian) + «nox, noctis (-ium)», f., _night_ (nocturnal) + «prīmus, -a, -um», _first_ (prime) + «rēs, reī», f., _thing, matter_ (real); + «rēs gestae», _deeds, exploits_ (lit. _things performed_); + «rēs adversae», _adversity_; + «rēs secundae», _prosperity_ + «spēs, speī», f., _hope_ + + +LESSON XLIX, §283 + + «amīcitia, -ae», f., _friendship_ (amicable) + «itaque», conj., _and so, therefore, accordingly_ + «littera, -ae», f., _a letter_ of the alphabet; + plur., _a letter, an epistle_ + «metus, metūs», m., _fear_ + «nihil, indeclinable», n., _nothing_ (nihilist) + «nūntius, nūntī», m., _messenger_. Cf. «nūntiō» + «pāx, pācis», f., _peace_ (pacify) + «rēgnum, -ī», n., _reign, sovereignty, kingdom_ + «supplicum, suppli´cī», n., _punishment_; + «supplicum sūmere dē», with abl., _inflict punishment on_; + «supplicum dare», _suffer punishment_. Cf. «poena» + + «placeō, placēre, placuī, placitus», _be pleasing to, please_, + with dative. Cf. §154 + «sūmō, sūmere, sūmpsī, sūmptus», _take up, assume_ + «sustineō, sustinēre, sustinuī, sustentus», _sustain_ + + +LESSON L, §288 + + «corpus, corporis», n., _body_ (corporal) + «dēnsus, -a, -um», _dense_ + «īdem, e´adem, idem», demonstrative pronoun, _the same_ (identity) + «ipse, ipsa, ipsum», intensive pronoun, _self; even, very_ + «mīrus, -a, -um», _wonderful, marvelous_ (miracle) + «ōlim», adv., _formerly, once upon a time_ + «pars, partis (-ium)», f., _part, region, direction_ + «quoque», adv., _also_. Stands _after_ the word which it emphasizes + «sōl, sōlis», m., _sun_ (solar) + «vērus, -a, -um», _true, real_ (verity) + + «dēbeō, dēbēre, dēbuī, dēbitus», _owe, ought_ (debt) + «ēripiō, ēripere, ēripuī, ēreptus», _snatch from_ + + +LESSON LI, §294 + + «hic, haec, hoc», demonstrative pronoun, _this_ (of mine); + _he, she, it_ + «ille, illa, illud», demonstrative pronoun _that_ (yonder); + _he, she, it_ + «invīsus, -a, -um», _hateful, detested_, with dative Cf. §143 + «iste, ista, istud», demonstrative pronoun, _that_ (of yours); + _he, she, it_ + «lībertās, -ātis», f., _liberty_ + «modus, -ī», m., _measure; manner, way, mode_ + «nōmen, nōminis», n., _name_ (nominate) + «oculus, -ī», m., _eye_ (oculist) + «prīstinus, -a, -um», _former, old-time_ (pristine) + «pūblicus, -a, -um», _public, belonging to the state;_ + «rēs pūblica, reī pūblicae», f., _the commonwealth, the state, + the republic_ + «vestīgium, vestī´gī», n., _footprint, track; trace, vestige_ + «vōx, vōcis», f., _voice_ + + +LESSON LII, §298 + + «incolumis, -e», _unharmed_ + «nē ... quidem», adv., _not even_. The emphatic word stands between + «nē» and «quidem» + «nisi», conj., _unless, if ... not_ + «paene», adv., _almost_ (pen-insula) + «satis», adv., _enough, sufficiently_ (satisfaction) + «tantus, -a, -um», _so great_ + «vērō», adv., _truly, indeed, in fact_. As a conj. _but, however_, + usually stands second, never first. + + «dēcidō, dēcidere, dēcidī, ----», _fall down_ (deciduous) + «dēsiliō, dēsilīre, dēsiluī, dēsultus», _leap down, dismount_ + «maneō, manēre, mānsī, mānsūrus», _remain_ + «trādūcō, trādūcere, trādūxī, trāductus», _lead across_ + + +LESSON LIII, §306 + + «aquila, -ae», f., _eagle_ (aquiline) + «audāx», gen. «audācis», adj., _bold, audacious_ + «celer, celeris, celere», _swift, quick_ (celerity). Cf. «vēlōx» + «explōratōr, -ōris», m., _scout, spy_ (explorer) + «ingēns», gen. «ingentis», adj., _huge, vast_ + «medius, -a, -um», _middle, middle part of_ (medium) + «mēns, mentis (-ium)», f., _mind_ (mental). Cf. «animus» + «opportūnus, -a, -um», _opportune_ + «quam», adv., _than_. With the superlative «quam» gives the force of + _as possible_, as «quam» audācissimī virī, _men as bold as possible_ + «recens», gen. «recentis», adj., _recent_ + «tam», adv., _so_. Always with an adjective or adverb, while «ita» is + generally used with a verb + + «quaerō, quaerere, quaesīvī, quaesītus», _ask, inquire, seek_ + (question). Cf. «petō» + + +LESSON LIV, §310 + + «alacer, alacris, alacre», _eager, spirited, excited_ (alacrity) + «celeritās, -ātis», f., _speed_ (celerity) + «clāmor, clāmōris», m., _shout, clamor_ + «lēnis, lēne», _mild, gentle_ (lenient) + «mulier, muli´eris», f., _woman_ + «multitūdō, multitūdinis», f., _multitude_ + «nēmō», dat. «nēminī», acc. «nēminem» (gen. «nūllīus», abl. «nūllō», + from «nūllus»), no plur., m. and f., _no one_ + «nōbilis, nōbile», _well known, noble_ + «noctū», adv. (an old abl.), _by night_ (nocturnal) + «statim», adv., _immediately, at once_ + «subitō», adv., _suddenly_ + «tardus, -a, -um», _slow_ (tardy) + «cupiō, cupere, cupīvī, cupītus», _desire, wish_ (cupidity) + + +LESSON LV, §314 + + «aedificium, aedifi´cī», n., _building, dwelling_ (edifice) + «imperium, impe´rī», n., _command, chief power; empire_ + «mors, mortis (-ium)», f., _death_ (mortal) + «reliquus, -a, -um», _remaining, rest of_. As a noun, m. and n. plur., + _the rest_ (relic) + «scelus, sceleris», n., _crime_ + «servitūs, -ūtis», f., _slavery_ (servitude) + «vallēs, vallis (-ium)», f., _valley_ + + «abdō, abdere, abdidī, abditus», _hide_ + «contendō, contendere, contendī, contentus», _strain, struggle; + hasten_ (contend) + «occīdō, occīdere, occīdī, occīsus», _cut down, kill_. Cf. «necō», + «interficiō» + «perterreō, perterrēre, perterruī, perterritus», _terrify, frighten_ + «recipiō, recipere, recēpī, receptus», _receive, recover_; + «sē recipere», _betake one’s self, withdraw, retreat_ + «trādō, trādere, trādidī, trāditus», _give over, surrender, deliver_ + (traitor) + + +LESSON LVI, §318 + + «aditus, -ūs», m., _approach, access; entrance_ + «cīvitās, cīvitātis», f., _citizenship; body of citizens, state_ + (city) + «inter», prep, with acc., _between, among_ (interstate commerce) + «nam», conj., _for_ + «obses, obsidis», m. and f., _hostage_ + «paulō», adv. (abl. n. of «paulus»), _by a little, somewhat_ + + «incolō, incolere, incoluī, ----», transitive, _inhabit_; + intransitive, _dwell_. Cf. «habitō», «vīvō» + «relinquō, relinquere, relīquī, relictus», _leave, abandon_ + (relinquish) + «statuō, statuere, statuī, statūtus», _fix, decide_ (statute), usually + with infin. + + +LESSON LVII, §326 + + «aequus, -a, -um», _even, level; equal_ + «cohors, cohortis (-ium)», f., _cohort_, a tenth part of a legion, + about 360 men + «currō, currere, cucurrī, cursus», _run_ (course) + «difficultās, -ātis», f., _difficulty_ + «fossa, -ae», f., _ditch_ (fosse) + «gēns, gentis (-ium)», f., _race, tribe, nation_ (Gentile) + «negōtium, negōtī», n., _business, affair, matter_ (negotiate) + «regiō, -ōnis», f., _region, district_ + «rūmor, rūmōris», m., _rumor, report_. Cf. fāma + «simul atque», conj., _as soon as_ + + «suscipiō, suscipere, suscēpī, susceptus», _undertake_ + «trahō, trahere, trāxī, trāctus», _drag, draw_ (ex-tract) + «valeō, valēre, valuī, valitūrus», _be strong_; plūrimum valēre, + _to be most powerful, have great influence_ (value). Cf. validus + + +LESSON LVIII, §332 + + «commeātus, -ūs», m.. _provisions_ + «lātitūdō, -inis», f., _width_ (latitude) + «longitūdō, -inis», f., _length_ (longitude) + «magnitūdō, -inis», f., _size, magnitude_ + «mercātor, mercātōris», m., _trader, merchant_ + «mūnītiō, -ōnis», f., _fortification_ (munition) + «spatium, spatī», n., _room, space, distance; time_ + + «cognōscō, cognōscere, cognōvī, cognitus», _learn_; + in the perfect tenses, _know_ (re-cognize) + «cōgō, cōgere, coēgī, coāctus», _collect; compel_ (cogent) + «dēfendō, dēfendere, dēfendī, dēfēnsus», _defend_ + «incendō, incendere, incendī, incēnsus», _set fire to, burn_ + (incendiary). Cf. «cremō» + «obtineō, obtinēre, obtinuī, obtentus», _possess, occupy, hold_ + (obtain) + «perveniō, pervenīre, pervēnī, perventus», _come through, arrive_ + + +LESSON LIX, §337 + + «agmen, agminis», n., _line of march, column_; + «prīmum agmen», _the van_; + «novissimum agmen», _the rear_ + «atque», «ac», conj., _and_; «atque» is used before vowels and + consonants, «ac» before consonants only. Cf. «et» and «-que» + «concilium, conci´lī», n., _council, assembly_ + «Helvētiī, -ōrum», m., _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribe + «passus, passūs», m., _a pace_, five Roman feet; + «mīlle passuum», _a thousand (of) paces_, a Roman mile + «quā dē causā», _for this reason, for what reason_ + «vāllum, -ī», n., _earth-works, rampart_ + + «cadō, cadere, cecidī, cāsūrus», _fall_ (decadence) + «dēdō, dēdere, dēdidī, dēditus», _surrender, give up_; + with a reflexive pronoun, _surrender one’s self, submit_, with the + dative of the indirect object + «premō, premere, pressī, pressus», _press hard, harass_ + «vexō, vexāre, vexāvī, vexātus», _annoy, ravage_ (vex) + + +LESSON LX, §341 + + «aut», conj., _or_; «aut ... aut», _either ... or_ + «causā», abl. of «causa», _for the sake of, because of_. Always stands + _after_ the gen. which modifies it + «ferē», adv., _nearly, almost_ + «opīniō, -ōnis», f., _opinion, supposition, expectation_ + «rēs frūmentāria, reī frūmentāriae», f. (lit. _the grain affair_), + _grain supply_ + «timor, -ōris», m., _fear_. Cf. «timeō» + «undique», adv., _from all sides_ + + «cōnor, cōnārī, cōnātus sum», _attempt, try_ + «ēgredior, ēgredī, ēgressus sum», _move out, disembark_; + «prōgredior», _move forward, advance_ (egress, progress) + «moror, morārī, morātus sum», _delay_ + «orior, orirī, ortus sum», _arise, spring; begin; be born_ + (_from_) (origin) + «proficīscor, proficīscī, profectus sum», _set out_ + «revertor, revertī, reversus sum», _return_ (revert). The forms of + this verb are usually active, and not deponent, in the perfect + system. Perf. act., «revertī» + «sequor, sequī, secūtus sum», _follow_ (sequence). Note the following + compounds of «sequor» and the force of the different prefixes: + «cōnsequor» (_follow with_), _overtake_; + «īnsequor» (_follow against_), _pursue_; + «subsequor» (_follow under_), _follow close after_ + + + + +LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY + +Translations inclosed within parentheses are not to be used as such; +they are inserted to show etymological meanings. + + [Transcriber’s Note: + The “parentheses” were originally printed as [square brackets]. They + are rendered here as [[double brackets]].] + + +A + +«ā» or «ab», prep. with abl. _from, by, off_. + Translated _on_ in «ā dextrō cornū», _on the right wing_; + «ā fronte», _on the front_ or _in front_; + «ā dextrā», _on the right_; + «ā latere», _on the side_; etc. +«ab-dō, -ere, -didī, -ditus», _hide, conceal_ +«ab-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus», _lead off, lead away_ +«abs-cīdō, -ere, -cīdī,-cīsus» [[«ab(s)», _off_, + «caedō», _cut_]], + _cut off_ +«ab-sum, -esse, āfuī, āfutūrus», _be away, be absent, be distant, + be off_; with «ā» or «ab» and abl., §501.32 +«ac», conj., see «atque» +«ac-cipiō, -ere, -cēpī, -ceptus» [[«ad», _to_, + «capiō», _take_]], + _receive, accept_ +«ācer, ācris, ācre», adj. _sharp_; figuratively, _keen, active, eager_ + (§471) +«acerbus, -a, -um», adj. _bitter, sour_ +«aciēs, -ēī», f. [[«ācer», _sharp_]], _edge; line of battle_ +«ācriter», adv. [[«ācer», _sharp_]], compared «ācrius, ācerrimē», + _sharply, fiercely_ +«ad», prep. with acc. _to, towards, near_. + With the gerund or gerundive, _to, for_ +«ad-aequō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _make equal, make level with_ +«ad-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus», _lead to; move, induce_ +«ad-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus», _go to, approach, draw near, visit_, with + acc. (§413) +«ad-ferō, ad-ferre, at-tulī, ad-lātus», _bring, convey; report, + announce; render, give_ (§426) +«ad-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus» [[«ad», _to_, + «faciō», _do_]], + _affect, visit_ +«adflīctātus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «adflīctō», _shatter_]], + _shattered_ +«ad-flīgō, -ere, -flīxī, -flīctus», _dash upon, strike upon; harass, + distress_ +«ad-hibeō, -ēre, -uī, -itus» [[«ad», _to_, + «habeō», _hold_]], _apply, + employ, use_ +«ad-hūc», adv. _hitherto, as yet, thus far_ +«aditus, -ūs», m. [[«adeō», _approach_]], _approach, access; entrance_. + Cf. «adventus» +«ad-ligō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _bind to, fasten_ +«ad-loquor, -loquī, -locūtus sum», dep. verb [[«ad», _to_, + «loquor», + _speak_]], _speak to, address_, with acc. +«ad-ministrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _manage, direct_ +«admīrātiō, -ōnis», f. [[«admīror», _wonder at_]], _admiration, + astonishment_ +«ad-moveō, -ēre, -mōvī, -mōtus», _move to; apply, employ_ +«ad-propinquō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _come near, approach_, with dat. +«ad-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūres», _be present; assist_; with dat., §426 +«adulēscēns, -entis», m. and f. [[part. of «adolēscō», _grow_]], _a + youth, young man, young person_ +«adventus, -ūs», m. [[«ad», _to_, + «veniō», _come_]], _approach, + arrival_ (§466) +«adversus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «advertō», _turn to_]], _turned + towards, facing; contrary, adverse_. + «rēs adversae», _adversity_ +«aedificium, aedifi´cī», n. [[«aedificō», _build_]], _building, edifice_ +«aedificō, -āre, -āvi, -ātus» [[«aedēs», _house_, + «faciō», _make_]], + _build_ +«aeger, aegra, aegrum», adj. _sick, feeble_ +«aequālis, -e», adj. _equal, like_. As a noun, «aequālis, -is», m. or f. + _one of the same age_ +«aequus, -a, -um», adj. _even, level; equal_ +«Aesōpus, -ī», m. _Æsop_, a writer of fables +«aestās, -ātis», f. _summer_, + «initā aestāte», _at the beginning of summer_ +«aetās, -ātis», f. _age_ +«Aethiopia, -ae», f. _Ethiopia_, a country in Africa +«Āfrica, -ae», f. _Africa_ +«Āfricānus, -a, -um», adj. _of Africa_. A name given to Scipio for his + victories in Africa +«ager, agrī», m. _field, farm, land_ (§462.c) +«agger, -eris», m. _mound_ +«agmen, -inis», n. [[«agō», _drive_]], _an army_ on the march, _column_. + «prīmum agmen», _the van_ +«agō, -ere, ēgī, āctus», _drive, lead; do, perform_. + «vītam agere», _pass life_ +«agricola, -ae», m. [[«ager», _field_, + «colō», _cultivate_]], _farmer_ +«agrī cultūra, -ae», f. _agriculture_ +«āla, -ae», f. _wing_ +«alacer, -cris, -cre», adj. _active, eager_. Cf. «ācer» +«alacritās, -ātis», f. [[«alacer», _active_]], _eagerness, alacrity_ +«alacriter», adv. [[«alacer», _active_]], comp «alacrius, alacerrimē», + _actively, eagerly_ +«albus, -a, -um», adj., _white_ +«alcēs, -is», f. _elk_ +«Alcmēna, -ae», f. _Alcme´na_, the mother of Hercules +«aliquis (-quī), -qua, -quid (-quod)», indef. pron. _some one, some_ + (§487) +«alius, -a, -ud» (gen. «-īus», dat. «-ī»), adj. _another, other_. + «alius ... alius», _one ... another_. + «aliī ... aliī», _some ... others_ (§110) +«Alpēs, -ium», f. plur. _the Alps_ +«alter, -era, -erum» (gen. «-īus», dat. «-ī»), adj. _the one, the other_ + (of two). + «alter ... alter», _the one ... the other_ (§110) +«altitūdō, -inis», f. [[«altus», _high_]], _height_ +«altus, -a, -um», adj. _high, tall, deep_ +«Amāzonēs, -um», f. plur. _Amazons_, a fabled tribe of warlike women +«ambō, -ae, -ō», adj. (decl. like «duo»), _both_ +«amīcē», adv. [[«amīcus», _friendly_]], superl. «amīcissimē», _in a + friendly manner_ +«amiciō, -īre, ----, -ictus» [[«am-», _about_, + «iaciō», _throw_]], + _throw around, wrap about, clothe_ +«amīcitia, -ae», f. [[«amīcus», _friend_]], _friendship_ +«amīcus, -a, -um», adj. [[«amō», _love_]], _friendly_. As a noun, + «amīcus, -ī», m. _friend_ +«ā-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus», _send away; lose_ +«amō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _love, like, be fond of_ (§488) +«amphitheātrum, -ī», n. _amphitheater_ +«amplus, -a, -um», adj. _large, ample; honorable, noble_ +«an», conj. _or_, introducing the second part of a double question +«ancilla, -ae», f. _maidservant_ +«ancora, -ae», f. _anchor_ +«Andromeda, -ae», f. _Androm´eda_, daughter of Cepheus and wife of + Perseus +«angulus, -ī», m. _angle, corner_ +«anim-advertō, -ere, -tī, -sus [[animus», _mind_, + «advertō», _turn + to_]], _turn the mind to, notice_ +«animal, -ālis», n. [[«anima», _breath_]], _animal_ (§465.b) +«animōsus, -a, -um», adj. _spirited_ +«animus, -ī», m. [[«anima», _breath_]], _mind, heart; spirit, courage, + feeling;_ in this sense often plural +«annus, -i», m. _year_ +«ante», prep, with acc. _before_ +«anteā», adv. [[«ante»]], _before, formerly_ +«antīquus, -a, -um», adj. [[«ante», _before_]], _former, ancient, old_ +«aper, aprī», m. _wild boar_ +«Apollō, -inis», m. _Apollo_, son of Jupiter and Latona, brother of + Diana +«ap-pāreō, -ēre, -uī», ---- [[«ad + pāreō», _appear_]], _appear_ +«ap-pellō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _call by name, name_. Cf. «nōminō, vocō» +«Appius, -a, -um», adj. _Appian_ +«ap-plicō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _apply, direct, turn_ +«apud», prep, with acc. _among; at, at the house of_ +«aqua, -ae», f. _water_ +«aquila, -ae», f. _eagle_ +«āra, -ae», f. _altar_ +«arbitror, -ārī, -ātus sum», _think, suppose_ (§420.c). Cf. + «exīstimō, putō» +«arbor, -oris», f. _tree_ (§247.1.a) +«Arcadia, -ae», f. _Arcadia_, a district in southern Greece +«ārdeō, -ēre, ārsī, ārsūrus», _be on fire, blaze, burn_ +«arduus, -a, -um», adj. _steep_ +«Arīcia, -ae», f. _Aricia_, a town on the Appian Way, near Rome +«ariēs, -etis», m. _battering-ram_ (p. 221) +«arma, -ōrum», n. plur. _arms, weapons_. Cf. «tēlum» +«armātus, -a, -um», adj. [[«armō», _arm_]], _armed, equipped_ +«arō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _plow, till_ +«ars, artis», f. _art, skill_ +«articulus, -ī», m. _joint_ +«ascrībō, -ere, -scrīpsī, -scrīptus» [[«ad», _in addition_, + «scrībō», + _write_]], _enroll, enlist_ +«Āsia, -ae», f. _Asia_, i.e. Asia Minor +«at», conj. _but_. Cf. «autem, sed» +«Athēnae, -ārum», f. plur. _Athens_ +«Atlās, -antis», m. _Atlas_, a Titan who was said to hold up the sky +«at-que, ac», conj. _and, and also, and what is more_. «atque» may be + used before either vowels or consonants, «ac» before consonants only +«attentus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «attendō», _direct_ (the mind) + _toward_]], _attentive, intent on, careful_ +«at-tonitus, -a, -um», adj. _thunderstruck, astounded_ +«audācia, -ae», f. [[«audāx», _bold_]], _boldness, audacity_ +«audācter», adv. [[«audāx», _bold_]], compared «audācius, audācissimē», + _boldly_ +«audāx, -ācis», adj. _bold, daring_ +«audeō, -ēre, ausus sum», _dare_ +«audiō, -īre, -īvī or -īī, -ītus», _hear, listen to_ (§§420.d, 491) +«Augēās, -ae», m. _Auge´as_, a king whose stables Hercules cleaned +«aura, -ae», f. _air, breeze_ +«aurātus, -a, -um», adj. [[«aurum», _gold_]], _adorned with gold_ +«aureus, -a, -um», adj.[[«aurum», _gold_]], _golden_ +«aurum, -ī», n. _gold_ +«aut», conj. _or_. + «aut...aut», _either...or_ +«autem», conj., usually second, never first, in the clause, _but, + moreover, however, now_. Cf. «at, sed» +«auxilium, auxi´lī», n. _help, aid, assistance;_ plur. _auxiliaries_ +«ā-vertō, -ere, -tī, -sus», _turn away, turn aside_ +«avis, -is», f. _bird_ (§243.1) + + +B + +«ballista, -ae», f. _ballista_, an engine for hurling missiles (p. 220) +«balteus, -ī», m. _belt, sword belt_ +«barbarus, -ī», m. _barbarian, savage_ +«bellum, -ī», n. _war_. + «bellum īnferre», with dat. _make war upon_ +«bene», adv. [[for «bonē», from «bonus»]], compared «melius, optimē», + _well_ +«benignē», adv. [[«benignus», _kind_]], compared «benignius, + benignissimē», _kindly_ +«benignus, -a, -um», adj. _good-natured, kind_, often used with dat. +«bīnī, -ae, -a», distributive numeral adj. _two each, two at a time_ + (§334) +«bis», adv. _twice_ +«bonus, -a, -um», adj. compared «melior, optimus», _good, kind_ + (§469.a) +«bōs, bovis» (gen. plur. «boum» or «bovum», dat. and abl. plur. «bōbus» + or «būbus»), m. and f. _ox, cow_ +«bracchium, bracchī», n. _arm_ +«brevis, -e», adj. _short_ +«Brundisium, -ī», n. _Brundisium_, a seaport in southern Italy. See map +«bulla, -ae», f. _bulla_, a locket made of small concave plates of gold + fastened by a spring (p. 212) + + +C + +«C.» abbreviation for «Gāius», Eng. _Caius_ +«cadō, -ere, ce´cidī, cāsūrus», _fall_ +«caedēs, -is», f. [[«caedō», _cut_]], (_a cutting down_), _slaughter, + carnage_ (§465.a) +«caelum, -ī», n. _sky, heavens_ +«Caesar, -aris», m. _Cæsar_, the famous general, statesman, and writer +«calamitās, -ātis», f. _loss, calamity, defeat, disaster_ +«calcar, -āris», n. _spur_ (§465.b) +«Campānia, -ae», f. _Campania_., a district of central Italy. See map +«Campānus, -a, -um», adj. _of Campania_ +«campus, -ī», m. _plain, field_, esp. the _Campus Martius_, along the + Tiber just outside the walls of Rome +«canis, -is», m. and f. _dog_ +«canō, -ere, ce´cinī», ----, _sing_ +«cantō, -āre, -āvi, -ātus» [[«canō», _sing_]], _sing_ +«Capēnus, -a, -um», adj. _of Capena_, esp. the _Porta Cape´na_, the gate + at Rome leading to the Appian Way +«capiō, -ere, cēpī, captus», _take, seize, capture_ (§492) +«Capitōlīnus, -a, -um», adj. _belonging to the Capitol, Capitoline_ +«Capitōlium, Capitō´lī», n. [[«caput», _head_]], _the Capitol_, the hill + at Rome on which stood the temple of Jupiter Capitolinus and the + citadel +«capsa, -ae», f. _box_ for books +«captīvus, -ī», m. [[«capiō», _take_]], _captive_ +«Capua, -ae», f. _Capua_, a large city of Campania. See map +«caput, -itis», n. _head_ (§464.2.b) +«carcer, -eris», m. _prison, jail_ +«carrus, -ī», m. _cart, wagon_ +«cārus, -a, -um», adj. _dear; precious_ +«casa, -ae», f. _hut, cottage_ +«castellum, -ī», n. [[dim. of «castrum», _fort_]], _redoubt, fort_ +«castrum, -ī», n. _fort_. Usually in the plural, «castra, -ōrum», + a military _camp_. + «castra pōnere», _to pitch camp_ +«cāsus, -us», m. [[«cadō», _fall_]], _chance; misfortune, loss_ +«catapulta, -ae», f. _catapult_, an engine for hurling stones +«catēna, -ae», f. _chain_ +«caupōna, -ae», f. _inn_ +«causa, -ae», f. _cause, reason_, «quā dē causā», _for this reason_ +«cēdō, -ere, cessī, cessūrus», _give way, retire_ +«celer, -eris, -ere», adj. _swift, fleet_ +«celeritās, -ātis», f. [[«celer», _swift_]], _swiftness, speed_ +«celeriter», adv. [[«celer», _swift_]], compared «celerius, celerrimē», + _swiftly_ +«cēna, -ae», f. _dinner_ +«centum», indecl. numeral adj. _hundred_ +«centuriō, -ōnis», m. _centurion, captain_ +«Cēpheus» (dissyl.), «-eī» (acc. «Cēphea»), m. _Cepheus_, a king of + Ethiopia and father of Andromeda +«Cerberus, -ī», m. _Cerberus_, the fabled three-headed dog that guarded + the entrance to Hades +«certāmen, -inis», n. [[«certō», _struggle_]], _struggle, contest, + rivalry_ +«certē», adv. [[«certus», _sure_]], compared «certius, certissimē», + _surely, certainly_ +«certus, -a, -um», adj. _fixed, certain, sure_. + «aliquem certiōrem facere» (_to make some one more certain_), + _to inform some one_ +«cervus, -ī», m. _stag, deer_ +«cessō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _delay, cease_ +«cibāria, -ōrum», n. plur. _food, provisions_ +«cibus, -ī», _m.food, victuals_ +«Cimbrī, -ōrum», m. plur. _the Cimbri_ +«Cimbricus, -a, -um», adj. _Cimbrian_ +«cīnctus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «cingō», _surround_]], _girt, + surrounded_ +«cingō, -ere, cīnxī, cīnctus», _gird, surround_ +«circiter», adv. _about_ +«circum», prep, with acc. _around_ +«circum´-dō, -dare, -dedī, -datus», _place around, surround, inclose_ +«circum´-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus», _go around_ +«circum-sistō, -ere, circum´stetī», ----, _stand around, surround_ +«circum-veniō, -īre, -vēnī, -ventus» (_come around_), _surround_ +«citerior, -ius», adj. in comp., superl. «citimus», _hither, nearer_ + (§475) +«cīvīlis, -e», adj. [[«cīvis»]], _civil_ +«cīvis, -is», m. and f. _citizen_ (§243.1) +«cīvitās, -ātis», f. [[«cīvis», _citizen_]], (_body of citizens_), + _state; citizenship_ +«clāmor, -ōris», m. _shout, cry_ +«clārus, -a, -um», adj. _clear; famous, renowned; bright, shining_ +«classis, -is», f. _fleet_ +«claudō, -ere, -sī, -sus», _shut, close_ +«clavus, -ī», m. _stripe_ +«cliēns, -entis», m. _dependent, retainer, client_ (§465.a) +«Cocles, -itis», m. (_blind in one eye_), _Cocles_, the surname of + Horatius +«co-gnōscō, -ere, -gnōvī, -gnītus», _learn, know, understand_. Cf. + «sciō» (§420.b) +«cōgō, -ere, coēgī, coāctus» [[«co(m)-», _together_, + «agō», _drive_]], + (_drive together_), _collect; compel, drive_ +«cohors, cohortis», f. _cohort_, the tenth part of a legion, about 360 + men +«collis, -is», m. _hill_, «in summō colle», _on top of the hill_ + (§247.2.a) +«collum, -ī», n. _neck_ +«colō, -ere, coluī, cultus», _cultivate, till; honor, worship; devote + one’s self to_ +«columna, -ae», f. _column, pillar_ +«com- (col-, con-, cor-, co-)», a prefix, _together, with_, or + intensifying the meaning of the root word +«coma, -ae», f. _hair_ +«comes, -itis», m. and f. [[«com-», _together_, + «eō», _go_]], + _companion, comrade_ +«comitātus, -ūs», m. [[«comitor», _accompany_]], _escort, company_ +«comitor, -ārī, -ātus sum», dep. verb [[«comes», _companion_]], + _accompany_ +«com-meātus, -ūs», m. _supplies_ +«com-minus», adv. [[«com-», _together_, + «manus», _hand_]], _hand to + hand_ +«com-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus», _join together; commit, intrust_. + «proelium committere», _join battle_. + «sē committere» with dat, _trust one’s self to_ +«commodē», adv. [[«commodus», _fit_]], compared «commodius, + commodissimē», _conveniently, fitly_ +«commodus, -a, -um», adj. _suitable, fit_ +«com-mōtus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «commoveō», _move_]], _aroused, + moved_ +«com-parō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«com-», intensive, + «parō», + _prepare_]], _prepare; provide, get_ +«com-pleō, -ēre, -plēvī, -plētus» [[«com-», intensive, + «pleō», + _fill_]], _fill up_ +«complexus, -ūs», m. _embrace_ +«com-primō, -ere, -pressī, -pressus» [[«com-», _together_, + «premō», + _press_]], _press together, grasp, seize_ +«con-cidō, -ere, -cidī», ---- [[«com-», intensive, + «cadō», _fall_]], + _fall down_ +«concilium, conci´lī», n. _meeting, council_ +«con-clūdō, -ere, -clūsī, -clūsus» [[«com-», intensive, + «claudō», + _close_]], _shut up, close; end, finish_ +«con-currō, -ere, -currī, -cursus» [[«com-», _together_, + «currō», + _run_]], _run together; rally, gather_ +«condiciō, -ōnis», f. [[«com-», _together_, + «dicō», _talk_]], + _agreement, condition, terms_ +«con-dōnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _pardon_ +«con-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus», _hire_ +«cōn-ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātus», _bring together_. + «sē cōnferre», _betake one’s self_ +«cōn-fertus, -a, -um», adj. _crowded, thick_ +«cōnfestim», adv. _immediately_ +«cōn-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus» [[«com-», _completely_, + «faciō», + _do_]], _make, complete, accomplish, finish_ +«cōn-fīrmō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _make firm, establish, strengthen, + affirm, assert_ +«cōn-fluō, -ere, -flūxī», ----, _flow together_ +«cōn-fugiō, -ere, -fūgī, -fugitūrus», _flee for refuge, flee_ +«con-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus» [[«com-», intensive, + «iaciō», + _throw_]], _hurl_ +«con-iungō, -ere, -iūnxī, -iūnctus» [[«com-», _together_, + «iungō», + _join_]], _join together, unite_ +«con-iūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«com-», _together_, + «iūrō», _swear_]], + _unite by oath, conspire_ +«con-locō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«com-», _together_, + «locō», _place_]], + _arrange, place, station_ +«conloquium, conlo´quī», n. [[«com-», _together_, + «loquor», _speak_]], + _conversation, conference_ +«cōnor, -ārī, -ātus sum», dep. verb, _endeavor, attempt, try_ +«cōn-scendō, -ere, -scendī, -scēnsus» [[«com-», intensive, + «scandō», + _climb_]], _climb up, ascend_. + «nāvem cōnscendere», _embark, go on board_ +«cōn-scrībō, -ere, -scrīpsī, -scrīptus» [[«com-», _together_, + + «scrībō», _write_]], (_write together_), _enroll, enlist_ +«cōn-secrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«com-», intensive, + «sacrō», + _consecrate_]], _consecrate, devote_ +«cōn-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus sum», dep. verb [[«com-», intensive, + + «sequor», _follow_]], _pursue; overtake; win_ +«cōn-servō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«com-», intensive, + «servō», _save_]], + _preserve, save_ +«cōnsilium, cōnsi´lī», n. _plan, purpose, design; wisdom_ +«cōn-sistō, -ere, -stitī, -stitus» [[«com-», intensive, + «sistō», + _cause to stand_]], _stand firmly, halt, take one’s stand_ +«cōn-spiciō, -ere, -spēxī, -spectus» [[«com-», intensive, + «spiciō», + _spy_]], _look at attentively, perceive, see_ +«cōnstantia, -ae», f. _firmness, steadiness, perseverance_ +«cōn-stituō, -ere, -uī, -ūtus» [[«com-», intensive, + «statuō», + _set_]], _establish, determine, resolve_ +«cōn-stō, -āre, -stitī, -stātūrus» [[«com-», _together_, + «stō», + _stand_]], _agree; be certain ; consist of_ +«cōnsul, -ulis», m. _consul_ (§464.2.a) +«cōn-sūmō, -ere, -sūmpsī, -sūmptus» [[«com-», intensive, + «sumō», + _take_]], _consume, use up_ +«con-tendō, -ere, -dī, -tus», _strain; hasten; fight, contend, + struggle_ +«con-tineō, -ēre, -uī, -tentus» [[«com-», _together_, + «teneō», + _hold_]], _hold together, hem in, contain; restrain_ +«contrā», prep, with acc. _against, contrary to_ +«con-trahō, -ere, -trāxī, -trāctus» [[«com-», _together_, + «trahō», + _draw_]], _draw together;_ of sails, _shorten, furl_ +«contrōversia, -ae», f. _dispute, quarrel_ +«con-veniō, -īre, -vēnī, -ventus» [[«com-», _together_, + «veniō», + _come_]], _come together, meet, assemble_ +«con-vertō, -ere, -vertī, -versus» [[«com-», intensive, + «vertō», + _turn_]], _turn_ +«con-vocō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«com-», _together_, + «vocō», _call_]], + _call together_ +«co-orior, -īrī, -ortus sum», dep. verb [[«com-», intensive, + «orior», + _rise_]], _rise, break forth_ +«cōpia, -ae», f. [[«com-», intensive, + «ops», _wealth_]], _abundance, + wealth, plenty_. Plur. «cōpiae, -ārum», _troops_ +«coquō, -ere, coxī, coctus», _cook_ +«Corinthus, -ī», f. _Corinth_, the famous city on the Isthmus of Corinth +«Cornēlia, -ae», f. _Cornelia_, daughter of Scipio and mother of the + Gracchi +«Cornēlius, Cornē´lī», m. _Cornelius_, a Roman name +«cornū, -ūs», n. _horn; wing_ of an army, «ā dextrō cornū», _on the + right wing_ (§466) +«corōna, -ae», f. _garland, wreath; crown_ +«corōnātus, -a, -um», adj. _crowned_ +«corpus, -oris», n. _body_ +«cor-ripiō, -ere, -uī, -reptus» [[«com-», intensive, + «rapiō», + _seize_]], _seize, grasp_ +«cotīdiānus, -a, -um», adj. _daily_ +«cotīdiē», adv. _daily_ +«crēber, -bra, -brum», adj. _thick, crowded, numerous, frequent_ +«crēdō, -ere, -dīdī, -ditus», _trust, believe_, with dat. (§501.14) +«cremō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _burn_ +«creō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _make; elect, appoint_ +«Creōn, -ontis», m. _Creon_, a king of Corinth +«crēscō, -ere, crēvī, crētus», _rise, grow, increase_ +«Crēta, -ae», f. _Crete_, a large island in the Mediterranean +«Crētaeus, -a, -um», adj. _Cretan_ +«crūs, crūris», n. _leg_ +«crūstulum, -ī», n. _pastry, cake_ +«cubīle, -is», n. _bed_ +«cultūra, -ae», f. _culture, cultivation_ +«cum», conj. with the indic. or subjv. _when; since; although_ + (§501.46) +«cum», prep, with abl. _with_ (§209) +«cupidē», adv. [[«cupidus», _desirous_]], compared «cupidius, + cupidissimē», _eagerly_ +«cupiditās, -ātis», f. [[«cupidus», _desirous_]], _desire, longing_ +«cupiō, -ere, -īvī» or «-iī, -ītus», _desire, wish_. Cf. «volō» +«cūr», adv. _why, wherefore_ +«cūra, -ae», f. _care, pains; anxiety_ +«cūria, -ae», f. _senate house_ +«cūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«cūra», _care_]], _care for, attend to, look + after_ +«currō, -ere, cucurrī, cursus», _run_ +«currus, -ūs», m. _chariot_ +«cursus, -ūs», m. _course_ +«custōdiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītus» [[«custōs», _guard_]], _guard, watch_ + + +D + +«Daedalus, -ī», m. _Dæd´alus_, the supposed inventor of the first flying + machine +«Dāvus, -ī», m. _Davus_, name of a slave +«dē», prep, with abl. _down from, from; concerning, about, for_ + (§209). + «quā dē causā», _for this reason, wherefore_ +«dea, -ae», f. _goddess_ (§461.a) +«dēbeō, -ēre, -uī, -itus» [[«dē», _from_, + «habeō», _hold_]], _owe, + ought, should_ +«decem», indecl. numeral adj. _ten_ +«dē-cernō, -ere, -crēvī, -crētus» [[«dē», _from_, + «cernō», + _separate_]], _decide, decree_ +«dē-cidō, -ere, -cidī», ---- [[«dē», _down_, + «cadō», _fall_]], _fall + down_ +«decimus, -a, -um», numeral adj. _tenth_ +«dēclīvis, -e», adj. _sloping downward_ +«dē-dō, -ere, -didī, -ditus», _give up, surrender_, «sē dēdere», + _surrender one’s self_ +«dē-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus» [[«dē», _down_, + «dūcō», _lead_]], + _lead down, escort_ +«dē-fendō, -ere, -dī, -fēnsus», _ward off, repel, defend_ +«dē-ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātus» [[«dē», _down_, + «ferō», _bring_]], + _bring down; report, announce_ (§426) +«dē-fessus, -a, -um», adj. _tired out, weary_ +«dē-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus» [[«dē», _from_, + «faciō», _make_]], + _fail, be wanting; revolt from_ +«dē-fīgō, -ere, -fīxī, -fīxus» [[«dē», _down_, + «fīgō», _fasten_]], + _fasten, fix_ +«dē-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus» [[«dē», _down_, + «iaciō», _hurl_]], + _hurl down; bring down, kill_ +«de-inde», adv. _(from thence), then, in the next place_ +«dēlectō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _delight_ +«dēleō, -ēre, -ēvī, -ētus», _blot out, destroy_ +«dēlīberō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _weigh, deliberate, ponder_ +«dē-ligō, -ere, -lēgī, -lēctus» [[«dē», _from_, + «legō», _gather_]], + _choose, select_ +«Delphicus, -a, -um», adj. _Delphic_ +«dēmissus, -a, -um» [[part. of «dēmittō», _send down_]], _downcast, + humble_ +«dē-mōnstrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«dē», _out_, + «mōnstrō», _point_]], + _point out, show_ +«dēmum», adv. _at last, not till then_. + «tum dēmum», _then at last_ +«dēnique», adv. _at last, finally_. Cf. «postrēmō» +«dēns, dentis», m. _tooth_ (§247.2.a) +«dēnsus, -a, -um», adj. _dense, thick_ +«dē-pendeō, -ēre», ----, ---- [[«dē», _down_, + «pendeō», _hang_]], + _hang from, hang down_ +«dē-plōrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«dē», intensive, + «plōrō», _wail_]], + _bewail, deplore_ +«dē-pōnō, -ere, -posuī, -positus» [[«dē», _down_, + «pōnō», _put_]], + _put down_ +«dē-scendō, -ere, -dī, -scēnsus» [[«dē», _down_, + «scandō», _climb_]], + _climb down, descend_ +«dē-scrībō, -ere, -scrīpsī, -scrīptus» [[«dē», _down_, + «scrībō», + _write_]], _write down_ +«dēsīderō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _long for_ +«dē-siliō, -īre, -uī, -sultus» [[«dē», _down_, + «saliō», _leap_]], + _leap down_ +«dē-spērō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«dē», _away from_, + «spērō», + _hope_]], _despair_ +«dē-spiciō, -ere, -spēxi, -spectus» [[«dē», _down_]], _look down upon, + despise_ +«dē-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus» [[«dē», _away from_, + «sum», _be_]], + _be wanting, lack_, with dat. (§426) +«deus, -ī», m. _god_ (§468) +«dē-volvō, -ere, -volvī, -volūtus» [[«dē», _down_, + «volvō», _roll_]], + _roll down_ +«dē-vorō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«dē», _down_, + «vorō», _swallow_]], + _devour_ +«dexter, -tra, -trum» («-tera, -terum»), adj. _to the right, right_. + «ā dextrō cornū», _on the right wing_ +«Diāna, -ae», f. _Diana_, goddess of the moon and twin sister of Apollo +«dīcō, -ere, dīxī, dictus» (imv. «dīc»), _say, speak, tell_. Usually + introduces indirect discourse (§420.a) +«dictātor, -ōris», m. [[«dictō», _dictate_]], _dictator_, a chief + magistrate with unlimited power +«diēs, -ēi» or «diē», m., sometimes f. in sing., _day_ (§467) +«dif-ferō, -ferre, distulī, dīlātus» [[«dis-», _apart_, + «ferō», + _carry_]], _carry apart; differ_. + «differre inter sē», _differ from each other_ +«dif-ficilis, -e», adj. [[«dis-», _not_, + «facilis», _easy_]], _hard, + difficult_ (§307) +«difficultās, -ātis», f. [[«difficilis», _hard_]], _difficulty_ +«dīligenter», adv. [[«dīligēns», _careful_]], compared «dīligentius, + dīligentissimē», _industriously, diligently_ +«dīligentia, -ae», f. [[«dīligēns», _careful_]], _industry, diligence_ +«dī-micō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _fight, struggle_ +«dī-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus» [[«dī-», _off_, + «mittō», _send_]], + _send away, dismiss, disband_. + «dīmittere animum in», _direct one’s mind to, apply one’s self to_ +«Diomēdēs, -is», m. _Dī-o-mē´dēs_, a name +«dis-, dī-», a prefix expressing separation, _off, apart, in different + directions_. Often negatives the meaning +«dis-cēdō, -ere, -cessī, -cessus» [[«dis-», _apart_, + «cēdō», _go_]], + _depart from, leave, withdraw, go away_ +«dis-cernō, -ere, -crēvī, -crētus» [[«dis-», _apart_, + «cernō», + _sift_]], _separate; distinguish_ +«disciplīna, -ae», f. _instruction, training, discipline_ +«discipulus, -ī», m. [[«discō», _learn_]], _pupil, disciple_ +«discō, -ere, didicī», ----, _learn_ +«dis-cutiō, -ere, -cussī, -cussus» [[«dis-», _apart_, + «quatiō», + _shake_]], _shatter, dash to pieces_ +«dis-pōnō, -ere, -posuī, -positus» [[«dis-», _apart_, + «pōnō», _put_]], + _put here and there, arrange, station_ +«dis-similis, -e», adj. [[«dis-», _apart_, + «similis», _like_]], + _unlike, dissimilar_ (§307) +«dis-tribuō, -ere, -uī, -ūtus», _divide, distribute_ +«diū», adv., compared «diūtius, diūtissimē», _for a long time, long_ + (§477) +«dō, dare, dedī, datus», _give_. + «in fugam dare», _put to flight_. + «alicui negōtium dare», _employ some one_ +«doceō, -ēre, -uī, -tus», _teach, show_ +«doctrīna, -ae», f. [[«doctor», _teacher_]], _teaching, learning, + wisdom_ +«dolor, -ōris», m. _pain, sorrow_ +«domesticus, -a, -um», adj. [[«domus», _house_]], _of the house, + domestic_ +«domicilium, domici´lī», n. _dwelling; house, abode_. Cf. «domus» +«domina, -ae», f. _mistress_ (of the house), _lady_ (§461) +«dominus, -ī», m. _master_ (of the house), _owner, ruler_ (§462) +«domus, -ūs», f. _house, home_. + «domī», locative, _at home_ (§468) +«dormiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītus», _sleep_ +«dracō, -ōnis», m. _serpent, dragon_ +«dubitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _hesitate_ +«dubius, -a, -um», adj. [[«duo», _two_]], (_moving two ways_), + _doubtful, dubious_ +«du-centī, -ae, -a», numeral adj. _two hundred_ +«dūcō, -ere, dūxī, ductus» (imv. «dūc»), _lead, conduct_ +«dum», conj. _while, as long as_ +«duo, duae, duo», numeral adj. _two_ (§479) +«duo-decim», indecl. numeral adj. _twelve_ +«dūrus, -a, -um», adj. _hard, tough; harsh, pitiless, bitter_ +«dux, ducis», m. and f. [[cf. «dūcō», _lead_]], _leader, commander_ + + +E + +«ē» or «ex», prep, with abl. _out of, from, off, of_ (§209) +«eburneus, -a, -um», adj. _of ivory_ +«ecce», adv. _see! behold! there! here!_ +«ē-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus» [[«ē», _out_, + «dūcō», _lead_]], _lead + out, draw out_ +«ef-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus» [[«ex», _thoroughly_, + «faciō», + _do_]], _work out; make, cause_ +«ef-fugiō, -ere, -fūgī, -fugitūrus» [[«ex», _from_, + «fugiō», _flee_]], + _escape_ +«egeō, -ēre, -uī», ----, _be in need of, lack_, with abl. (§501.32) +«ego», pers. pron. _I_; plur. «nōs», _we_ (§480) +«ē-gredior, -ī, ēgressus sum», dep. verb [[«ē», _out of_, + «gradior», + _go_]], _go out, go forth_. + «ē nāvī ēgredī», _disembark_ +«ē-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus» [[«ē», _forth_, + «iaciō», _hurl_]], + _hurl forth, expel_ +«elementum, -ī», n., in plur. _first principles, rudiments_ +«elephantus, -ī», m. _elephant_ +«Ēlis, Ēlidis», f. _E´lis_, a district of southern Greece +«emō, -ere, ēmī, ēmptus», _buy, purchase_ +«enim», conj., never standing first, _for, in fact, indeed._ Cf. «nam» +«Ennius, Ennī», m. _Ennius_, the father of Roman poetry, born 239 B.C. +«eō, īre, iī» («īvī»), «itūrus», _go_ (§499) +«eō», adv. _to that place, thither_ +«Ēpīrus, -ī», f. _Epi´rus_, a district in the north of Greece +«eques, -itis», m. [[«equus», _horse_]], _horseman, cavalryman_ +«equitātus, -ūs», m. [[«equitō», _ride_]], _cavalry_ +«equus, -ī», m. _horse_ +«ē-rigō, -ere, -rēxī, -rēctus» [[«ē», _out_, + «regō», _make + straight_]], _raise up_ +«ē-ripiō, -ere, -uī, -reptus» [[«ē», _out of_, + «rapiō», _seize_]], + _seize, rescue_ +«ē-rumpō, -ere, -rūpī, -ruptus» [[«ē», _forth_, + «rumpō», _break_]], + _burst forth_ +«ēruptiō, -ōnis», f. _sally_ +«Erymanthius, -a, -um», adj. _Erymanthian, of Erymanthus_, a district in + southern Greece +«et», conj. _and, also_. «et ... et», _both ... and_. Cf. «atque, ac, + -que» +«etiam», adv. (rarely conj.) [[«et», _also_, + «iam», _now_]], _yet, + still; also, besides_. Cf. «quoque». + «nōn sōlum ... sed etiam», _not only ... but also_ +«Etrūscī, -ōrum», m. _the Etruscans_, the people of Etruria. See map of + Italy +«Eurōpa, -ae», f. _Europe_ +«Eurystheus, -ī», m. _Eurys´theus_, a king of Tiryns, a city in southern + Greece +«ē-vādō, -ere, -vāsī, -vāsus» [[«ē», _out_, + «vādō», _go_]], _go forth, + escape_ +«ex», see «ē» +«exanimātus, -a, -um» [[part. of «exanimō», _put out of breath_ + («anima»)]], adj. _out of breath, tired; lifeless_ +«ex-cipiō, -ere, -cēpī, -ceptus» [[«ex», _out_, + «capiō», _take_]], + _welcome, receive_ +«exemplum, -ī», n. _example, model_ +«ex-eō,-īre,-iī,-itūrus» [[«ex», _out_, + «eō», _go_]], _go out, go + forth_ (§413) +«ex-erceō, -ēre, -uī, -itus» [[«ex», _out_, + «arceō», _shut_]], _(shut + out), employ, train, exercise, use_ +«exercitus, -us», m. [[«exerceō», _train_]], _army_ +«ex-īstimō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«ex», _out_, + «aestimō», _reckon_]], + _estimate; think, judge_ (§420.c). Cf. «arbitror, putō» +«ex-orior, -īrī, -ortus sum», dep. verb [[«ex», _forth_, + «orior», + _rise_]], _come forth, rise_ +«expedītus, -a, -um», adj. _without baggage_ +«ex-pellō, -ere, -pulī, -pulsus» [[«ex», _out_, + «pellō», _drive_]], + _drive out_ +«ex-piō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«ex», intensive, + «pīo», _atone for_]], + _make amends for, atone for_ +«explōrātor, -ōris», m. [[«explōrō», _investigate_]], _spy, scout_ +«explōrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _examine, explore_ +«ex-pugnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«ex», _out_, + «pugnō», _fight_]], _take + by storm, capture_ +«exsilium, exsi´lī», n. [[«exsul», _exile_]], _banishment, exile_ +«ex-spectō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«ex», _out_, + «spectō», _look_]], + _expect, wait_ +«ex-struō, -ere, -strūxī, -strūctus» [[«ex», _out_, + «struō», + _build_]], _build up, erect_ +«exterus, -a, -um», adj., compared «exterior, extrēmus» or «extimus», + _outside, outer_ (§312) +«extrā», prep, with acc. _beyond, outside of_ +«ex-trahō, -ere, -trāxī, -trāctus» [[«ex», _out_, + «trahō», _drag_]], + _drag out, pull forth_ +«extrēmus, -a, -um», adj., superl. of «exterus», _utmost, farthest_ + (§312) + + +F + +«fābula, -ae», f. _story, tale, fable_ +«facile», adv. [[«facilis», _easy_]], compared «facilius, facillimē», + _easily_ (§322) +«facilis, -e», adj. [[cf. «faciō», _make_]], _easy, without difficulty_ + (§307) +«faciō, -ere, fēcī, factus» (imv. «fac»), _make, do; cause, bring + about_. + «impetum facere in», _make an attack upon_. + «proelium facere», _fight a battle_. + «iter facere», _make a march_ or _journey_. + «aliquem certiōrem facere», _inform some one_. + «facere verba prō», _speak in behalf of_. + Passive «fīō, fierī, factus sum», _be done, happen_. + «certior fierī», _be informed_ +«fallō, -ere, fefellī, falsus», _trip, betray, deceive_ +«fāma, -ae», f. _report, rumor; renown, fame, reputation_ +«famēs, -is» (abl. «famē»), f. _hunger_ +«familia, -ae», f. _servants, slaves; household, family_ +«fascēs, -ium» (plur. of «fascis»), f. _fasces_ (p. 225) +«fastīgium, fastī´gī», n. _top; slope, descent_ +«fātum, -ī», n. _fate, destiny_ +«faucēs, -ium», f. plur. _jaws, throat_ +«faveō, -ēre, fāvī, fautūrus», _be favorable to, favor_, with dat. + (§501.14) +«fēlīx, -īcis», adj. _happy, lucky_ +«fēmina, -ae», f. woman. Cf. «mulier» +«fera, -ae», f. [[«ferus», _wild_]], _wild beast_ +«ferāx, -ācis», adj. _fertile_ +«ferē», adv. _about, nearly, almost_ +«ferō, ferre, tulī, lātus», _bear_. + «graviter» or «molestē ferre», _be annoyed_ (§498) +«ferreus, -a, -um», adj. [[«ferrum», _iron_]], _made of iron_ +«fidēlis, -e», adj. [[«fidēs», _trust_]], _faithful, true_ +«fidēs, fideī» _or_ «fidē», _trust, faith; promise, word; protection_. + «in fidem venīre», _come under the protection_. + «in fidē manēre», _remain loyal_ +«fīlia, -ae» (dat. and abl. plur. «fīliābus»), f. _daughter_ (§461.a) +«fīlius, fīlī» (voc. sing, «fīlī»), m. _son_ +«fīnis, -is», m. _boundary, limit, end;_ in plur. _territory, country_ + (§243.1) +«fīnitimus, -a, -um», adj. [[«fīnis», _boundary_]], _adjoining, + neighboring_. + Plur. «fīnitimī, -ōrum», m. _neighbors_ +«fīō, fierī, factus sum», used as passive of «faciō». See «faciō» (§500) +«flamma, -ae», f. _fire, flame_ +«flōs, flōris», m. _flower_ +«fluctus, -ūs», m. [[of. «fluō», _flow_]], _flood, wave, billow_ +«flūmen, -inis», n. [[cf. «fluō», _flow_]], _river_ (§464.2.b) +«fluō, -ere, flūxī, fluxus», _flow_ +«fluvius, fluvī», m. [[cf. «fluō», _flow_]], _river_ +«fodiō, -ere, fōdī, fossus», _dig_ +«fōns, fontis», m. _fountain_ (§247.2.a) +«fōrma, -ae», f. _form, shape, appearance; beauty_ +«Formiae, -ārum», f. _Formiae_, a town of Latium on the Appian Way. + See map +«forte», adv. [[abl. of «fors», _chance_]], _by chance_ +«fortis, -e», adj. _strong; fearless, brave_ +«fortiter», adv. [[«fortis», _strong_]], compared «fortius, fortissimē», + _strongly; bravely_ +«fortūna, -ae», f. [[«fors», _chance_]], _chance, fate, fortune_ +«forum, -ī», n. _market place_, esp. the «Forum Rōmānum», where the life + of Rome centered +«Forum Appī», _Forum of Appius_, a town in Latium on the Appian Way +«fossa, -ae», f. [[cf. «fodiō», _dig_]], _ditch_ +«fragor, -ōris», m. [[cf. «frangō», _break_]], _crash, noise_ +«frangō, -ere, frēgī, frāctus», _break_ +«frāter, -tris», m. _brother_ +«fremitus, -ūs», m. _loud noise_ +«frequentō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _attend_ +«frētus, -a, -um», adj. _supported, trusting_. Usually with abl. of + means +«frōns, frontis», f. _front_, «ā fronte», _in front_ +«frūctus, -ūs», m. _fruit_ +«frūmentārius, -a, -um», adj. _pertaining to grain_. + «rēs frūmentāria», _grain supplies_ +«frūmentum, -ī», n. _grain_ +«frūstrā», adv. _in vain, vainly_ +«fuga, -ae», f. [[cf. «fugiō», _flee_]], _flight_. + «in fugam dare», _put to flight_ +«fugiō, -ere, fūgī, fugitūrus», _flee, run; avoid, shun_ +«fūmō, -are, ------, ------», _smoke_ +«fūnis, -is», m. _rope_ +«furor, -ōris», m. [[«furō», _rage_]], _madness_. + «in furōrem incīdere», _go mad_ + + +G + +«Gāius, Gāī», m. _Gaius_, a Roman name, abbreviated «C.», English form + _Caius_ +«Galba, -ae», m. _Galba_, a Roman name +«galea, -ae», f. _helmet_ +«Gallia, -ae», f. _Gaul_, the country comprising what is now Holland, + Belgium, Switzerland, and France +«Gallicus, -a, -um», adj. _Gallic_ +«gallīna, -ae», f. _hen, chicken_ +«Gallus, -ī», m. _a Gaul_ +«gaudium, gaudī», n. _joy_ +«Genāva, -ae», f. _Geneva_, a city in Switzerland +«gēns, gentis», f. [[cf. «gignō», _beget_]], _race, family; people, + nation, tribe_ +«genus, -eris», n. _kind, variety_ +«Germānia, -ae», f. _Germany_ +«Germānus, -ī», m. _a German_ +«gerō, -ere, gessī, gestus», _carry, wear; wage_. + «bellum gerere», _wage war_. + «rēs gestae», _exploits_. + «bene gerere», _carry on successfully_ +«gladiātōrius, -a, -um», adj. _gladiatorial_ +«gladius, gladī», m. _sword_ +«glōria, -ae», f. _glory, fame_ +«Gracchus, -ī», m. _Gracchus_, name of a famous Roman family +«gracilis, -e», adj. _slender_ (§307) +«Graeca, -ōrum», n. plur. _Greek writings, Greek literature_ +«Graecē», adv. _in Greek_ +«Graecia, -ae», f. _Greece_ +«grammaticus, -ī», m. _grammarian_ +«grātia, -ae», f. _thanks, gratitude_ +«grātus, -a, -um», adj. _acceptable, pleasing_. Often with dat. + (§501.16) +«gravis, -ē», adj. _heavy; disagreeable; serious, dangerous; earnest, + weighty_ +«graviter», adv. [[«gravis», _heavy_]], compared «gravius, gravissimē», + _heavily; greatly, seriously_. + «graviter ferre», _bear ill, take to heart_ +«gubernātor, -ōris», m. [[«gubernō», _pilot_]], _pilot_ + + +H + +«habēna, -ae», f. _halter, rein_. +«habeō, -ēre, -uī, -itus», _have, hold; regard, consider, deem_ +«habitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[cf. «habeō», _have_]], _dwell, abide, + inhabit_. Cf. «incolō, vīvō» +«hāc-tenus», adv. _thus far_ +«Helvētiī, -ōrum», m. _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribe +«Herculēs, -is», m. _Hercules_, son of Jupiter and Alcmena, and god of + strength +«Hesperidēs, -um», f. _the Hesperides_, daughters of Hesperus, who kept + the garden of the golden apples +«hic, haec, hoc», demonstrative adj. and pron. _this_ (of mine); as + pers. pron. _he, she, it_ (§481) +«hīc», adv. _here_ +«hiems, -emis», f. _winter_ +«hīnc», adv. [[«hīc», _here_]], _from here, hence_ +«Hippolytē, -ēs», f. _Hippolyte_, queen of the Amazons +«ho-diē», adv. [[modified form of «hōc diē», _on this day_]], _to-day_ +«homō, -inis», m. and f. _(human being), man, person_ +«honestus, -a, -um», adv. [[«honor», _honor_]], _respected, honorable_ +«honor, -ōris», m. _honor_ +«hōra, -ae», f. _hour_ +«Horātius, Horā´tī», m. _Horatius_, a Roman name +«horribilis, -e», adj. _terrible, horrible_ +«hortor, -āri, -ātus sum», dep. verb, _urge, incite, exhort, encourage_ + (§493) +«hortus, -ī», m. _garden_ +«hospitium, hospi´tī», n. [[«hospes», _host_]], _hospitality_ +«hostis, -is», m. and f. _enemy, foe_ (§465.a) +«humilis, -e», adj. _low, humble_ (§307) +«Hydra, -ae», f. _the Hydra_, a mythical water snake slain by + Hercules + + +I + +«iaciō, -ere, iēcī, iactus», _throw, hurl_ +«iam», adv. _now, already_. + «nec iam», _and no longer_ +«Iāniculum, -ī», n. _the Janiculum_, one of the hills of Rome +«iānua, -ae», f. _door_ +«ibi», adv. _there, in that place_ +«Īcarus, -ī», m. _Ic´arus_, the son of Dædalus +«ictus, -ūs», m. [[cf. «īcō», _strike_]], _blow_ +«īdem, e´adem, idem», demonstrative pron. [[«is» + «dem»]], _same_ + (§481) +«idōneus, -a, -um», adj. _suitable, fit_ +«igitur», conj., seldom the first word, _therefore, then_. Cf. «itaque» +«ignis, -is», m. _fire_ (§§243.1; 247. 2.a; 465, 1) +«ignōtus, -a, -um», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «(g)notus», _known_]], + _unknown, strange_ +«ille, illa, illud», demonstrative adj. and pron. _that_ (yonder); as + pers. pron. _he, she, it_ (§481) +«illīc», adv. [[cf. «ille»]], _yonder, there_ +«im-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus» [[«in», _against_, + «mittō», _send_]], + _send against; let in_ +«immolō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«in», _upon_, + «mola», _meal_]], + _sprinkle with sacrificial meal; offer, sacrifice_ +«im-mortālis, -e», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «mortalis», _mortal_]], + _immortal_ +«im-mortālitās, -ātis», f. [[«immortālis», _immortal_]], _immortality_ +«im-parātus, -a, -um», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «parātus», _prepared_]], + _unprepared_ +«impedīmentum», -ī, n. [[«impediō», _hinder_]], _hindrance;_ in plur. + _baggage_ +«impedītus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «impediō», _hinder_]], _hindered, + burdened_ +«im-pellō, -ere, -pulī, -pulsus» [[«in», _against_, + «pellō», + _strike_]], _strike against; impel, drive, propel_ +«imperātor, -ōris», m. [[«imperō», _command_]], _general_ +«imperium, impe´rī», n. [[«imperō», _command_]], _command, order; realm, + empire; power, authority_ +«imperō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _command, order_. Usually with dat. and an + object clause of purpose (§501.41). + With acc. object, _levy, impose_ +«impetus, -ūs», m. _attack_, «impetum facere in», _make an attack upon_ +«im-pōnō, -ere, -posui, -positus» [[«in», _upon_, + «pōnō», _place_]], + _place upon; impose, assign_ +«in», prep, with acc. _into, to, against, at, upon, towards;_ with abl. + _in, on_. + «in reliquum tempus», _for the future_ +«in-», inseparable prefix. With nouns and adjectives often with a + negative force, like English _un-, in-_ +«in-cautus, -a, -um», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «cautus», _careful_]], _off + one’s guard_ +«incendium, incendī», n. _flame, fire_. Cf. «ignis, flamma» +«in-cendō, -ere, -dī, -cēnsus», _set fire to, burn_ +«in-cidō, -ere, -cidī, ----», [[«in», _in, on_, + «cadō», _fall_]], + _fall in, fall on; happen_. + «in furōrem incidere», _go mad_ +«in-cipiō, -ere, -cēpi, -ceptus» [[«in», _on_, + «capiō», _take_]], + _begin_ +«in-cognitus, -a, -um», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «cognitus», _known_]], + _unknown_ +«in-colō, -ere, -uī, ----», [[«in», _in_, + «colō», _dwell_]], _inhabit; + live_ +«incolumis, -e», adj. _sound, safe, uninjured, imharmed_ +«in-crēdibilis, -e», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «crēdibilis», _to be + believed_]], _incredible_ +«inde», _from that place, thence_ +«induō, -ere, -uī, -ūtus», _put on_ +«indūtus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «induō», _put on_]], _clothed_ +«in-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus» [[«in», _into_, + «eō», _go_]], _go into; + enter upon, begin_, with acc. (§413) +«īn-fāns, -fantis», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + *«fāns», _speaking_]], _not + speaking_. As a noun, m. and f. _infant_ +«īn-fēlīx, -īcis», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «fēlīx», _happy_]], _unhappy, + unlucky_ +«īnfēnsus, -a, -um», adj. _hostile_ +«īn´-ferō, īnfer´re, in´tulī, inlā´tus» [[«in», _against_, + «ferō», + _bear_]], _bring against or upon, inflict_, with acc. and dat. + (§501.15). + «bellum īnferre», with dat., _make war upon_ +«īnferus, -a, -um», adj. _low, below_ (§312). +«īn-fīnītus, -a, -um», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «fīnītus», _bounded_]], + _boundless, endless_ +«īn-fīrmus, -a, -um», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «fīrmus», _strong_]], + _weak, infirm_ +«ingenium, inge´ni», n. _talent, ability_ +«ingēns, -entis», adj. _vast, huge, enormous, large_. Cf. «magnus» +«in-gredior, -gredī, -gressus sum» [[«in», _in_, + «gradior», _walk_]], + _advance, enter_ +«inimīcus, -a, -um», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «amīcus», _friendly_]], + _hostile_. + As a noun, «inimīcus, -ī», m. _enemy, foe_. Cf. «hostis» +«initium, ini´tī», _entrance, beginning_ +«initus, -a, -um», part. of «ineō». + «initā aestāte», _at the beginning of summer_ +«iniūria, -ae», f. [[«in», _against_, + «iūs», _law_]], _injustice, + wrong, injury_. + «alicui iniūriās īnferre», _inflict wrongs upon some one_ +«inopia, -ae», f. [[«inops», _needy_]], _want, need, lack_ +«in-opīnāns, -antis», adj. [[«in-», _not_, + «opīnāns», _thinking_]], + _not expecting, taken by surprise_ +«inquit», _said he, said she_. Regularly inserted in a direct quotation +«in-rigō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _irrigate, water_ +«in-rumpō, -ere, -rūpī, -ruptus» [[«in», _into_, + «rumpō», _break_]], + _burst in, break in_ +«in-ruō, -ere, -ruī,----» [[«in», _in_, + «ruō», _rush_]], _rush in_ +«īn-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus sum», dep. verb [[«in», _on_, + «sequor», + _follow_]], _follow on, pursue_ +«īn-signe, -is», n. _badge, decoration_ (§465.b) +«īnsignis, -e», adj. _remarkable, noted_ +«īnstāns, -antis», adj. [[part, of «īnsto», _be at hand_]], _present, + immediate_ +«īn-stō, -āre, -stitī, -statūrus» [[«in», _upon_, + «stō», _stand_]], + _stand upon; be at hand; pursue, press on_ +«īnstrūmentum, -ī», n. _instrument_ +«īn-struō, -ere, -strūxī, -strūctus» [[«in», _on_, + «struō», _build_]], + _draw up_ +«īnsula, -ae», f. _island_ +«integer, -gra, -grum», _untouched, whole; fresh, new_ +«intellegō, -ere, -lēxī, -lēctus» [[«inter», _between_, +«legō», + _choose_]], _perceive, understand_ (§420.d) +«intentō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _aim; threaten_ +«inter», prep. with acc. _between, among; during, while_ (§340) +«interfectus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «inter-ficiō», _kill_]], _slain, + dead_ +«inter-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus» [[«inter», _between_, + «faciō», + _make_]], _put out of the way, kill_. Cf. «necō, occīdō, trucīdō» +«interim», adv. _meanwhile_ +«interior, -ius», adj. _interior, inner_ (§315) +«inter-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus», _leave off, suspend_ +«interpres, -etis», m. and f. _interpreter_ +«inter-rogō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _question_ +«inter-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus» [[«inter», _between_, +«sum», _be_]], + _be present, take part in_, with dat. (§501.15) +«inter-vāllum, -ī», n. _interval, distance_ +«intrā», adv. and prep. with acc. _within, in_ +«intrō, -āre, -āvi, -ātus», _go into, enter_ +«in-veniō, -īre, -vēnī, -ventus» [[«in», _upon_, +«veniō», _come_]], + _find_ +«invīsus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «invideō», _envy_]], _hated, + detested_ +«Iolāus, -ī», m. _I-o-lā´us_, a friend of Hercules +«ipse, -a, -um», intensive pron. _that very, this very; self, himself, + herself, itself_, (§481) +«īra, -ae», f. _wrath, anger_ +«īrātus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «īrāscor», _be angry_]], _angered, + enraged_ +«is, ea, id», demonstrative adj. and pron. _this, that; he, she, it_ + (§481) +«iste, -a, -ud», demonstrative adj. and pron. _that_ (of yours), _he, + she, it_ (§481) +«ita», adv. _so, thus_. Cf. «sīc» and «tam» +«Italia, -ae», f. _Italy_ +«ita-que», conj. _and so, therefore_ +«item», adv. _also_ +«iter, itineris», n. _journey, march, route; way, passage_ + (§§247.1.a; 468). + «iter dare», _give a right of way, allow to pass_. + «iter facere», _march_ (see p. 159) +«iubeō, -ēre, iussī, iussus», _order, command_. Usually with the infin. + and subj. acc. (§213) +«iūdex, -icis», m. and f. _judge_ (§464.1) +«iūdicō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«iūdex», _judge_]], _judge, decide_ + (§420.c) +«Iūlia, -ae», _Julia_, a Roman name +«Iūlius, Iūlī», m. _Julius_, a Roman name +«iungō, -ēre, iūnxī, iūnctus», _join; yoke, harness_ +«Iūnō, -ōnis», f. _Juno_, the queen of the gods and wife of Jupiter +«Iuppiter, Iovis», m. _Jupiter_, the supreme god +«iūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _swear, take an oath_ +«iussus, -a, -um», part. of «iubeō», _ordered_ + + +L + +«L.», abbreviation for «Lūcius» +«labefactus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «labefaciō», _cause to shake_]], + _shaken, weakened, ready to fall_ +«Labiēnus, -ī», m. _La-bi-e´nus_, one of Cæsar’s lieutenants +«labor, -ōris», m. _labor, toil_ +«labōrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«labor», _labor_]], _labor; suffer, be + hard pressed_ +«lacrima, -ae», f. _tear_ +«lacus, -ūs» (dat. and abl. plur. «lacubus»), m. _lake_ +«laetē», adv. [[«laetus», _glad_]], compared «laetius, laetissimē», + _gladly_ +«laetitia, -ae», f. [[«laetus», _glad_]], _joy_ +«laetus, -a, -um», adj. _glad, joyful_ +«lapis, -idis», m. _stone_ (§§247.2.a; 464.1) +«Lār, Laris», m.; plur. «Larēs, -um» (rarely «-ium»), _the Lares_ or + _household, gods_ +«lātē, »adv. [[«lātus», _wide_]], compared «lātius, lātissimē», _widely_ +«Latinē», adv. _in Latin_. + «Latīnē loquī», _to speak Latin_ +«lātitūdō, -inis», f. [[«lātus», _wide_]], _width_ +«Lātōna, -ae», f. _Latona_, mother of Apollo and Diana +«latus, -a, -um», adj. _wide_ +«lātus, -eris», n. _side, flank_. + «ab utrōque latere», _on each side_ +«laudō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«laus», _praise_]], _praise_ +«laurea, -ae», f. _laurel_ +«laureātus, -a, -um», adj. _crowned with laurel_ +«laus, laudis», f. _praise_ +«lectulus, -ī», m. _couch, bed_ +«lēgātus, -ī», m. _ambassador; lieutenant_ +«legiō, -ōnis», f. [[cf. «legō», _gather_]], (_body of soldiers_), + _legion_, about 3600 men (§464.2.a) +«legiōnārius, -a, -um», adj. _legionary_. Plur. «legiōnariī, -ōrum», m. + _the soldiers of the legion_ +«legō, -ere, lēgī, lēctus», _read_ +«lēnis, -e», adj. _gentle, smooth, mild_ +«lēniter», adv. [[«lēnis», _gentle_]], compared «lēnius, lēnissimē», + _gently_ +«Lentulus, -i», m. _Lentulus_, a Roman family name +«leō, -ōnis», m. _lion_ +«Lernaeus, -a, -um», adj. _Lernæean_, of Lerna, in southern Greece +«Lesbia, -ae», f. _Lesbia_, a girl’s name +«levis, -e», adj. _light_ +«lēx, lēgis», f. _measure, law_ +«libenter», adv. [[«libēns», _willing_]], compared «libentius, + libentissimē», _willingly, gladly_ +«līber, -era, -erum», adj. _free_ (§469.b) +«līberī, -ōrum», m. [[«līber», _free_]], _children_ +«līberō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«līber», _free_]], _set free, release, + liberate_ +«lībertās, -ātis», f. [[«līber», _free_]], _freedom, liberty_ +«līctor, -ōris», m. _lictor_ (p. 225) +«līmus, -ī», m. _mud_ +«littera, -ae», f. _a letter_ of the alphabet; in plur. _a letter, + epistle_ +«lītus, -oris», n. _seashore, beach_ +«locus, -ī», m. (plur. «locī» and «loca», m. and n.), _place, spot_ +«longē», adv. [[«longus», _long_]], comp. «longius, longissimē», _a long + way off; by far_ +«longinquus, -a, -um», adj. [[«longus», _long_]], _distant, remote_ +«longitūdō, -inis», f. [[«longus», _long_]], _length_ +«longus, -a, -um», adj. _long_ +«loquor, loqui, locūtus sum», dep. verb, _talk, speak_ +«lōrīca, -ae», f. [[«lōrum», _thong_]], _coat of mail, corselet_ +«lūdō, -ere, lūsī, lūsus», _play_ +«lūdus, -ī», m. _play; school_, the elementary grades. Cf. «schola» +«lūna, -ae», f. _moon_ +«lūx, lūcis», f. (no gen. plur.), _light_. + «prīma lūx», _daybreak_ +«Lȳdia, -ae», f. _Lydia_, a girl’s name + + +M + +«M.», abbreviation for «Mārcus» +«magicus, -a, -um», adj. _magic_ +«magis», adv. in comp. degree [[«magnus», _great_]], _more, in a higher + degree_ (§323) +«magister, -trī», m. _master, commander; teacher_ +«magistrātus, -ūs», m. [[«magister», _master_]], _magistracy; + magistrate_ +«magnitūdō, -inis», f. [[«magnus», _great_]], _greatness, size_ +«magnopere», adv. [[abl. of «magnum opus»]], compared «magis, maximē», + _greatly, exceedingly_ (§323) +«magnus, -a, -um», adj., compared «maior, maximus», _great, large; + strong, loud_ (§311) +«maior, maius, -ōris», adj., comp. of «magnus», _greater, larger_ (§311) +«maiōrēs, -um», m. plur. of «maior», _ancestors_ +«mālō, mālle, māluī, ----» [[«magis», _more_, + «volō», _wish_]], _wish + more, prefer_ (§497) +«malus, -a, -um», adj., compared «peior, pessimus», _bad, evil_ (§311) +«mandō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«manus», _hand_, + «dō», _put_]], _(put in + hand), intrust; order, command_ +«maneō, -ēre, mānsī, mānsūrus», _stay, remain, abide_ +«Mānlius, Mānlī», m. _Manlius_, a Roman name +«mānsuētus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «mānsuēscō», _tame_]], _tamed_ +«manus, -ūs», f. _hand; force, band_ +«Mārcus, -ī», m. _Marcus, Mark_, a Roman first name +«mare, -is», n. (no gen. plur.), _sea_. + «mare tenēre», _be out to sea_ +«margō, -inis», m. _edge, border_ +«marītus, -ī», m. _husband_ +«Marius, Marī», m. _Marius_, a Roman name, esp. _C. Marius_, the general +«Mārtius, -a, -um», adj. _of Mars_, esp. the _Campus Martius_ +«māter, -tris», f. _mother_ +«mātrimōnium, mātrimō´nī», n. _marriage_. + «in mātrimōnium dūcere», _marry_ +«mātūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _hasten_. Cf. «contendō», «properō» +«mātūrus, -a, -um», adj. _ripe, mature_ +«maximē», adv. in superl. degree [[«maximus», _greatest_]], compared + «magnopere, magis, maximē», _especially, very much_ (§323) +«maximus, -a, -um», adj., superl. of «magnus», _greatest, extreme_ + (§311) +«medius, -a, -um», adj. _middle part; middle, intervening_ +«melior, -ius, -ōris», adj., comp. of «bonus», _better_ (§311) +«melius», adv. in comp. degree, compared «bene, melius, optimē», + _better_ (§323) +«memoria, -ae», f. [[«memor», _mindful_]], _memory_. + «memoriā tenēre», _remember_ +«mēns, mentis», f. _mind_. Cf. «animus» +«mēnsis, -is», m. _month_ (§247.2. a) +«mercātor, -ōris», m. [[«mercor», _trade_]], _trader, merchant_ +«merīdiānus, -a, -um», adj. [[«merīdiēs», _noon_]], _of midday_ +«merīdiēs, ----» (acc. «-em», abl. «-ē»), m. [[«medius», _mid_, + + «diēs», _day_]], _noon_ +«metus, -ūs», m. _fear, dread_ +«meus, -a, -um», possessive adj. and pron. _my, mine_ (§98) +«mīles, -itis», m. _soldier_ (§464.1) +«mīlitāris, -e», adj. [[«mīles», _soldier_]], _military_. + «rēs mīlitāris», _science of war_ +«mīlitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«mīles», _soldier_]], _serve as a soldier_ +«mīlle», plur. «mīlia, -ium», numeral adj. and subst. _thousand_ (§479) +«minimē», adv. in superl. degree, compared «parum, minus, minimē», + _least, very little; by no means_ (§323) +«minimus, -a, -um», adj. in superl. degree, compared «parvus, minor, + minimus», _least, smallest_ (§311) +«minor, minus, -ōris», adj. in comp. degree, compared «parvus, minor, + minimus», _smaller, less_ (§311) +«Mīnōs, -ōis», m. _Minos_, a king of Crete +«minus», adv. in comp. degree, compared «parum, minus, minimē», _less_ + (§323) +«Minyae, -ārum», m. _the Minyae_, a people of Greece +«mīrābilis, -e», adj. [[«mīror», _wonder at_]], _wonderful, marvelous_ +«mīror, -ārī, -ātus sum», dep. verb [[«mīrus», _wonderful_]], _wonder, + marvel, admire_ +«mīrus, -a, -um», adj. _wonderful_ +«Mīsēnum, -ī», _Mise´num_, a promontory and harbor on the coast of + Campania. See map +«miser, -era, -erum», adj. _wretched, unhappy, miserable_ +«missus, -a, -um», part. of «mittō», _sent_ +«mittō, -ere, mīsī, missus», _send_ +«modicus, -a, -um» [[«modus», _measure_]], _modest, ordinary_ +«modo», adv. [[abl. of «modus», _measure_, with shortened «o»]], _only, + merely, just now_. + «modo ... modo», _now ... now, sometimes ... sometimes_ +«modus, -ī», m. _measure; manner, way; kind_ +«moenia, -ium», n. plur. [[cf. «mūniō», _fortify_]], _walls, ramparts_ +«molestē», adv. [[«molestus», _troublesome_]], compared «molestius, + molestissimē», _annoyingly_. + «molestē ferre», _to be annoyed_ +«molestus, -a, -um», _troublesome, annoying, unpleasant_ (§501.16) +«moneō, -ēre, -uī, -itus», _remind, advise, warn_ (§489) +«mōns, montis», m. _mountain_ (§247.2. a) +«mōnstrum, -ī», n. _monster_ +«mora, -ae», f. _delay_ +«moror, -ārī, -ātus sum», dep. verb [[«mora», _delay_]], _delay, linger; + impede_ +«mors, mortis», f. [[cf. «morior», _die_]], _death_ +«mōs, mōris», m. _custom, habit_ +«mōtus, -ūs», m. [[cf. «moveō», _move_]], _motion, movement_. + «terrae mōtus», _earthquake_ +«moveō, -ēre, mōvī, mōtus», _move_ +«mox», adv. _soon, presently_ +«mulier, -eris», f. _woman_ +«multitūdō, -inis», f. [[«multus», _much_]], _multitude_ +«multum (multō)», adv. [[«multus», _much_]], compared «plūs, plūrimum», + _much_ (§477) +«multus, -a, -um», adj., compared «plūs, plūrimus», _much_; plur. _many_ + (§311) +«mūniō, -īre, -īvī or -iī, -ītus», _fortify, defend_ +«mūnītiō, -ōnis», f. [[«mūniō», _fortify_]], _defense, fortification_ +«mūrus, -ī», m. _wall_. Cf. «moenia» +«mūsica, -ae», f. _music_ + + +N + +«nam», conj. _for_. Cf. «enim» +«nam-que», conj., a strengthened «nam», introducing a reason or + explanation, _for, and in fact; seeing that_ +«nārrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _tell, relate_ +«nāscor, nāscī, nātus sum», dep. verb, _be born, spring from_ +«nātūra, -ae», f. _nature_ +«nātus», part. of «nāscor» +«nauta, -ae», m. [[for «nāvita», from «nāvis», _ship_]], _sailor_ +«nāvālis, -e», adj. [[«nāvis», _ship_]], _naval_ +«nāvigium, nāvi´gī», n. _ship, boat_ +«nāvigō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«nāvis», _ship_, + «agō», _drive_]], + _sail, cruise_ +«nāvis, -is» (abl. -ī or -e), f. _ship_ (§243.1). + «nāvem cōnscendere», _embark, go on board_. + «nāvem solvere», _set sail_. + «nāvis longa», _man-of-war_ +«nē», conj. and adv. _in order that not, that_ (with verbs of fearing), + _lest; not_. + «nē ... quidem», _not even_ +«-ne», interrog. adv., enclitic (see §§16, 210). Cf. «nōnne» and «num» +«nec» or «neque», conj. [[«nē», _not_, + «que», _and_]], _and not, nor_. + «nec ... nec» or «neque ... neque», _neither ... nor_ +«necessārius, -a, -um», adj. _needful, necessary_ +«necō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[cf. nex, _death_]], _kill_. Cf. «interficiō, + occīdō, trucīdō» +«negō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _deny, say not_ (§420.a) +«negōtium, negō´tī», n. [[«nec», _not_, + «ōtium», _ease_]], _business, + affair, matter_. + «alicui negōtium dare», _to employ some one_ +«Nemaeus, -a, -um», adj. _Neme´an, of Neme´a_, in southern Greece +«nēmō», dat. «nēminī» (gen. «nūllīus», abl. «nūllō», supplied from + «nūllus»), m. and f. [[«nē», _not_, + «homō», _man_]], _(not a man), + no one, nobody_ +«Neptūnus, -ī», m. _Neptune_, god of the sea, brother of Jupiter +«neque», see «nec» +«neuter, -tra, -trum» (gen. «-trīus», dat. «-trī»), adj. _neither_ (of + two) (§108) +«nē-ve», conj. adv. _and not, and that not, and lest_ +«nihil», n. indecl. [[«nē», _not_, + «hīlum», _a whit_]], _nothing_. + «nihil posse», _to have no power_ +«nihilum, -ī», n., see «nihil» +«Niobē, -ēs», f. _Ni´obe_, the queen of Thebes whose children were + destroyed by Apollo and Diana +«nisi», conj. [[«nē», _not_, + «sī», _if_]], _if not, unless, except_ +«nōbilis, -e», adj. _well known; noble_ +«noceō, -ēre, -uī, -itūrus» [[cf. «necō», _kill_]], _hurt, injure_, with + dat. (§501.14) +«noctū», abl. used as adv. [[cf. «nox», _night_]], _at night, by night_ +«Nōla, -ae», f. _Nola_, a town in central Campania. See map +«nōlō, nōlle, nōluī», ---- [[«ne», _not_, + «volō», _wish_]], _not to + wish, be unwilling_ (§497) +«nōmen, -inis», n. [[cf. «nōscō», _know_]], _(means of knowing), name_ +«nōminō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«nōmen», _name_]], _name, call_. Cf. + «appellō, vocō» +«nōn», adv. [[«nē», _not_, + «ūnum», _one_]], _not_. + «nōn sōlum ... sed etiam», _not only ... but also_ +«nōn-dum», adv. _not yet_ +«nōn-ne», interrog. adv. suggesting an affirmative answer, _not?_ + (§210). Cf. «-ne» and «num» +«nōs», pers. pron. _we_ (see «ego») (§480) +«noster, -tra, -trum», possessive adj. and pron. _our, ours_. Plur. + «nostrī, -ōrum», m. _our men_ (§98) +«novem», indecl. numeral adj. _nine_ +«novus, -a, -um», adj. _new_. + «novae rēs», _a revolution_ +«nox, noctis», f. _night_, «multā nocte», _late at night_ +«nūllus, -a, -um» (gen. «-īus», dat. «-ī») adj. [[«nē», _not_, + + «ūllus», _any_]], _not any, none, no_ (§108) +«num», interrog. adv. suggesting a negative answer (§210). Cf. «-ne» and + «nōnne». In indir. questions, _whether_ +«numerus, -ī», m. _number_ +«numquam», adv. [[«nē», _not_, + «umquam», _ever_]], _never_ +«nunc», adv. _now_. Cf. «iam» +«nūntiō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«nūntius», _messenger_]], _report, + announce_ (§420.a) +«nūntius, nūntī», m. _messenger_ +«nūper», adv. _recently, lately, just now_ +«nympha, -ae», f. _nymph_ + + +O + +«ob», prep. with acc. _on account of_. In compounds it often means _in + front of, against_, or it is intensive. + «quam ob rem», _for this reason_ (§340) +«obses, -idis», m. and f. _hostage_ +«ob-sideō,-ēre,-sēdī, -sessus» [[«ob», _against_, + «sedeō», _sit_]], + _besiege_ +«obtineō, -ēre, -uī, -tentus» [[«ob», _against_, + «teneō», _hold_]], + _possess, occupy, hold_ +«occāsiō, -ōnis», f. _favorable opportunity, favorable moment_ +«occāsus, -ūs», m. _going down, setting_ +«occīdō, -ere, -cīdī, -cīsus» [[«ob», _down_, + «caedō», _strike_]], + _strike down; cut down, kill_. Cf. «interficiō, necō» +«occupō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«ob», _completely_, + «capiō», _take_]], + _seize, take possession of, occupy_. Cf. «rapio» +«oc-currō, -ere, -currī, -cursus» [[«ob», _against_ + «currō», _run_]], + _run towards; meet_, with dat. (§426) +«ōceanus, -ī», m. _the ocean_ +«octō», indecl. numeral adj. _eight_ +«oculus, -ī», m. _eye_ +«officium, offi´cī», n. _duty_ +«ōlim», adv. _formerly, once upon a time_ +«ōmen, -inis», n. _sign, token, omen_ +«ō-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus» [[«ob», _over, past_, + «mittō», + _send_]], _let go, omit_. + «consilium omittere», _give up a plan_ +«omnīnō», adv. [[«omnis», _all_]], _altogether, wholly, entirely_ +«omnis, -e», adj. _all, every._ Cf. «tōtus» +«onerāria, -ae», f. [[«onus», _load_]], with «nāvis» expressed or + understood, _merchant vessel, transport_ +«onus, -eris», n. _load, burden_ +«opīniō, -ōnis», f. [[«opīnor», _suppose_]], _opinion, supposition, + expectation_ +«oppidānus, -ī», m. [[«oppidum», _town_]], _townsman_ +«oppidum, -ī», n. _town, stronghold_ +«opportūnus, -a, -um», adj. _suitable, opportune, favorable_ +«op-primō, -ere, -pressī, -pressus» [[«ob», _against_, + «premō», + _press_]], (_press against_), _crush; surprise_ +«oppugnātiō, -ōnis», f. _storming, assault_ +«oppugnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«ob», _against_, + «pugnō» _fight_]], + _fight against, assault, storm, assail_ +«optimē», adv. in superl. degree, compared «bene, melius, optimē», _very + well, best of all_ (§323) +«optimus, -a, -um», adj. in superl. degree, compared «bonus, melior, + optimus», _best, most excellent_ (§311) +«opus, -eris», n. _work, labor, task_ (§464.2.b) +«ōrāculum, -ī», n. [[«ōrō», _speak_]], _oracle_ +«ōrātor, -ōris», m. [[«ōrō», _speak_]], _orator_ +«orbis, -is», m. _ring, circle_. + «orbis terrārum», _the earth, world_ +«orbita, -ae», f. [[«orbis», _wheel_]], _rut_ +«Orcus, -ī», m. _Orcus, the lower world_ +«ōrdō, -inis», m. _row, order, rank_ (§247.2.a) +«orīgo, -inis», f. [[«orior», _rise_]], _source, origin_ +«orior, -īrī, ortus sum», dep. verb, _arise, rise, begin; spring, be + born_ +«ōrnāmentum, -ī», n. [[«ōrnō», _fit out_]], _ornament, jewel_ +«ōrnātus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «ōrnō», _fit out_]] _fitted out; + adorned_ +«ōrnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _fit out, adorn_ + + +P + +«P.», abbreviation for «Pūblius» +«paene», adv. _nearly, almost_ +«palūdāmentum, -ī», n. _military cloak_ +«palūs, -ūdis», f. _swamp, marsh_ +«pānis, -is», m. _bread_ +«pār, paris», adj. _equal_ (§471. III) +«parātus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «parō», _prepare_]], _prepared, + ready_ +«parcō, -ere, peper´cī» («parsī»), «parsūrus», _spare_, with dat. + (§501.14) +«pāreō, -ēre, -uī, ----», _obey_, with dat. (§501.14) +«parō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _prepare for, prepare; provide, procure_ +«pars, partis», f. _part, share; side, direction_ +«parum», adv., compared «minus, minimē», _too little, not enough_ (§323) +«parvus, -a, -um», adj., compared «minor, minimus», _small, little_ + (§311) +«passus, -ūs», m. _step, pace_. + «mīlle passuum», _thousand paces, mile_ (§331.b) +«pateō, -ēre, patuī, ----», _lie open, be open; stretch, extend_ +«pater, -tris», m. _father_ (§464.2.a) +«patior, -ī, passus sum», dep. verb, _bear, suffer, allow, permit_ +«patria, -ae», f. [[cf. «pater», _father_]], _fatherland_, (_one’s_) + _country_ +«paucus, -a, -um», adj. (generally plur.), _few, only a few_ +«paulisper», adv. _for a little while_ +«paulō», adv. _by a little, little_ +«paulum» adv. _a little, somewhat_ +«pāx, pācis», f. (no gen. plur.), _peace_ +«pecūnia, -ae», f. [[«pecus», _cattle_]], _money_ +«pedes, -itis», m. [[«pēs», _foot_]], _foot soldier_ +«pedester, -tris, -tre», adj. [[«pēs», _foot_]], _on foot; by land_ +«peior, peius, -ōris», adj. in comp. degree, compared «malus, peior, + pessimus», _worse_ (§311) +«pellis, -is», f. _skin, hide_ +«penna, -ae», f. _feather_ +«per», prep. with acc. _through, by means of, on account of_. In + composition it often has the force of _thoroughly, completely, very_ + (§340) +«percussus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «percutiō», _strike through_]], + _pierced_ +«per-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus» [[«per», _through_, + «dūcō», _lead_]], + _lead through_. + «fossam perdūcere», _to construct a ditch_ +«per-exiguus, -a, -um», adj. [[«per», _very_, + «exiguus», _small_]], + _very small, very short_ +«perfidus, -a, -um», adj. _faithless, treacherous, false_ +«per-fringō, -ere, -frēgī, -frāctus» [[«per», _through_, «frangō», + _break_]], _shatter_ +«pergō, -ere, perrēxī, perrēctus» [[«per», _through_, + «regō», + _conduct_]], _go on, proceed, hasten_ +«perīculum, -ī», n. _trial, test; danger_ +«peristȳlum, -ī», n. _peristyle_, an open court with columns around it +«perītus, -a, -um», adj. _skillful_ +«perpetuus, -a, -um», adj. _perpetual_ +«Perseus, -eī», _Perseus_, a Greek hero, son of Jupiter and Danaë +«persōna, -ae», f. _part, character, person_ +«per-suādeō, -ēre, -suāsī, -suāsus» [[«per», _thoroughly_, + «suādeō», + _persuade_]], _persuade, advise_, with dat. (§501.14), often with an + object clause of purpose (§501.41) +«per-terreō, -ēre, -uī, -itus» [[«per», _thoroughly_, + «terreō», + _frighten_]], _thoroughly terrify, alarm_ +«per-veniō, -īre, -vēnī, -ventus» [[«per», _through_, + «veniō», + _come_]], _arrive, reach, come to_ +«pēs, pedis», m. _foot_. + «pedem referre», _retreat_ (§247.2.a) +«pessimus, -a, -um», adj. in superl. degree, compared «malus, peior, + pessimus», _worst_ (§311) +«petō, -ere, -īvī or -iī, -ītus», _strive for, seek, beg, ask; make + for, travel to_. Cf. «postulō, quaerō, rogō» +«Pharsālus, -ī», f. _Pharsa´lus_ or _Pharsa´lia_, a town in Thessaly, + near which Cassar defeated Pompey, 48 B.C. +«philosophia, -ae», f. _philosophy_ +«philosophus, -ī», m. _philosopher_ +«pictus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «pingō», _paint_]], _colored, + variegated_ +«pīlum, -ī», n. _spear, javelin_ (§462.b) +«piscīna, -ae», f. [[«piscis», _fish_]], _fish pond_ +«piscis, -is», m. _fish_ +«pīstor, -ōris», m. _baker_ +«placeō. -ēre, -uī, -itus», _please, be pleasing_, with dat. (§501.14) +«plānitiēs, -ēī», f. [[«plānus», _level_]], _plain_ +«plānus, -a, -um», adj. _level, flat_ +«plēnus, -a, -um», _full_ +«plūrimum», adv. in superl. degree, compared «multum, plūs, plūrimum», + _very much_. + «plūrimum valēre», _be most influential_ (§322) +«plūrimus, -a, -um», adj. in superl. degree, compared «multus, plūs, + plūrimus», _most, very many_ (§311) +«plūs, plūris», adj. in comp. degree, compared «multus, plūs, plūrimus»; + sing. n. as substantive, _more_; plur. _more, several_ (§311) +«pluteus, -ī», m. _shield, parapet_ +«poena, -ae», f. _punishment, penalty_ +«poēta, -ae», m. _poet_ +«pompa, -ae», f. _procession_ +«Pompēiī, -ōrum», m. _Pompeii_, a city of Campania. See map +«Pompēius, Pompē´ī», m. _Pompey_, a Roman name +«pōmum, -ī», n. _apple_ +«pōnō, -ere, posuī, positus», _put, place_. + «castra pōnere», _pitch camp_ +«pōns, pontis», m. _bridge_ (§247.2.a) +«popīna, -ae», f. _restaurant_ +«populus, -ī», m. _people_ +«Porsena, -ae», m. _Porsena_, king of Etruria, a district of Italy. + See map +«porta, -ae», f. _gate, door_ +«portō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _bear, carry_ +«portus, -ūs», m. [[cf. «porta», _gate_]], _harbor_ +«possideō, -ēre, -sēdī, -sessus», _have, own, possess_ +«possum, posse, potuī, ----», irreg. verb [[«potis», _able_, + «sum», + _I am_]], _be able, can_ (§495). + «nihil posse», _have no power_ +«post», prep, with acc. _after, behind_ (§340) +«posteā», adv. [[«post», _after_, + «eā», _this_]], _afterwards_ +(«posterus»), «-a, -um», adj., compared «posterior, postrēmus» or + «postumus», _following, next_ (§312) +«postquam», conj. _after, as soon as_ +«postrēmō», adv. [[abl. of «postrēmus», _last_]], _at last, finally_. + Cf. «dēmum, dēnique» (§322) +«postrīdiē», adv. [[«posterō», _next_, + «diē», _day_]], _on the next + day_ +«postulō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _ask, demand, require_. Cf. «petō, + quaerō, rogō» +«potentia, -ae», f. [[«potēns», _able_]], _might, power, force_ +«prae-beō, -ēre, -uī, -itus» [[«prae», _forth_, + «habeō», _hold_]], + _offer, give_ +«praeda, -ae», f. _booty, spoil, plunder_ +«prae-dīcō, -ere, -dīxī, -dictus» [[«prae», _before_, + «dīcō», + _tell_]], _foretell, predict_ +«prae-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus» [[«prae», _before_, + «faciō», + _make_]], _place in command_, with acc. and dat. (§501.15) +«prae-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus» [[«prae», _forward_, + «mittō», + _send_]], _send forward_ +«praemium, praemī», n. _reward, prize_ +«praeruptus, -a, -um» [[part. of «prae-rumpō», _break off_]], _broken + off, steep_ +«praesēns, -entis», adj. _present, immediate_ +«praesertim», adv. _especially, chiefly_ +«praesidium, praesi´di», n. _guard, garrison, protection_ +«prae-stō, -āre, -stitī, -stitus» [[«prae», _before_, + «sto», + _stand_]], (_stand before_), _excel, surpass_, with dat. (§501.15); + _show, exhibit_ +«prae-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus» [[«prae», _before_, + «sum», _be_]], + _be over, be in command of_, with dat. (§501.15) +«praeter», prep, with acc. _beyond, contrary to_ (§340) +«praetereā», adv. [[«praeter», _besides_, + «eā», _this_]], _in + addition, besides, moreover_ +«praetextus, -a, -um», adj. _bordered, edged_ +«praetōrium, praetō´rī», n. _prætorium_ +«prandium, prandī», n. _luncheon_ +«premō, -ere, pressī, pressus», _press hard, compress; crowd, drive, + harass_ +(«prex, precis»), f. _prayer_ +«prīmō», adv. [[«prīmus», _first_]], _at first, in the beginning_ (§322) +«prīmum», adv. [[«prīmus», _first_]], _first_. + «quam primum», _as soon as possible_ +«prīmus, -a, -um», adj. in superl. degree, compared «prior, prīmus», + _first_ (§315) +«prīnceps, -cipis», m. [[«prīmus», _first_, + «capiō», _take_]], + (_taking the first place_), _chief, leader_ (§464.1) +«prior, prius, -ōris», adj. in comp. degree, superl., «prīmus», _former_ + (§315) +«prīstinus, -a, -um», adj. _former, previous_ +«prō», prep, with abl. _before; for, for the sake of, in behalf of; + instead of, as_ (§209). In composition, _forth, forward_ +«prō-cēdō, -ere, -cussī, -cessūrus» [[«prō», _forward_, + «cēdō», + _go_]], _go forward, proceed_ +«procul», adv. _far, afar off_ +«prō-currō, -ere, -currī» («-cucurrī»), «-cur-sus» [[«prō», _forward_, + + «currō», _run_]], _run forward_ +«proelium, proeli», n. _battle, combat_. + «proelium committere», _join battle_. + «proelium facere», _fight a battle_ +«profectiō, -ōnis», f. _departure_ +«proficīscor, -ī, -fectus sum», dep. verb, _set out, march_. Cf. + «ēgredior, exeō» +«prō-gredior, -ī, -gressus sum», dep. verb [[«prō», _forth_, + + «gradior», _go_]], _go forth, proceed, advance_. Cf. «pergō, + prōcēdō» +«prōgressus», see «prōgredior» +«prohibeō, -ēre, -uī, -itus» [[«prō», _forth, away from_, + «habeō», + _hold_]], _keep away from, hinder, prevent_ +«prō-moveō, -ēre, -mōvī, -mōtus» [[«prō», _forward_, + «moveō», + _move_]], _move forward, advance_ +«prō-nūntiō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«prō», _forth_, + «nūntiō», + _announce_]], _proclaim, declare_ +«prope», adv., compared «propius, proxi-mē», _nearly_. Prep, with acc. + _near_ +«prō-pellō, -ere, -pulī, -pulsus» [[«prō», _forth_, + «pellō», + _drive_]], _drive forth; move, impel_ +«properō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«properus», _quick]], go quickly, + hasten_. Cf. «contendō, maturō» +«propinquus, -a, -um», adj. [[«prope», _near]], near, neighboring_ +«propior, -ius, -ōris», adj. in comp. degree, superl., «proximus», + _nearer_ (§315) +«propius», adv. in comp. degree, compared «prope, propius, proximē», + _nearer_ (§323) +«propter», prep. with acc. _on account of, because of_ (§340) +«prō-scrībō, -ere, -scrīpsī, -scriptus» [[«prō», _forth_, + «scribō», + _write_]], _proclaim, publish_. Cf. «prōnūntiō» +«prō-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus sum», dep. verb [[«prō», _forth_, + + «sequor», _follow]], escort, attend_ +«prō-sum, prōdesse, prōfuī, prōfutūrus» [[«prō», _for_, + «sum», _be_]], + _be useful, benefit_, with dat. (§§496; 501.15) +«prō-tegō, -ere, -tēx=i], -tēctus» [[«prō», _in front_, + «tegō», + _cover]], cover in front, protect_ +«prōvincia, -ae», f. _territory, province_ +«proximē», adv. in superl. degree, compared «prope, propius, proximē», + _nearest, next; last, most recently_ (§323) +«proximus, -a, -um», adj. in superl. degree, compared «propior, + proximus», _nearest, next_ (§315) +«pūblicus, -a, -um», adj. [[«populus»,_people_]], _of the people, + public_, «res pūblica», _the commonwealth_ +«puella, -ae», f. [[diminutive of «puer», _boy_]], _girl, maiden_ +«puer, -eri», m. _boy; slave_ (§462.c) +«pugna, -ae», f _-fight, battle._ Cf. «proelium» +«pugnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«pugna», _battle]], fight_. Cf. «contendō, + dīmicō» +«pulcher, -chra, -chrum», adj. _beautiful, pretty_ (§§469.b; 304) +«Pullō, -ōnis», m. _Pullo_, a centurion +«pulsō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _strike, beat_ +«puppis, -is» (acc. «-im», abl. «-ī»), f. _stern_ of a ship, _deck_ +«pūrē», adv. [[«pūrus», _pure_]], comp. «pūrius», _purely_ +«pūrgō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _cleanse, clean_ +«purpureus, -a, -um», adj. _purple, dark red_ +«putō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _reckon, think_ (§420,_c_). Cf. «arbitror, + exīstimō» +«Pȳthia, -ae», f. _Pythia_, the inspired priestess of Apollo at Delphi + + +Q + +«quā dē causā», _for this reason, wherefore_ +«quā rē», _therefore, for this reason_ +«quaerō, -ere, -sīvī, -sītus», _seek, ask, inquire_. Cf. «petō, postulō, + rogō» +«quālis, -e», interrog. pronom. adj. _of what sort, what kind of_. + «talis ... qualis», _such ... as_ +«quam», adv. _how_; after a comparative, _than_; with a superlative, + translated _as...as possible_, «quam prīmum», _as soon as possible_ +«quantus, -a, -um», adj. [[«quam», _how]], how great, how much_, + «tantus ... quantus», _as great as_ +«quārtus, -a, -um», numeral adj. [[«quattuor», _four_]], _fourth_ +«quattuor», indecl. numeral adj. _four_ +«quattuor-decim», indecl. numeral adj. _fourteen_ +«-que», conj., enclitic, _and_ (§16). Cf. «ac, atque, et» +«quī, quae, quod», rel. pron. and adj. _who, which, what, that_ (§482) +«quia», conj. _because_. Cf. «quod» +«quīdam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam)», indef. pron. and adj. _a certain + one, a certain, a_ (§485). +«quidem», adv. _to be sure, certainly, indeed_, «nē ... quidem», _not + even_ +«quiēs, -ētis», f. _rest, repose_ +«quiētus, -a, -um», adj. _quiet, restful_ +«quīndecim», indecl. numeral adj. _fifteen_ +«quīngentī, -ae, -a», numeral adj. _five hundred_ +«quīnque», indecl. numeral adj. _five_ +«quīntus, -a, -um», numeral adj. _fifth_ +«quis (quī), quae, quid (quod)», interrog. pron. and adj. _who? what? + which?_ (§483). +«quis (quī), qua (quae), quid (quod)», indef. pron. and adj., used after + «sī, nisi, nē, num», _any one, anything, some one, something, any, + some_ (§484). +«quisquam, quicquam» or «quidquam» (no fem. or plur.), indef. pron. _any + one_ (at all), _anything_ (at all) (§486). +«quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque)», indef. pron. and adj. _each, each + one, every_ (§484). +«quō», interrog. and rel. adv. _whither, where_ +«quō», conj. _in order to, that_, with comp. degree (§350). +«quod», conj. _because, in that_. Cf. «quia» +«quoque», conj., following an emphatic word, _also, too_. Cf. «etiam» +«quot-annīs», adv. [[«quot», _how many_ + «annus», _year_]], _every + year, yearly_ +«quotiēns», interrog. and rel. adv. _how often? as often as_ + + +R + +«rādīx, -īcis», f. _root; foot_ +«rapiō, -ere, -uī, -tus», _seize, snatch_ +«rārō», adv. [[«rārus», _rare_]], _rarely_ +«rārus, -a, -um», adj. _rare_ +«re-» or «red-», an inseparable prefix, _again, back, anew, in return_ +«rebelliō, -ōnis», f. _renewal of war, rebellion_ +«recēns, -entis», adj. _recent_ +«re-cipiō, -ere, -cēpī, -ceptus» [[«re-», _back_, + «capiō», _take_]], + _take back, receive_. + «sē recipere», _withdraw, retreat_ +«re-clīnātus, -a, -um», part. of «reclīnō», _leaning back_ +«re-creātus, -a, -um», part. of «recreō», _refreshed_ +«rēctus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «regō», _keep straight_]], _straight, + direct_ +«re-cūsō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _refuse_ +«red-āctus, -a, -um», part. of «redigō», _reduced, subdued_ +«red-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus» [[«red-», _back_, + «eō», _go_]], _go back, + return_ (§413). Cf. «revertō» +«reditus, -ūs», m. [[cf. «redeō», _return_]], _return, going back_ +«re-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus» [[«re-», _back_, + «dūcō», _lead_]], + _lead back_ +«re-ferō, -ferre, rettulī, -lātus» [[«re-», _back_, + «ferō», _bear_]], + _bear back; report_. + «pedem referre», _withdraw, retreat_ +«re-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus» [[«re-», _again_, + «faciō», _make_]], + _make again, repair_. + «sē reficere», _refresh one’s self_ +«rēgīna, -ae», f. [[«rēx», _king_]], _queen_ +«regiō, -ōnis», f. _region, district_ +«rēgnum, -ī», n. _sovereignty; kingdom_ +«regō, -ere, rēxī, rēctus» [[cf. «rēx», _king_]], _govern, rule_ (§490) +«re-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus» [[«re-», _back_, + «iaciō», _hurl_]], + _hurl back; throw away_ +«re-linquō, -ere, -līquī, -lictus» [[«re-», _behind_, + «linquō», + _leave_]], _leave behind, leave, abandon_ +«reliquus, -a, -um», adj. [[cf. «relinquō», _leave_]], _left over, + remaining_. As a noun, plur. _the rest_ +«remōtus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «re-moveō», _remove_]], _remote, + distant_ +«re-moveō, -ēre, -mōvī, -motus» [[«re-», _back_, + «moveō», _move_]], + _remove_ +«rēmus, -ī», m. _oar_ +«re-periō, -īre, repperī, repertus», _find_ +«re-portō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«re-», _back_, + «portō», _carry_]], + _carry back, bring back, win, gain_ +«rēs, reī», f. _thing, business, matter, deed, event, circumstance_ + (§467). + «quam ob rem», _for this reason_. + «rēs adversae», _adversity_. + «rēs frūmentāria», _grain supplies_. + «rēs gestae», _exploits_. + «rēs militāris», _science of war_. + «rēs pūblica», _the commonwealth_. + «rēs secundae», _prosperity_ +«re-scindō, -ere, -scidī, -scissus» [[«re-», _back_, + «scindō», + _cut_]], _cut off, cut down_ +«re-sistō, -ere, -stitī», ---- [[«re-», _back_, + «sistō», _cause to + stand_]], _oppose, resist_, with dat. (§501.14) +«re-spondeō, -ēre, -spondī, -spōnsus» [[«re-», _in return_, + «spondeō», + _promise_]], answer, reply (§420.a) +«re-vertō, -ere, -ī», ----, or dep. verb «re-vertor, -ī, -sus sum» + [[«re-», _back_, + «vertō», _turn_]], _turn back, return_. Usually + active in the perf. system +«re-vinciō, -īre, -vīnxī, -vīnctus» [[«re-», _back_, + «vinciō», + _bind_]], _fasten_ +«rēx, rēgis», m. [[cf. «regō», _rule_]], _king_ +«Rhēnus, -ī», m. _the Rhine_, a river of Germany +«rīpa, -ae», f. _bank_ +«rogō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _ask_. Cf. «petō, postulō, quaerō» +«Rōma, -ae», f. _Rome_. See map +«Rōmānus, -a, -um», adj. [[«Rōma», _Rome_]], _Roman_, follows its noun. + As a noun, m. and f. _a Roman_ +«rosa, -ae», f. _rose_ +«rōstrum, -ī», n. _beak_ of a ship. In plur., _the rostra_, the + speaker’s stand in the Roman Forum +«rota, -ae», f. _wheel_ +«Rubicō, -ōnis», m. _the Rubicon_, a river in northern Italy. See map +«rūmor, -ōris», m. _report, rumor_ +«rūrsus», adv. [[for «reversus», _turned back_]], _again, in turn_ +«rūs, rūris» (locative abl. «rūrī», no gen., dat., or abl. plur.), n. + _the country_ (§501.36.1). Cf. «ager, patria, terra» + + +S + +«Sabīnus, -a, -um», adj. _Sabine_. As a noun, m. and f. _a Sabine_. The + Sabines were an ancient people of central Italy. See map +«sacrum, -ī», n. [[«sacer», _consecrated_]], _something consecrated, + sacrifice;_ usually in plur., _religious rites_ +«saepe», adv., compared «saepius, saepissimē», _often, frequently_ +«saevus, -a, -um», adj. _cruel, savage_ +«sagitta, -ae», f. _arrow_ +«saliō, -īre, -uī, saltus», _jump_ +«salūs, -ūtis», f. _safety; health_. + «salūtem dīcere», _send greetings_ +«salūtō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«salūs», _health_]], _greet, salute_ +«salvē», imv. of «salveō», _hail, greetings_ +«sanguis, -inis», m. _blood_ (§247.2.a] +«sānitās, -ātis», f. [[«sānus», _sound_]], _health, sanity_ +«sapiēns, -entis», adj. [[part. of «sapiō», _be wise_]], _wise, + sensible_ +«satis», adv. and indecl. noun, _enough, sufficient, sufficiently_ +«saxum, -ī», n. _rock, stone_ +«scelus, -eris», n. _crime, sin_ +«scēptrum, -ī», n. _scepter_ +«schola, -ae», f. _school_, the higher grades. Cf. «lūdus» +«scientia, -ae», f. [[«sciēns», _knowing_]], _skill, knowledge, science_ +«scindō, -ere, scidī, scissus», _cut, tear_ +«sciō, -īre, -īvī, -ītus», _know_ (§420.b). Cf. «cognōscō» +«scrībō, -ere, scrīpsī, scrīptus», _write_ +«scūtum, -ī», n. _shield, buckler_ +«sē», see «suī» +«sēcum» = «sē» + «cum» +«secundus, -a, -um», adj. [[«sequor», _follow_]], _following, next, + second; favorable, successful_. + «rēs secundae», _prosperity_ +«sed», conj. _but, on the contrary_. + «nōn sōlum ... sed etiam», _not only ... but also_ +«sēdecim», indecl. numeral adj. _sixteen_ +«sedeō, -ēre, sēdī, sessus», _sit_ +«semper», adv. _always, forever_ +«senātus, -ūs», m. [[cf. «senex», _old_]], _council of elders, senate_ +«sentiō, -īre, sēnsī, sēnsus», _feel, know, perceive_ (§420.d). Cf. + «intellegō», «videō» +«septem», indecl. numeral adj. _seven_ +«septimus, -a, -um», numeral adj. _seventh_ +«sequor, -ī, secūtus sum», dep. verb, _follow_ (§493) +«serpēns, -entis», f. [[«serpō», _crawl_]], _serpent, snake_ +«sertae, -ārum», f. plur. _wreaths, garlands_ +«servitūs, -ūtis», f. [[«servus», _slave_]], _slavery, servitude_ +«servō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _save, rescue, keep_ +«servus, -ī», m. _slave_ +«sēsē», emphatic for «sē» +«sex», indecl. numeral adj. _six_ +«Sextus, -ī», m. _Sextus_, a Roman first name +«sī», conj. _if_ +«sīc», adv. _thus, in this way_. Cf. «ita», «tam» +«Sicilia, -ae», f. _Sicily_. See map +«sīc-ut», _just as, as if_ +«signifer, -erī», m. [[«signum», _standard_, + «ferō», _bear_]], + _standard bearer_ (p. 224) +«signum, -ī», n. _ensign, standard; signal_ +«silva, -ae», f. _wood, forest_ +«similis, -e», adj., compared «similior, simillimus», _like, similar_ + (§307) +«simul», adv. _at the same time_ +«simul ac» or «simul atque», conj. _as soon as_ +«sine», prep. with abl. _without_ (§209) +«singulī, -ae, -a», distributive numeral adj. _one at a time, single_ + (§334) +«sinister, -tra, -trum», adj. _left_ +«Sinuessa, -ae», f. _Sinues´sa_, a town in Campania. See map +«sitis, -is» (acc. «-im», abl. «-ī», no plur.), f. _thirst_ +«situs, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «sinō», _set_]], _situated, placed, + lying_ +«socius, socī», m. _comrade, ally_ +«sōl, sōlis» (no gen. plur.), m. _sun_ +«soleō, -ēre, solitus sum», semi-dep. verb, _be wont, be accustomed_ +«sollicitus, -a, -um», adj. _disturbed, anxious_ +«sōlum», adv. [[«sōlus», _alone_]], _alone, only_. + «nōn sōlum ... sed etiam», _not only ... but also_ +«sōlus, -a, -um» (gen. «-īus», dat. «-ī»), adj. _alone, only_ (§108) +«solvō, -ere, solvī, solūtus», _loosen, unbind_. + «nāvem solvere», _set sail_ +«somnus, -ī», m. _sleep_ +«soror, -ōris», f. _sister_ +«spatium, spatī», n. _space, distance; time; opportunity_ +«spectāculum, -ī», n. [[«spectō», _look at_]], _show, spectacle_ +«spectō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _look at, witness_ +«spērō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[spēs, _hope_]], _hope, expect_ (§420.c) +«spēs, speī», f. _hope_ (§273.2) +«splendidē», adv. [[«splendidus»]], compared «splendidius, + splendidissimē», _splendidly, handsomely_ +«splendidus, -a, -um», adj. _brilliant, gorgeous, splendid_ +«Stabiānus, -a, -um», _Stabian_ +«stabulum, -ī», n. [[cf. «stō», _stand_]], _standing place, stable, + stall_ +«statim», adv. [[cf. «stō», _stand_]], _on the spot, at once, instantly_ +«statua, -ae», f. [[«sistō», _place, set_]], _statue_ +«statuō, -ere, -uī, -ūtus» [[«status», _station_]], _decide, determine_ +«stilus, -ī», m. _iron pencil, style_ (p. 210) +«stō, -āre, stetī, status», _stand_ +«strātus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «sternō», _spread_]], _paved_ (of + streets) +«strepitus, -ūs», m. [[«strepō», _make a noise_]], _noise, din_ +«stringō, -ere, strīnxī, strictus», _bind tight; draw, unsheathe_ +«studeō, -ēre, -uī, ----», _give attention to, be eager_, with dat. + (§501.14) +«studium, studī», n. [[cf. «studeō», _be eager for_]], _eagerness, + desire, zeal, devotion_ +«stultus, -a, -um», adj. _foolish, stupid_ +«Stymphālis, -idis», adj. f. _Stymphalian, of Stympha´lus_, a lake in + southern Greece +«Stymphālus, -ī», m. _Stympha´lus_, a district of southern Greece with a + town, mountain, and lake, all of the same name +«suādeō, -ēre, -sī, -sus», _advise, recommend_, with subjv. of purpose + (§501.41) +«sub», prep, with acc. and abl. _under, below, up to; at_ or _to the + foot of_ +«sub-igō, -ere, -ēgī, -āctus» [[«sub», _under_, + «agō», _drive_]], + _subdue, reduce_ +«subitō», adv. [[«subitus», _sudden_]], _suddenly_ +«sub-sequor, -ī, -secūtus sum», dep. verb [[«sub», _below_, + «sequor», + _follow_]], _follow close after, follow up_ +«suc-cēdō, -ere, -cessī, -cessus» [[«sub», _below_, + «cēdō», _go_]], + _follow, succeed_ +«suī», reflexive pron. _of himself (herself, itself, themselves)_ + (§480). + «sēcum» = «sē» + «cum». + «sēsē», emphatic form of «sē» +«sum, esse, fuī, futūrus», irreg. verb, _be; exist_ (§494) +«summus, -a, -um», adj. in superl. degree, compared «superus, superior, + suprēmus» or «summus» (§312), _supreme, highest; best, greatest_. + «in summō colle», _on the top of the hill_ +«sūmō, -ere, sūmpsī, sūmptus», _take up; assume, put on_. + «sūmere supplicium dē», _inflict punishment on_ +«super», prep. with acc. and abl. _over, above_ +«superbia, -ae», f. [[«superbus», _proud_]], _pride, arrogance_ +«superbus, -a, -um», adj. _proud, haughty_ +«superior», comp. of «superus» +«superō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«superus», _above_]], _go over; subdue, + overcome; surpass, excel_ +«super-sum, -esse, -fuī, ----», _be over, survive_, with dat. (§501.15) +«superus, -a, -um», adj., compared «superior, suprēmus» or «summus», + _above, upper_ (§312) +«supplicium, suppli´cī», n. [[«supplex», _kneeling in entreaty_]], + _punishment, torture_. + «supplicium sūmere dē», _inflict punishment on_. + «supplicium dare», _suffer punishment_ +«surgō, -ere, surrēxī», ---- [[«sub», _from below_, + «regō», +_straighten_]], _rise_ +«sus-cipiō, -ere, -cēpī, -ceptus» [[«sub», _under_, + «capiō», _take_]], + _undertake, assume, begin_ +«suspicor, -ārī, -ātus sum», dep. verb, _suspect, surmise, suppose_ +«sus-tineō, -ēre, -tinuī, -tentus» [[«sub», _under_, + «teneō», + _hold_]], _hold up, bear, sustain, withstand_ +«suus, -a, -um», reflexive possessive adj. and pron., _his, her, hers, + its, their, theirs_ (§98) + + +T + +«T.», abbreviation of «Titus» +«taberna, -ae», f. _shop, stall_ +«tabula, -ae», f. _tablet_ for writing +«tālis, -e», adj. _such_. + «tālis ... quālis», _such ... as_ +«tam», adv. _so, such_. Cf. «ita, sīc» +«tamen», adv. _yet, however, nevertheless_ +«tandem», adv. _at length, finally_ +«tangō, -ere, tetigī, tāctus», _touch_ +«tantum», adv. [[«tantus»]], _only_ +«tantus, -a, -um», adj. _so great, such_. + «tantus ... quantus», _as large as_ +«tardus, -a, -um», adj. _slow, late; lazy_ +«Tarpēia, -ae», f. _Tarpeia_ (pronounced _Tar-pē´ya_), the maiden who + opened the citadel to the Sabines +«Tarquinius, Tarqui´nī», _Tarquin_, a Roman king. With the surname + «Superbus», _Tarquin the Proud_ +«Tarracīna, -ae», f. _Tarraci´na_, a town in Latium. See map +«taurus, -ī», m. _bull_ +«tēctus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «tegō», _cover_]], _covered, + protected_ +«tēlum, -ī», n. _weapon_ +«temerē», adv. _rashly, heedlessly_ +«tempestās, -ātis», f. [[«tempus», _time_]] _storm, tempest_ +«templum, -ī», n. _temple, shrine_ +«tempto, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _try, test; make trial of, attempt_ +«tempus, -oris», n. _time_ (§464.2.b). + «in reliquum tempus», _for the future_ +«teneō, -ēre, tenuī», ----, _hold, keep_ +«tergum, -ī», n. _back_, «ā tergō», _on the rear_, «tergum vertere», +_retreat, flee_ +«ternī, -ae, -a», distributive numeral adj. _three each, by threes_ + (§334) +«terra, -ae», f. _earth, ground, land_. + «orbis terrārum», _the whole world_ +«terror, -ōris», m. [[cf. «terreō», _frighten_]], _dread, alarm, terror_ +«tertius, -a, -um», numeral adj. _third_ +«Teutonēs, -um», m. _the Teutons_ +«theātrum, -ī», n. _theater_ +«Thēbae, -ārum», f. _Thebes_, a city of Greece +«Thēbānī, -ōrum», m. _Thebans_, the people of Thebes +«thermae, -ārum», f. plur. _baths_ +«Thessalia, -ae», f. _Thessaly_, a district of northern Greece +«Thrācia, -ae», f. _Thrace_, a district north of Greece +«Tiberius, Tibe´rī», m. _Tiberius_, a Roman first name +«tībīcen, -īnis», m. [[cf. «tībia», _pipe_]], _piper, flute player_ +«timeō, -ēre, -uī», ----, _fear, be afraid of_. Cf. «vereor» +«timor, -ōris», m. [[cf. «timeō», _fear_]], _fear, dread, alarm_. + Cf. «metus» +«Tīryns, Tīrynthis», f. _Ti´ryns_, an ancient town in southern Greece, + where Hercules served Eurystheus +«toga, -ae», f. [[cf. «tegō», _cover_]], _toga_ +«tormentum, -ī», n. _engine of war_ +«totiēns», adv. _so often, so many times_ +«tōtus, -a, -um», (gen. «-īus», dat. «-ī»), adj. _all, the whole, + entire_ (§108) +«trā-dō, -ere, -didī, -ditus» [[«trāns», _across_, + «dō», _deliver_]], + _give up, hand over, surrender, betray_ +«trā-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus» [[«trāns», _across_, + «dūcō», + _lead_]], _lead across_ +«trahō, -ere, trāxī, trāctus», _draw, pull, drag_. + «multum trahere», _protract, prolong much_ +«trā-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus» [[«trāns», _across_, + «iaciō», + _hurl_]], _throw across; transfix_ +«trā-nō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«trāns», _across_, + «nō», _swim_]], _swim + across_ +«trāns», prep. with acc. _across, over_ (§340) +«trāns-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus» [[«trāns», _across_, + «eō», _go_]], _go + across, cross_ (§413) +«trāns-fīgō, -ere, -fīxī, -fīxus» [[«trāns», _through_, + «fīgō», + _drive_]], _transfix_ +«trānsitus», ---- (acc. «-um», abl. «-ū»), m. [[cf. «trānseō», _cross + over_]], _passage across_ +«trēs, tria», numeral adj. _three_ (§479) +«trīduum, trīduī», n. [[«trēs», _three_, + «diēs», _days_]], _three + days’ time, three days_ +«trīgintā», indecl. numeral adj. _thirty_ +«triplex, -icis», adj. _threefold, triple_ +«trīstis, -e», adj. _sad; severe, terrible_ +«trīstitia, -ae», f. [[«trīstis», _sad_]], _sadness, sorrow_ +«triumphō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«triumphus», _triumph_]], _celebrate a + triumph_ +«triumphus, -ī», m. _triumphal procession, triumph_. + «triumphum agere», _celebrate a triumph_ +«trucīdō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _cut to pieces, slaughter._ Cf. + «interficiō», «necō», «occīdō» +«tū, tuī» (plur. «vōs»), pers. pron. _thou, you_ (§480) +«tuba, -ae», f. _trumpet_ +«Tullia, -ae», f. _Tullia_, a Roman name +«tum», adv. _then, at that time_ +«turris, -is», f. _tower_ (§465.2) +«tūtus, -a, -um», adj. _safe_ +«tuus, -a, -um», possessive adj. and pron. _your, yours_ (§98) + + +U + +«ubi», rel. and interrog. adv. _where, when_ +«ūllus, -a, -um» (gen. «-īus», dat. «-ī»), adj. _any_ (§108) +«ulterior, -ius, -ōris», adj. in comp. degree, superl. «ultimus», + _farther, more remote_ (§315) +«ultimus, -a, -um», adj. in superl. degree (see «ulterior»), _farthest_ + (§315) +«umbra, -ae», f. _shade_ +«umerus, -ī», m. _shoulder_ +«umquam», adv. _ever, at any time_ +«ūnā», adv. [[«ūnus», _one_]], _in the same place, at the same time_ +«ūndecimus, -a, -um», numeral adj. [[«ūnus», _one_, + «decimus», + _tenth_]], _eleventh_ +«undique», adv. _from every quarter, on all sides, everywhere_ +«ūnus, -a, -um» (gen. «-īus», dat. «-ī»), numeral adj. _one; alone_ + (§108) +«urbs, -is», f. _city_ (§465.a) +«urgeō, -ēre, ursī», ----, _press upon, crowd, hem in_ +«ūrus, -ī», m. _wild ox, urus_ +«ūsque», adv. _all the way, even_ +«ūsus, -ūs», m. _use, advantage_ +«ut», conj. with the subjv. _that, in order that, that not_ (with verbs + of fearing), _so that, to_ (§350.1) +«uter, -tra, -trum» (gen. «-īus», dat. «-ī»), interrog. pron. _which of + two? which?_ (§108) +«uterque, utraque, utrumque», indef. pron. _each of two, each, both_. + «ab utrāque parte», _on both sides_ +«ūtilis, -e», adj. [[«ūtor», _use_]], _useful_ +«utrimque», adv. [[«uterque», _each of two_]], _on each side, on either + hand_ +«ūva, -ae», f. _grape, bunch of grapes_ +«uxor, -ōris», f. _wife_ + + +V + +«vāgīna, -ae», _sheath, scabbard_ +«vagor, -ārī, -ātus sum», dep. verb, _wander_ +«valeō, -ēre, -uī, -itūrus», _be powerful, be well_; in the imperative + as a greeting, _farewell_. + «plūrimum valēre», _have the most power_ +«valētūdō, -inis», f. [[«valeō», _be well_]], _health_ +«validus, -a, -um», adj. [[cf. «valeō», _be strong_]], _strong, able, + well_ +«vallēs, -is», f. _valley_ +«vāllum, -ī», n. _rampart, earthworks_ +«varius, -a, -um», adj. _bright-colored_ +«vāstō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«vāstus», _empty_]], _(make empty), + devastate, lay waste_ +«vectīgal, -ālis», n. _tax, tribute_ +«vehementer», adv. [[«vehemēns», _eager_]], compared «vehementius, + vehementissimē», _eagerly, vehemently_ +«vehō, -ere, vexī, vectus», _convey, carry_. In the passive often in the + sense of _ride, sail_ +«vel», conj. _or_. + «vel ... vel», _either ... or_. Cf. «aut» +«vēlōcitās, -ātis», f. [[«vēlōx», _swift_]], _swiftness_ +«vēlōx, -ōcis», adj. _swift, fleet_ +«vēlum, -ī», n. _sail_ +«vēndō, -ere, vēndidī, vēnditus», _sell_ +«veniō, -īre, vēnī, ventus», _come, go_ +«ventus, -ī», m. _wind_ +«verbum, -ī», n. _word_. + «verba facere prō», _speak in behalf of_ +«vereor, -ērī, -itus sum», dep. verb, _fear; reverence, respect_ + (§493). Cf. «timeō» +«Vergilius, Vergi´lī», m. _Vergil_, the poet +«vergō, -ere, ----, ----», _turn, lie_ +«vērō», adv. [[«vērus», _true_]], _in truth, surely;_ conj. _but, + however_. + «tum vērō», _then you may be sure_, introducing the climax of a story +«vertō, -ere, -tī, -sus», _turn, change_. + «tergum vertere», _retreat, flee_ +«vērus, -a, -um», _true, actual_ +«vesper, -erī», m. _evening_ +«vester, -tra, -trum», possessive adj. and pron. _your, yours_ (§98) +«vestīgium, vestī´gī», n. [[cf. «vestīgō», _track_]], _footstep, track, + trace_ +«vestīmentum, -ī», n. [[«vestis», _clothing_]], _garment_ +«vestiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītus» [[«vestis», _clothing_]], _clothe, dress_ +«vestis, -is», f. _clothing, attire, garment, robe_ +«vestītus, -a, -um», adj. [[part. of «vestiō», _clothe_]], _clothed_ +«Vesuvius, Vesu´vi», m. _Vesuvius_, the volcano near Pompeii. See map +«veterānus, -a, -um», adj. _old, veteran_ +«vetō, -āre, -uī, -itus», _forbid, prohibit_ +«vexō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _trouble, annoy_ +«via, -ae», f. _way, road, street; way, manner_. Cf. «iter» +«viātor, -ōris», m. [[«via»]], _traveler_ +«victor, -ōris», m. [[«vincō», _conquer_]], _conqueror, victor_. In + apposition, with adj. force _ victorious_ +«victōria, -ae», f. [«victor», _victor_], _victory_ +«vīcus, -ī», m. _village_ +«videō, -ēre, vīdī, vīsus», _see, perceive_. Pass. _be seen; seem_ + (§420.d) +«vigilia,-ae», f. [[«vigil» _awake_]], watch. + «dē tertia vigilia», _about the third watch_ +«vīgintī», indecl. numeral adj. _twenty_ +«vīlicus, -ī», m. [[«vīlla», _farm_]], _steward, overseer of a farm_ +«vīlla, -ae», f. _farm, villa_ +«vinciō, -īre, vīnxī, vīnctus», _bind, tie,fetter_ +«vincō, -ere, vīcī, victus», _conquer, defeat, overcome_. Cf. «subigō, + superō» +«vīnea, -ae», f. _shed_ (p. 219) +«vīnum, -ī», n. _wine_ +«violenter», adv. [[«violentus», _violent_]], compared «violentius, + violentissimē», _violently, furiously_ +«vir, virī», m. _man, husband; hero_ (§462.c) +«virīlis, -e», adj. [[vir, _man_]], _manly_ +«virtūs, -ūtis», f. [[«vir», _man_]], _manliness; courage, valor; + virtue_ (§464.1) +«vīs», («vīs»), f. _strength, power, might, violence_ (§468) +«vīta, -ae», f. [[cf. «vīvō», _live_]], _life_, «vītam agere», _spend or + pass life_ +«vīto, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _shun, avoid_ +«vīvō, -ere, vīxī, ----», _live_. Cf. «habitō, incolō» +«vīvus, -a, -um», adj. [[cf. «vīvō», _live_]], _alive, living_ +«vix», adv. _scarcely, hardly_ +«vocō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus», _call, summon, invite_. Cf. «appellō, + nōminō» +«volō, -āre, -āvī, -ātūrus», _fly_ +«volō, velle, voluī, ----», irreg. verb, _will, be willing; wish_ + (§497). Cf. «cupio» +«volūmen, -inis», n. _roll, book_ +«Vorēnus, -ī», m. _Vore´nus_, a centurion +«vōs», pers. pron.; _you_ (see «tū») (§480) +«vōtum, -ī», n. [[neut. part. of «voveō», _vow_]], _vow, pledge, prayer_ +«vōx, vōcis», f. [[cf. «vocō», _call_]], _voice, cry; word_ +«vulnerō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus» [[«vulnus», _wound_]], _wound, hurt_ +«vulnus, -eris», n. _wound, injury_ +«vulpēs, -īs», f. _fox_ + + + [Illustration: EQUES ROMANUS] + + + + +ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY + +This vocabulary contains only the words used in the English-Latin +exercises. For details not given here, reference may be made to the +Latin-English vocabulary. The figures 1, 2, 3, 4, after verbs indicate +the conjugation. + + +A + +«a, an», _commonly not translated_ +«able (be)», possum, posse, potuī, ----(§495) +«abode», domicilium, domici´lī, _n._ +«about» (_adv._), circiter +«about» (_prep._), dē, _with abl._ +«about to», _expressed by fut. act. part._ +«abundance», cōpia, -ae, _f._ +«across», trāns, _with acc._ +«active», ācer, ācris, ācre +«advance», prōgredior, 3 +«advantage», ūsus, -ūs, _m._ +«advise», moneō, 2 +«after» (_conj_.), postquam; _often expressed by the perf.part._ +«after» (_prep._), post, _with acc._ +«against», in, contrā, _with acc._ +«aid», auxilium, auxi´lī, _n._ +«all», omnis, -e; tōtus, -a, -um (§108) +«allow», patior, 3 +«ally», socius, socī, _m._ +«almost», paene; ferē +«alone», ūnus, -a, -um; sōlus, -a, -um (§108) +«already», iam +«also», quoque +«always», semper +«ambassador», lēgātus, -ī, _m._ +«among», apud, _with acc._ +«ancient», antīquus, -a, -um +«and», et; atque (ac); -que +«and so», itaque +«Andromeda», Andromeda, -ae, _f._ +«angry», īrātus, -a, um +«animal», animal, -ālis, _n._ +«announce», nūntiō, 1 +«annoying», molestus, -a, -um +«another», alius, -a, -ud (§109) +«any», ūllus, -a, -um (§108) +«any one, anything», quisquam, quicquam _or_ quidquam (§486) +«appearance», fōrma, -ae, _f._ +«appoint», creō, 1 +«approach», adpropinquō, 1, _with dat._ +«are», _used as auxiliary, not translated_; _as a copula_, sum (§494) +«arise», orior, 4 +«arm», bracchium, bracchī, _n._ +«armed», armātus, -a, -um +«arms», arma, -ōrum, _n. plur._ +«army», exercitus, -ūs, _m._ +«around», circum, _with acc._ +«arrival», adventus, -us, _m._ +«arrow», sagitta, -ae, _f._ +«art of war», rēs mīlitāris +«as possible», _expressed by_ quam _and superl._. +«ask», petō, 3; quaerō, 3; rogō, 1 +«assail», oppugnō, 1 +«at», in, _with acc. or abl.; + with names of towns, locative case or abl. without a preposition_ + (§268); + _time when, abl._ +«at once», statim +«at the beginning of summer», initā aestāte +«Athens», Athēnae, -ārum, _f._ +«attack», impetus, -us, _m._ +«attempt», cōnor, 1; temptō, 1 +«away from», ā _or_ ab, _with abl._ + + +B + +«bad», malus, -a, -um +«baggage», impedīmenta, -ōrum, _n. plur._ +«bank», rīpa, -ae, _f._ +«barbarians», barbarī, -ōrum, _m. plur._ +«battle», proelium, proelī, _n._; pugna, -ae. _f._ +«be», sum (§494) +«be absent, be far», absum (§494) +«be afraid», timeō, 2; vereor, 2 +«be away», absum (§494) +«be in command of», praesum, _with dat._ (§§494, 426) +«be informed», certior fīō +«be off, be distant», absum (§494) +«be without», egeō, _with abl._ (§180) +«beast (wild)», fera, -ae, _f._ +«beautiful», pulcher, -chra, -chrum +«because», quia; quod +«because of», propter, _with acc._; _or abl. of cause_ +«before, heretofore» (_adv._), anteā +«before» (_prep._), ante, _with acc._; prō, _with abl._ +«begin», incipiō, 3 +«believe», crēdō, 3, _with dat._ (§153) +«belong to», _predicate genitive_ (§409) +«best», optimus, _superl. of_ bonus +«betray», trādō, 3 +«better», melior, _comp. of_ bonus +«between», inter, _with acc._ +«billow», fluctus, -us, _m._ +«bird», avis, -is, _f._ (§243.1) +«blood», sanguis, -inis, _m._ +«body», corpus, -oris. _n._ +«bold», audāx, -ācis; fortis, -e +«boldly», audācter; fortiter +«boldness», audācia, -ae, _f._ +«booty», praeda, -ae, _f._ +«both, each» (_of two_), uterque, utraque, utrumque +«both ... and», et ... et +«boy», puer, -erī, _m._ +«brave», fortis, -e +«bravely», fortiter +«bridge», pōns, pontis, _m._ +«bright», clārus, -a, -um +«bring back», reportō, 1 +«bring upon», īnferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātus, _with acc. and dat._ (§426) +«brother», frāter, -tris, _m._ +«building», aedificium, aedifi´cī. _n._ +«burn», cremō, 1; incendō, 3 +«business», negōtium, negō´tī, _n._ +«but, however», autem, sed +«by», ā, ab, _with abl._; + _denoting means, abl. alone_; + _sometimes implied in a participle_ +«by night», noctū + + +C + +«Cæsar», Caesar, -aris, _m._ +«calamity», calamitās, -ātis, _f._ +«call», vocō, 1; appellō, 1; nōminō, 1 +«call together», convocō, 1 +«camp», castra, -ōrum, _n. plur._ +«can, could», possum, posse, potuī, ---- (§495) +«capture», capiō, 3; occupō, 1 +«care», cūra, -ae, _f._ +«care for», cūrō, 1 +«careful», attentus, -a, -um +«carefulness», dīligentia, -ae, _f._ +«carry», ferō, ferre, tulī, lātus (§498); portō, 1 +«carry on», gerō, 3 +«cart», carrus, -ī, _m._ +«cause», causa, -ae, _f._ +«cavalry», equitātus, -ūs, _m._ +«cease», cessō, 1 +«Cepheus», Cēpheus, -ī, _m._ +«certain (a)», quīdam, quaedam, quoddam (quiddam) (§485) +«chicken», gallīna, -ae, _f._ +«chief», prīnceps, -cipis, _m._ +«children», līberī, -ōrum, _m.plur._ +«choose», dēligō, 3 +«choose, elect», creō, 1 +«citizen», cīvis, -is, _m. and f._ (§243.1) +«city», urbs, urbis, _f._ +«clear», clārus, -a, -um +«cohort», cohors, -rtis, _f._ +«come», veniō, 4 +«command», imperō, 1, _with dat._ (§45); + iubeō, 2; + praesum, _with dat._ (§426) +«commit», committō, 3 +«commonwealth», rēs pūblica, reī pūblicae +«concerning», dē, _with abl._ +«conquer», superō, 1; vincō, 3 +«construct» (_a ditch_), perdūcō, 3 +«consul», cōnsul, -ulis, _m._ +«contrary to», contrā, _with acc._ +«Corinth», Corinthus, -ī, _f._ +«Cornelia», Cornēlia, -ae, _f._ +«Cornelius», Cornēlius, Cornē´li, _m._ +«corselet», lōrīca, -ae, _f._ +«cottage», casa, -ae, _f._ +«country», _as distinguished from the city_, rūs, rūris, _n.; + as territory_, fīnēs, -ium, _m., plur. of_ fīnis +«courage», virtūs, -ūtis, _f._ +«crime», scelus, -eris, _n._ +«cross», trānseō, 4 (§499) +«crown», corōna, -ae, _f._ + + +D + +«daily», cotīdiē +«danger», perīculum, -ī, _n._ +«daughter», fīlia, -ae, _f._ (§67) +«day», diēs, -ēī, _m._ +«daybreak», prīma lūx +«dear», cārus, -a, -um +«death», mors, mortis, _f._ +«deed», rēs, reī, _f._ +«deep», altus, -a, -um +«defeat», calamitās, -ātis, _f._ +«defend», dēfendō, 3 +«delay» (_noun_), mora, -ae, _f._ +«delay» (_verb_), moror, 1 +«demand», postulō, 1 +«dense», dēnsus, -a, -um +«depart», discēdō, 3; exeō, 4; proficīscor, 3 +«dependent», cliēns, -entis, _m._ +«design», cōnsilium, consi´lī _n._ +«desire», cupiō, 3 +«destroy», dēleō, 2 +«Diana», Diāna, -ae, _f._ +«differ», differō, differre, distulī, dīlātus (§498) +«different», dissimilis, -e +«difficult», difficilis, -e +«difficulty», difficultās, -ātis, _f._ +«diligence», dīligentia, -ae, _f._ +«dinner», cēna, -ae, _f._ +«disaster», calamitās, -ātis, _f._ +«distant (be)», absum, -esse, āfuī, āfutūrus (§494) +«ditch», fossa, -ae, _f._ +«do», agō, 3; faciō, 3; + _when used as auxiliary, not translated_ +«down from», dē, _with abl._ +«drag», trahō, 3 +«drive», agō, 3 +«dwell», habitō, 1; incolō, 3; vīvō, 3 +«dwelling», aedificium, aedifi´cī, _n._ + + +E + +«each», quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque) (§484) +«each of two», uterque, utraque, utrumque +«each other», inter _with acc. of a reflexive_ +«eager», ācer, ācris, ācre; alacer, alacris, alacre +«eager (be)», studeō, 2 +«eagerness», studium, studī, _n._ +«eagle», aquila, -ae, _f._ +«easily», facile +«easy», facilis, -e +«either ... or», aut ... aut +«empire», imperium, impe´rī, _n._ +«employ», negōtium dō +«encourage», hortor, 1 +«enemy», hostis, -is, _m. and f._; inimīcus, -ī, _m._ +«enough», satis +«entire», tōtus, -a, -um (§108) +«expectation», opīniō, -ōnis, _f._ +«eye», oculus, -ī, _m._ + + +F + +«faithless», perfidus, -a, -um +«famous», clārus, -a, -um +«far», longē +«farmer», agricola, -ae, _m._ +«farther», ulterior, -ius +«father», pater, patris, _m._ +«fatherland», patria, -ae, _f._ +«favor», faveō, 2 +«favorable», idōneus, -a,-um; secundus, -a, -um +«fear», metus, -ūs, _m._; timor, -ōris, _m._ +«fear, be afraid», timeō, 2 +«few», paucī, -ae, -a +«field», ager, agrī, _m._ +«fifteen», quīndecim +«fight», contendō, 3; pugnō, 1 +«find», reperiō, 4 +«finish», cōnficiō, 3 +«fire», ignis, -is, _m._ (§243.1) +«firmness», cōnstantia, -ae, _f._ +«first», prīmus, -a, -um +«flee», fugiō, 3 +«flight», fuga, -ae, _f._ +«fly», volō, 1 +«foe», see «enemy» +«follow close after», subsequor, 3 +«food», cibus, -ī, _m._ +«foot», pēs, pedis, _m._ +«foot-soldier», pedes, -itis, _m._ +«for» (_conj._), enim, nam +«for» (_prep._), _sign of dat._; + dē, prō, _with abl.; + to express purpose_, ad, _with gerundive; + implied in acc. of time and of extent of space_ +«for a long time», diū +«forbid», vetō, 1 +«forces», cōpiae, -ārum, _f., plur. of_ cōpia +«forest», silva, -ae, _f._ +«fort», castellum, -ī, _n._; castrum, -ī, _n._ +«fortification», mūnitiō, -ōnis, _f._ +«fortify», mūniō, 4 +«fortune», fortūna, -ae, _f._ +«fourth», quārtus, -a, -um +«free», līber, -era, -erum +«free, liberate», līberō, 1 +«frequent», crēber, -bra, -brum +«friend», amīcus, -ī, _m._ +«friendly» (_adj._), amīcus, -a, -um +«friendly» (_adv._), amīcē +«friendship», amīcitia, -ae, _f._ +«frighten», perterreō, 2 +«from», ā _or_ ab, dē, ē, ex, _with abl._ + _Often expressed by the separative ablative without a prep._ +«from each other», inter, _with acc. of a reflexive pron._ +«full», plēnus, -a, -um + + +G + +«Galba», Galba, -ae, _m._ +_garland_, corōna, -ae, _f._ +«garrison», praesidium, praesi´dī, _n._ +«gate», porta, -ae, _f._ +«Gaul», Gallia, -ae, _f._ +«Gaul» («a»), Gallus, -ī, _m._ +«general», imperātor, -ōris, _m._ +«Geneva», Genāva, -ae, _f._ +«gentle», lēnis, -e +«German», Germānus, -a, -um +«Germans» («the»), Germānī, -ōrum, _m. plur_. +«Germany», Germānia, -ae, _f._ +«get» (_dinner_), parō, 1 +«girl», puella, -ae, _f._ +«give», dō, dare, dedī, datus +«give over, surrender», dēdō, 3; trādō, 3 +«give up», omittō, 3 +«go», eō, 4 (§499) +«go forth», prōgredior, 3 +«god», deus, -ī, _m._ (§468) +«goddess», dea, -ae, _f._ (§67) +«gold», aurum, -ī, _n._ +«good», bonus, -a, -um +«grain», frūmentum, -ī, _n._ +«grain supply», rēs frūmentāria +«great», ingēns, -entis; magnus, -a, -um +«greatest», maximus, -a, -um; summus, -a, -um +«guard», praesidium, praesi´dī, _n._ + + +H + +«hand», manus, -ūs, _f._ +«happy», laetus, -a, -um +«harbor», portus, -ūs, _m._ +«hasten», contendō, 3; mātūrō, 1; properō, 1 +«hateful», invīsus, -a, -um +«haughty», superbus, -a, -um +«have», habeō, 2 +«have no power», nihil possum +«he», is; hic; iste; ille; _or not expressed_ +«head», caput, -itis, _n._ +«hear», audiō +«heart», animus, -ī, _m._ +«heavy», gravis, -e +«Helvetii» («the»), Helvētiī, -ōrum, _m. plur._ +«hem in», contineō, 2 +«hen», gallīna, -ae, _f._ +«her», eius; huius; istīus; illīus; + _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (§116) +«hide», abdō, 3 +«high», altus, -a, -um +«highest», summus, -a, -um +«hill», collis, -is, _m._ +«himself», suī. See «self» +«hindrance», impedīmentum, -ī, _n._ +«his», eius; huius; istīus; illīus; + _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (§116) +«hither», citerior, -ius (§315) +«hold», teneō, 2 +«home», domus, -ūs, _f._ (§468). + «at home», domī (§267) +«hope» (_noun_), spēs, speī, _f._ +«hope» (_verb_), spērō, 1 +«horse», equus, -ī, _m._ +«horseman», eques, -itis, _m._ +«hostage», obses, -idis, _m. and f._ +«hostile», inimīcus, -a, -um +«hour», hōra, -ae, _f._ +«house», domicilium, domici´lī, _n._; domus, -ūs, _f._ (§468) +«hurl», iaciō, 3 + + +I + +«I», ego (§280); _or not expressed_ +«if», sī. + «if not», nisi +«ill», aeger, -gra, -grum +«immediately», statim +«in» (_of place_), in, _with abl._; + (of time or of specification) _abl. without prep._ +«in order that», ut, _with subjv._; + «in order that not, lest», nē, _with subjv._ +«in vain», frūstrā +«industry», dīligentia, -ae, _f._ +«inflict injuries upon», iniūriās īnferō _with dat._ (§426) +«inflict punishment on», supplicium sūmō de +«inform some one», aliquem certiōrem faciō +«injure», noceō, 2, _with dat._ (§153) +«injury», iniūria, -ae, _f._ +«into», in, _with acc._ +«intrust», committō, 3; mandō, 1 +«invite», vocō, 1 +«is», _used as auxiliary, not translated_; + _as a copula_, sum (§494) +«island», īnsula, -ae, _f._ +«it», is; hie; iste; ille; _or not expressed_ +«Italy», Italia, -ae, _f._ +«its», eius; huius; istīus; illīus; + _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (§116) +«itself», suī. See «self» + + +J + +«join battle», proelium committō +«journey», iter, itineris, _n._ (§468) +«judge» (_noun_), iūdex, -icis, _m._ +«judge» (_verb_), iūdicō, 1 +«Julia», Iūlia, -ae, _f._ +«just now», nūper + + +K + +«keep», contineō, 2; prohibeo, 2; teneō, 2 +«keep on doing something», _expressed by the impf. indic._ +«kill», interficiō, 3; necō, 1; occīdō, 3 +«king», rēx, rēgis, _m._ +«kingdom», rēgnum, -ī, _n._ +«know», cognōscō, 3, _in perf._; sciō, 4 + + +L + +«labor» (_noun_), labor, -ōris, _m._ +«labor» (_verb_), labōrō, 1 +«lack» (_noun_), inopia, -ae, _f._ +«lack» (_verb_), egeō, 2, _with abl._ (§180) +«lady», domina, -ae, _f._ +«lake», lacus, -ūs, _m._ (§260.2) +«land», terra, -ae, _f._ +«language», lingua, -ae, _f._ +«large», ingēns, -entis; magnus, -a, -um +«larger», maior, maius +«lately», nūper +«Latona», Lātōna, -ae, _f._ +«law», lēx, lēgis, _f._ +«lay waste», vāstō, 1 +«lead», dūco, 3 +«leader», dux, ducis, _m. and f._ +«learn, know», cognōscō, 3 +«leave, depart from», discēdō, 3 +«leave behind, abandon», relinquō, 3 +«left», sinister, -tra, -trum +«legion», legiō, -ōnis, _f._ +«legionaries», legiōnāriī, -ōrum, _m. plur._ +«length», longitūdō, -inis, _f._ +«lest», nē, _with subjv._ +«letter» (_of the alphabet_), littera, -ae, _f_; + (_an epistle_) litterae, -ārum, _f. plur_. +«lieutenant», lēgātus, -ī, _m._ +«light», lūx, lūcis, _f._ +«like» (_adj._), similis, -e +«like, love», amō, 1 +«line of battle», aciēs, aciēī, _f._ +«little», parvus, -a, -um +«live», habitō, 1; incolō, 3; vīvō, 3 +«long», longus, -a, -um +«long, for a long time», diū +«long for», dēsīderō, 1 +«look after», cūrō, 1 +«love», amō, 1 + + +M + +«maid, maid servant», ancilla, -ae,_f._ +«make», faciō, 3 +«make war upon», bellum īnferō _with dat._ (§426) +«man», homō, -inis, _m. and f._; vir, virī, _m._ +«man-of-war», nāvis longa +«many», multī, -ae, -a, _plur. of_ multus +«march», iter, itineris, _n._ (§468) +«Mark», Mārcus, -ī, _m._ +«marriage», mātrimōnium, mātrimō´nī, _n._ +«master», dominus, -ī, _m._; magīster, -trī, _m._ +«matter», negōtium, negō´tī, _n._; rēs, reī, _f._ +«means, by means of», _the abl._ +«messenger», nūntius, nūntī, _m._ +«midnight», media nox +«mile», mīlle passuum (§331.b) +«miles», mīlia passuum +«mind», animus, -ī, _m._; mēns, mentis, _f._ +«mine», meus, -a, -um +«mistress», domina, -ae, _f._ +«money», pecūnia, -ae, _f._ +«monster», mōnstrum, -ī, _n._ +«month», mēnsis, -is, _m._ +«moon», lūna, -ae, _f._ +«more» (_adj._), plūs, plūris (§313); _or a comparative. Adverb_, magis +«most» (_adj._), plūrimus, -a, -um; + _superl. degree. Adverb_, maximē; plūrimum +«mother», māter, mātris, _f._ +«mountain», mōns, montis, _m._ +«move», moveō, 2 +«moved», commōtus, -a, -um +«much (by)», multō +«multitude», multitūdō, -inis. _f._ +«my», meus, -a, -um +«myself», mē, _reflexive_. See «self» + + +N + +«name», nōmen, -inis, _n._ +«nation», gēns, gentis, _f._ +«near», propinquus, -a, -um +«nearest», proximus, -a, -um +«nearly», ferē +«neighbor», fīnitimus, -ī, _in._ +«neighboring», fīinitimus, -a, -um +«neither», neque _or_ nec; + «neither ... nor», neque (nec) ... neque (nec) +«never», numquam +«nevertheless», tamen +«new», novus, -a, -um +«next day», postrīdiē eius diēī +«next to», proximus, -a, -um +«night», nox, noctis, _f._ +«nine», novem +«no», minimē; _or repeat verb with a negative_ (§210) +«no, none», nūllus, -a, -um (§109) +«no one», nēmō, nūllīus +«nor», neque _or_ nec +«not», nōn +«not even», nē ... quidem +«not only ... but also», nōn sōlum ... sed etiam +«nothing», nihil _or_ nihilum, -ī, _n._ +«now», nunc +«number», numerus, -ī, _m._ + + +O + +«obey», pāreō, 2, _with dat._ (§153) +«of», _sign of gen._; + dē, _with abl._; + «out of», ē _or_ ex, _with abl._ +«often», saepe +«on» (_of place_), in, _with abl._; + (_of time_) _abl. without prep._ +«on account of», propter, _with acc._; _or abl. of cause._ +«on all sides», undique +«once» (_upon a time_), ōlim +«one», ūnus, -a, -um (§108) +«one ... another», alius ... alius (§110) +«only» (_adv._), sōlum; tantum +«opportune», opportunus, -a, -um +«opposite», adversus, -a, -um +«oracle», ōrāculum, -ī, _n._ +«orator», ōrātor, -ōris, _m._ +«order», imperō, 1; iubeō, 2 +«ornament», ōrnāmentum, -ī, _n._ +«other», alius, -a, -ud (§109) +«others (the)», reliquī, -ōrum, _m. plur._ +«ought», dēbeō, 2 +«our», noster, -tra, -trum +«ourselves», nōs, _as reflexive object._ See «self» +«overcome», superō, 1; vincō, 3 +«own (his, her, its, their)», suus, -a, -um + + +P + +«part», pars, partis, _f._ +«peace», pāx, pācis, _f._ +«people», populus, -ī, _m._ +«Perseus», Perseus, -ī, _m._ +«persuade», persuādeō, 2, _with dat._ (§153) +«pitch camp», castra pōnō +«place» (_noun_), locus, -ī, _m._ +«place, arrange», conlocō, 1 +«place, put», pōnō, 3 +«place in command», praeficiō, 3, _with acc. and dat._ (§426) +«plan (a)», cōnsilium, cōnsi´lī, _n._ +«please», placeō, 2, _with dat._ (§154) +«pleasing», grātus, -a, -um +«plow», arō, 1 +«Pompeii», Pompēiī, -ōrum, _m. plur._ +«possible (as)», _expressed by_ quam _and superl_. +«powerful (be)», valeō, 2 +«praise», laudō, 1 +«prefer», mālō, mālle, māluī, ---- (§497) +«prepare for», parō, 1, _with acc._ +«press hard», premō, 3 +«protection», fidēs, fideī, _f._ +«province», prōvincia, -ae, _f._ +«public», pūblicus, -a, -um +«Publius», Pūblius, Pūblī, _m._ +«punishment», poena, -ae, _f._; supplicium, suppli´cī, _n._ +«purpose, for the purpose of», ut, quī, _or_ quō, _with subjv._; + ad, _with gerund or gerundive_; + causā, _following the genitive of a gerund or gerundive_ +«pursue», īnsequor, 3 + + +Q + +«queen», rēgīna, -ae, _f._ +«quickly», celeriter +«quite», _expressed by the comp. degree_ + + +R + +«rampart», vāllum, -ī, _n._ +«rear», novissimum agmen +«reason», causa, -ae, _f._ +«receive», accipiō, 3; excipiō, 3 +«recent», recēns, -entis +«recently», nūper +«redoubt», castellum, -ī, _n._ +«refuse», recūsō, 1 +«remain», maneō, 2 +«remaining», reliquus, -a, -um +«reply», respondeō, 2 +«report» (_noun_), fama, -ae, _f._; rūmor, -ōris, _m._ +«report» (_verb_), adferō; dēferō; referō (§498) +«republic», rēs pūblica +«require», postulō, 1 +«resist», resistō, 3, _with dat._ (§154) +«rest (the)», reliquī, -ōrum, _m. plur._ +«restrain», contineō, 2 +«retainer», cliēns, -entis, _m._ +«retreat», pedem referō; terga vertō +«return», redeō, 4; revertor, 3 +«revolution», rēs novae +«Rhine», Rhēnus, -ī, _m._ +«right», dexter, -tra, -trum +«river», flūmen, -inis, _n._; fluvius, fluvī, _m._ +«road», via, -ae, _f._ +«Roman», Rōmānus, -a, -um +«Rome», Rōma, -ae, _f._ +«row», ōrdō, -inis, _m._ +«rule», regō, 3 +«rumor», fāma, -ae, _f._; rūmor, -ōris, _m._ +«run», currō, 3 + + +S + +«sacrifice», sacrum, -ī, _n._ +«safety», salūs, -ūtis, _f._ +«sail», nāvigō, 1 +«sailor», nauta, -ae, _m._ +«sake, for the sake of», causā, _following a gen._ +«same», īdem, eadem, idem (§287) +«savages», barbarī, -ōrum, _m. plur._ +«save», servō, 1 +«say», dīcō, 3 +«school», lūdus, -ī, _m._; schola, -ae, _f._ +«scout», explōrātor, -ōris, _m._ +«sea», mare, -is, _n._ +«second», secundus, -a, -um +«see», videō, 2 +«seek», petō, 3 +«seem», videor, 2, _passive of_ videō +«seize», occupō, 1; rapiō, 3 +«self», ipse, -a, -um (§286); suī (§281) +«send», mittō, 3 +«set fire to», incendō, 3 +«set out», proficīscor, 3 +«seven», septem +«Sextus», Sextus, -ī, _m._ +«she», ea; haec; ista; illa (§115); + _or not expressed_ +«ship», nāvis, -is, _f._ (§243.1) +«short», brevis, -e +«shout», clāmor, -ōris, _m._ +«show», dēmōnstrō, 1 +«Sicily», Sicilia, -ae, _f._ +«sick», aeger, -gra, -grum +«side», latus, -eris, _n._ +«siege», obsidiō, -ōnis, _f._ +«since», cum, _with subjv._ (§396); + _the abl. abs._ (§381) +«sing», canō, 3; cantō, 1 +«sister», soror, -ōris, _f._ +«sit», sedeō, 2 +«size», magnitūdō, -inis, _f._ +«skillful», perītus, -a, -um +«slave», servus, -ī, _m._ +«slavery», servitiūs, -ūtis, _f._ +«slow», tardus, -a, -um +«small», parvus, -a, -um +«snatch», rapiō, 3 +«so», ita; sīc; tam +«so great», tantus, -a, -um +«so that», ut; + «so that not», ut nōn +«soldier», mīles, -itis, _m._ +«some», _often not expressed_; + quis (quī), qua (quae), quid (quod); aliquī, aliqua, aliquod +«some one», quis; aliquis (§487) +«some ... others», aliī ... aliī (§110) +«something», quid; aliquid (§487) +«son», fīlius, fīlī, _m._ +«soon», mox +«space», spatium, spatī, _n._ +«spear», pīlum, -ī, _n._ +«spirited», ācer, ācris, ācre; alacer, alacris, alacre +«spring», fōns, fontis, _m._ +«spur», calcar, -āris, _n._ +«stand», stō, 1 +«state», cīvitās, -ātis, _f._ +«station», conlocō, 1 +«steadiness», cōnstantia, -ae, _f._ +«stone», lapis, -idis, _m._ +«storm», oppugnō, 1 +«story», fābula, -ae, _f._ +«street», via, -ae, _f._ +«strength», vīs, (vīs), _f._ +«strong», fortis, -e; validus, -a, -um +«sturdy», validus, -a, -um +«such», tālis, -e +«suddenly», subitō +«suffer punishment», supplicium dō +«sufficiently», satis +«suitable», idōneus, -a, -um +«summer», aestās, -ātis, _f._ +«sun», sōl, sōlis, _m._ +«supplies», commeātus, -ūs, _m._ +«surrender», trādō, 3 +«suspect», suspicor, 1 +«swift», celer, -eris, -ere; vēlōx, -ōcis +«sword», gladius, gladī, _m._ + + +T + +«take, capture», capiō, 3 +«take part in», intersum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus, _with dat._ (§426) +«take possession of», occupō, 1 +«tall», altus, -a, -um +«task», opus, operis, _n._ +«teach», doceō, 2 +«teacher», magister, -trī, _m._ +«tear» (_noun_), lacrima, -ae, _f._ +«tell», dīcō, 3; nārrō, 1 +«ten», decem +«terrified», perterritus, -a, -um +«terrify», perterreō, 2 +«than», quam +«that» (_conj. after verbs of saying and the like_), _not expressed_ +«that» (_pron._), is; iste; ille +«that, in order that», _in purpose clauses_, ut; _after verbs of +fearing_, nē (§§349, 366, 372) +«that not, lest», _in purpose clauses_, nē; + _after verbs of fearing_, ut (§§349, 366, 372) +«the», _not expressed_ +«their», _gen. plur. of_ is; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (§116) +«their own», suus, -a, -um (§116) +«then, at that time», tum +«then, in the next place», deinde, tum +«there», _as expletive, not expressed_ +«there, in that place», ibi +«therefore», itaque +«they», iī; hī; istī; illī; + _or not expressed_ +«think», arbitror, 1; exīstimō, 1; putō, 1 +«third», tertius, -a, -um +«this», hic, haec, hoc; is, ea, id +«though», cum. _with subjv._ (§396) +«thousand», mīlle (§479) +«three», trēs, tria (§479) +«through», per, _with acc._ +«thy», tuus, -a, -um +«time», tempus, -oris, _n._ +«to», _sign of dat._; + ad, in, _with acc._; + _expressing purpose_, ut, quī, _with subjv._; + ad, _with gerund or gerundive_ +«to each other», inter, _with acc. of a reflexive pron._ +«to-day», hodiē +«tooth», dēns, dentis, _m._ +«top of», summus, -a, -um +«tower», turris, -is, _f._ (§243.2) +«town», oppidum, -ī, _n._ +«townsman», oppidānus, -ī, _m._ +«trace», vestīgium, vestī´gī, _n._ +«trader», mercātor, -ōris, _m._ +«train», exerceō, 2 +«tree», arbor, -oris, _f._ +«tribe», gēns, gentis, _f._ +«troops», cōpiae, -ārum, _f. plur._ +«true», vērus, -a, -um +«trumpet», tuba, -ae, _f._ +«try», cōnor, 1; temptō, 1 +«twelve», duodecim +«two», duo, duae, duo (§479) + + +U + +«under», sub, _with acc. or abl._ +«undertake», suscipiō, 3 +«unharmed», incolumis, -e +«unless», nisi +«unlike», dissimilis, -e +«unwilling» («be»), nōlō, nōlle, nōluī, ---- (§497) +«up to», sub, _with acc._ +«us», nōs, _acc. plur. of_ ego + + +V + +«very», _superl. degree_; maximē; ipse, -a, -um (§285) +«victor», victor, -ōris, _m._ +«victory», victōria, -ae, _f._ +«village», vīcus, -ī, _m._ +«violence», vīs, (vīs), _f._ +«violently», vehementer +«voice», vōx, vōcis, _f._ + + +W + +«wage», gerō, 3 +«wagon», carrus. -ī, _m._ +«wall», mūrus, -ī, _m._ +«want», inopia, -ae, _f._ +«war», bellum, -ī, _n._ +«watch», vigilia, -ae, _f._ +«water», aqua, -ae, _f._ +«wave», fluctus, -ūs, _m._ +«way», iter, itineris, _n._ (§468); via, -ae, _f._ +«way, manner», modus, -ī, _m._ +«we», nōs, _plur. of_ ego; _or not expressed_ +«weak», īnfīrmus, -a, -um +«weapons», arma, -ōrum, _n. plur._; tēla, -ōrum, _n. plur._ +«wear», gerō, 3 +«weary», dēfessus, -a, -um +«what», quis (quī), quae, quid (quod) (§483) +«when», ubi; cum (§396); _often expressed by a participle_ +«where», ubi +«which», quī, quae, quod (§482); + «which of two», uter, utra, utrum (§108) +«while», _expressed by a participle_ +«whither», quō +«who» (_rel._), quī, quae (§482); (_interrog._) quis (§483) +«whole», tōtus, -a, -um (§108) +«whose», cuius; + quōrum, quārum, quōrum, _gen. of_ quī, quae, quod, _rel._; + _or of_ quis, quid, _interrog_. +«why», cūr +«wicked», malus, -a, -um +«wide», lātus, -a, -um +«width», lātitūdō, -inis, _f._ +«wild beast», fera, -ae, _f._ +«willing» («be»), volō, velle, voluī, ---- (§497) +«win» (_a victory_), reportō, 1 +«wind», ventus, -ī, _m._ +«wine», vīnum, -ī, _n._ +«wing», cornū, -ūs, _n._ +«winter», hiems, -emis, _f._ +«wisdom», cōnsilium, consi´lī, _n._ +«wish», cupiō, 3; volō, velle, voluī, ---- (§497); + «wish not», nōlō, nōlle, nōluī, ---- (§497) +«with», cum, _with abl.; sometimes abl. alone_ +«withdraw», sē recipere +«without», sine, _with abl._ +«woman», fēmina, -ae, _f._; mulier, -eris, _f._ +«wonderful», mīrus, -a, -um +«word», verbum, -ī, _n._ +«work», labor, -ōris, _m._; opus, -eris, _n._ +«worse», peior, peius, _comp. of_ malus +«worst», pessimus, -a, -um, _superl. of_ malus +«wound» (_noun_), vulnus, -eris, _n._ +«wound» (_verb_), vulnerō, 1 +«wreath», corōna, -ae, _f._ +«wretched», miser, -era, -erum +«wrong», iniūria, -ae, _f._ + + +Y + +«year», annus, -ī, _m._ +«yes», certē; ita; vērō; _or, more usually, repeat the verb_ (§210) +«yonder (that)», ille, -a, -ud +«you», _sing_. tū; _plur_. vōs (§480); _or not expressed_ +«your», _sing_. tuus, -a, -um; _plur._ vester, -tra, -trum (§98.b) + + +Z + +«zeal», studium, studī, _n._ + + + + +INDEX + +The numbers in all cases refer to sections. + +«ā»-declension of nouns, 57, 461 +«ā»-verbs, conjugation of, 488 +«ablative» case, 48, 50 + absolute, 381 + after a comparative, 309 + of accompaniment, 104 + of agent, 181 + of cause, 102 + of description, 444, 445 + of manner, 105 + of means or instrument, 103 + of measure of difference, 317 + of place from which, 179 + of place where, 265 + of separation, 180 + of specification, 398 + of time, 275 +«accent», 14-16 +«accompaniment» + abl. of, 104 +«accusative» case, 33 + as subject of the infinitive, 214 + object, 37 + of duration and extent, 336 + of place to which, 263, 266 + predicate, 392 + with prepositions, 340 +«adjectives», 54, 55 + agreement, 65 + comparison + regular, 301 + by adverbs, 302 + irregular, 307, 311, 312, 315 + declension of comparatives, 303 + of first and second declensions, 83, 93, 469 + of third declension, 250-257, 471 + with the dative, 143 +«adverbs», 319 + comparison, 320, 323 + formation + regular, 320, 321 + irregular, 322, 323 +«agent» + expressed by the abl. with _ā_ or _ab_, 181 +«agreement» + of adjectives, 65, 215.a + of appositives, 81 + of predicate nouns, 76 + of relative pronouns, 224 + of verbs, 28 +«aliquis», 487 +«alius», 108, 110, 470 +«alphabet», 1-3 +«alter», 108, 110 +«antepenult», 9.3; accent of, 15 +«apposition», 80, 81 +«article» + not used in Latin, 22.a + +«base», 58 + +«cardinal numerals», 327-329, 478 +«case», 32.2 +«causal clauses» with _cum_, 395, 396 +«cause», + expressed by the abl., 102 +«characteristic» + subjv. of, 389, 390 +«comparative» + declension of, 303 +«comparison» + abl. of, 309 + degrees of, 300 + of adjectives, 300-315 + irregular, 311-315, 473, 475 + of adverbs + regular, 320-476 + irregular, 323, 477 + positive wanting, 315 + six adjectives in _-lis_, 307 +«complementary infinitive», 215 +«compound verbs» + with the dative, 425, 426 +«concessive» «clauses» with _cum_, 395, 396 +«conjugation stems», 184 +«conjugations» + the four regular, 126, 488-491 + irregular, 494-500 +«consonants», 2 +«copula», 21 +«cum» + conjunction, 395 +«cum» + preposition, 209 + +«dative» case, 43 + of indirect object, 44, 45 + of purpose, or end for which, 437 + with adjectives, 143 + with compound verbs, 426 + with special verbs, 153 +«dea» + declension of, 67 +«declension», 23, 32 +«degree of difference» + expressed by the abl., 317 +«demonstrative adjectives and pronouns», 112-115, 290-292, 481 +«deponent verbs», 338, 339, 493 +«descriptive ablative and genitive», 441-445 +«descriptive relative clause» + with the subjv., 389, 390 +«deus» + declension of, 468 +«difference, measure of», 316, 317 +«diphthongs», 6 +«direct statements», 414 +«distributive numerals», 327.3, 334 +«domī» + locative, 267 +«domus» + declension of, 468 +«duo» + declension of, 479 +«duration» of time, expressed by the acc., 336 + +«ē»-declension of nouns, 272, 273, 467 +«ē»-verbs, conjugation of, 489 +«ĕ»-verbs, conjugation of, 490 +«ego» + declension of, 280, 480 +«enclitics», 16 +«eō» + conjugation of, 499 +«extent» of space + expressed by the acc., 336 + +«fearing» + subjv. after verbs of, 370-372 +«ferō» + conjugation of, 498 +«fifth or ē-declension», 272, 273, 467 +«fīlia» + declension of, 67 +«fīlius» + declension of, 87-89 +«finite verb» + defined, 173 +«fīō» + conjugation of, 500 +«first conjugation», 488 +«first or ā-declension», 57, 461 +«fourth conjugation», 491 +«fourth or u-declension», 259, 260, 466 +«from» + how expressed, 178-181 +«future participle» + formation of, 374.c +«future perfect» + formation of + active, 187.3 + passive, 202 +«future tense» + formation of, 137, 156 + +«gender» + in English and in Latin, 60 + in the first declension, 61 + in the second declension, 72 + in the third declension, 247 + in the fourth declension, 260 + in the fifth declension, 272 +«general observations on declension», 74 +«genitive» case + English equivalents of, 33 + of description, 443, 445 + of nouns in _-ius_ and _-ium_, 87 + partitive, 331 + possessive, 38, 409 +«gerund» + a verbal noun, 402, 403 +«gerundive» + a verbal adjective, 404 + with _ad_ to express purpose, 407 + +«hic» + declension and use of, 290, 291 +«how to read Latin», 17 + +«i» + consonant, 3 +«i»-stems of nouns, 231, 241-244 +«ī»-verbs + conjugation of, 491 +«īdem» + declension of, 287, 481 +«iēns» + declension of, 472 +«ille» + declension and use of, 290-293, 481 +«imperative» + formation of, 161, 175 + irregular, 161.2 + in commands, 161 +«imperfect indicative», formation and use of, 133, 134, 165.1 +«imperfect subjunctive», 354 +«indefinite pronouns and adjectives», 296, 297, 484-487 +«independent clauses», 219 +«indirect object», 44, 45 +«indirect questions», 430-432 +«indirect statements», 414-419 +«infinitive» + as object, 213 + as subject, 216 + complementary, 215 + definition of, 173 + does not express purpose, 352 + formation of, 126, 174, 205, 206 + in indirect statements, 415-410 + used as in English, 213-216 +«inflection» + defined, 23 +«instrument» + abl. of, 100.b, 103 +«intensive pronoun» + _ipse_, declension and use of, 285, 286, 481 +«interrogative pronouns and adjectives», 225-227, 483 +«intransitive verbs», + defined, 20.a + with the dative, 153 +«iō-verbs of the third conj.», 492 +«ipse» + declension and use of, 285, 481 +«irregular adjectives», 108 +«irregular comparison» + of adjectives, 307 311, 312 + of adverbs, 323 +«irregular nouns», 67, 246, 468 +«irregular verbs», 494-500 +«is» + declension and use of, 113-116 +«iste» + declension and use of, 290, 292, 481 +«iter» + declension of, 468 + +«Latin word order», 68 +«locative» case, 267 + +«magis and maximē» + comparison by, 302 +«mālō» + conjugation of, 4.97 +«manner» + abl. of, 105 +«means» + abl. of, 103 +«measure of difference» + abl. of, 316, 317 +«mīlle», + declension of, 479 + construction with, 331.a,b +«moods», defined, 121 + +«-ne», enclitic + in questions, 210 +«nē», conj., _that not, lest_ + with negative clauses of purpose, 350.II + with verbs of fearing, 370 +«nine irregular adjectives», 108-110 +«nōlō» + conjugation of, 497 +«nominative» case, 35, 36 +«nōnne» + in questions, 210 +«nōs» + declension of, 280, 480 +«nouns», 19. 2 + first declension, 57, 461 + second declension, 71-74,87-92,462 + third declension, 230-247, 463-465 + fourth declension, 259, 260, 466 + fifth declension, 272, 273, 467 +«num», in questions, 210 +«number», 24 +«numerals», 327-334, 478, 479 + +«o»-declension of nouns, 71-74, 87-92, 462 +«object», 20 + direct, 37 + indirect, 44, 45 +«order of words», 68 +«ordinal numerals», 327. 2, 478 + +«participial stem», 201.2 +«participles», defined, 203 + agreement of, 204 + formation, + of present, 374.b + of perfect, 201 + of future, 374.c,d + of deponent verbs, 375 + tenses of, 376 + translated by a clause, 377 +«partitive genitive», 330, 331 +«passive voice» + defined, 163 + formation of, 164, 202 +«penult», 9.3 + accent of, 15 +«perfect indicative» + formation, + in the active, 185, 186 + in the passive, 202 + meaning of, 190 + definite, 190 + indefinite, 190 + distinguished from the imperfect, 190 +«perfect infinitive» + active, 195 + passive, 205 +«perfect passive participle», 201 +«perfect stem», 185 +«perfect subjunctive» + active, 361 + passive, 362 +«person», 122 +«personal endings» + active, 122 + passive, 164 +«personal pronouns», 280, 480 +«place» + where, whither, whence, 263-265 + names of towns and _domus_ and _rūs_, 266-268 +«pluperfect indicative» + active, 187.2 + passive, 202 +«pluperfect subjunctive» + active, 361 + passive, 363 +«plūs» + declension of, 313 +«possessive pronouns», 97, 98 +«possum» + conjugation of, 495 +«predicate» + defined, 19 +«predicate adjective» + defined, 55 +«predicate noun», 75, 76 +«prepositions» + with the abl., 209 + with the acc., 340 +«present indicative», 128, 130, 147 +«present stem», 126.a +«present subjunctive», 344 +«primary tenses», 356 +«principal parts», 183 +«pronouns» + classification of, 278 + defined, 19.2.a + demonstrative, 481 + indefinite, 297, 484-487 + intensive, 285, 286, 481 + interrogative, 483 + personal, 480 + possessive, 97, 98 + reflexive, 281 + relative, 220, 221 +«pronunciation», 4-7 +«prōsum» + conjugation of, 496 +«purpose» + dative of, 436, 437 + expressed by the gerund or gerundive with _ad_, 407 + not expressed by the infinitive, 352 + subjunctive of, 348-350, 365-367 + +«quality» + gen. or abl. of, 441-445 +«quam» + with a comparative, 308 +«quantity», 11-13 +«questions» + direct, 210 + indirect, 430-432 +«quī» + declension and use of, 220,221, 482 +«quīdam» + declension of, 485 +«quis» + declension and use of, 225-227, 483 +«quisquam» + declension of, 486 +«quisque» + declension of, 484 + +«reflexive pronouns», 281 +«relative clauses of characteristic or description», 389, 390 +«relative clauses of purpose», 348, 349 +«relative pronouns», 220, 221 +«result clauses», 384-387 +«reviews», 502-528 +«rūs» + constructions of, 266 + +«sē» + distinguished from _ipse_, 285.a +«second conjugation», 489 +«second or o-declension», 71-93, 462 +«sentences» + simple, complex, compound, 219 +«separation» + abl. of, 180 +«separative ablative», 178-181 +«sequence of tenses», 356-358 +«space» + extent of, expressed by the acc., 336 +«specification» + abl. of, 398 +«stems» + of nouns, 230 + of verbs, 184 +«subject» + defined, 19.2 + of the infinitive, 213, 214 +«subjunctive» + formation of the present, 344 + of the imperfect, 354 + of the perfect, 361, 362 + of the pluperfect, 361.c, 363 +«subjunctive constructions» + characteristic or description, 389, 390 + indirect questions, 430-432 + purpose, 349, 366, 372 + result, 385, 386 + time, cause, or concession, with _cum_, 395, 396 +«subjunctive ideas», 346 +«subjunctive tenses», 342, 343 +«subordinate clauses», 219 +«suī» + declension of, 281, 480 +«sum» + conjugation of, 494 +«suus» + use of, 98.c, 116 +«syllables», 8 + division of, 9 + quantity of, 13 +«syntax» + rules of, 501 + +«temporal clauses» with _cum_, 395, 396 +«tense» + defined, 120 +«tense signs» + imperfect, 133 + future, 137, 156 + pluperfect active, 187.2 + future perfect active, 187.3 +«tenses» + primary and secondary, 356 + sequence of, 357, 358 +«third conjugation», 490, 492 +«third declension of nouns» + classes, 231, 463 + consonant stems, 232-238, 464 + gender, 247 + i-stems, 241-244, 465 + irregular nouns, 246 +«time» + abl. of, 275 +«time» + acc. of, 336 +«towns» + rules for names of, 266, 267, 268 +«transitive verb», 20.a +«trēs» + declension of, 479 +«tū» + declension of, 280, 480 +«tuus» + compared with _vester_, 98. b + +«u»-declension of nouns, 259, 260, 466 +«ultima», 9. 3 + +«verbs» + agreement of, 28 + conjugation of, 126, 488-491 + deponent, 338, 339, 493 + irregular, 494-500 + personal endings of, 122, 164 + principal parts of, 183 +«vester» + compared with _tuus_, 98.b +«vīs» + declension of, 468 +«vocabularies» + English-Latin, pp. 332-343 + Latin-English, pp. 299-331 + special, pp. 283-298 +«vocative» case, 56.a + of nouns in _-us_ of the second declension, 73.b + of proper nouns in _-ius_ and of _fīlius_, 88 +«voice» + defined, 163 +«volō» + conjugation of, 497 +«vōs» + declension of, 280, 480 +«vowels» + sounds of, 5, 6 + quantity of, 12 + + + + +DISPLAY PROBLEMS + +The illustration in section 77 with interlocked text may not display properly on all browsers. +Picture by Itself + +Two grammatical diagrams were given as images. They are shown here in plain-text format. +Prepositions, section 179: + _________ + ā or ab | | ē or ex +/____________| _____|_____________\ +\ | Place | / + |_________| + | + | dē + | + V +Demonstrative pronouns, section 290: + hic iste ille +SPEAKER ---------->-------------->----------------> + _this_, _he_; _that_, _he_; _that_, _he_ + (near); (remote); (more remote) + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LATIN FOR BEGINNERS *** + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |